Measurement Requirements For Oil and Gas Operations: Directive PNG017

Measurement Requirements for Oil and Gas
Operations
Directive PNG017
August 2022
Revision 5.0
Governing Legislation:
Act: The Oil and Gas Conservation Act
Regulation: The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012
Order: 169/22
•
Measurement Requirements for Oil and Gas Operations
Record of Change
Version Date Description
1.0 May 13, 2015 Approved Initial Draft
1.1 June 22, 2015 Updated Paper Battery requirements in section
12.2.1.2 and corrected several references-draft
1.2 November 17, 2015 Updated version to coincide with AER revisions
and adoption of MARP in Saskatchewan-draft
2.0 April 1, 2016 Approved Initial Version (authorized by Minister’s
Order 47-16)
2.1 August 1, 2017 See What’s New Section for changes and all
changes are highlighted in red
3.0 December 2019 See What’s New Section for changes
4.0 September 2020 See What’s New Section for changes
5.0 August 2022 See What’s New Section for changes.
Revision 5.0 Page ii

Table of Contents
Table of Contents .................................................................................................................. iii
Introduction ......................................................................................................................... xi
Purpose ..................................................................................................................................... xi
Interpretation ............................................................................................................................ xi
What’s New in This Edition ....................................................................................................... xi
Intent of this Directive ............................................................................................................. xii
Definitions ............................................................................................................................... xiii
Enforcement ............................................................................................................................ xiii
1 Standards of Accuracy ...................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2 Applicability and Use of Uncertainties ......................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Maximum Uncertainty of Monthly Volume ................................................................. 1-2
1.4 Single Point Measurement Uncertainty ....................................................................... 1-2
1.5 Confidence Level .......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.6 Determination of Uncertainties ................................................................................... 1-2
1.6.1 Example Calculation ........................................................................................ 1-4
1.6.2 Oil Systems ...................................................................................................... 1-4
1.6.3 Gas Systems................................................................................................... 1-11
1.6.4 Injection/Disposal Systems ........................................................................... 1-22
1.7 Standards of Accuracy—Summary ............................................................................. 1-25
1.7.1 Oil Systems – excluding heavy oil.................................................................. 1-25
1.7.2 Gas Systems................................................................................................... 1-26
1.7.3 Injection/Disposal Systems ........................................................................... 1-27
1.7.4 Heavy Oil - excluding Thermal In Situ Operations (from Section 12) ........... 1-28
1.7.5 Thermal In Situ Operations (from Section 12) .............................................. 1-28
1.8 Measurement Schematics .......................................................................................... 1-29
1.8.1 Measurement Schematics Requirements ..................................................... 1-29
1.8.2 Measurement Schematic Updates ................................................................ 1-32
1.8.3 Measurement Schematic Availability............................................................ 1-33
1.9 Facility Delineation Requirements ............................................................................. 1-33
2 Calibration and Proving .................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Frequency ..................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1 Frequency Exceptions ..................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Accuracy of Provers and Calibration Instruments........................................................ 2-1
2.2.1 Proving and Calibration Procedure Standards ................................................ 2-2
2.3 Gas Meters ................................................................................................................... 2-2
2.3.1 Gas Meter Calibration Requirements ............................................................. 2-2
2.3.2 Gas Meter Calibration Frequency ................................................................... 2-3
2.3.3 Gas Meter Internal Inspection ........................................................................ 2-3
2.3.4 Gas Meter Calibration and Proving Exceptions .............................................. 2-4
2.3.5 Orifice Meters with Chart Recorder Calibrations............................................ 2-6
2.3.6 EFM Meter Calibrations .................................................................................. 2-7
2.4 Liquid Meters ............................................................................................................... 2-9
2.4.1 Liquid Meter Proving ....................................................................................... 2-9
2.4.2 Liquid Meter Proving Exceptions .................................................................. 2-12
2.5 Oil Meters ................................................................................................................... 2-14
2.5.1 Additional Proving Requirements for Live Oil Meters .................................. 2-14
Revision 5.0 Page iii

2.6 Condensate Meters .................................................................................................... 2-17

2.6.1 Proving Condensate Meters at Equilibrium Conditions ................................ 2-17
2.6.2 Proving Condensate Meters at Flowline Conditions ..................................... 2-17
2.7 Other Liquid Hydrocarbon Meters ............................................................................. 2-18
2.8 Water Meters ............................................................................................................. 2-18
2.9 Product Analyzers ....................................................................................................... 2-18
2.10 Automatic Tank Gauges ............................................................................................. 2-19
2.10.1 Inventory Measurement Calibration............................................................. 2-19
2.10.2 Delivery Point Measurement Calibration...................................................... 2-19
2.11 Manual Tank Gauges for Oil Measurement ............................................................... 2-19
2.11.1 Inventory Measurement Calibration............................................................. 2-20
2.11.2 Delivery Point Measurement Calibration...................................................... 2-20
2.12 Weigh Scales............................................................................................................... 2-20
3 Proration Factors, Allocation Factors, and Metering Difference ......................................3-1
3.1 Proration Factors and Allocation Factors ..................................................................... 3-1
3.1.1 Acceptable Ranges for Proration and Allocation Factors ............................... 3-3
3.2 Metering Difference for Fluids other than Oil ............................................................. 3-4
3.2.1 Acceptable Metering Difference Range .......................................................... 3-5
4 Gas Measurement.........................................................................................................4-1
4.1 General Requirements for all Facilities ........................................................................ 4-1
4.2 Gas Measurement and Accounting Requirements for Various Facility Subtypes ....... 4-3
4.2.1 Oil Batteries ..................................................................................................... 4-3
4.2.2 Gas Batteries ................................................................................................... 4-3
4.2.3 Gas Gathering System (facility subtypes: 621 and 622) ................................. 4-6
4.2.4 Gas Plant (facility subtypes: 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406) ............................ 4-6
4.2.5 Gas Fractionation Plant (facility subtype: 407) ............................................... 4-8
4.2.6 Injection or Disposal Facility (facility subtypes: 501, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507,
510, 511, 512, 514, 516, 517, 518, 519) .......................................................... 4-8
4.2.7 Meter Station (facility subtypes: 631, 632, 633, 634, 640) ............................. 4-8
4.2.8 Other Facilities (facility subtypes: 204, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 371,
381, 671, 673, 674, 675, 676, 701, 702, 703, 904, 905, 906, 907) .................. 4-9
4.3 Base Requirements for Gas Measurement .................................................................. 4-9
4.3.1 Design and Installation of Gas Measurement Devices ................................... 4-9
4.3.3 Sensing Line Installation for Differential meters .......................................... 4-16
4.3.4 Temperature ................................................................................................. 4-17
4.3.5 Pressure ......................................................................................................... 4-17
4.3.6 Volume Calculations ...................................................................................... 4-17
4.3.7 Data Verification and Audit Trail ................................................................... 4-19
4.4 Electronic Flow Measurement (EFM) for Gas ............................................................ 4-23
4.4.1 Base Requirements for EFM .......................................................................... 4-23
4.4.2 EFM Performance Evaluation Test ................................................................ 4-23
4.5 Measurement Reports for EFM Systems ................................................................... 4-34
4.5.1 Daily Report ................................................................................................... 4-34
4.5.2 Monthly Report ............................................................................................. 4-34
4.5.3 Meter Report ................................................................................................. 4-35
4.5.4 Event Log ....................................................................................................... 4-36
4.5.5 Alarm Log....................................................................................................... 4-36
4.6 References .................................................................................................................. 4-37
5 Site-Specific Deviation from Base Requirements ............................................................5-1
Revision 5.0 Page iv

5.1 Site-specific Exceptions ................................................................................................ 5-1

5.2 Site-specific Applications.............................................................................................. 5-1
5.3 Chart Cycles Extended Beyond the Required Time Period .......................................... 5-2
5.3.1 Exception ......................................................................................................... 5-3
5.3.2 Applications ..................................................................................................... 5-4
5.3.3 Considerations for Site-specific Approval ....................................................... 5-5
5.4 Gas Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan Shallow Gas Stratigraphic Units ................ 5-5
5.4.1 Exception ......................................................................................................... 5-5
5.4.2 Applications ..................................................................................................... 5-7
5.4.3 Considerations for Site-specific Approval ....................................................... 5-7
5.5 Measurement by Difference ........................................................................................ 5-8
5.5.1 Gas MbD .......................................................................................................... 5-8
5.5.2 Oil MbD ......................................................................................................... 5-15
5.5.3 Exceptions ..................................................................................................... 5-18
5.5.4 Applications ................................................................................................... 5-24
5.5.5 Considerations for Site-specific Approval ..................................................... 5-24
5.5.6 Fuel Gas MbD ................................................................................................ 5-26
5.6 Surface Commingling of Multiple Gas Stratigraphic Units or Zones or Wells............ 5-27
5.6.1 Exceptions ..................................................................................................... 5-27
5.6.2 Applications ................................................................................................... 5-30
5.6.3 Considerations for Site-specific Approval ..................................................... 5-31
6 Non-Heavy Oil Measurement ........................................................................................6-1
6.1 General Requirements ................................................................................................. 6-1
6.2 General Measurement, Accounting, and Reporting Requirements for Various Battery
Types ............................................................................................................................ 6-1
6.2.1 General Accounting Formula .......................................................................... 6-1
6.2.2 Oil Batteries ..................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2.3 Gas Batteries Producing Oil............................................................................. 6-3
6.3 Base Requirements for Oil Measurement.................................................................... 6-4
6.3.1 System Design and Installation of Measurement Devices .............................. 6-4
6.3.2 Volumetric Calculations .................................................................................. 6-4
6.3.3 Data Verification and Audit Trail ..................................................................... 6-5
6.4 Field Operations ........................................................................................................... 6-5
6.4.1 Production Hours ............................................................................................ 6-5
6.4.2 Fluid Sampling Requirements for S&W Determination (and Density)............ 6-6
6.4.3 S&W Analysis ................................................................................................... 6-6
6.4.4 Proration Well Testing..................................................................................... 6-6
6.5 Gas Estimation and Reporting Methods for Non-Heavy Oil Wells .............................. 6-9
6.5.1 Crude Oil Single-Well Batteries (facility subtype 311), Crude Oil Multi-well
Group Batteries (facility subtype 321), Crude Oil Multi-well Swab Group
Battery (314), and Crude Oil Multi-well Swab Paper Battery (facility subtype
316)................................................................................................................ 6-10
6.5.2 Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (facility subtype 322) ...................... 6-11
6.5.3 Methods for Determining Factors Used in Estimating Gas Volumes using a
GOR Factor .................................................................................................... 6-12
6.6 Oil Multi-well Proration Battery Accounting and Reporting Requirements .............. 6-17
6.6.1 Proration Estimated Volume Calculation ...................................................... 6-18
6.6.2 Calculate Proration Factors and Monthly Production .................................. 6-21
6.7 Condensate Receipts at an Oil Battery....................................................................... 6-21
Revision 5.0 Page v

6.8 Electronic Flow Measurement for Oil Systems .......................................................... 6-21

6.9 Reporting Requirements and Scenarios for Wells Producing Oil............................... 6-22
6.9.1 Oil Wells ........................................................................................................ 6-22
6.9.2 Gas Well Producing Oil .................................................................................. 6-24
7 Gas Proration Batteries .................................................................................................7-1
7.1.1 Group Measurement ....................................................................................... 7-2
7.1.2 Stabilized Flow and Representative Flow ....................................................... 7-2
7.2 Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Batteries (Petrinex facility subtype: 363) 7-
3
7.2.1 Group Measurement ....................................................................................... 7-3
7.2.2 Size of a Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Battery ........................ 7-4
7.2.3 Testing Requirements ..................................................................................... 7-4
7.2.4 Production Accounting and Reporting Procedures ........................................ 7-5
7.3 Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan Batteries (Petrinex facility subtype
364) ............................................................................................................................... 7-5
7.3.1 Well Testing Requirements ............................................................................. 7-7
7.3.2 Production Volume Calculations ..................................................................... 7-9
7.3.3 Exception for Gas Wells Producing Oil .......................................................... 7-10
7.4 Gas Multi-well Effluent Measurement Batteries (Petrinex subtype 362) ................. 7-12
7.4.1 Well Testing ................................................................................................... 7-14
7.4.2 Production Volume Calculations ................................................................... 7-21
7.4.3 Sampling and Analysis Requirements ........................................................... 7-25
7.4.4 Exception for Gas Wells Producing Oil in Effluent Measurement Battery ... 7-26
8 Gas and Liquid Sampling and Analysis.......................................................................... 8-28
8.1 General ....................................................................................................................... 8-28
8.2 Sampling and Analysis Requirements ........................................................................ 8-29
8.2.1 Sampling Procedures ..................................................................................... 8-29
8.2.2 Sample Point and Probes .............................................................................. 8-30
8.2.3 H2S Sampling and Analysis ............................................................................ 8-31
8.2.4 Compositional Analysis of Natural Gas ......................................................... 8-33
8.3 Gas Equivalent Factor Determination from Condensate ........................................... 8-34
8.3.1 Engineering Data ........................................................................................... 8-34
8.3.2 Calculated Compositional Analyses .............................................................. 8-34
8.4 Gas and Condensate Sampling and Analysis Requirements ...................................... 8-36
8.4.1 Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan with Minimal Water (Petrinex
facility subtypes: 363) ................................................................................... 8-38
8.4.2 Multi-well Effluent Measurement Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 362) . 8-41
8.4.3 Gas Single Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 351) or Gas Multi-well
Group Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 361) and Shallow Gas Wells
Producing no Condensate or Oil ................................................................... 8-44
8.4.4 Gas Single Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 351) or Gas Multi-well
Group Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 361) with Condensate or Oil
Production ..................................................................................................... 8-46
8.4.5 Underground Gas Storage Facility (Petrinex facility subtype: 505) .............. 8-48
8.4.6 Gas Cycling Scheme (Petrinex facility subtype: 502) .................................... 8-49
8.4.7 Gas Sales/Delivery ......................................................................................... 8-49
8.4.8 Gas Plants (Petrinex facility subtypes: 401 to 407) and Gas Gathering Systems
(Petrinex facility subtypes: 621) .................................................................... 8-50
Revision 5.0 Page vi

8.4.9
Crude Oil Single Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 311) and Crude Oil
Multi-well Group Battery (Petrinex subtype: 321) ....................................... 8-51
8.4.10 Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 322)....... 8-52
8.4.11 Miscible/Immiscible Flood ............................................................................ 8-53
8.4.12 Crude Oil Batteries Producing Heavy Oil (Petrinex facility subtypes: 313, 325,
326, 327, 344)................................................................................................ 8-53
8.5 Oil Sampling and Analysis Requirements ................................................................... 8-55
8.5.1 Oil Analysis Requirements for Wells and Facilities ....................................... 8-55
9 Cross-Border Measurement ..........................................................................................9-1
9.2 Cross-Border Sampling Requirements ......................................................................... 9-1
9.3 Cross-Border Measurement Points .............................................................................. 9-1
10 Trucked Liquid Measurement ...................................................................................... 10-1
10.1 General Requirements ............................................................................................... 10-1
10.1.1 Reporting Requirements ............................................................................... 10-1
10.1.2 Temperature Correction Requirements ........................................................ 10-1
10.1.3 Pressure Correction Requirements ............................................................... 10-2
10.2 General Trucked Liquid Measurement, Accounting, and Reporting Requirements for
Various Facility Types ................................................................................................. 10-2
10.2.1 Oil Batteries ................................................................................................... 10-2
10.2.2 Custom Treating Facilities ............................................................................. 10-5
10.2.3 Terminals ....................................................................................................... 10-5
10.2.4 Gas Plants, Gas Batteries, and Gas Gathering Systems ................................ 10-5
10.2.5 Water Injection/Disposal Facilities ............................................................... 10-5
10.2.6 Waste Plant Facilities .................................................................................... 10-5
10.3 Design and Installation of Measurement Systems..................................................... 10-7
10.3.1 Meters ........................................................................................................... 10-7
10.3.2 Weigh Scales.................................................................................................. 10-8
10.3.3 Exceptions for Truck Measurement Systems ................................................ 10-8
10.3.4 Load Fluids ..................................................................................................... 10-9
10.3.5 Split Loads ..................................................................................................... 10-9
10.4 Sampling and Analysis .............................................................................................. 10-11
10.4.1 Automatic Sampling .................................................................................... 10-11
10.4.2 Manual Spot (Grab) Sampling ..................................................................... 10-11
10.4.3 S&W Determination .................................................................................... 10-12
10.4.4 Density Determination ................................................................................ 10-12
10.5 Volume Determination ............................................................................................. 10-13
10.5.1 Tank Gauging ............................................................................................... 10-13
10.5.2 Weigh Scales................................................................................................ 10-13
10.5.3 Meters ......................................................................................................... 10-13
11 Acid Gas and Sulphur Measurement ............................................................................ 11-1
11.2 Acid Gas Measurement .............................................................................................. 11-1
11.2.1 Determining Acid Gas on a Dry Basis ............................................................ 11-1
11.3 Sulphur Measurement and Pit Volume Determination ............................................. 11-6
11.3.1 Sulphur Pit Volume/Tonnage Determination ............................................... 11-6
11.3.2 Sulphur Measurement .................................................................................. 11-6
11.4 Overview of Plant Inlet and Outlet Points for H2S ..................................................... 11-8
11.4.1 Determining H2S in Sour Gas ......................................................................... 11-9
Revision 5.0 Page vii

11.4.2 Determining the Concentration of H2S in Condensate ................................. 11-9

11.4.3 Determining the Concentration of H2S in Inlet Separator Water ............... 11-10
11.4.4 Calculation Procedure for Estimating the Plant Sulphur Inlet Mass per Day . 11-
10
11.4.5 Calculation Procedure for Estimating Plant Sulphur Outlet Mass per Day. 11-11
11.5 Production Data Verification and Audit Trail ........................................................... 11-15
12 Heavy Crude Oil Measurement .................................................................................. 12-16
12.1 General Measurement Requirements ..................................................................... 12-16
12.1.1 Temperature Correction Requirements ...................................................... 12-16
12.1.2 Pressure Correction Requirements ............................................................. 12-16
12.1.3 EFM Requirements ...................................................................................... 12-16
12.1.4 Diluent/Condensate Receipts and Blending Shrinkage .............................. 12-16
12.1.5 Hydrocarbon Blending and Flashing Shrinkage .......................................... 12-17
12.1.6 Water Measurement ................................................................................... 12-17
12.1.7 Well Proration Testing................................................................................. 12-17
12.1.8 Heavy Oil Receipt, Delivery, or Sales........................................................... 12-17
12.2 Primary and Secondary Production ......................................................................... 12-17
12.2.1 Battery Subtypes ......................................................................................... 12-17
12.2.2 Gas Estimation and Reporting for Heavy Oil Wells ..................................... 12-19
12.2.3 Method for Determining Gas Oil Ratio Factor and GIS ............................... 12-22
12.2.4 Oil and Water Deliveries to a Treatment Facility ........................................ 12-24
12.2.5 Well Test Measurement with Tank Gauging or Metering .......................... 12-24
12.3 Thermal In Situ Battery Operations (Petrinex facility subtypes: 344) ..................... 12-25
12.3.1 Heavy Crude Oil, Diluent, and Diluted Heavy Crude Oil Delivery Point
Measurement .............................................................................................. 12-26
12.3.2 Gas Measurement ....................................................................................... 12-26
12.3.3 Steam Measurement ................................................................................... 12-28
12.3.4 Water Measurement ................................................................................... 12-29
12.3.5 Water/Steam Primary and Secondary Measurement ................................ 12-29
12.3.6 Solvent Measurement ................................................................................. 12-30
12.3.7 Production Measurement ........................................................................... 12-30
12.3.8 Well Production Measurement ................................................................... 12-31
12.3.9 Proration Factors ......................................................................................... 12-32
12.3.10 Uncertainty and Proration Factor Summary ............................................... 12-32
12.3.11 Internal Inspection Exceptions ...................................................................... 12-1
13 Condensate and High Vapour Pressure Liquid Measurement and Reporting ................. 13-1
13.1 General Measurement and Reporting Requirements ............................................... 13-1
13.1.1 Measurement Requirements ........................................................................ 13-1
13.1.2 Reporting Requirements ............................................................................... 13-1
13.2 Reporting Scenarios for Gas Wells Producing Condensate........................................ 13-2
13.2.1 Scenario 1 – Condensate that is Effluent Metered and Tested or Proration
Tested, or Separated and Recombined ......................................................... 13-2
13.2.2 Scenario 2 – Condensate Production Separated and Disposed of from a Well
....................................................................................................................... 13-3
13.2.3 Scenario 3 – Condensate Production Separated and Disposed of from a Multi-
well Battery ................................................................................................... 13-3
13.2.4 Scenario 4 – Condensate Recovered from Gas Compression ....................... 13-4
14 Hydrocarbon Liquid Measurement .............................................................................. 14-1
Revision 5.0 Page viii

14.1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................. 14-1

14.1.2 Application of API Measurement Standards ................................................. 14-1
14.1.3 System Design and Installation ..................................................................... 14-1
14.2 Volume Measurement ............................................................................................... 14-4
14.2.1 Meter Selection ............................................................................................. 14-4
14.3 Shrinkage .................................................................................................................... 14-4
14.3.1 Live Oil Shrinkage .......................................................................................... 14-5
14.3.2 Hydrocarbon Blending and Flashing Shrinkages ........................................... 14-5
14.3.3 Shrinkage Factor Determination ................................................................... 14-5
14.3.4 Shrinkage Factor Application ........................................................................ 14-6
14.4 Temperature Measurement ....................................................................................... 14-6
14.5 Pressure Measurement .............................................................................................. 14-8
14.6 Density Determination ............................................................................................... 14-8
14.7 Tank Measurement .................................................................................................... 14-8
14.7.1 Tank Strapping............................................................................................... 14-9
14.7.2 Tank Sizing ..................................................................................................... 14-9
14.7.3 Manual Tank Gauging.................................................................................. 14-10
14.7.4 Automatic/Electronic Tank Gauging ........................................................... 14-10
14.7.5 Tank Gauging Applications .......................................................................... 14-10
14.8 Sampling and Analysis for S&W and Density Determination................................... 14-11
14.8.1 Fluid Sampling Requirements for S&W and Density Determination .......... 14-11
14.8.2 S&W Determination .................................................................................... 14-12
14.9 Hydrocarbon Liquid Volume Calculations ................................................................ 14-13
14.9.1 General Equations for Determining Liquid Volumes at Standard Conditions 14-
13
14.9.2 Electronic Flow Measurement for Liquid Systems ...................................... 14-17
14.9.3 Performance Evaluation .............................................................................. 14-18
14.9.4 Test Cases for Verification of Oil Flow Calculation Programs ..................... 14-19
14.9.5 Test Cases for Verification of NGL and LPG Flow Calculation Programs .... 14-19
14.10 Measurement Records ............................................................................................. 14-21
14.10.1 The Daily Report .......................................................................................... 14-21
14.10.2 The Monthly Report .................................................................................... 14-21
14.10.3 The Event Log .............................................................................................. 14-21
14.10.4 EFM Specific Reports ................................................................................... 14-22
15 Water Measurement ................................................................................................... 15-1
15.1 Base Requirements for Water Measurement, Volume Calculation, Production Data
Verification, and Audit Trail ....................................................................................... 15-1
15.2 Water Measurement and Accounting Requirements for Various Facility Types....... 15-1
15.2.1 Gas Facilities .................................................................................................. 15-1
15.2.2 Crude Oil Facilities ......................................................................................... 15-3
15.2.3 Water Source Production .............................................................................. 15-4
15.2.4 Water Injection and Disposal Facility ............................................................ 15-5
15.2.5 Waste Processing and Disposal Facility......................................................... 15-6
15.2.6 Storage and Disposal Cavern ......................................................................... 15-6
15.2.7 Thermal In Situ Scheme (Petrinex facility subtype: 506) .............................. 15-7
15.2.8 Downhole Water Disposal or Injection ......................................................... 15-7
15.2.9 Brine Measurement and Reporting (Petrinex facility subtype: 518) ............ 15-7
15.2.10 Load Water Reporting ................................................................................... 15-7
15.3 Water Gas Ratio (WGR) Testing Methodology .......................................................... 15-8
Revision 5.0 Page ix

15.3.1 WGR Testing .................................................................................................. 15-8

15.3.2 WGR Calculation............................................................................................ 15-9
Appendix 1 Documents Replaced Fully or Partially by Directive PNG017: Measurement
Requirements for Oil and Gas Operations ......................................................... 311
Appendix 2 Glossary........................................................................................................... 312
Appendix 3 Water-Cut (S&W) Procedures ........................................................................... 330
Appendix 4 On-site Analytical Techniques for H 2S Measurement ......................................... 335
Appendix 5 Gas Equivalent Volume Determination ............................................................. 336
Appendix 6 Calculated Compositional Analysis Examples .................................................... 344
Appendix 7 Blending Shrinkage Calculation and Reporting Example .................................... 350
Appendix 8 Measurement Schematic Example .................................................................... 352
Appendix 9 Gas Group Delineation ..................................................................................... 354
Revision 5.0 Page x

Introduction
Purpose
Directive PNG017: Measurement Requirements for Oil and Gas Operations (Directive PNG017)
consolidates, clarifies, and updates the requirements of the Ministry of Energy and Resources
(ER) with respect to measurement points used for accounting and reporting purposes, as well as
those measurement points required for upstream petroleum facilities and some downstream
pipeline operations under existing regulations. The term measurement as used in this Directive
means measurement, accounting, and reporting. While measurement is the determination of a
volume, accounting and reporting are integral components of measurement in that after a fluid
volume is measured, mathematical procedures (accounting) may have to be employed to arrive
at the desired volume to be reported.
Interpretation
Directive PNG017 includes measurement and reporting requirements that are applicable to oil
and gas operations including other industries that are regulated by the Energy Regulation
Division of ER. Wells and facilities operated in Saskatchewan must comply with the
requirement.
What’s New in This Edition
• Removal of Alberta and British Columbia measurement requirements from various sections
in the Directive.
• Restructuring of some sections of the Directive and the relocation of some requirements to
different Sections of the Directive.
• Minimizing subjective, vague and inconsistent terminology in favor of objective, clear, and
consistent terminology.
Section 4.3.1.7 (amended) Ultrasonic Meters: Reduction of requirements for gas volume
metering as Industry has demonstrated that season temperature and pressure factors can be
utilized over live temperature and pressure measurement and the uncertainty requirements are
still able to be met.
Section 4.3.6 (amended) Volume Calculations: Reduction of requirements for gas volume
metering as Industry has demonstrated that season temperature and pressure factors can be
utilized over live temperature and pressure measurement and the uncertainty requirements are
still able to be met.
Section 4.3.6.2 (amended/new?) Physical Properties of Natural Gas Components: A new

requirement for licensees as they must use the most updated physical properties for natural gas
when determining gas volumes.
Section 6.5.1 (amended) Crude Oil Single-Well Batteries (facility subtype 311), Crude Oil Multi-
well Group Batteries (facility subtype 321), Crude Oil Multi-well Swab Group Battery (314), and
Crude Oil Multi-well Swab Paper Battery (facility subtype 316): Clarification on how soon the Gas
Oil Ratio (GOR) test must be done for a new non-heavy oil wells.
Revision 5.0 Page xi

Section 6.5.1.1 (new) Exception for GOR Testing Frequency: Reduction of requirements for
frequency of GOR factor determination for non-heavy oil wells when specific qualifying criteria
are met.
Section 6.5.3 (amended) Methods for Determining Factors Used in Estimating Gas Volumes
using a GOR Factor for Non-Heavy Oil: Clarifications on what needs to be included in the
determination of the GOR factor for heavy and non-heavy oil wells.
Section 12.2.3 (amended) Method for Determining Gas Oil Ratio Factor and GIS: Clarifications on
what needs to be included in the determination of the GOR factor for heavy and non-heavy oil
wells.
Section 12.3.5 (amended) Water/Steam Primary and Secondary Measurement: Reduction of

requirements for water and steam for thermal heavy oil facilities where the primary
measurement method must be metered and the secondary measurement can be estimated.
Section 12.3.8 (new requirement) Well Production Measurement: New requirement which will
be a more stringent single point measurement uncertainty for group measurement point for a
metered volume at a thermal heavy oil battery to match with the single point measurement
uncertainty at an individual well.
Intent of this Directive

This Directive specifies:
1. what volumes must be measured and how;
2. what, where, and how volumes may be estimated;
3. if accounting procedures must be performed on the determined volumes and what they
are;
4. what data must be kept for audit purposes; and
5. what resultant volumes must be reported to ER.
The licensee must comply with all requirements set out in this Directive.
In this Directive, the term “must” indicates a requirement that must be followed. In some
situations, a requirement may be subject to exceptions if specific conditions are met.
The term “should” indicates a recommendation that will not be subject to enforcement.
However, ER may direct the licensee in writing to implement changes to improve measurement
accuracy, and this direction will become a condition of operation for that facility or facilities.
The Directive does not include instructions on how the volumes must be reported to ER which
are included in other ER documents, such as Saskatchewan’s Directive PNG032: Volumetric,
Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex, but it does include some information on
requirements regarding facility subtype, status and code in accordance with those documents.
If requirements in previously-issued ER documents (interim directives, informational letters,
guides, etc.) conflict with the requirements in this Directive, the requirements in this Directive
replace the prior requirements. Over time, it is intended that all relevant superseded
requirements will be rescinded.
Revision 5.0 Page xii

Definitions
Many terms used in this Directive are defined in the Glossary (Appendix 2). However, many
critically important definitions are also included within the applicable sections.
Enforcement
This Directive replaces and supersedes a number of ER documents as identified in Appendix 1.
This Directive currently has ER authority in Saskatchewan effective April 1, 2016. ER
enforcement of the new requirements, including audits and inspections, that are intended to
ensure compliance with the new oil and gas measurement requirements will be applied in
accordance with the implementation schedule outlined below. Enforcement actions will be
applied according to Section 13.6 of Directive PNG076: Enhanced Production Audit Program. As
a result of the implementation of Directive PNG017, ER will be rescinding all Measurement
Exemptions approved in Saskatchewan before April 1, 2016.
Industry must make continuous progress with respect to compliance for measurement and
reporting by April 1, 2021, and ER may require licensees to demonstrate their progress
throughout the implementation schedule. Licensees must meet the following implementation
schedule:
1. Requirements must be 25 per cent implemented by April 1, 2017.
All licensees are expected to be fully compliant with the ER requirements prior to the
implementation of Directive PNG017.
Any facilities licensed after April 1, 2016 must be designed and operated in full compliance with
Directive PNG017. For facilities licensed prior to April 1, 2016, licensees are expected to comply
with the 5-year implementation schedule.
The licensee may apply for a site-specific measurement exemption through the IRIS generic
application process if all the necessary documentation associated with an application is
submitted and there is significant evidence to support the exemption (refer to Section 5 of
Directive PNG017).
Revision 5.0 Page xiii

1 Standards of Accuracy
1.1 Introduction
With regard to accuracy, it is assumed an exact or true value exists for any variable that is valid
for the conditions existing at the moment the result is determined. Determining the true value
without doubt cannot be done, due to the limitations of measuring equipment and procedures
and the possibility of human error. Typically, the closer one wants to approach the true value,
the more expense and effort has to be expended.
Measurement in an oil and gas industry context, the principal measurement technologies and
procedures are:
a. Meters for determining flow volumes.
b. Calculated volumes using a proration formula based on test volumes.
c. Estimates of volumes based on production facility and product characteristics.
d. Scales for samples and vehicles.
e. Gauge boards for tanks.
f. Gauges for temperature and pressure.
ER has established standards of accuracy for gas and liquid measurement that take into account
potential impacts to royalty, equity, reservoir engineering, declining production rates, aging
equipment, environment, public safety, accuracy and completeness. The current standards are
stated as maximum uncertainty of monthly volume and/or single point measurement
uncertainty. The uncertainties are to be applied as “plus/minus” e.g., ±5.0 per cent.
Measurement at delivery/sales points must meet the highest accuracy standards because
volumes determined at these points can have a direct impact on royalty determination. Other
measurement points that play a role in the overall accounting process are subject to less
stringent accuracy standards to accommodate physical limitations and/or economics.
The specific standards of accuracy are listed in Section 1.7. Licensees must ensure that their
measurement equipment and measurement procedures meet the requirements that are listed
in this directive or those that are approved by ER. It is a joint responsibility of the operator of
record and licensee to ensure proper reporting as per this Directive and Directive PNG032:
Volumetrics, Valuation, Infrastructure in Petrinex. The Operator of Record is required to provide
the licensee with any documentation or information that may be requested by the licensee in
order to demonstrate to ER that the requirements in this directive are being met. If an
inspection of a measurement device or of procedure reveals unsatisfactory conditions that
preclude the prescribed standards of accuracy from being met ER will direct the licensee to
implement changes to improve measurement accuracy, and this direction will become a
condition of operation for the facility or facilities.
1.2 Applicability and Use of Uncertainties
ER used the uncertainty levels contained in this section to develop many of the requirements for
equipment and/or procedures relating to measurement, accounting, and reporting for various
aspects of oil and gas production and processing operations, which are explained in detail in
other sections. If those requirements are being met and consideration has been made regarding
the potential impacts to royalty, equity, reservoir engineering, environment, public safety,
Revision 5.0 Page 1-1

accuracy and completeness, ER considers a licensee to be in compliance without the need to

demonstrate compliance with the applicable uncertainty requirements contained in this section.
In some scenarios a licensee may deviate from the minimum requirements for equipment
and/or procedures that are stated in this Directive. Refer to Section 5: Site-specific Deviation
from Base Requirements.
1.3 Maximum Uncertainty of Monthly Volume
ER requires production data to be reported on a calendar month basis. Maximum uncertainty of

monthly volume relates to the limits applicable to equipment and/or procedures used to
determine the total monthly volume. Total monthly volumes may result from a single month-
long measurement, but more often result from a combination of individual measurements
and/or estimations. For example, consider a well in an oil proration battery to which a
maximum uncertainty of monthly volume would apply:
1. First, the well is tested, and the oil test rate is used to estimate the well’s production for
the period until the next test is conducted.
2. The well’s total estimated oil production for the month is combined with the month’s
estimated oil production for the other wells in the battery to arrive at the total
estimated monthly oil production for the battery.
3. The total actual monthly oil production for the battery is determined based on
measured deliveries out of the battery and inventory change.
4. A proration factor is determined by dividing the actual battery production by the
estimated battery production.
5. The proration factor is multiplied by the well’s estimated production to determine the
well’s actual monthly production.
1.4 Single Point Measurement Uncertainty
Single point measurement uncertainty relates to the limits applicable to equipment and/or
procedures used to determine a single-phase specific volume at a single measurement point.
The oil volume determined during a 24-hour well test conducted on a well in a proration battery
is an example of a specific volume determination to which a single point measurement
uncertainty limit would apply.
1.5 Confidence Level
The stated uncertainties are not absolute limits. The confidence level, which indicates the
probability that true values will be within the stated range, is 95.0 per cent. This implies that
there is a 95.0 per cent probability, 19 chances in 20 that the true value will be within the stated
range.
1.6 Determination of Uncertainties
The uncertainties referred to relate to the accuracies associated with measurement devices,
device calibration, sample gathering and analysis, variable operating conditions, etc. These
uncertainties are for single-phase specific volume determination points of specific fluids (oil, gas,
or water) or for combinations of two or more such points. These uncertainties do not relate to
comparisons of two or more measurement points, such as comparison of inlet volumes to outlet

volumes. Such comparisons are typically expressed as proration factors, allocation factors, or
metering differences.
The uncertainties are relevant to equipment at the time of installation. No uncertainty
adjustment is required to account for the effects of multiphase fluids, wear, sludge or scale
buildup, etc. as it is accepted that such conditions would constitute a bias error to be monitored
and accounted for through the use of proration factors, allocation factors, or metering
differences.
The methods to be used for determining and combining uncertainties are found in the latest
edition of the American Petroleum Institute (API) Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards
(MPMS), Chapter 13: Statistical Aspects of Measuring and Sampling or the latest edition of the
International Standard Organization (ISO) Standard 5168: Measurement of Fluid Flow—
Estimation of Uncertainty of a Flow-rate Measurement.

1.6.1 Example Calculation
Determination of single point measurement uncertainty for well oil at a proration battery using
root sum square methodology:
Individual uncertainties from historical research:
For oil/emulsion measurement:

Oil meter uncertainty = 0.5% (typical manufacturer’s specification)
Meter proving uncertainty = 1.5%
Sediment and water (S&W) determination uncertainty = 0.5%
Combined uncertainty =  [(0.5)2 + (1.5)2 + (0.5)2]
= 1.66% (rounded to 2.0%)
For gas measurement;

Primary element – gas meter uncertainty = 1.0%
Secondary element – (pulse counter or transducer, etc.) uncertainty = 0.5%
Secondary element calibration uncertainty = 0.5%
Tertiary element – (flow calculation, Electronic Flow Measurement (EFM), etc.)
uncertainty = 0.2%
Gas sampling and analysis uncertainty = 1.5%
Combined uncertainty =  [1.0)2 + (0.5)2 + (0.5)2 + (0.2)2 + (1.5)2]
= 1.95% (rounded to 2.0%)
1.6.2 Oil Systems
1.6.2.1 Oil Systems - Total Battery/Facility Oil

Delivery point measurement, including single-well batteries.

Figure 1.1 Total battery/facility oil - delivery point measurement
Oil Battery/Facility m Oil Pipeline
Pipeline Terminal
Oil Battery/Facility m Oil Pipeline
Oil Pipeline,
Oil Battery/Facility m Clean Oil Terminal, or
other facilities
or Gas Plant
Oil Battery/Facility m
Oil Pipeline,
Oil Battery/Facility Clean Oil Terminal, or
or Gas Plant m other facilities
Oil Battery/Facility m
Custom Treating
Facility or 3rd Party
Oil Battery/Facility m Licensed Clean Oil m Oil Pipeline
Terminal
m = single point measurement uncertainty
Maximum uncertainty of monthly volume = N/A

The uncertainty of the monthly volume will vary, depending upon the number of individual
measurements that are combined to yield the total monthly volume.
Single point measurement uncertainty:
Delivery point measures > 100.0 m3/day = ±0.5%
Delivery point measures ≤ 100.0 m3/day = ±1.0%

The royalty trigger point for oil is at the wellhead. Thus, delivery point measurements are
required at the following locations:
1. Facility dispositions
2. Trucked-in receipts
3. Pipeline receipts
4. Railcar receipts
5. Sales
6. LACT
Excluded: Test points and group points if they are not used for accounting or inventory.
1.6.2.2 Oil Systems - Total Battery Gas

Includes produced gas that is vented, flared, or used as fuel, including single-well batteries. Also
referred to as associated gas, as it is the gas produced in association with oil production at oil
wells.
Figure 1.2 Total battery gas
Vent
Fuel or
Gas
S Battery,
Flare S Gas Gathering System,
S and/or Gas Plant
S Fuel
Vented Gas
Oil
S
Oil Battery Oil
Tank
Water
S = single point measurement uncertainty

> 16.9 103m3/day = ±3.0%
> 0.5 103m3/day and ≤ 16.9 103m3/day = ±3.0%
≤ 0.5 103m3/day = ±10.0%
Maximum uncertainty of monthly volume (M)
> 16.9 103m3/day = ±5.0%
> 0.5 103m3/day and ≤ 16.9 103m3/day = ±10.0%
≤ 0.5 103m3/day = ±20.0%
Note that M is dependent upon combined deliveries, fuel, and vented gas measurement.

The maximum uncertainty of total monthly battery gas volumes allows for reduced emphasis on
accuracy as gas production rate declines. For gas rates that are ≤ 0.5 103m3/day, the gas
volumes may be determined by using estimates. Therefore, the maximum uncertainty of
monthly volume is set at ±20.0 per cent. If gas rates are > 0.5 103m3/day, the gas must be
metered. However, a component of the total monthly gas volume may include estimates for
low volumes of fuel, vented, or flare gas that may add to the monthly uncertainty. At the
highest gas production rates, it is expected the use of estimates will be minimal or at least have
a minor impact on the accuracy of the total monthly gas volume, thereby resulting in the ±5.0
per cent maximum uncertainty of monthly volume.
The equipment and/or procedures used to determine the metered gas volumes when metering
is required must be capable of meeting a ±3.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.
Due to the difficulty associated with metering very low gas rates, procedures used in
determining gas-oil ratios or other factors to be used in estimating gas volumes where rates are
≤ 0.5 103m3/day must meet a ±10.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.
These uncertainties do not apply to gas produced in association with heavy oil with a density ≥
920.0 kg/m3 at 15.0C.
1.6.2.3 Oil Systems - Total Battery Water

Includes single-well batteries.
Figure 1.3 Total battery water
Battery,
Gas
Gas Gathering System,
and/or Gas Plant
Oil
Oil Battery
M
Water
Water
Tank
No single point measurement uncertainty requirement.

Maximum uncertainty of monthly volume relates to determination of total monthly volumes (M).
M = maximum uncertainty of monthly volume
Maximum uncertainty of monthly volume:

> 50.0 m3/month = ±5.0%
≤ 50.0 m3/month = ±20.0%
Single point measurement uncertainty = N/A
Total battery water may be determined by metering or estimation, depending on production
rates, so no basic requirement has been set for single point measurement uncertainty.

Total battery water production volumes ≤ 50.0 m3/month may be determined by estimation.
Therefore, the maximum uncertainty of monthly volume is set at ±20.0 per cent. If the total
battery water production volumes are > 50.0 m3/month, the water must be separated from the
oil and measured. Therefore, the maximum uncertainty of monthly volume is set at ±5.0 per
cent.
1.6.2.4 Oil Systems - Well Oil - Proration Battery
Figure 1.4 Well oil – proration battery
To Gas Gathering System
Gas
S
Test
Oil Battery Oil Sales

Wells
Oil and Gas in Solution
Water
Water Disposal

All classes = ±2.0%
Class 1 (high) > 30.0 m3/day = ±5.0%
Class 2 (medium) > 6.0 m3/day and ≤ 30.0 m3/day = ±10.0%
Class 3 (low) > 2.0 m3/day and ≤ 6.0 m3/day = ±20.0%
Class 4 (stripper) ≤ 2.0 m3/day = ±40.0%
Maximum uncertainty is dependent upon oil and gas test volumes and the number of days the
test is used for estimating production, plus correction by a proration factor.
The maximum uncertainty of monthly well oil production volumes for light and medium density
oil wells in proration batteries has been developed to allow for reduced emphasis on accuracy
as oil production rates decline. Rather than being determined by continuous measurement,
monthly well oil production volumes are estimated from well tests and corrected by the use of
proration factors to result in actual volumes. Lower rate wells are allowed reduced testing
frequencies, which, coupled with the fact that wells may exhibit erratic production rates
between tests, results in less certainty that the reported monthly oil production volume will be
accurate.
1.6.2.5 Oil Systems - Well Gas - Proration Battery

Also referred to as associated gas, as it is the gas produced in association with oil production at
oil wells.

Figure 1.5 Well gas – proration battery
Gas
S
Test
Oil Battery Oil Sales
Oil Wells Oil & GIS
Water
Water Disposal
Total test gas must include GIS with test oil.

> 16.9 103m3/day = ±3.0%
> 0.5 103m3/day and ≤ 16.9 103m3/day = ±3.0%
≤ 0.5 103m3/day = ±10.0%
> 16.9 103m3/day = ±5.0%
> 0.5 103m3/day and ≤ 16.9 103m3/day = ±10.0%
≤ 0.5 103m3/day = ±20.0%
Maximum uncertainty is dependent upon oil and gas test volumes and the number of days the
test is used for estimating production, plus correction by a proration factor.
The maximum uncertainty of monthly oil well gas volumes has been developed to allow for
reduced emphasis on accuracy as gas production rates decline. Rather than being determined
by continuous metering, monthly oil well gas production volumes are estimated from well tests
and corrected by the use of proration factors to result in actual volumes. Low gas production
rates are typically associated with wells that are allowed reduced testing frequencies, which,
coupled with the fact that wells may exhibit erratic production rates between tests, results in
less certainty that the reported monthly gas production volume will be accurate.
For gas rates that are ≤ 0.5 103m3/day, the well test gas volume may be determined by using
estimates. Therefore, the maximum uncertainty of monthly volume is set at ±20.0 per cent. If
gas rates are > 0.5 103m3/day, the test gas must be metered. However, a component of a well’s
total test gas volume may include estimates for gas in solution dissolved in the test oil volume,
which may add to the monthly uncertainty. At the highest gas production rates, it is expected
that the use of estimates will be minimal or at least have a minor impact on the accuracy of the
total monthly gas volume, thereby resulting in the ±5.0 per cent maximum uncertainty of
monthly volume.

The equipment and/or procedures used to determine the measured test gas volumes if
measurement is required must be capable of meeting a ±3.0 per cent single point measurement
uncertainty. Due to the difficulty associated with measuring very low gas rates, procedures
used in determining gas-oil ratios or other factors to be used in estimating gas volumes, if rates
are ≤ 0.5 103m3/day, must meet a ±10.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.
1.6.2.6 Oil Systems - Well Water - Proration Battery
Figure 1.6 Well water – proration battery
Gas
Test
Oil & GIS Oil Battery Oil Sales

Oil Wells
S Water
Water Disposal
Single point measurement uncertainty = ±10.0%

The uncertainty of the monthly volume will vary, depending upon the method used to
determine test water rates and the frequency of well tests.
Rather than being determined by continuous measurement, monthly oil well water production
volumes are estimated from well tests and corrected by the use of proration factors to result in
actual volumes. The water rates determined during the well tests may be inferred from
determining the water content of emulsion samples, and in some scenarios, estimates may be
used to determine water rates. Therefore, the single point measurement uncertainty is set at
±10.0 per cent.

1.6.3 Gas Systems
1.6.3.1 Gas Systems - Gas Deliveries – Sales Gas
Figure 1.7 Gas deliveries – sales gas
Gas
Transmission Pipelines, Other Gas
Gas Plant
S Plants, Injection Systems, or Fuel for
Other Facilities
Gas
Transmission Pipelines or
Battery or Gas Gathering S Injection Systems
System

The total monthly volume may result from a single month-long measurement, making the
uncertainty of the monthly volume equivalent to the single point measurement uncertainty.
Since the delivery point is often a custody transfer point, a stringent requirement is set for the
single point measurement uncertainty.
In some scenarios, this type of gas may be delivered to other plants for further processing or to
injection facilities. Thus, delivery point measurements are required at the following locations:
1. Gas plant dispositions
2. Sales to downstream
3. Purchase from downstream facilities
4. Cross-border and cross-jurisdiction
5. Gas delivered from one upstream facility to another that is not tied to the same
system for FUEL, such as from a gas battery to an oil battery
6. Condensate disposition to an oil facility or for sales
Excluded: Return fuel to the original source facility after the gas has been sweetened.

1.6.3.2 Gas Systems - Hydrocarbon Liquid Deliveries
Figure 1.8 Hydrocarbon liquid deliveries
Gas Plant S Pipeline

Oil or
Condensate
Gas Plant,
Battery, or Gas Pipeline Terminal or
Gathering System
S Other Facilities
Oil or
Condensate

Delivery point measures > 100.0 m3/day = ±0.5%
Delivery point measures ≤ 100.0 m3/day = ±1.0%
The uncertainty of the monthly volume will vary, depending upon the number of individual
measurements that are combined to yield the total monthly volume.
The term delivery point measurement for hydrocarbon liquids refers to the point at which the
hydrocarbon liquid production from a battery or facility is measured. Where clean hydrocarbon
liquids are delivered directly into a pipeline system via a Lease Automatic Custody Transfer Unit
(LACT) measurement or trucked to a pipeline terminal, it can also be referred to as the custody
transfer point. The delivery point terminology is from the perspective of the producing battery
or facility, but the receiving facility (pipeline, terminal, custom treating facility, other battery,
etc.) may refer to this point as its receipt point. The hydrocarbon liquid volume determined at
the delivery point is used in all subsequent transactions involving that liquid.
Hydrocarbon liquids delivered out of a gas system at the well, battery, or plant inlet levels are
typically condensate, and in some scenarios, they may be considered to be oil. The hydrocarbon
liquids delivered out of a gas plant may be pentanes, butane, propane, ethane, or a mixture of
various components.
The measurement equipment and/or procedures must be capable of determining the
hydrocarbon liquid volume within the stated limits.
For facilities where the hydrocarbon liquid delivery volumes total ≤ 100.0 m3/day, the single
point measurement uncertainty has been increased to allow for the economical handling of
hydrocarbon liquids when minimal volumes would not justify the added expense for improved
measurement equipment and/or procedures.

1.6.3.3 Gas Systems - Plant Inlet or Total Battery/Group Gas
Figure 1.9 Plant inlet or total battery/group gas
Gas
S
To Plant
Battery or Gas Processing
Gathering System M
Plant Inlet Condensate
Separator
M is dependent upon combined uncertainties of measured gas and gas equivalent of condensate .
Gas S M Gas Plant or Gas

Gathering System
Battery
Condensate (recombined with gas)
M is dependent upon combined uncertainties of measured gas and gas equivalent of recombined condensate.
Gas M Gas Plant or Gas

S Gathering System
Battery
Oil Terminal / other facilities
Condensate
M is dependent upon uncertainties of measured gas only.

Maximum uncertainty of monthly volume = ±5.0%

Plant inlet gas or total battery/group gas is typically unprocessed gas that may vary in
composition and may contain entrained liquids. The total reported gas volume could result
from combining several measured volumes from various points and may also include the
calculated gas equivalent volume of entrained hydrocarbon liquids, typically condensate. The
maximum uncertainty of monthly volume is set at ±5.0 per cent to allow for the uncertainties
associated with measuring gas under these conditions.
The equipment and/or procedures used to determine the measured gas volumes must be
capable of meeting a ±3.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.

1.6.3.4 Gas Systems - Plant Inlet or Total Battery Group Condensate - Recombined
Figure 1.10 Plant inlet or total battery/group condensate - recombined
Gas
To Plant
Battery or Gas Processing
Gathering System S
Condensate (reported as gas equivalent
Plant Inlet
volume and included in Total Plant Inlet Gas)
Separator
Gas Gas Plant or Gas

Gathering System
Battery
S
Condensate
(recombined with gas)
Gas Gas Plant or Gas

Gathering System
Battery
S Oil Terminal /
Other Facilities
Condensate
If condensate is removed from the battery by truck and not sent for further processing, the single point
measurement uncertainty for hydrocarbon liquid deliveries must be met.

The condensate volume is included in the total gas volume for reporting purposes and is
therefore covered by the maximum uncertainty of monthly volume for the plant inlet or total
battery/group gas.
Plant inlet condensate is typically separated from the inlet stream and sent through the plant for
further processing. For reporting purposes, the gas equivalent of the plant inlet condensate is
included in the total plant inlet gas volume. If total battery/group condensate upstream of the
plant inlet is separated and measured prior to being recombined with the gas production, the
condensate is converted to a gas equivalent volume and included in the gas production volume.
In either scenario, the condensate single point measurement uncertainty is set at ±2.0 per cent
for the liquid volume determination.
Note that if plant inlet or total battery/group condensate is separated and delivered out of the
system at that point, the condensate measurement is subject to the single point measurement
uncertainties stipulated for hydrocarbon liquid deliveries stated in Section 1.6.3.2.

1.6.3.5 Gas Systems - Fuel Gas
Figure 1.11 Fuel gas
Residue Gas
Gas
Gas Plant
S S Field
Well or Fuel Fuel
Wells S Unprocessed Processed
Battery or Gas S Fuel Fuel
Gathering System S
S
Fuel S
Fuel
Fuel for other
facility(s)

> 0.5 103m3/day = ±3.0%
≤ 0.5 103m3/day = ±10.0%
> 0.5 103m3/day = ±5.0%
≤ 0.5 103m3/day = ±20.0%
Note that maximum uncertainty is dependent upon combined uncertainties of various fuel
sources at each reporting facility.
The maximum uncertainty of monthly fuel gas volumes allows for reduced emphasis on
accuracy as gas flow rates decline.
For all upstream oil and gas facilities, if the annual average fuel gas rate is ≤ 0.5 103m3/day on a
per-site basis, the gas volume may be determined by using estimates. Therefore, the maximum
uncertainty of the monthly volume is set at ±20.0 per cent. If the annual average fuel gas rates
are > 0.5 103m3/day on any site, the gas must be metered, but since the gas being used as fuel
may be unprocessed gas and part of the total fuel gas volume may include some estimated
volumes up to 0.5 103m3/day, the maximum uncertainty of the monthly volume is set at ±5.0
per cent to allow for the uncertainties associated with measuring gas under those conditions.
See Section 4.2 for more detail.
Gas used for pneumatic devices that is vented or flared must be reported as vented or flared,
respectively.
For facilities licensed prior to January 1, 2020 or for non-licensed facilities built before January 1,
2020, the volume of gas emitted by pneumatic devices may be estimated and then subtracted
from the metered fuel gas volume in the case where the metered fuel gas provides the
pneumatic gas supply.
For facilities licensed after January 1, 2020 or for non-licensed facilities built after January 1,
2020, the facility must be built so that the metered fuel gas does not include gas emitted by
pneumatic devices.
Gas used for pilot, purge, sweep, blanket and makeup gas must be reported as flared.

2020, the volume of gas used as pilot, purge, sweep, blanket, and makeup gas may be estimated
and then subtracted from metered fuel gas in the case where metered fuel gas also provides the
pilot, purge, sweep, blanket, and makeup gas supply. The volume that is subtracted from fuel
gas does not contribute to the allowance of 0.5 103m3/day that may be estimated for flare gas.
2020, the facility must be built so that the metered fuel gas does not include pilot, purge,
sweep, blanket, and makeup gas supply.
The equipment and/or procedures used to determine the measured gas volumes if metering is
required must be capable of meeting a ±3.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.
Due to the difficulty associated with measuring very low gas rates, procedures used in
determining gas-oil ratios or other factors to be used in estimating gas volumes, if rates are ≤ 0.5
103m3/day, must meet a ±10.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.
1.6.3.6 Gas Systems - Flare and Vent Gas
Figure 1.12 Flare and vent gas
Flare/Vent
S Flare/Vent
Unprocessed gas Processed Gas
M
M Flare/Vent
S
Gas Plant
S
Flare/Vent
Well or S
Wells Battery or Gas M is dependent upon combined uncertainties of various
Gathering System flare gas points at each reporting facility.
.

Flare gas may be clean processed gas or it may be unprocessed gas, depending on the point in
the system from which gas is being flared. Continuous and intermittent flared and vent volumes
at all oil or gas production or processing facilities, including thermal in situ facilities but
excluding non-thermal heavy oil and bitumen facilities, where annual average total flared and
vented volumes per facility are > 0.5 103m3/day excluding pilot, purge, or dilution gas must be
metered.
Gas used for pilot, purge, sweep, blanket and makeup gas must be reported as flared.
2020, the volume of gas used as pilot, purge, sweep, blanket, and makeup gas may be estimated
and then subtracted from metered fuel gas in the case where metered fuel gas also provides the
pilot, purge, sweep and blanket gas supply. The volume that is subtracted from fuel gas does
not contribute to the allowance of 0.5 103m3/day that may be estimated for flare gas.

2020, the facility must be built so that the metered fuel gas does not include pilot, purge,
sweep, blanket, and makeup gas supply.
Uncombusted gas released to the atmosphere, including fugitive emissions, must be reported as
vent gas using the methodologies in Guideline PNG035: Estimating Venting and Fugitive
Emissions. When a fugitive emission is discovered the licensee must estimate and report the
amount of gas released from the time of discovery until the fugitive emission is eliminated. If, at
a facility, all gas that is received or produced is vented including casing gas, then no fugitive
emissions need to be reported. All documentation relating to the fuel, flare and vent including
fugitive emission must be kept for ER to review.
Sites requiring flare or vent gas metering may estimate up to 0.5 103m3/day. Any continuous
and intermittent flare and vent volumes at non-thermal heavy crude oil or bitumen facilities that
are > 2.0 103m3/day must be metered. Sites requiring flare or vent gas metering may estimate
up to 2.0 103m3/day. Flare lines usually operate in a shut-in condition and may be required to
accommodate partial or full volumes of gas production during flaring conditions. In some
scenarios if flaring is infrequent and no measurement equipment is in place, flare volumes must
be estimated such as flaring at SW Saskatchewan gas wells in a proration battery where there is
no on-site measurement equipment. Therefore, the maximum uncertainty of the monthly
volume is set at ±20.0 per cent, to allow for the erratic conditions associated with flare
measurement.
1.6.3.7 Gas Systems - Acid Gas
Figure 1.13 Acid gas
Acid Gas to Sulphur

S Plant, Flare, or Injection
Batteries and Gas

Gathering Systems Gas Plant
Residue Gas
Single point measurement uncertainty = ±10.0% for low pressure acid gas before compression,
and = ±3.0% after compression.
Acid gas usually contains a great deal of water vapour and has other conditions associated with
it, such as very low pressure that affects measurement accuracy. Therefore, the single point
measurement uncertainty is set at ±10.0 per cent.
See Section Error! Reference source not found..6.3 for details.

1.6.3.8 Gas Systems - Dilution Gas
Figure 1.14 Dilution gas
Acid Gas
M
to Flare
Unprocessed
S
Dilution Gas
Batteries and/or Gas
Processed
Gathering Systems S
Dilution Gas
Gas Plant
Residue Gas
M is dependent upon combined uncertainties

of various dilution gas sources.

Dilution gas is gas used to provide adequate heating value for incineration or flaring acid gas.
Since it must be metered, it is subject to the same uncertainties as stated in Section 1.6.3.5 for
fuel gas that must be determined by metering.
1.6.3.9 Gas Systems – Well Gas - Well Site Separation
Figure 1.15 Well gas – well site separation
Gas M
Gas Gathering
S System or Gas Plant
Well
Condensate M is dependent upon combined uncertainties of
Separator measured gas plus gas equivalent of condensate.
Gas
Gas Gathering
S System or Gas Plant
Well
Pipeline Terminal
Separator Oil or
Condensate M is dependent upon uncertainties of
measured gas only.


> 16.9 103m3/day = ±5.0%
≤ 16.9 103m3/day = ±10.0%
If production components from gas wells are separated and continuously measured, the
maximum uncertainty of monthly well gas volumes allows for reduced emphasis on accuracy as
gas production rates decline. Since the separated gas is unprocessed and may still contain
entrained liquids at the measurement point and a component of the total reported well gas
production may include the calculated gas equivalent volume of the well’s condensate
production, the maximum uncertainty of monthly volumes also allows for the uncertainties
associated with measuring gas under those conditions.
The equipment and/or procedures used to determine the separated measured well gas volumes
must be capable of meeting a ±3.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.
1.6.3.10 Gas Systems - Well Gas - Proration Battery
Figure 1.16 Well gas (effluent measurement battery)
Gas Gas Gathering

M System or Gas Plant
Wells with
Effluent M
Condensate
Measurement
Group
M Test Taps Separator
M is dependent upon well effluent measurement,

Testing Unit Gas correction by an effluent correction factor, and a
S proration factor.
Metered and
Separator
Recombined
Condensate
Produced
Water M = maximum uncertainty of monthly volume

Figure 1.17 Well gas - SW Saskatchewan or other approved multi-well proration battery
Gas Gathering
M System or Gas Plant
Wells with
No Continuous M Condensate
Measurement
Group
M Test Taps Separator
S M is dependent upon well estimates and

correction by a proration factor.
Test Meter or
Separator


If production components from gas wells are not separated and continuously measured, the gas
wells are subject to a proration accounting system. There are two types of gas proration
batteries. Effluent gas wells have continuous effluent measurement, and the actual production
is prorated based on the measurement of group gas and liquid components following separation
at a central location. Dry gas wells approved to operate without continuous measurement have
the production estimated based on periodic tests, and the actual production is prorated based
on the measurement of group volumes at a central location. For both types of proration
batteries, the maximum uncertainty of the monthly well gas volume is set at ±15.0 per cent to
allow for the inaccuracies associated with these types of measurement systems.
The equipment and/or procedures used to determine the measured well test gas volumes
downstream of separation during effluent meter correction factor tests or during the periodic
dry gas well tests must be capable of meeting a ±3.0 per cent single point measurement
uncertainty.
1.6.3.11 Gas Systems - Well Condensate - Recombined
Figure 1.18 Well condensate - recombined
Gas Gas Gathering System

or Gas Plant
Separator
Well
S
Condensate


The gas equivalent of the condensate volume is included in the total well gas volume for
reporting purposes and is therefore covered by the monthly uncertainty for the well gas.
If condensate produced by a gas well is separated and measured at the wellhead prior to being
recombined with the gas production, the condensate is mathematically converted to a gas
equivalent volume and added to the well gas production volume. In this scenario, the
condensate single point measurement uncertainty is set at ±2.0 per cent for the liquid volume
determination. No requirement has been set for the maximum uncertainty of monthly volume
because the gas equivalent of the condensate volume is included in the total well gas volume for
reporting purposes.
In the scenario of a gas well subject to effluent measurement, the gas equivalent of the
condensate volume is included in the well’s total gas production volume. The liquid volume
determination, which is done during the effluent meter correction factor test, is subject to a
single point measurement uncertainty of ±2.0 per cent. No requirement has been set for the
maximum uncertainty of monthly volume because the gas equivalent of the condensate volume
is included in the total well gas volume for reporting purposes.
Note that if condensate produced by a gas well is separated at the wellhead and delivered out
of the system at that point, the condensate is reported as a liquid volume. In this scenario, the
condensate measurement is subject to the single point measurement uncertainties stipulated
for hydrocarbon liquid deliveries stated in Section 1.6.3.2.
1.6.3.12 Gas Systems - Total Battery Water
Figure 1.19 Total battery water

Gas
Well or Condensate
Wells Battery
Water M
Tank
Water
Total battery water may be the water separated at the battery, the sum of the
water separated at the wells, or a combination.
M is dependent upon the method used to determine the total water volume.

Total battery water may be determined by an individual group measurement, by totaling
individual well measurements, or by totaling individual well estimates, so no basic requirement
for measurement uncertainty has been set.
Total battery water in a gas system may be collected at a central location where it can be
measured prior to disposal, or it may be a summation of individual well estimates or

measurements of water collected at multiple locations and disposed from those sites. The ±5.0
per cent maximum uncertainty of monthly volume allows for some leeway in volume
determination.
1.6.3.13 Gas Systems - Well Water
Figure 1.20 Well water
Battery or
Gas
Gas Gathering
System
Separator
Well
Condensate
Water
S Tank

The uncertainty of the monthly volume will vary, depending upon whether produced volumes
are subject to individual well measurement, estimation, or proration.
Water production at gas wells may be determined by measurement after separation, or if
separators are not used, it may be determined by using water-gas ratios determined from
engineering calculations or semiannual tests. To allow for the various methods used to
determine production volumes, the single point measurement uncertainty is set at ±10.0 per
cent.
1.6.4 Injection/Disposal Systems
1.6.4.1 Injection/Disposal Systems - Total Gas
Figure 1.21 Total gas
M
Gas Plant or Battery
Gas Plant Liquid Well or
Petroleum Gas (LPG) Injection Facility
Wells
Gas Plant LPG
M = maximum uncertainty of monthly M is dependent upon combined uncertainties of

volume various sources and types of fluids received.


The single point measurement uncertainty will vary depending on the source and type of fluids
received.
Gas used in injection/disposal systems may be clean processed gas or unprocessed gas that may
contain entrained liquids, and in some scenarios several sources may make up the total gas
volume received by an injection system. This includes gas injected into caverns. The maximum
uncertainty of monthly volume is set at ±5.0 per cent to allow for the uncertainties associated
with measuring gas under those conditions.
1.6.4.2 Injection/Disposal Systems - Well Gas
Figure 1.22 Well gas
S
Injection Facility Well or
S Wells

The gas injected/disposed into each well must be measured at the injection site and may consist
of clean processed gas and/or unprocessed gas that may contain entrained liquids. The
equipment and/or procedures used to determine the gas volumes injected/disposed into each
well must be capable of meeting a ±3.0 per cent single point measurement uncertainty.
1.6.4.3 Injection/Disposal Systems - Total Water
Figure 1.23 Total water
M
Gas Plants, Batteries, or
Fresh Water Sources Well or
Injection Facility
Wells
M is dependent upon combined uncertainties of

various sources and types of water received.

To be equivalent to the requirements for Oil Systems - Total Battery Water (Section 1.6.2.3) and
Gas Systems - Total Battery Water (Section 1.6.3.12).

Water used in injection/disposal systems may be produced water from oil or gas batteries, fresh
water from water source wells, or waste water. To be equivalent to the requirements for total
oil and gas battery water, the maximum uncertainty of monthly volume is set at ±5.0 per cent.
1.6.4.4 Injection/Disposal Systems - Well Water/Steam
Figure 1.24 Well water/steam
Gas Plants, Batteries, or S

Fresh Water Sources Injection Facility Well or
S Wells

The water/steam injected/disposed into each well must be measured at the injection site. The
single point measurement uncertainty is set at ±5.0 per cent. For water and steam production
at a thermal in situ facility, the single point measurement uncertainty is set at ±2.0 per cent, see
Sections 12.3.3 and 12.3.4 for details.
1.6.4.5 Injection/Disposal Systems – Waste injected into Cavern
Figure 1.25 Well waste
Well or Wells linked

From Surface Waste Plant S to a Cavern Waste
Plant
S

The waste into each well must be metered at the injection site. The single point measurement
uncertainty is set at ±5.0 per cent.
For withdrawls from the cavern the same single point measurement uncertainity is required.

1.7 Standards of Accuracy—Summary
1.7.1 Oil Systems – excluding heavy oil
Maximum
Single point
uncertainty of
measurement
Flow Rate monthly
uncertainty
volume
±%
±%
Delivery point
measures > 100.0 N/A 0.5
Total battery oil (delivery m3/d
(i)
point measurement)
Delivery point
measures ≤ 100.0 N/A 1.0
m3/day
(ii) > 16.9 103m3/day 5.0 3.0

Total battery gas (includes
produced gas that is
vented, flared, or used as > 0.5 103m3/day and
10.0 3.0
fuel) ≤ 16.9 103m3/day
≤ 0.5 103m3/day 20.0 10.0
(iii) > 50.0 m3/month 5.0 N/A

Total battery water
≤ 50.0 m3/month 20.0 N/A
(iv) Well oil (proration battery) Class 1 (high), > 30.0 5.0 2.0
m3/day
Class 2 (medium), > 10.0 2.0

6.0 m3/day and ≤
30.0 m3/day
Class 3 (low), > 2.0 20.0 2.0

m3/day and ≤ 6.0
m3/day
Class 4 (stripper), ≤ 40.0 2.0

2.0 m3/day

Maximum
Single point
uncertainty of
measurement
Flow Rate monthly
uncertainty
volume
±%
±%
(v) Well gas (proration battery) > 16.9 103m3/day 5.0 3.0
> 0.5 103m3/day and 10.0 3.0

≤ 16.9 103m3/day
≤ 0.5 103m3/day 20.0 10.0
(vi) Well water N/A 10.0
1.7.2 Gas Systems
Maximum
Single point
uncertainty of
measurement
Flow Rate monthly
uncertainty
volume
±%
±%
(i) Gas deliveries (sales gas) N/A 2.0
(ii) Hydrocarbon liquid deliveries Delivery point N/A 1.0

measures ≤ 100.0
m3/day
Delivery point N/A 0.5

measures > 100.0
m3/day
(iii) Plant inlet or total 5.0 3.0

battery/group gas
(iv) Plant inlet or total N/A 2.0

battery/group condensate
(recombined)
(v) Fuel gas > 0.5 103m3/day 5.0 3.0

Maximum
Single point
uncertainty of
measurement
Flow Rate monthly
uncertainty
volume
±%
±%
≤ 0.5 103m3/day 20.0 10.0
(vi) Flare and vent gas 20.0 5.0
(vii) Acid gas before compression N/A 10.0
Acid gas after compression N/A 3.0
(viii) Dilution gas 5.0 3.0
(ix) Well gas (well site > 16.9 103m3/day 5.0 3.0
separation)
≤ 16.9 103m3/day 10.0 3.0
(x) Well gas (proration battery) 15.0 3.0
(xi) Well condensate N/A 2.0

(recombined)
(xii) Total battery water 5.0 N/A
(xiii) Well water N/A 10.0
1.7.3 Injection/Disposal Systems
Maximum Single point

uncertainty measurement
of monthly uncertainty
volume ±%
±%
(i) Total gas 5.0 N/A
(ii) Well gas N/A 3.0
(iii) Total water/waste 5.0 N/A

Maximum Single point

uncertainty measurement
of monthly uncertainty
volume ±%
±%
(iv) Well water/steam/waste N/A 5.0
Produced water/steam at thermal in situ facilities N/A 2.0
(v) Brine disposal well, see Section 15.2.9 N/A 5.0
1.7.4 Heavy Oil - excluding Thermal In Situ Operations (from Section 12)
Maximum
Single point
uncertainty of
measurement
monthly
uncertainty
volume
±%
±%
(i) Gas N/A 3.0
(ii) Liquid products received into a cleaning plant, N/A 1.0

excluding the effect of S&W and density
determination
(iii) Sales oil delivery point from a treatment facility N/A 0.5
(iv) Test emulsion meter, excluding the effect of S&W N/A 2.0
determination
1.7.5 Thermal In Situ Operations (from Section 12)
Maximum
Single point
uncertainty
measurement
of monthly
uncertainty
volume
±%
±%
(i) Gas production or injection N/A 3.0

Maximum
Single point
uncertainty
measurement
of monthly
uncertainty
volume
±%
±%
(ii) Emulsion testing using grouped well metering when 2.0

the subsurface drainage area has coalesced
excluding the effects S&W determination
(iii) Emulsion test using metering for individual wells - N/A 2.0
excluding the effects S&W determination
(iv) Clean heavy oil sales N/A 0.5
(v) Wellhead steam injection (CWE) N/A 5.0
(vi) All other steam measurement, including steam N/A 2.0

leaving a steam plant (CWE)
(vii) Liquid solvent injection N/A 2.0
(viii) Fresh, brackish, or produced water delivered to or N/A 2.0

from an injection facility
(ix) Boiler feed water, boiler blowdown N/A 2.0
(iix) Water disposal N/A 2.0
1.8 Measurement Schematics
This section presents the requirements for measurement schematics used for measurement,
accounting, and reporting of oil and gas facilities. Measurement schematics are required to
ensure measurement, accounting, and reporting compliance and are visual tools showing the
current physical layout of the facility. Schematics should be regularly reviewed and used by
groups such as operations, engineering, and production accounting to ensure a common
understanding. For the purpose of this Directive, process flow diagrams (PFD), piping and
instrumentation diagrams, and process and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID) are not considered
measurement schematics.
1.8.1 Measurement Schematics Requirements
The operator of record, the company who reports the monthly production to ER generally via
Petrinex, is responsible for creating, confirming, and revising any measurement schematics. The

well licensee and physical operator shall provide all assistance they can. The schematics must
be used by operations and production accounting to ensure that the reported volumes are in
compliance with ER’s reporting and licensing requirements. How the required information is
shown on a measurement schematic is up to the operator of record to decide as long as the
measurement schematic is clear and comprehensive.
The operator of record must have measurement schematics for all the existing applicable
facilities outlined in Directive PNG017 by April 1, 2018.
For new facilities, the measurement schematic must be created before the facility is brought on
active (i.e. start of operations of a facility) and must be reviewed and updated on an annual
basis. See Section 1.8.2 of Measurement Schematic update requirements.
The measurement schematic can be stored electronically or in hard-copy format. A master
copy of the measurement schematic must be retained at a central location and previous
versions must be stored for a minimum of 18 months.
The measurement schematic must include the following:
1. Facility name, facility licensee name, and operator name if different, facility licence
number (optional), surface location of facility (i.e. legal survey location: 16-06-056-
02W2)
a. For reporting facilities with satellites, the surface location of the satellite
facility ID of the satellite, satellite’s licence number (optional), and
equipment located at that satellite is required.
2. Unique Well Identifier (UWI), surface location, and well licence (optional).
3. Facility boundaries between each reporting facility with associated reporting facility
ID (Petrinex’s facility ID) and facility subtypes. For larger facilities, an optional field
flow diagram may be used to show facility delineation. See Appendix 8 for an
example.
4. Flow lines with flow direction and product type (i.e. emulsion, oil, gas, water, etc.)
that move fluids in and out of the facility(s) and those that connect the essential
process equipment within the facility, including recycle lines and bypasses to
measurement equipment. Identify if oil is tied into a gas system.
5. Flow split or diversion points (headers) with their Legal Survey Location if they are
not on a well or facility lease site.
6. Process equipment that changes the state or composition of the fluid(s) within the
facility, such as separators, treaters, dehydrators, compressors, sweetening and
refrigeration units, etc.
7. Measurement points and storage tanks or vessels that are used for estimating,
accounting, or reporting purposes, including:
a. Type of instrumentation (charts, EFM, or readouts)
b. Type of meter(s) if applicable
c. Testing or proving taps required by ER
8. Fuel, flare, or vent take-off points – default to estimated if meter not shown.
9. Energy source (gas, propane, electricity) used for equipment if not metered or
estimated as part of total site fuel.

10. Permanent flare points

11. Fresh water sources, such as lakes and rivers
Multiple facilities can be shown on a single page and a representative equipment configuration
can be referenced on a measurement schematic where several wells or facilities have the exact
same measurement and equipment set up. For example, if a crude oil multi-well proration
battery has several satellites and each satellite has several well sites and all satellites and well
sites are constructed the same, it is acceptable to show the detailed configuration of one
satellite and one wellsite and labelling them as being typical satellite and well site
configurations; and providing a list of all the satellite facility IDs on that page unless the facility
subtype is 363. The reporting facility ID and all applicable well and facility information must still
be listed on the measurement schematic and separate list of all the information is not
acceptable unless the faciltiy subtypes are a 313, 371, or 381 as per stated below. Also it is not
acceptable to have a separate list of equipment which may be at the site.
Additional information required on the schematic:
Wells
1. A list of all producing, water source, injection/disposal, and shut-in wells.
2. Reporting event for wells with downhole commingled stratigraphic units or zones.
3. Identify mechanical lift, such as plunger lift, pump jack, etc.
4. Suspended wells are optional, if shown, identify them as suspended.
5. Except for:
a. Heavy Crude Oil Paper Battery (facility subtype 313): The well list is not
required to be on the measurement schematic but must state how many
wells are in the battery and must be available upon request by ER.
b. Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Batteries (facility subtypes 363):
The well list is not required to be on the measurement schematic but must
state how many wells there are on each branch coming into the battery
location and must be available upon request by ER.
c. Gas Test Battery (facility subtype 371) and Drilling and Completing Battery
(facility subtype 381): No measurement schematic is required until the well
is tied to a production battery and starts producing.
Process Equipment
1. Normally closed valves that can change production flow.
2. Identify if compressors are electric or gas drive. If they are gas drive, then the HP or
KW rating is required unless fuel gas is measured as part of total fuel within a
facility. Some cross-border facilities may be required to measure fuel for some
compressors individually.
3. Normally open valves, such as emergency shutdown valves (ESDs), pressure-control
valves (PCVs), and block valves, are not required as they can be considered default
flow.
4. Pressure safety valves (PSV) are not required.

Measurement Points
1. Identify non-accounting meters if shown.
2. Originating facility ID or Legal Survey Locations for truck-in receipt points is not
required.
Storage Tanks and Vessels
1. Include fluid type for these tanks, vessels, and caverns, such as oil, emulsion,
condensate, plant product, waste, or water; tank and vessel capacity may be shown
on separate document and should be available upon request
2. Identify if the tank or vessel is underground or default to aboveground.
3. Identify optional non-reporting chemical storage or pop tanks if shown.
4. Identify if the tank or vessel is tied into a vapour recovery system (VRU) or flare
system with the default being to vented.
Measurement, Accounting and Reporting Plan (MARP)
A MARP for Thermal In Situ Projects the measurement schematic must include these additional
items:
1. blowdown lines
2. ponds – volume and fluid type
3. meter ID and sample point ID
4. tank gauge
5. pumps
6. secondary measurement points
1.8.2 Measurement Schematic Updates
Changes affecting reporting must be redlined on the measurement schematic at the field level
when they occur and communicated to the production accountant at a date set by the operator
of record to facilitate accurate reporting before the Petrinex submission deadline.
1. Physical changes, such as wells, piping, or equipment additions or removal, require a
measurement schematic update.
2. Temporary changes within the same reporting period do not require a
measurement schematic update.
The master copy of the measurement schematic must be updated annually to reflect any
changes or deletions. There must be verification of the revisions or, if no revisions, confirmation
of no change. Documentation of the verification may be stored separately from the
measurement schematic but must be available on request.
A facility that is reactivated must have an up-to-date measurement schematic within three
months of reactivation or after the implementation period.

1.8.3 Measurement Schematic Availability
Schematics must be provided by the operator of record to the following external parties upon
request:
1. Facility licensee of the subject facility
2. The company that performs the volumetric reporting for the facility and the well
licensee of wells within a reporting facility
3. The company that performs the product and residue gas allocations up to the
allocation point(s)
4. ER or other Saskatchewan regulators, Indian Oil and Gas Canada (IOGC) and cross
border Regulatory bodies.
5. Licensee of receipt/disposition points—all reporting measurement points for the
facility only
1.9 Facility Delineation Requirements
Delineation of lease sites and geographic areas into reporting facilities is based on the
measurement, accounting, and reporting rules described in this Directive and Directive PNG032:
Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex.
Facility delineation requires accurate information on process flows and measurement points in
the field, as well as a sound understanding of ER facility definitions and facility subtypes outlined
in the aforementioned directives.
Multiple measurement points and regulatory flexibility can result in more than one way of
delineating some facilities. However, the following general guidelines can be used.
1. All gas and liquid received into and delivered from a facility must be continuously or
batch measured in a single phase.
2. Wells and the associated equipment are only linked to and reported under batteries
(BT), injection facilities (IF), or water source facilities (WT).
a. Gas wells are linked to and reported under gas batteries.
b. Crude oil wells and heavy crude oil wells are linked to and reported under crude
oil batteries and heavy crude oil batteries, respectively.
c. Disposal wells are linked to and reported under disposal facilities.
d. Injection wells are linked to and reported under injection facilities.
e. Source water wells are linked to and reported under water treatment facilities
(WT).
3. Measured and prorated wells must not be linked to the same battery and must be
reported under separate reporting codes.

2 Calibration and Proving

Metering devices all require various types of maintenance to ensure operating conditions meet
the uncertainty requirements outlined in Section 1 – Standard of Accuracy. This Section
presents the base requirements and exceptions for maintaining metering devices.
The calibration and proving requirements stipulated in this Directive are applicable to
measurement devices used to determine volumes for ER-required accounting and reporting
purposes. These requirements are not applicable to measurement devices used only for a
licensee’s internal accounting purposes. The requirements are considered minimums, and a
licensee may choose to apply more stringent requirements.
If a licensee wishes to deviate from these requirements or exceptions other than applying more
stringent requirements, see Section 5: Site-Specific Deviation from Base Requirements to
determine if the deviation requires submission of an application to and approval by ER.
2.1 Frequency
The accuracy of measurement devices may deviate over time, due to wear, changes in operating
conditions, changes in ambient conditions, etc. Generally, the more important the accuracy of a
measurement device is, the more frequently it must be calibrated or proved. Example: For an
annual frequency, if the last calibration was performed in May 2006, the licensee has to perform
another calibration by the end of June 2007 (end of the calendar quarter).
2.1.1 Frequency Exceptions
1. If the use or operation of a measurement device requiring monthly, bimonthly or

quarterly calibration/proving is suspended for at least seven consecutive days, the
scheduled calibration/proving may be delayed by the number of days the device
was not in service. Documentation of the amount of time the device was not in
service must be kept and made available to ER on request. If this exception is being
applied, the licensee must attach a tag to the meter indicating that the exception is
in effect and the next scheduled calibration/proving date. This exception is not
applicable to measurement devices subject to calibration/proving frequencies that
are semiannual or longer.
2. If a liquid meter is removed from service for bench proving but is put on the shelf
and not returned to service, the countdown to the next required bench proving
does not start until the meter is returned to service. The licensee must attach a tag
to the meter indicating the installation date, but leaving the original proving tag
intact.
3. ER may request that calibration/proving of a meter be done at any time or may
shorten or extend the due date for scheduled calibration/proving, depending on the
specific circumstances at a measurement point.
2.2 Accuracy of Provers and Calibration Instruments
Provers and other instruments used for calibration of measurement devices must be tested for
accuracy prior to first being used or immediately following any repairs (prior to being put back
into service) or alterations being conducted on them, and periodically, in accordance with the
following:

1. Portable provers must be calibrated every two years using measurement standards that
are traceable to the standards listed in Section 2.2.1.
2. Stationary provers must be calibrated every four years using measurement standards
that are traceable to the standards listed in Section 2.2.1.
3. Calibration instruments, such as manometers, thermometers, pressure gauges,
deadweight testers, electronic testers, etc., must be tested for accuracy every two years
against instruments having accuracy traceable to the standards listed in Section 2.2.1.
4. Master meters must be proved quarterly using a calibrated prover. The fluid used to
prove the master meter must have properties similar to the fluids measured by the
meters it will be used to prove. The master meter must be proved at flow rates that are
comparable to the conditions it will be used for.
5. The measurement uncertainty of the proving or calibrating device must be equal to or
better than the uncertainty of the device being proved or calibrated.
2.2.1 Proving and Calibration Procedure Standards
The procedures to be followed for these accuracy tests must be designed to provide consistent
and repeatable results and must take into consideration the actual operational conditions the
device will encounter. The calibration and proving procedures must be in accordance with the
following standards:
1. Procedures specified by Measurement Canada (An Agency of Industry Canada),
2. Procedures described in the API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards,
3. The device manufacturer’s recommended procedures, or
4. Other applicable procedures accepted by an appropriate industry technical
standards association.
Records of the foregoing accuracy tests must be kept for a minimum of three years following the
expiry of the applicable test and provided to ER on request.
2.3 Gas Meters
2.3.1 Gas Meter Calibration Requirements
The term gas meter is broadly used to describe all of the equipment or devices that are
collectively used to arrive at an indication of a gas volume. Typically, various values, such as
differential pressure, static pressure and temperature, must be determined and used to
calculate a gas volume. Depending on the specific gas meter, each of those values may be
determined by individual devices or equipment.
Calibration of gas meter elements requires the instrumentation to be subjected to various actual
pressures, temperatures, and other values that are concurrently subjected to the calibration
equipment. If the meter element or end device does not indicate the same value as the
calibration equipment, adjustments must be made to the meter element and/or end device.
Some meter equipment technologies may require alternative equipment and procedures for
calibration, which is acceptable provided that the equipment and procedures are capable of
confirming that the meter elements are functioning properly and are sensing and transmitting
accurate data to the end device.

Orifice meters are commonly used to measure gas volumes. Gas orifice meters themselves (the
meter run and orifice plate-holding device) do not require calibration/proving. However, the
associated meter elements and the end devices to which they are connected must be calibrated,
as described in Section 2.3.5.
If devices other than orifice meters are used to measure gas, the associated meter elements and
the end devices to which they are connected must be calibrated at the same frequency as orifice
meters. The required procedures must be designed to provide consistent and repeatable results
and must take into consideration the actual operational conditions the device will encounter.
2.3.2 Gas Meter Calibration Frequency
The frequency of meter element calibration and end devices must be:
1. Within the first calendar month of operation of a new meter
2. By the end of the calendar month following installation, after service or repairs have
been made to the meter
3. Semiannually thereafter if the meter is used in a gas plant or for sales/delivery
point, see Section 1.7.2 for details
4. Annually for all other meters
See Section 2.3.4 for the exceptions that extend calibration frequency.
2.3.3 Gas Meter Internal Inspection
A key contributor to meter accuracy is the condition of the internal components of the gas
meter. Examples of internal components are orifice plates, vortex shedder bars, and turbine
rotors. The procedure to inspect internal components is:
1. The internal component must be removed from service,
2. It must be inspected,
3. It must be replaced or repaired if found to be damaged, and
4. It can then be placed back in service.
This procedure must be in accordance with the following:
1. The required frequency for inspection of the gas meter primary element is
semiannually for gas plant accounting meters and sales/delivery point meters and
annually for all other gas meters.
2. Whenever possible, the inspection should be done at the same time as the
calibration of the meter elements and end device, but to accommodate operational
constraints the inspection may be conducted at any time, provided that the
frequency requirement is met.
3. Inspections must be done in accordance with procedures specified by the API, the
American Gas Association (AGA), other relevant standards organizations, other
applicable industry-accepted procedures, or the device manufacturer’s
recommended procedures, whichever are most applicable and appropriate.
4. A tag or label must be attached to the meter or end device that identifies the meter
serial number, the date of the internal inspection, and any other relevant details.

5. A detailed record of the inspection documenting the condition of the internal

components found and any repairs or changes made to the internal components
must be kept for at least one year and provided to ER on request.
2.3.4 Gas Meter Calibration and Proving Exceptions
1. If the “as found” calibration check of the gas meter confirms that the accuracy of all
readings or outputs are within ±0.25 per cent of full scale, with the exception of
±1.0°C for the temperature element, no adjustment of the instrumentation is
required.
2. If meter elements and end devices have been found to not require adjustment for
three consecutive calibrations, as indicated in item 1 above, the minimum time
between routine calibrations may be doubled. A tag must be attached to the meter
indicating that this exception is being applied and the date of the next scheduled
calibration. The records of the calibrations that qualify the meter for this exception
must be kept for at least one year and made available to ER on request.
3. If redundant gas meters are installed for a measurement point or redundant meter
elements and/or end devices are installed on a single gas meter, the minimum time
between routine calibration of the meter elements and end devices may be
doubled, provided that daily volumes from each end device are compared at least
monthly and found to be within ±0.25 per cent of each other. If the daily volumes
are not found to be within ±0.25 per cent of each other, immediate calibration of
both sets of equipment is required. A tag must be attached to the meter indicating
that this exception is being applied and the date of the next scheduled calibration.
The records of the monthly comparisons and any calibrations that are done must be
kept for at least one year and made available to ER on request.
4. If rotary, turbine, or other types of gas meters with internal moving parts are used
to measure gas, such as fuel gas, they must be proved at a frequency of once every
seven years following an initial proving prior to installation. The calibration of
related meter elements must follow Section 2.3.1. These meters must also be
proved immediately following any repairs or alterations being conducted on them.
The proving may be done with the meter in service, or the meter may be removed
from service and proved in a shop at a pressure that is within the normal operating
condition for that meter location unless it can be shown that proving at lower
pressure conditions will not change the uncertainty of the meter, such as in the
scenario of a rotary meter. A tag or label must be attached to the meter that
identifies the meter serial number, the date of the proving, and the meter factor
determined by the proving. A detailed report indicating the details of the proving
operation must be either left with the meter or readily available for inspection by
ER. (If the detailed report is left with the meter, the foregoing requirement relating
to the tag or label is considered to be met.)
5. For meters used in effluent measurement that require proving, such as a turbine
meter, the proving must be performed by using a gas master meter or other provers
in single-phase proving runs. For effluent correction factor (ECF) – water gas ratio
(WGR) testing, see Section 7.4.
6. If the internal components of gas meters have been found to be clean and
undamaged for three consecutive inspections, the minimum time between

inspections may be doubled. When the internal components are found to be dirty
or damaged on any subsequent inspection, the frequency for inspections will revert
back to the original requirement.
7. If the inspection of internal components of a gas meter requires the meter to be
removed from service and there is no meter bypass installed, it is acceptable to
defer a scheduled internal component inspection until the next time the gas meter
run is shut down, provided that shutting down and depressuring the gas meter run
to remove and inspect the internal components would be very disruptive to
operations, require excessive flaring, or cause a safety concern, and:
a. Previous internal component inspections have proven to be satisfactory; or
b. The meter run is installed in a flow stream where the risk of internal
component damage is low, e.g., sales gas, fuel gas; or
c. The measurement system at the facility provides sufficient assurance,
through volumetric and/or statistical analysis, that internal component
damage will be detected in a timely manner.
8. In the scenario of an orifice meter, if the orifice plate is mounted in a quick-change
(senior) orifice meter assembly and when attempting to conduct an inspection of
the orifice plate the fitting is found to be leaking between the chambers such that
the meter run must be shut down and depressured to safely remove the orifice
plate, it is acceptable to defer a scheduled orifice plate inspection until the next
time the gas meter run is shut down, provided that:
a. shutting down and depressuring the gas meter run to remove the orifice plate
would be very disruptive to operations, require excessive flaring; or
b. the orifice meter assembly is scheduled for repairs to be conducted the next
time the gas meter run is shut down to eliminate the cause of the leak and allow
future scheduled orifice plate inspections to be conducted; and one of the
following must be true:
i. Previous orifice plate inspections have proven to be satisfactory;
ii. The meter run is installed in a flow stream where the risk of orifice
plate damage is low, e.g., sales gas, fuel gas, etc.; or
iii. The measurement system at the facility provides sufficient
assurance, through volumetric and/or statistical analysis, that
orifice plate damage will be detected in a timely manner.
9. Internal metering diagnostics may be used to determine if the structural integrity of
the primary element is within acceptable operating parameters and checked at the
same required intervals as an internal inspection. Then internal inspection is not
required until an alarm or error is generated by the device or as recommended by
the manufacturer. The licensee must maintain documentation on the diagnostic
capability of the measurement system and make it available to ER on request. An
initial baseline diagnostic profile must be performed and documented during the
commissioning process.
10. Single phase in-line proving of the gas meter may be used to determine if the
primary element/meter element is within acceptable operating parameters and

proved at the same required intervals as an internal inspection. Then internal

inspection is not required until the uncertainty limits are exceeded.
Should the primary element inspections be deferred in accordance with any of the foregoing
exceptions, the licensee must be able to demonstrate to ER, on request, that the situation
meets the conditions identified. If these exceptions are being used, it must be clearly indicated
on a tag or label attached to the meter or end device. Evidence in battery or facility logs that
the internal component inspection has been scheduled for the next shutdown must be available
for inspection by ER. For the purposes of these exceptions, shutdown means any scheduled
discontinuation of flow through the meter that is of sufficient duration to allow the operations
needed to remove and inspect the internal component. If an unscheduled shutdown appears
that it will allow sufficient time to conduct internal component inspection operations, the
licensee should conduct those inspections prior to the conclusion of this unscheduled shutdown.
2.3.5 Orifice Meters with Chart Recorder Calibrations
The procedure for orifice meter chart recorder (meter element and end device) calibration must
be in accordance with the following:
1. Pen arc, linkage, pressure stops, and spacing must be inspected and if necessary be
adjusted.
2. The differential pressure element must be calibrated at zero, full span, and nine
ascending/descending points throughout its range. A zero check of the differential
under normal operating pressure must be done before and after the calibration.
3. The static pressure element must be calibrated at:
a. zero;
b. 50.0 per cent of full span; and
c. full span.
4. If a temperature element is in place, the temperature element must be calibrated at
three temperatures:
a. operating temperature;
b. one colder temperature; and
c. one warmer temperature.
5. If a thermometer is in place and used to determine flowing gas temperature, the
thermometer must be checked at two points:
a. operating temperature; and
b. one other temperature.
If the thermometer is found not to read within ±1°C it must be replaced.
6. If a thermometer or other temperature measuring device is not left in place and is
transported by a licensee to determine flowing gas temperatures at multiple sites, the
accuracy of that device must be verified at the same frequency and in the same manner
as a thermometer left in place, and the record of verification must be readily available
for inspection by ER for a period of one year.

7. Subsequent to the meter calibration, a tag or label must be attached to the meter or
end device that identifies the meter serial number, orifice plate size and the date of the
calibration.
8. A detailed report indicating the tests conducted on the meter during the calibration and
the conditions “as found” and “as left” must be either left with the meter or end device
or readily available for inspection by ER. If the detailed report is left with the meter, the
foregoing requirement relating to the tag or label is considered to be met.
2.3.6 EFM Meter Calibrations
For gas meters using digital (smart) transmitters connected to a remote terminal unit (RTU)
or electronic flow measurement (EFM) at measurement points that do not require delivery
point measurement,the transmitter must be verified or calibrated at least every five years in
accordance with the following conditions:
1. The digital transmitter is used to measure static pressure, differential pressure or

temperature. This exception applies only to digital transmitters and does not apply
to analog transmitters. Analog transmitters must be calibrated in accordance with
the frequency specified in Section 2.3.2 or to the frequency allowed by other
exceptions in Section 2.3.4.
2. For digital transmitters that are currently installed at existing facilities, if the last “as
found” calibration check (verification) does not necessitate further calibration in
accordance with item #1 in Section 2.3.4 (i.e., the accuracy of all outputs were
within ±0.25 per cent of full scale), then the next verification or calibration must be
conducted in not more than five years. The only exception is where digital
transmitters are used at a gas plant inlet that has multiple inlet separators. In this
case, the digital transmitters on the inlet separators must be verified or calibrated at
minimum biennially. For gas plants with a single inlet separator, the digital
transmitters on the inlet separator must be verified or calibrated at least every five
years.
3. New digital transmitters and previously used digital transmitters that are installed in
a new location must be verified or calibrated at the time of installation and after
one year of operation. If the first-year verification or calibration results do not
necessitate further calibration in accordance with item #1 in Section 2.3.4 (i.e., the
accuracy of all outputs were within ±0.25 per cent of full scale) then the next
verification or calibration must be in no more than five years. The only exception is
where digital transmitters are used at a gas plant inlet that has multiple inlet
separators. In that case, the digital transmitters on the inlet separators must be
verified or calibrated at minimum biennially. For gas plants with a single inlet
separator, the digital transmitters on the inlet separator must be verified or
calibrated at least every five years.
4. If calibration of a digital transmitter is required after the first year of operation or as

a result of a verification check, then the transmitter must be verified or calibrated in
the subsequent year. Digital transmitters must be installed, set up, and verified or
calibrated in accordance with the procedures described in the most current version
of the Industry Measurement Group’s Intelligent Transmitter Commissioning and
Verification industry recommended practice. Note that for new or newly installed

digital transmitters, the differential pressure transmitter must be zero verified and
adjusted at static operating pressure during the first-year verification or calibration.
If the verification or calibration confirms that the zero reading is within ±0.25 per
cent, then the differential pressure zero does not need to be verified again for the
remainder of the five-year term. If the differential pressure zero reading requires
adjustment (i.e., reading is > ±0.25 per cent), then it must be verified or calibrated in
the subsequent year.
5. If the static operating pressure changes > ±1750.0 kPa during the five years with no
verification or calibration, then the differential pressure must be zero verified and
adjusted at the new static operating pressure within the first month of the pressure
change.
6. When verifying or calibrating the analog output signal transmitter, it is the analog
output to the RTU or EFM system that must be compared to the reference value. Do
not decouple the digital transmitter from the analog output to assess only the
digital signal.
7. The output signal from the transmitter must match the received value at the
RTU/EFM system.
8. A tag must be attached to the transmitter indicating the date of the last verification
or calibration and that the EFM verification or calibration frequency described in
this section is being applied. The records of the verifications and calibrations that
qualify the meter for the extended verification or calibration frequency must be
kept for at least five years and made available to ER on request.
The procedure for calibration of an EFM system must be in accordance with the following:
1. For digital transmitters, as defined above, in Section 2.5.4 (1), the differential
pressure element must be calibrated at:
a. zero;
b. 50.0 per cent of calibrated full span; and
c. calibrated full span.
2. For analog transmitters, the differential pressure element must be calibrated at:
a. zero;
b. 50.0 per cent of full span (ascending);
c. full span (ascending); and
d. either 80.0 per cent and 20.0 per cent or 75.0 per cent and 25.0 per cent of
full span (descending).
3. A zero check of the differential under normal operating pressure must be done
before and after the calibration.
4. The static pressure element must be calibrated at:
a. zero;

b. 50.0 per cent of full span; and

c. full span
5. If a temperature element is in place, the temperature probe must be verified at two
temperatures:
a. the normal operating temperature; and
b. one colder temperature or one warmer temperature.
The temperature probe must calibrated or replaced if found not to be within ±1.0C.
Additionally, if an EFM system is used, the temperature probe and transmitter must
be verified as a single unit, not decoupled and verified separately, and the indicated
value of the transmitter that is sent to the EFM should be compared to the
reference value.
6. Subsequent to the meter calibration, a tag or label must be attached to the meter or
end device that identifies the meter serial number, orifice plate size and the date of
the calibration.
7. A detailed report indicating the tests conducted on the meter or end device during
the calibration and the conditions “as found” and “as left” must be either left with
the meter or end device or readily available for inspection by ER. If the detailed
report is left with the meter or end device, the foregoing requirement relating to
the tag or label is considered to be met.
8. If data from the meter or end device are sent to another location(s) for flow
calculations via DCS, SCADA, RTU, or other means of communication, the reading of
the calibration must be verified at the receipt location of such data to ensure
accurate data transmission.
2.4 Liquid Meters
Oil and other liquid production and disposition volumes except gas well condensate under
certain conditions, see Section 2.6, must always be reported as liquid volumes at 15.0C and
either equilibrium vapour pressure or 101.325 kilopascals (kPa) absolute pressure.
2.4.1 Liquid Meter Proving
The frequency and methodology for calibrating the secondary meter element are the same as in
Section 2.3. The frequency and methodology for inspecting the primary meter element is the
same as in Section 2.3.
Meters used to measure hydrocarbons, water, and emulsions are subject to the following
general proving requirements. However, there are additional specific requirements depending
on the fluid types, as detailed in Sections 2.4 through 2.8.
1. The design and operation of the entire meter system must meet the requirements of
this directive.
2. The design and operation of the meter installation must ensure that the conditions of
fluid flow through the meter are within the manufacturer’s recommended operating
range.
3. The meter must be installed upstream of a snap acting control/dump valve, if present.

4. The size of the prover taps and operation of the prover must not restrict or alter the
normal flow through the meter. Tank-type volumetric or gravimetric provers must be
connected downstream of the meter and downstream of a snap acting control/dump
valve, but other provers, such as ball provers, pipe provers, or master meters, may be
connected either upstream (provided there is no gas breakout) or downstream of the
meter and upstream of a snap acting control/dump valve. The location of the proving
taps will dictate the proving method(s) that can be used.
5. A new hydrocarbon meter must be proved within the first calendar month of operation
or immediately following any repairs being conducted on the meter or any changes to
the meter installation. Note that the resultant meter factor must be applied back to the
volumes measured after the commencement of operation, repair, or change. A new
water meter must be proved within the first three months of operation or immediately
following any repairs being conducted on the meter or any changes to the meter
installation and no retroactive application of meter factor is required.
6. The meters must be proved according to the frequency in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1 Meter proving frequency requirements and proving methods

Proving method
Pipe/
compact/
small Volumetric
volume Master vessel/tank Bench Calibrate Proving
Application Meter type prover meter prover proving transmitter frequency
Live PD/turbine A1 A A A2 N/A Annual7
oil/condensate Vortex/ A3 A3 A3 A2, 3 N/A Annual7
(meter at Coriolis
well/battery or
Differential N/A N/A N/A N/A A Annual
test meter)
producer
Live PD/turbine A3 A A A2 N/A Semi-

oil/condensate annual
(gas plant inlet Vortex/ A3 A3 A3 A2, 3 N/A Semi-
separator or Coriolis annual
cross border)
Differential N/A N/A N/A N/A A Semi-
producer annual
Dead oil, stable PD/turbine A A A5 N/A N/A Monthly6

HVP liquids, or Coriolis/ A A A5 N/A N/A Monthly6
delivery points4 ultrasonic
Water PD/turbine A A A A2 N/A Annual7

3 3 3
Vortex/ A A A A2, 3 NA Annual7
Coriolis/
magnetic/
ultrasonic
Differential N/A N/A N/A N/A A Annual
producer
1 A = acceptable method: N/A = not applicable.
2 See Sections 2.5.1, 2.6.2, and 2.8 for bench proving information.
3 For meter proving exceptions, see Section 2.4.2.
4 A delivery point may be emulsion, crude oil, crude bitumen, condensate, LPGs, ethane, or NGLs.

5 For live oil/condensate delivery point only.

6 If flow is < than 100.0 m3/day, quarterly proving is acceptable. For other exceptions, see Section 2.4.2.
7 If flow is ≤ 2.0 m3/day, biennial proving is acceptable
7. The meter must be proved in line at normal operating conditions unless otherwise
exempt by ER.
8. If a master meter is used for proving, it must have an uncertainty rating equal to or
better than the meter it is being used to prove.
9. Each proving run must consist of a representative volume of the normally metered fluid
being directed into the prover or through the master meter.
10. If a meter is proved after a period of regular operation, an “as found” proving run must
be performed prior to conducting any repairs on the meter or replacing the meter.
11. An acceptable initial proving, also referred to as the first proving of a new or repaired
meter, and all subsequent proving must consist of the number of consecutive runs, each
with a meter factor (MF) that is within the specified deviation range of the average MF
of all applicable runs, as specified in Table 2.2. The resultant meter factor will be the
average of all the applicable run meter factors. Proving procedures using more than the
specified number of runs are allowed, provided that the licensee can demonstrate that
the alternative procedures provide a meter factor of equal or better accuracy.
Table 2.2 Proving requirements for hydrocarbons, water, and emulsions

Subsequent prove: number Maximum MF
Initial prove: of required consecutive deviation
number of runs allowed from
required As found MF As found MF average of all
consecutive ≤ ± 0.5% of > ± 0.5% of applicable
Hydrocarbon meter type runs previous previous runs (%)
Live oil – field proving (see 2.5) 4 1 4 1.5
Live oil – shop proving (see 2.5) 4 4 4 0.5
Dead oil, condensate at equilibrium, high 3 1 3 0.25
vapour pressure liquids (see 2.5 &
2.6.1)
Live condensate – field proving (see 2.6.2) 4 1 4 2
Live condensate – shop proving (see 2.6.2) 4 4 4 0.5
Water– field proving (see 2.8) 4 1 4 1.5
Water– shop proving (see 2.8) 4 4 4 1.5
12. Whenever possible, the inspection of internal components should be done at the same
time as the meter end device calibration, but to accommodate operational constraints
the inspection may be conducted at any time, provided the frequency requirement is
met.
13. A detailed report indicating the type of prover or master meter used, the run details,
and the calculations conducted during the proving must be either left with the meter or
readily available for inspection by ER. If the detailed report is left with the meter, the
requirement stated in point #14 relating to the tag or label is considered to be met. If
the proving involved the use of a shrinkage factor instead of de-gassing, a copy of the
sample analysis must be attached to the proving report.

14. Subsequent to the meter proving, a tag or label must be attached to the meter that
identifies the meter serial number, the date of the proving, the type of prover or master
meter used, and the average meter factor. If the meter is connected to an electronic
readout, it may be possible to program the meter factor into the software to allow the
meter to indicate corrected volumes. If the meter is connected to a manual readout, it
is necessary to apply the meter factor to the observed meter readings to result in
corrected volumes.
15. LACT meters may use the proving procedure in API-MPMS, Chapter 4: Proving Systems,
instead of the procedure in Section 2.4.
2.4.2 Liquid Meter Proving Exceptions
1. If a meter used to measure fluids at flowline conditions is a type that uses no

internal moving parts, e.g., orifice meter, vortex meter, cone meter, Coriolis meter
or ultrasonic meter, it does not require proving, provided that all of the following
conditions are met:
a. The measurement point does not require delivery point measurement
uncertainty (e.g., an oil-well test meter). In some cases, hydrocarbon fluid
measurement at separator or flowline conditions requires delivery point
measurement uncertainty (e.g., a gas-well producing oil).
b. The flow through the meter must be continuous (not intermittent) or the
meter must qualify for bench proving or be a Coriolis-type meter with
sufficient structural integrity as determined by internal diagnostics (see
point c) and maintained within the rates specified by the meter
manufacturer as providing accurate measurement. This exception does not
apply to master meter proving (see Section 2.2 for requirement). If there is
a dump valve as part of the Coriolis or bench-proved measurement system,
the dump valve must be checked for leaks at the same proving frequency
set out in Table 2.1.
c. The design and operation of the entire meter system must be in accordance
with the meter manufacturer’s specifications.
d. The meter element/end device(s) must be calibrated at the frequencies

specified in Section 2.3, using procedures specified in Section 2.3, by the API
MPMS, the AGA, the device manufacturer, or other applicable industry-
accepted procedures, whichever are most appropriate and applicable.
e. The internal components of the primary element must be removed from

service at the same frequency as indicated in Table 2.1, inspected, replaced
or repaired if found to be damaged, and then placed back in service, in
accordance with procedures specified by the API, the AGA, other relevant
standards organizations, other applicable industry-accepted procedures, or
the device manufacturer’s recommended procedures, whichever are most
applicable and appropriate. Internal metering diagnostics may be used to
determine if the structural integrity of the primary element is within
acceptable operating parameters and checked at the same required
intervals as an internal inspection. Then internal inspection is not required
until an alarm or error is generated by the device or as recommended by

the manufacturer. An initial baseline diagnostic profile must be performed

and documented during the commissioning process. The licensee must
maintain documentation on the diagnostic capability of the measurement
system and make that available to ER on request.
f. If a meter is to be proved just like one with internal moving parts, no
internal inspection is required.
g. Whenever possible, the inspection of internal components should be done
at the same time as the meter end device calibration, but to accommodate
operational constraints the inspection may be conducted at any time,
provided the frequency requirement is met.
h. A tag or label must be attached to the meter (or end device) that identifies
the primary device serial number and the date of the calibration.
i. A tag or label must be attached to the meter (or end device) that identifies
the primary device serial number, the date of the internal component
inspection, and any other relevant details (e.g., the size of the orifice plate
installed in the meter).
j. A detailed report indicating the tests conducted on the meter during the
calibration and the conditions “as found” and “as left” must be either left
with the meter (or end device) or readily available for inspection by ER. (If
the detailed report is left with the meter, the foregoing requirement
relating to the tag or label is considered to be met.)
k. A detailed record of the internal component inspection documenting their
condition “as found” and any repairs or changes made to them must be
either left with the meter (or end device) or readily available for inspection
by ER. (If the detailed report is left with the meter or readily available, the
foregoing requirement relating to the tag or label is considered to be met.)
2. If the volume of fluid measured by a delivery point or LACT meter is ≤ 100.0 m3/day,
the meter proving frequency may be extended to quarterly. The tag attached to the
meter must clearly indicate that the meter measures ≤ 100.0 m3/day and that the
meter is on a quarterly proving frequency. The required proving frequency will
revert back to monthly if the meter begins measuring volumes > 100.0 m3/day.
3. For delivery point or LACT meters, if the meter factor has been found to be within
±0.5 per cent of the of the average of the meter factors from the previous three
consecutive proves, the meter proving frequency may be extended to quarterly.
The tag attached to the meter must clearly indicate that the meter has been found
to have consistent meter factors and is on a quarterly proving frequency. The
required proving frequency will revert back to monthly whenever the meter factor
determined during a proving is found to not be within ±0.5 per cent of the average
of the meter factors from the previous three consecutive proves.
4. For delivery point meters that measure trucked-in oil, emulsion, and condensate
and that have no moving internal parts (e.g., Coriolis meter, ultrasonic meter, orifice
meter, vortex meter, cone meter), the meter may be proved semiannually if the
current meter factor is within ±0.5 per cent of the average of the previous three
consecutive factors. The tag attached to the meter must clearly indicate that the
meter has been found to have consistent meter factors and is on a semiannual

proving frequency. The required proving frequency will revert back to monthly
whenever the meter factor determined during a proving is not within ±0.5 percent
of the average of the previous three factors. The meter must requalify for the
exception before the proving frequency can again be extended to semiannual. The
meter must be proved following repairs to the meter changes to the metering
installation.
5. If a meter that required internal inspection is used to measure liquid hydrocarbons
and no meter bypass is installed, it is acceptable to defer a scheduled internal
component inspection until the next time the liquid meter run is shut down,
provided that shutting down and depressuring the meter run to remove and inspect
the internal components would be very disruptive to operations or present a safety
concern and:
a. previous internal component inspections have proven to be satisfactory; or
b. the meter run is installed in a flow stream where the risk of internal
component damage is low, for example. processed or filtered liquids; or
c. the measurement system at the facility provides sufficient assurance,
through volumetric and/or statistical analysis, that internal component
damage will be detected in a timely manner.
2.5 Oil Meters
Live oil and dead oil require distinctly different proving procedures:
1. Live oil - Live oil meters are typically those used to measure volumes of oil or oil/water
emulsion produced through test separators, but they also include meters used to
measure well or group oil or oil/water emulsions that are delivered to other batteries or
facilities by pipeline prior to the pressure being reduced to atmospheric. If oil
production is measured prior to being reduced to atmospheric pressure, the proving
procedures must allow for the volume reduction that will occur when the gas in solution
with the live oil is allowed to evolve upon pressure reduction.
2. Dead oil - Dead oil meters are typically those used for delivery point measurement of
clean oil that has been de-gassed to atmospheric pressure. These meters may be found
measuring oil being pumped from a battery into a pipeline or measuring oil being
pumped from a truck into a pipeline terminal, battery, or other facility. No
consideration for gas in solution is required when proving meters used to measure dead
oil.
2.5.1 Additional Proving Requirements for Live Oil Meters
To account for the shrinkage that will occur at the metering point due to the gas held in solution
with live oil, the amount of shrinkage must be determined either by physically de-gassing the
prover oil volumes or by calculating the shrinkage based on an analysis of a sample of the live oil
or a software simulation. Calculation of shrinkage volumes is most often used to mitigate safety
and environmental concerns if the live oil volumes are measured at high pressures or if the live
oil contains hydrogen sulphide (H2S).
Additional proving requirements for live oil are as follows:

1. If the proving procedure includes de-gassing the prover to physically reduce the
pressure of the hydrocarbons to atmospheric pressure:
a. The prover must be a tank-type volumetric or gravimetric prover;
b. Each proving run must consist of a representative volume of hydrocarbons
or hydrocarbons/water emulsion being directed through the meter and into
the prover and the liquid volume then being reduced in pressure to
atmospheric pressure. The resultant volume determined by the prover,
after application of any required correction factors, is divided by the
metered volume to determine the meter factor; and
c. The amount of time required to de-gas the prover volume and arrive at a
stable atmospheric pressure in the prover will vary, depending on the initial
fluid pressure and the fluid characteristics.
2. If the proving procedure uses a shrinkage factor, rather than de-gassing, to adjust
the prover volume to atmospheric conditions:
a. A shrinkage factor representative of the fluid passing through the meter
must be determined and used to adjust the meter volumes to atmospheric
conditions.
i. The shrinkage factor may either be incorporated into the meter
factor or be applied to metered volumes after they are adjusted by
the meter factor; and
ii. The shrinkage factor must be based upon analysis of a sample of the
metered fluid taken at normal operating conditions (see Section
14.3);
b. Whenever the operating conditions at the meter experience a change that
could affect the shrinkage factor by > ±5.0 per cent, a new shrinkage factor
must be determined based upon analysis of a sample of the metered fluid
taken at the new operating conditions. Consideration must be given to
proving the meter at the new operating conditions to determine if the
meter factor has been affected; and
c. The tag attached to the meter must indicate that a shrinkage factor was
used instead of de-gassing the prover and whether the shrinkage factor was
incorporated into the meter factor or will be applied separately.
3. When proving a test oil meter, a well that is representative of the battery’s average
well production characteristics must be directed through the test separator for each
of the four runs. If there are wells in the battery with production characteristics
that vary significantly from the average, consider determining specific meter factors
to be used for each of those wells.
4. In the scenario of a test oil meter, the meter factor must include a correction factor
to adjust the metered volume to 15.0°C unless the meter is temperature
compensated. Although the actual fluid temperature may vary with ambient
temperature, it is acceptable to assume that the temperature observed at the time
of proving is reasonably representative of the temperature experienced at the
meter until the next proving. This requirement does not apply to meter
technologies that do not require correction for temperature.

5. In the scenario of a live oil delivery point meter, the meter factor must not include a
correction factor for temperature. The meter must either be temperature
compensated or a fluid temperature must be taken daily and the metered volume
must be corrected to 15.0°C. This requirement does not apply to meter
technologies that do not require correction for temperature.
2.5.1.1 Oil Meter Exceptions

1. In situations where individual well production rates are so low that proving a test oil
meter in accordance with the requirements listed in Section 2.5.1 would require
more than one hour for an individual proving run, it is acceptable to modify the
proving procedures. The following modifications, in order of ER’s preference, may
be used to reduce proving time:
a. Produce several wells through the test separator at one time to increase the
volume available for the proving runs.
b. If the de-gassing procedure is being used, de-gas the first run only, and then
use those data to calculate a shrinkage factor, which can be applied to
subsequent runs conducted without de-gassing.
c. Use the highest rate well for all proving runs.
d. Conduct only three proving runs.
The detailed proving report must clearly indicate if any of the aforementioned
modifications was used to prove the meter.
2. A live oil meter may be removed from service and bench proved:
a. If the meter is used to measure test volumes of non-heavy oil or emulsion
and the average rate of flow of oil in the emulsion streams of all the wells
tested through the meter is ≤ 2.0 m3/day and no well is > 4.0 m3/day of oil
production in the emulsion stream; or
b. If the meter is used to measure test volumes of heavy oil or emulsion
(density ≥ 920.0 kg/m3)
3. Bench proving must be conducted in accordance with the following in addition to
the general procedure in Section 2.4 where applicable:
a. The meter installation must be inspected as follows, and corrective action
must be taken when required:
i. The flow rate through the meter must be observed to verify that it
is within the manufacturer’s recommended operating ranges; and
ii. The dump valve must not be leaking with no flow registered
between dumps.
b. The bench proving may be conducted with a volumetric or gravimetric
prover or with a master meter, as follows:
i. Water is typically used as the proving fluid, but varsol or some other
light hydrocarbon fluid may be used for the proving; and
ii. Corrections for the temperature and pressure of the proving fluid
must be made, where applicable.

If the gas held in solution with the fluid produced through the meter is of sufficient
volume to significantly affect the fluid volume indicated by the meter, the shrinkage
factor must be determined to correct for the effect of the gas in solution and
provide that factor to the meter calibration shop so it may be built into the meter
factor.
2.6 Condensate Meters
Condensate is subject to two different sets of measurement, accounting, and reporting rules. If
condensate volumes are measured and delivered at equilibrium vapour pressure, the volume
must be determined and reported as a liquid volume at 15.0C and equilibrium vapour pressure.
If live condensate volumes are measured and delivered at flowline conditions, the volume must
be determined at flowline pressure and corrected to 15.0C, but the volume is reported as a gas
equivalent volume at standard conditions (101.325 kPa absolute and 15.0C).
2.6.1 Proving Condensate Meters at Equilibrium Conditions
Meters that measure condensate stored and delivered as a liquid at atmospheric pressure or
equilibrium pressure are typically delivery point measurement meters and are therefore subject
to the same proving requirements and exceptions applicable to meters used for dead oil
measurement (see Sections 2.4 and 2.5).
2.6.2 Proving Condensate Meters at Flowline Conditions
When a meter that requires proving is used to measure live condensate at flowline conditions, it
must be subjected to the proving requirements in Section 2.4.
2.6.2.1 Condensate Meter at Flowline Conditions Proving Exceptions

A meter used to measure live condensate at flowline conditions may be removed from
service and bench proved, in accordance with the following:
1. If the meter is used to measure live condensate production on a continuous or
intermittent basis, the rate of flow through the meter must be ≤ 2.0 m3/day or it
must be ≤ 3.0 m3/day with the gas equivalent volume of the daily condensate
volume being ≤ 3.0 per cent of the daily gas volume related to the condensate
production. If the meter is used on a portable test unit, there is no volume
limitation, but consideration should be given to proving the meter in line if
significant condensate production is observed during the test.
2. The meter installation must be inspected as follows, and corrective action must be
taken where required:
a. The flow rate through the meter must be observed to verify that it is within
the manufacturer’s recommended operating ranges; and
b. The dump valve must not be leaking with no flow registered between
dumps.

2.7 Other Liquid Hydrocarbon Meters
Meters used to measure other high vapour pressure liquid hydrocarbons, such as propane,
butane, pentanes plus, gas liquid/liquid petroleum gas (NGL/LPG), etc., are subject to the same
proving requirements and exceptions set out in Sections 2.4 and 2.6.1.
2.8 Water Meters
If a meter is used to measure water production, injection, or disposal or injection of other

water-based fluids, in addition to the requirements in Section 2.4:
1. The meter must be installed and proved within the first three months of operation.
Note that the meter factor may be assumed to be 1.0000 until the first proving is
conducted.
2. The proving may be conducted in line at field operating conditions, or the meter
may be removed from service and bench proved using water as the test fluid.
The proving may be conducted using a volumetric prover, a gravimetric prover, or a master
meter.
If a meter is proved after a period of regular operation, an “as found” proving run must be
performed prior to conducting any repairs on the meter or replacing the meter. An acceptable
proving must consist of four consecutive runs one of which may be the “as found” run, each
providing a meter factor within ±1.5 per cent of the average of the four factors. The resultant
meter factor is the average of the four applicable meter factors. Proving procedures using more
than four runs will be allowed, provided that the licensee can demonstrate that the alternative
procedures provide a meter factor of equal or better accuracy.
Following the meter proving, a tag or label must be attached to the meter that identifies the
meter serial number, the date of the proving, and the average meter factor. If the meter is
connected to an electronic readout, it may be possible to program the meter factor into the
software to allow the meter to indicate corrected volumes. If the meter is connected to a
manual readout, it is necessary to apply the meter factor to the observed meter readings to
result in corrected volumes.
A detailed report indicating the type of prover or master meter used, the run details, and the
calculations conducted during the proving must be either left with the meter or readily available
for inspection by ER. If the detailed report is left with the meter, the foregoing requirement
relating to the tag or label is considered to be met.
2.9 Product Analyzers
If a product analyzer (water cut analyzer) is used to determine water production, it must be
calibrated annually using procedures recommended by the manufacturer.
Following the calibration, a tag or label must be attached to the product analyzer that identifies
the analyzer serial number and the date of the calibration. A detailed report indicating the
calibration procedure used and the calibration details must be either left with the analyzer or
readily available for inspection by ER. If the detailed report is left with the analyzer or readily
available, the foregoing requirement relating to the tag or label is considered to be met.

2.10 Automatic Tank Gauges
2.10.1 Inventory Measurement Calibration
If automatic tank gauge devices are used to indicate fluid levels in tanks for monthly inventory
measurement, they must be calibrated on site within the first month of operation and annually
thereafter. The calibration procedures must adhere to at least one of following list of procedure
standards, as available and applicable:
1. The device manufacturer’s recommended procedures;
2. Procedures described in the API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards; or
A record of the calibration must be made available to ER on request.
2.10.2 Delivery Point Measurement Calibration
If automatic tank gauge devices are used to indicate fluid levels in tanks for delivery point
measurement of oil or oil/water emulsion, such as truck volume receipts at batteries/facilities or
batch deliveries into a pipeline, they must be calibrated on site within the first month of
operation and monthly thereafter. The calibration procedures must be in accordance with the
following list of procedure standards, as available and applicable:
1. The device manufacturer’s recommended procedures;
2. Procedures described in the API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards; or
2.10.2.1 Delivery Point Calibration Frequency Exception

Where the accuracy of an automatic tank gauge ≤ ±0.5 per cent of full scale for three
consecutive months, the calibration frequency may be extended from monthly to quarterly. The
record of calibration must clearly indicate that the device has been found to demonstrate
consistent accuracy and is on a quarterly calibration frequency. The records of the calibrations
that qualify the device for this exception must be kept and made available to ER on request.
The calibration frequency will revert back to monthly whenever the accuracy is > ±0.5 per cent
of full scale.
2.11 Manual Tank Gauges for Oil Measurement
Tank gauging refers to determining levels in a tank and using those levels to calculate a volume
increase or decrease in the tank. The level may be determined by using an automatic tank
gauge device or by manually determining the level with a gauge tape. In either scenario, the
volume of the tank relative to its height at any given point must be determined. This is referred
to as the tank calibration, or tank strapping, and results in the creation of a tank gauge table.

2.11.1 Inventory Measurement Calibration
If tank gauging is used only for monthly inventory measurement, specific tank calibration
procedures are not required. It is acceptable to use gauge tables provided by the tank
manufacturer or, if those are unavailable, generic gauge tables applicable to the tank size/type
being used.
2.11.2 Delivery Point Measurement Calibration
If tank gauging is used for delivery point measurement of oil or oil/water emulsion, such as truck
volume receipts at batteries/facilities or batch deliveries into a pipeline, the specific tanks being
used must be calibrated on site within the first month of operation and any time the tank is
damaged or altered. The calibration must result in the creation of a gauge table for each tank,
which must then be used in conjunction with tank gauge readings to determine volumes.
Calibration procedures must be in accordance with applicable methods stipulated in the API
Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards.
2.12 Weigh Scales
Weigh scales used to measure oil/water emulsion and clean oil receipts at batteries, custom
treating plants, pipeline terminals, and other facilities must be approved and inspected prior to
use, in accordance with Measurement Canada requirements.
Weigh scales must be tested for accuracy in accordance with the following schedule:
1. Monthly;
2. Immediately (by the end of the calendar month) following any incident in which the
scale may have been damaged;
3. Immediately (by the end of the calendar month) following any changes or
modifications being made to the scale;
4. and
5. The complete set of procedures set out by Measurement Canada for determining
weigh scale accuracy must be used following any damage or modifications and at
least annually.
The monthly accuracy tests may be done using the complete set of procedures set out by
Measurement Canada or, as a minimum, using the following abbreviated procedure:
1. Zero check: Determine if the scale reads zero with no weight on the scale;
2. Add a 10.0 kg standard weight: Determine if the scale reads 10.0 kg;
3. Remove the 10.0 kg standard weight: Determine if the scale returns to zero;
4. Add a test load consisting of 10 000.0 kg of standard weights or, alternatively,
durable object(s) of known weight (minimum 5000.0 kg): Determine if the scale
reads the correct weight of the test load (acceptable error is ±0.2 per cent of the
test load);
5. Add a loaded truck, typical of the loads routinely handled by the scale: Note the
total weight of the test load and truck;

6. Remove the test load and note the weight of the truck alone: Determine if the scale
reading correctly indicates the removal of the test load (acceptable error is ±0.2 per
cent of the test load); and
7. Remove the truck: Determine if the scale returns to zero with no weight on the
scale.
If as a result of the aforementioned tests the weigh scale is found to not be accurate, it must be
calibrated and retested until found to be accurate and then sealed by a heavy-duty scale service
company. The service company must then send a written report to Measurement Canada
documenting the adjustment and/or repairs.
A detailed record of the accuracy tests and any calibration activities must be kept in close
proximity to the weigh scale, retained for at least one year, and made available to ER on
request. This record must include the following information:
1. Make, model, serial number, and capacity of the weigh scale and any associated
equipment;
2. Date of the accuracy test;
3. Details of the tests performed and the results noted; and
4. Details regarding any alterations or calibration performed on the weigh scale.
2.12.1.1 Weigh Scale Test Frequency Exceptions

1. If the volume of fluid measured by a weigh scale is ≤ 100.0 m3/day, the monthly
accuracy test frequency may be extended to quarterly. The detailed record of the
accuracy tests must clearly indicate that the weigh scale measures ≤ 100.0 m3/day
and that the weigh scale is on a quarterly testing frequency. The required testing
frequency will revert back to monthly if the weigh scale begins measuring volumes >
100.0 m3/day.
2. If the weigh scale has been found to not require calibration adjustments for three
consecutive months, the monthly accuracy test frequency may be extended to
quarterly. The required accuracy test frequency will revert back to monthly
whenever a quarterly accuracy test determines that the weigh scale requires
calibration adjustments.

3 Proration Factors, Allocation Factors, and Metering Difference

3.1 Proration Factors and Allocation Factors
Proration is an accounting system or procedure where the total actual monthly battery
production is equitably distributed among wells in the battery. This system is applicable when
the production of wells producing to a battery is commingled before separation and
measurement, and each well’s monthly production is initially estimated, based on well test data.
In this type of system, proration factors are used to correct estimated volumes to actual
volumes.
In the scenario of an oil proration battery (Figure 3.1), the oil, gas, and water produced by
individual wells are not continuously measured. Instead, the wells are periodically tested to
determine the production rates of oil, gas, and water. The rates determined during the well test
are used to estimate the well’s production for the time period beginning with the well test and
continuing until another test is conducted. The estimated monthly production so determined
for each well in the battery is totaled to arrive at the battery’s total monthly estimated
production. The total actual oil, gas, and water production volumes for the battery are
determined, and for each fluid, the total actual volume is divided by the total estimated
production to yield a proration factor. The proration factor is multiplied by each well’s
estimated production to yield the well’s actual production. Similar accounting procedures are
used for gas batteries subject to proration.
Figure 3.1 Proration Factor
Proration Factor m To Gas Gathering

System
Gas
m
Test
m Oil Battery m Oil Sales

Oil & GIS
Wells
m
Water
m Water Disposal
Test rates are used to estimate monthly well production
volumes of each product.
Actual monthly battery production volume of each
Estimated monthly battery production of each product is product is determined by measured delivery and
determined by totalling all wells’ estimated production. inventory changes.
For each product,

Proration Factor = Actual Battery Production / Estimated Battery Production
For each product for each well,

Actual Monthly Well Production = Estimated Monthly Well Production x Proration Factor
m = measurement point

An allocation factor is a type of proration factor. It is used at facilities where only fluids received
by truck are handled, such as custom treating facilities and third-party operated oil terminals
(Figure 3.2). The name of the factor has been chosen to reflect the differences between
batteries that receive fluids from wells through flow lines where proration factors are used and
facilities that receive fluids from batteries only by truck where allocation factors are used. The
purpose of an allocation factor is similar to a proration factor, in that it is used to correct fluid
receipt volumes (considered estimates) to actual volumes based on disposition measurements
taken at the outlet of the facility and also considering inventory change. The allocation factor is
determined by dividing the monthly total actual volume for each fluid by the monthly total
estimated volume for each fluid. The total estimated volume of each fluid received from each
source is multiplied by the allocation factor for that fluid to yield the actual volume received
from that source. Examples of how to calculate and report the proration and allocation factors
can be found in Directive PNG032 and Section 6 of Directive PNG017.
Figure 3.2 Allocation factor

Allocation Factor
Receipts Dispositions
m Oil m Pipeline
Oil Facility
m m Injection/Disposal
Water
Estimated receipts is determined by Actual disposition is determined by

measuring each truckload of fluid. measuring each product delivered and
inventory changes.
The allocation factors discussed in this section are not to be confused with the process whereby
products delivered out of a gas plant are allocated back to each well in the system, based on
individual well production volumes and gas analyses.
Measurement accuracy and uncertainty generally relate to random errors and, as such, are not
directly comparable to proration and allocation factors, which generally relate to bias errors.
ER’s Standards of Accuracy (Section 1) focus on specific measurement points, i.e., inlet or outlet,
whereas proration and allocation factors relate to a comparison of inlet (or estimated
production) to outlet measurement. It is important to note that the acceptable factor ranges, or
targets, for different products may be different due to the products being subjected to different
levels of uncertainty. For example, the acceptable factor ranges for oil and water in a non-heavy
oil proration battery are different, because while the estimated production volumes of oil and
water are determined by the same type of measurement, the outlet volumes of the clean oil
and water are not determined by the same type of measurement.
When measurement equipment and procedures conform to all applicable standards, it is
assumed that the errors that occur in a series of measurements will be either plus or minus and
will cancel each other out to some degree. Where a bias error occurs in a series of
measurements, there will be no plus/minus and all of the measurements are assumed to be in

error by the same amount and in the same direction. Proration factors and allocation factors
are therefore used to equitably correct all measurements for bias errors.
3.1.1 Acceptable Ranges for Proration and Allocation Factors
If measurement and accounting procedures meet applicable requirements, any proration factor
or allocation factor should be acceptable, since it is assumed that the factor will correct for a
bias error that has occurred. ER requires proration factors and allocation factors to be
monitored by licensees and used as a warning flag to identify when the measurement system at
a facility is experiencing problems that require investigation.
ER deems the ranges of proration factors and allocation factors indicated in this section to be
acceptable ranges. When a factor is found to exceed these limits, the licensee is required to
investigate the cause of the factor being outside the acceptable range and document the results
of the investigation and the actions taken to correct the situation. Action required by the
licensee regarding the investigations into the cause of the proration or allocation factor being
outside the acceptable range may include, but is not limited to confirming adherence to:
1. S&W measurement requirements.
2. Related fluid measurement system design, installation and operation requirements.
3. Proving and calibration requirements.
4. The inspections of the primary element of meters used in the proration
measurement system.
ER acknowledges that at some facilities, physical limitations or the economics applicable to a
particular situation may prohibit the resolution of situations where factors are consistently in
excess of the acceptable ranges indicated in this section. In this scenario, the licensee must
document the reason(s) that prohibit further action from being taken. This information does
not have to be routinely submitted to ER, but must be available to ER on request for audit.
If the cause of a factor being outside these acceptable ranges is determined and the error can be
quantified, ER requires the reported volumetric data to be amended, thereby bringing the factor
back into line. If the cause is determined and action is taken to correct the situation for future
months, but the findings are not quantifiable for past months, amendments are not required to
be submitted.
3.1.1.1 Proration Factors
Table 3.1 Proration factors

Facility Oil Gas Water
Crude oil battery (facility 0.95000 – 0.90000 – 1.10000 0.90000 –
subtype: 322) 1.05000 1.10000
Heavy crude oil battery– 0.85000 – no stated expectation due to 0.85000 –
primary production and 1.15000 generally low production 1.15000
waterflood operations volumes
(facility subtype: 327)


Heavy crude oil battery – 0.85000 – no stated expectation due to 0.85000 –
thermal recovery 1.15000 the nature of thermal 1.15000
operations (facility production
subtypes: 344)
Gas battery – SW 0.80000 – 1.20000
Saskatchewan (facility
subtypes: 363)
Gas battery – outside SW 0.90000 – 1.10000 0.90000 –
Saskatchewan (facility 1.10000
subtype: 364)
Gas battery – effluent 0.90000 – 1.10000 0.90000 –
measurement (facility 1.10000
subtype: 362)
3.1.1.2 Allocation Factors
Table 3.2 Allocation factors

Custom Treating 0.95000 – 0.90000 –
facilities (facility 1.05000 1.10000
subtypes: 611 and 612)
Terminals (facility 0.95000 –
subtypes 671, 673, 674 1.05000
and 675)
3.2 Metering Difference for Fluids other than Oil
For volumetric reporting purposes, a metering difference is used to balance, on a monthly basis,
any difference that occurs between the measured inlet/receipt volumes and the measured
outlet/disposition volumes at a facility. Metering difference is generally acceptable as an
accounting/reporting entity if a difference results from two or more measurements of the same
product. Metering differences occur because no two measurement devices provide the exact
same volume, due to the uncertainties associated with the devices. However, a more significant
cause of metering differences is that the product measured at the inlet to a facility is usually
altered by the process within the facility, resulting in a different product or products being
measured at the outlet of the facility. It should be noted that metering difference differs from
proration and allocation factors in that for facilities where those factors are used, the difference
occurs between estimated and actual volumes.
Metering difference may be used as follows:
Injection/disposal facilities (Figure 3.3) - Receipts into these facilities are typically measured
prior to being split up and delivered to individual wells, where each well’s volume is metered
prior to injection/disposal.

Figure 3.3 Injection/disposal facilities

Fuel Flare Vent
Receipts Injections/Dispositions
m m m
Gas Plants, Gas Gathering m m

Systems, Batteries or Fresh
Water Sources
Injection System m Wells
m m
Metering Difference = Total Injections/Dispositions + Inventory Changes +

Fuel + Flare + Vent – Total Receipts
(monthly reporting basis)
Batteries - Metering difference does not apply to any measured or proration battery except gas
metering difference for subtype 321 and 326 batteries.
Gathering systems (Figure 3.4) - Receipts into these facilities are typically measured prior to
being subjected to some sort of limited processing, which may include liquids removal and
compression, and the resultant product(s) is measured prior to delivery to a sales point or to a
gas plant for further processing.
Gas plants (Figure 3.4) - Receipts into these facilities are typically measured prior to being
processed into salable products, and those products are measured prior to delivery to a sales
point.
Figure 3.4 Gas plant or gas gathering system
Fuel Flare Vent
m m m
m Acid Gas
m
Wells, Gas Gathering Gas Plant or Gas m Gas to Pipeline
Systems or Batteries Gathering System
m m C2, C3,.. Products
m Condensate/Oil
Metering Difference = Total Dispositions + Inventory Changes + Fuel + Flare + Vent - Total Receipts
3.2.1 Acceptable Metering Difference Range
If measurement and accounting procedures meet applicable requirements, metering differences

up to ±5.0 per cent of the total inlet/receipt volume are deemed to be acceptable. ER requires

the metering difference to be monitored by licensees and used as a warning flag to identify
when the measurement system at a facility is experiencing problems that require investigation.
When a metering difference is found to be equal to or greater than ±5.0 per cent, the licensee is
required to investigate the cause of the metering difference and document the results of the
investigation and the actions taken to correct the situation. ER acknowledges that in some
facilities, physical limitations and/or the economics applicable to a particular situation may
prohibit the resolution of situations where the metering difference is consistently in excess of
the range indicated. In such scenarios, the licensee must document the reason(s) that prohibit
further action from being taken. This information does not have to be routinely submitted to
ER, but must be available to ER on request for audit.
If the cause of an metering difference greater than ±5.0 per cent is determined and the error
can be quantified, ER requires the incorrectly reported production data to be amended, thereby
bringing the metering difference back into an acceptable range. If the cause is determined and
action is taken to correct the situation for future months, but the findings are not quantifiable
for past months, amendments are not required to be submitted.

4 Gas Measurement
This section presents the base requirements and exceptions for gas measurement from any
source in the upstream and midstream oil and gas industry that are used for determining
volumes for reporting to ER. The term gas includes includes measurement of hydrocarbon gases
as well as non-hydrocarbon gases such as but not limited to hydrogen sulphide, carbon dioxide,
helium, hydrogen, and nitrogen.
4.1 General Requirements for all Facilities
Unless otherwise stated, the following general gas measurement requirements apply to all
Petrinex facility subtypes.
All gas production and injection:
1. must be continuously and accurately metered or
2. where eligible, determined by engineering estimation if the exception conditions
described below are met or
3. subject to the conditions of a site-specific ER approval if one has been obtained.
A gas measurement system may deviate from these base requirements if:
1. the conditions in Section 4.4 are met; or
2. the deviation is provided for in Section 1: Standards of Accuracy.
Licensees must report FUEL, FLARE and VENT volumes based on the definitions listed in
Directive PNG017 Appendix 2.
Uncombusted gas released to the atmosphere, including fugitive emissions, must be reported as
vent gas using the methodologies in Guideline PNG035: Estimating Venting and Fugitive
Emissions. When a fugitive emission is discovered the licensee must estimate and report the
amount of gas released from the time of discovery until the fugitive emission is eliminated. If, at
a facility, all gas that is received or produced is vented including casing gas, then no fugitive
emissions need to be reported. All documentation relating to the fuel, flare and vent including
fugitive emission must be kept for ER to review.
Monthly gas volumes must be reported in units of 10 3m3 and rounded to 1 decimal place as per
Directive PNG032: Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex.
Standard conditions for use in calculating and reporting gas volumes are 101.325 kPa absolute
and 15.0◦C.
1. At all facilities, fuel gas volumes that are ≤ 0.5 103m3/day, based on an annual average, may
be estimated. If the annual average fuel gas is > 0.5 103m3/day, then the fuel gas must be
metered (see Figure 1.11). At facilities where fuel gas metering is required, up to 0.5
103m3/day may be estimated. The estimation method must be an acceptable method that is
listed in Directive PNG017, Guideline PNG035: Estimating Venting and Fugitive Emissions or
manufacturer’s equipment engineering data recommendations. The licensee must keep the
estimation documentation and provide it to ER upon request.
If the site has more than one Petrinex reporting facility, only the fuel for the overall site
must be metered; it must then be allocated to and reported for each reporting facility

provided that the facilities have common working interest ownership and there are no
royalty trigger measurement points across the facilities. If the working interest ownership is
not common or there are royalty trigger measurement points across the reporting facilities,
then any fuel gas volumes crossing reporting facility boundaries must be metered. The only
exception is for integrated oilfield waste management facilities (OWMF) with waste plant,
custom treater, and injection facilities facilities on the same site, in which case fuel receipt
(REC) is to be reported at the waste plant and total OWMF fuel use at the same facility.
2. For non-heavy oil and gas facilities where gas production is ≤ 0.5 103m3/day, based on an
annual average, may be estimated. If the annual average gas production is > 0.5 103m3/day,
then the gas production must be metered (see Figure 1.12). Section 6.5 outlines the
acceptable methods for estimating gas production for non-heavy oil facilities. Section 7
outlines the acceptable methods for estimating gas production at gas facilities based on
periodic proration testing. For heavy oil facilities where gas production volumes that are ≤
2.0 103m3/day, based on an annual average, may be estimated. If the annual average gas
production is > 2.0 103m3/day, then the gas production must be metered. Section 12.2.2
outlines the acceptable methods for estimating gas production. The licensee must keep the
estimation documentation and provide it to ER upon request.
3. For non-heavy oil and gas facilities, flare gas or vent gas volumes that are ≤ 0.5 103m3/day,
based on an annual average, may be estimated. If the annual average flare gas or vent gas is
> 0.5 103m3/day, then the flare gas or vent gas, respectfully, must be metered (see Figure
1.12). Facilities requiring flare gas or vent gas metering may estimate up to 0.5 103m3/day of
each. For heavy oil facilities, flare gas or vent gas volumes that are ≤ 2.0 103m3/day, based
on an annual average, may be estimated. If the annual average flare gas or vent gas is > 2.0
103m3/day, then the flare gas or vent gas, respectfully, must be metered (see Figure 1.12).
Facilities requiring flare gas or vent gas metering may estimate up to 2.0 103m3/day of each.
The estimation method must be an acceptable method that is listed in Directive PNG017,
Guideline PNG035: Estimating Venting and Fugitive Emissions or manufacturer’s equipment
engineering data recommendations. The licensee must keep the estimation documentation
and provide it to ER upon request.
4. Gas used for pneumatic devices that is vented or flared must be reported as vented or flared
gas, respectively. Licensed and non-licensed facilities must be constructed so that the
metered fuel gas does not include pneumatic device gas supply. For facilities that are
licensed prior to January 1, 2020 or for non-licensed facilities that were constructed before
January 1, 2020, the volume of gas emitted by pneumatic devices may be estimated and
then subtracted from the metered fuel gas volume in the case where the metered fuel gas
provides the pneumatic device gas supply. The volume that is subtracted from fuel gas does
not contribute to the allowance of 0.5 103m3/day that may be estimated for flare or vent
gas.
5. Gas used for pilot, purge, sweep, blanket and makeup gas must be reported as flared gas if
the gas is combusted. Licensed and non-licensed facilities must be constructed so that the
metered fuel gas does not include pilot, purge, sweep, blanket, and makeup gas supply. For
facilities that are licensed prior to January 1, 2020 or for non-licensed facilities that were
constructed before January 1, 2020, the volume of gas used as pilot, purge, sweep, blanket
and makeup gas may be estimated and then subtracted from metered fuel gas in the case
where metered fuel gas also provides the pilot, purge and makeup gas supply. The volume

that is subtracted from fuel gas does not contribute to the allowance of 0.5 103m3/day that
may be estimated for flare gas.
4.2 Gas Measurement and Accounting Requirements for Various Facility Subtypes
This section outlines specific requirements for various facility subtypes. General measurement
requirements, including meter design, operation, and maintenance requirements are detailed in
other sections.
4.2.1 Oil Batteries
1. All wells linked to the battery for reporting purposes must be classified as oil wells.
2. Subject to Section 5.5 exception criteria, all wells linked to a multi-well battery for reporting
purposes, must be subject to the same type of measurement.
3. Production from gas batteries or other oil batteries may not be connected to an oil
proration battery upstream of the oil battery group gas measurement point unless specific
criteria are met and/or ER approval of an application is obtained. See Section 5: Site-specific
Deviation from Base Requirements, Measurement by Difference.
4.2.1.1 Single-well Battery (facility subtypes: 311 and 325)

1. Gas must be separated from oil, emulsion or water, when present, and metered or
estimated separately from the liquid volumes as a single phase.
4.2.1.2 Multi-well Group Battery (facility subtypes: 321 and 326)

1. Each well must have its gas separated from oil or emulsion and metered or
estimated as a single phase, similar to a single-well battery.
2. All separation and measurement equipment for the wells in the battery, including
the tanks but excluding the wellheads, must share a common surface location.
4.2.1.3 Proration Battery (facility subtypes: 322, 327, and 344)

1. All well production is commingled prior to the total battery gas being separated
from oil or emulsion and metered or estimated as a single phase.
2. Individual monthly well gas production is estimated based on well tests and
corrected to the reported monthly volume through the use of a proration factor.
4.2.1.4 Crude Oil Multi-well Swab Battery (facility subtypes: 314 and 316)
Monthly gas production from individual crude oil swab wells must be metered or estimated
(where applicable) and reported.
4.2.2 Gas Batteries
1. All wells linked to the battery for reporting purposes must be classified as gas wells.
2. Gas wells may produce condensate or oil.
3. A mixture of measured and prorated wells (mixed measurement) may be physically
connected to the same battery if:

a. Exception criteria specified in Section 5: Site-specfic Deviation from Base

Requirements under Measurement by Difference are met, or’
b. Site-specific approval has been obtained, and the measured well(s) must have
their own separate reporting facility(s) to deliver gas into the proration battery.
4. Well(s) with no phase-separated measurement, including effluent wells, are not
allowed to be linked to a Gas Multi-well Group Battery (facility subtype 361).
5. All gas and recombined liquids from wells linked to a Gas Multiwell Battery (either
facility subtypes 361, 362, 363, 364) must be connected by pipeline to a common
point.
6. Gas production from oil wells or oil batteries or from other gas wells or gas batteries
must not be connected to a gas proration battery upstream of the gas proration
battery group measurement point unless the exception criteria in Section 5: Site-
specific Deviation from Base Requirements under Measurement by Difference are
met or site-specific approval is obtained.
7. Well status on Petrinex since gas royalties are based solely on monthly production
volumes, only GAS ACTIVE well fluid mode type is used.
4.2.2.1 Single-well Battery (facility subtype: 351)

1. Gas must be separated from water and condensate or oil (if applicable) and
continuously measured as a single phase.
2. Condensate produced must be reported as a liquid if it is disposed directly from the
battery without further processing. For wells that produce ≤ 2.0 m3/day of total liquid
(i.e., condensate and water) and that direct condensate and water production to lease
tanks or to a single emulsion tank, licensees may use the disposition equals production
reporting methodology for reporting condensate and water production. This reporting
methodology eliminates the requirement to report monthly condensate and water tank
inventories. If licensees choose to use this reporting method,
a. They must account for existing tank inventories of condensate and water with
the initial reporting and
b. If the well status is changed to suspended after implementation, the condensate
and water tank inventories must be disposed of (i.e., tank emptied) in the
reporting month that the well status is changed.
The disposition equals production method of reporting may also be used for water
reporting in the case where the separated condensate is recombined with the gas
stream and sent to a gathering system and the separated water is directed to a
lease tank for disposition.
Refer to Section 12.2.1.1 for a further explanation of the disposition equals
production reporting method.
3. Condensate that is recombined with the gas production after separation and
measurement must be converted to a gas equivalent volume and added to the
measured single-phase gas volume for reporting purposes.
4. Condensate that is trucked from the battery to a gas plant for further processing must
be reported as a liquid condensate volume.

5. Oil produced in conjunction with the gas must be reported as oil at standard conditions.
The gas-in-solution (GIS) with the oil at the point of measurement must be estimated
and added to the gas production volume. See Section 6.5.3.
4.2.2.2 Multi-well Group Battery (facility subtypes: 361)

1. Each well must have its own separation and measurement equipment, similar to a
single-well battery.
2. The wells in the group battery may all be identical with regard to the handling of
condensate and water, or there may be a mixture of handling methods. The rules
for reporting condensate as a gas equivalent or as a liquid are the same as those for
single-well gas batteries (see Figure 4.1). The rules for using the disposition equals
production reporting methodology for condensate and water are the same as those
for single-well gas batteries. See Section 4.2.2.1.
3. The volumes measured at each well separator must be used to report the
production, PROD, volume on Petrinex. There must not be any proration from any
downstream measurement point.
Figure 4.1 Gas group battery delivering to a gathering system

Gas Group
Gas Gathering
Battery Report as
Systems (GS) Flare DISP at GS
(GG)
M Report as GEV PROD Gas to sale,

at well and GAS REC at GS m gas plant, or
M other facilties
m M
Gas
Well Fuel
M m
M
Inlet Sep.
M Report as
Condensate M Pentane Plus
Gas Storage
Well (C5-MX) DISP
at GS
M = Facility Receipt/Disposition Meter
Produced
condensate Water
trucked to Sales Disposition
Storage M
Gas to IF
Report as
Well Liquid COND PROD
at well M = Facility Receipt/Disposition Meter
There is no group measurement point requirement for fluids from the gas group wells, but the
wells must deliver to a common facility, normally a gas gathering system, with the metering
difference reported at the gas gathering system. Hydrocarbon liquids and/or water may be
tanked and disposed of by truck and reported as liquid DISP. Recombined hydrocarbon liquids
reported as gas equivalent volume and recombined water reported as liquid water must be sent
to the same common facility as the gas. Multiple gas groups can deliver to the same gas
gathering system.
If the gas gathering system further disposes of the fluids, similar to Figure 4.1, each fluid type
(gas, hydrocarbon liquids, water) disposition must be measured and reported. The gas
gathering system will also report a metering difference.

See Appendix 9 for schematics of the following scenarios of grouped wells:

Scenario 1 – 1 licensee with 1 reporting entity (1 gas group)
Scenario 2 – 1 to 4 licensees/equity partners with 4 reporting entities (4 single-well batteries)
with licensed compressor facility on one well
Scenario 3 – 1 or 2 licensees with 2 reporting entities (1 single-well batteries and 1 gas group)
Scenario 4 – 1 or 2 licensees with 2 reporting entities (gas groups)
Scenario 5 – 1 or 2 licensees with 2 reporting entities (gas groups) with licensed compressor on
one well
4.2.2.3 Multi-well Effluent Measurement Battery (facility subtype: 362)

The definition of and the requirements for facility subtype 362 is found in Section 7. See Section
7 for requirements.
4.2.2.4 Multi-well Proration Battery (facility subtypes: 363 and 364)

The definition of and the requirements for facility subtypes 363 and 364 are found in Section 7.
See Section 7 for requirements.
4.2.3 Gas Gathering System (facility subtypes: 621 and 622)
A reporting facility consisting of pipelines that move gas and liquids (primarily gas) from one
facility to another. A gathering system may also include compressor stations, line heaters, and
dehydration equipment located on the system but not associated with any battery, injection
facility, gas plant, or other facilities. Inlet measurement usually consists of the battery or facility
group measurement point.
Outlet measurement usually consists of the gas plant inlet measurement.
See Section 15.2.1.6 for water reporting requirements.
4.2.4 Gas Plant (facility subtypes: 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406)
For gas plant facility subtypes definitions see Directive PNG032: Volumetric, Valuation, and
Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex.
A gas processing plant (gas plant) is a system or arrangement of equipment used for the
extraction of hydrogen sulfide, helium, ethane, natural gas liquids, or other substances from raw
gas; does not include a wellhead separator, treater, dehydrator, or production facility that
recovers < 2.0 m3/day of hydrocarbon liquids without using a liquid extraction process (e.g.,
refrigeration, desiccant). In addition, does not include an arrangement of equipment that
removes small amounts of sulfur (< 0.1 tonne/day) through the use of nonregenerative
scavenging chemicals that generate no hydrogen sulfide or sulfur dioxide.
Each plant inlet stream must have inlet separation and continuous measurement for all liquids
and gas before commingling with other streams and must be used to report volume on Petrinex
for the plant receipt from upstream facilities and for plant balance. However, there are
situations where the raw gas has been stripped of its liquid (not recombined downstream) and
measured upstream of the plant site. If all streams entering a gas plant on the same gas
gathering system are “dry” (the absence of free liquids), the gas plant inlet measurement may
consist of the gas gathering system outlet measurement or battery group measurement.

Measurement of all gas dispositions out of the gas plant, such as sales, lease fuel for other
facilities, flare and vent gas, acid gas disposition, and any volumes used at the gas plant, is
required unless otherwise exempted by ER. Monthly liquid inventory change must be
accounted for and reported to Petrinex. (See Figure 4.2.)
Figure 4.2 Typical gas plant measurement and reporting points
Fuel Flare Vent
m m m
m Acid Gas
m m Gas to Pipeline
Wells, Gas Gathering
Systems or Batteries Gas Plant m C2, C3, C4...Products
m m Pentane Plus
Metering Difference = Total Dispositions + Inventory Changes + Fuel + Flare +Vent - Total Receipts

Delineation for an Oil Battery Delivering to or Receiving from a Gas Plant on Same Site
Figure 4.3 Oil battery delivering to or receiving from a gas plant

Acid Gas m Dilution Gas
Gas Gas Flare Sales Gas
m m
Gathering Plant Acid Gas Flare
Systems/ m
Acid Gas Injection or
Battery Sulphur Recovery
Raw Gas
Flare m Sales Gas
m
Refridgeration
Dehydration
Sweetening
m Plant Fuel
m
m Field Fuel
Separator
m Plant Flare
Inlet
m
Dehydration
m From Flare
m FWKO m
Header
Water
Storage
NGL Storage L
m
Off Gas to Flare
Separator
m
Inlet
m To Flare
Condensate/
Stabilizer
Header
C5+
Storage
Oil Sales to
Treater mM
Oil Storage
Pipeline
m
Water Water
m
Storage Storage
Proration Oil
Battery
M = Measurement Point
Oil battery gas and water sent to a gas plant for further processing or disposition and gas for
flaring must be measured and reported as disposition from the oil battery to the gas plant. The
gas plant will report the receipts, total flare, and dispositions.
Gas plant condensate, C5+, and/or NGL sent to an oil battery must be measured and reported as
disposition to the oil battery. The receipt measurement point at the oil battery is not a royalty
trigger point but still requires delivery point measurement.
4.2.5 Gas Fractionation Plant (facility subtype: 407)
In addition to the requirements in Section 4.2.4, condensate delivered to a gas fractionation

plant must be measured and reported as a liquid receipt in cubic metres.
4.2.6 Injection or Disposal Facility (facility subtypes: 501, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 510, 511,
512, 514, 516, 517, 518, 519)
Gas must be continuously metered as a single phase. For acid gas injection requirements, see
Section 11 - Acid Gas and Sulphur Measurement. For steam injection see Section 12 – Heavy Oil
Measurement (Section 12.3).
4.2.7 Meter Station (facility subtypes: 631, 632, 633, 634, 640)
Gas must be continuously metered as a single phase.

4.2.8 Other Facilities (facility subtypes: 204, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 371, 381, 671,
673, 674, 675, 676, 701, 702, 703, 904, 905, 906, 907)
If gas is present, these facilities are required to measure and report the gas. Gas must be
measured as a single phase.
4.3 Base Requirements for Gas Measurement
4.3.1 Design and Installation of Gas Measurement Devices
The design and installation of measurement equipment must be in accordance with the
following or as approved by Measurement Canada:
4.3.1.1 General Design and Installation Requirements

Measured gas must be corrected to and reported at standard conditions of 101.325 kPa and
15.0°C. Therefore, pressure and temperature measurement devices must be installed in
accordance with Section 4.3.3 and 4.3.4.
In some cases, such as the meters listed below, manufacture’s recommended installation is
allowed. If manufacture’s recommended meter installation instructions are utilized, the
Licensee must provide documentation to ER (if requested) that shows that the meter and the
installation meet the uncertainty requirements stipulated in Section 1.
4.3.1.2 Orifice Meters

If an orifice meter is used to measure gas, it must be designed and installed according to the
applicable AGA Report #3: Orifice Metering of Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon
Fluids (AGA3) listed in Table 4.1.
Table 4.1 Orifice meter design requirement (see detailed explanation in this section)
Meter run date of manufacture Applicable AGA3 (API MPMS 14.3, Part 2)
version
Before February, 2003 AGA3 1991 or earlier meter run with upstream
and/or downstream ID marking – may be
reused or relocated for its designed
application except to replace a meter where
AGA3 2000 spec is required.
Non-AGA meter run or run not marked with
upstream or downstream ID – grandfathered
for the existing volumetric throughput
application, if relocated, it must be refurbished
to AGA3 (1985) or later specification but
cannot be used for sales/delivery point
measurement.
After January, 2003 (except for February, 1991 or April, 2000, or later
sales/delivery point meters measuring
sales specification processed gas)
All sales/delivery point meters April, 2000 or later
measuring sales specification

processed gas manufactured after

January, 2003
When a meter such as a gas plant outlet meter is used to check sales/delivery point
measurement and is not normally used to report volumes to ER, it does not require AGA3 April,
2000 specification. However, Licensees are advised that when another gas source ties in to the
sales pipeline between the check meter and the sales/delivery point meter, the check meter
could become a sales or delivery point meter, and be subject to the requirements of that type of
meter as illustrated in Figures 4.4 and 4.5.
Figure 4.4 Gas plant outlet meter AGA3 1991 specification requirements
Plant and Upstream

Meter - runs installed
after January 2003.
Minimum AGA3 1991
Spec. Required
Sales Gas Meter - run
installed after January 2003.
AGA3 2000 Spec. Required
Gas Plant
Inlet
FE FE
Existing Gas Plant
Plant Outlet Meter - run

installed after January
2003.
Minimum AGA3 1991
Spec. Required
Figure 4.5 Gas plant outlet meter AGA3 2000 specification requirements
FE New Gas Source - meter run installed

after January 2003.
Plant and Upstream Meter
- runs installed after
January 2003.
Minimum AGA3 1991
Spec. Required
Sales Gas Meter - run installed
after January 2003.
Gas Plant AGA3 2000 Spec. Required
Inlet
FE FE
Existing Gas Plant
Plant Outlet Meter - run installed

after January 2003.
A permanently marked plate with the following information must be attached to

each meter run and maintained in readable condition (not painted over or covered
with insulation, etc.) for inspection:

a. Manufacturer’s name
b. Serial number
c. Date of manufacture
d. Average upstream inside diameter (ID) of the meter run at 25.4 mm
upstream of the orifice plate in millimetres to one decimal place (or to three
decimal places if indicated in inches).
e. AGA3 version/year (for new runs only after January 31, 2005) and/or AGA3
configuration for runs installed after January, 2003 and not using the April,
2000 specification.
The orifice plate must be permanently marked with the plate bore in millimetres to
two decimal places or to three decimal places if indicated in inches, preferably
within 6 mm of the outside edge of the plate, to avoid interfering with normal flow
if the marking creates a dent or protrusion on the plate surface.
Temperature measurement must be installed according to the applicable AGA3
specifications and the temperature must be determined in accordance with Section
4.3.4.
4.3.1.3 Turbine and Vortex Meters

Turbine or vortex meters, used to measure gas must be designed and installed according to the
provisions of the 1985 or later editions of the AGA Report #7: Measurement of Gas by Turbine
Meters (AGA7) or the manufacturer’s recommendation and must meet uncertainty
requirements stipulated in Section 1.
Temperature measurement is to be installed according to AGA7, i.e., between one and five pipe
diameters downstream of the meter or the meter manufacturer’s recommendation and the
temperature as per Section 4.3.3.
The installation must include instrumentation that allows for continuous pressure, temperature,
and compressibility corrections either on site, e.g., electronic correctors, EFM systems or at a
later date, e.g., pressure and temperature charts.
4.3.1.4 Rotary Meters

Rotary metering systems must be designed and installed according to the provisions of the 1992
or later edition of the ANSI B109.3: Rotary Type Gas Displacement Meters or the manufacturer’s
recommendation and must meet the uncertainty requirements stipulated in Section 1.
4.3.1.5 Diaphragm Meters

Diaphragm displacement meters must be designed and installed according to the provisions of
the 1992 or later edition of the ANSI B109.1: Diaphragm Type Gas Displacement Meters (up to
500 cubic feet/hour capacity), or ANSI B109.2: Diaphragm Type Gas Displacement Meters (over
500 cubic feet/hour capacity), and/or the manufacturer’s recommendation and must meet the
uncertainty requirements stipulated in Section 1.
4.3.1.6 Venturi or Flow Nozzle Meters

Venturi or flow nozzle type of meters must be installed according to the provisions of the 1991
or later edition of the ISO Standard 5167: Measurement of fluid flow by means of orifice plates,
nozzles and venturi tubes inserted in circular cross-section conduits running full (ISO 5167),

other recognized International Standards or the meter manufacturer’s recommendation and

must meet the uncertainty requirements stipulated in Section 1.
4.3.1.7 Ultrasonic Meters

Ultrasonic meters must be designed and installed according to the provisions of the 1998 or
later editions of AGA Report No. 9: Measurement of Gas by Multipath Ultrasonic Meters (AGA9),
an applicable standard of an appropriate industry technical standards association (ISO, AGA,
API) or the meter manufacturer’s recommendation and must meet the uncertainty
requirements stipulated in Section 1.
Exception:
Ultrasonic metering systems used for flare gas measurement may be installed without live
temperature compensation and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. In
this scenario the flowing gas temperature must be obtained and updated for volume
determination at least once per quarter, the measurement uncertainty requirement for the
measurement point stipulated in Section 1 must be met, and the operator must be able to
demonstrate to ER, upon request, that the required measurement uncertainty is being met.
4.3.1.8 Coriolis Meters

Coriolis mass metering systems must be designed and installed according to the provisions of
the latest edition of AGA Report No. 11: Measurement of Natural Gas by Coriolis Meter and the
uncertainty requirements stipulated in Section 1 must be met. External gas sample analysis and
density must be used to determine the gas volume at standard conditions (see section 4.3.5).
4.3.1.9 Thermal Mass Meters

Thermal Mass meters must be designed and installed to applicable standard of an appropriate
industry technical standards association or the meter manufacturer’s recommendation and
must meet the uncertainty requirements stipulated in Section 1. Thermal Mass meters should
only be used if:
a. The density does not change; or
b. The effect of density change on the volume is within the uncertainty
requirements for that application; or
c. The density can be determined and recorded for flow calculation.
These meters are not recommended for use at gas plant flare stacks unless the above criteria
can be met.
4.3.1.10 Other Meters

If meters other than those listed, for example cones or wedge meters, etc. are used to measure
gas, they must be installed according to applicable standard of an appropriate industry technical
standards association, the meter manufacturer’s recommendation and must meet the
uncertainty requirements stipulated in Section 1.
4.3.1.11 Electronic Flow Measurement Systems (EFM)

See Section 4.3.7.

4.3.2 Chart Operations
The chart drive for a circular chart recorder used to measure gas well gas production or group oil
battery gas production must not be more than 8 days per cycle unless the exception criteria
specified in Section 5: Site-Specific Deviation from Base Requirements are met or ER site-specific
approval is obtained. A 24-hour chart drive is required for test gas measured associated with
Class 1 and 2 proration oil wells. An 8 day chart drive may be used for test gas measurement
associated with Class 3 and 4 proration oil wells. See Section 6.5 Proration Well Testing for more
detail on classes of wells. If the mode of operation causes painting on the chart of because of
cycling or on/off flows, a 24-hour chart is required for any gas measurement point or EFM must
be used.
The Licensee must ensure that:
1. The meter location is properly identified on the chart.
2. The chart is correctly dated.
3. The on and off chart times are recorded on the chart to the nearest quarter hour if
not actual.
4. The correct orifice plate and line size are recorded on the chart.
5. The time to the nearest quarter hour of any orifice plate change is indicated on the
chart, along with the new orifice plate size.
6. It is noted on the charts if the differential, pressure, or temperature range of the
recorder has been changed or if they are different from the ranges printed on the
chart
7. The flowing gas temperature is recorded on the chart in accordance with Table 4.2.
8. Proper chart reading instructions are provided when the pen fails to record because
of sensing line freezing, clock stoppage, pens out of ink, overlapping traces, or other
reasons. Example instructions include:
a. drawing in the estimated traces,
b. requesting to read as average flow for the missing period, or
c. providing an estimate of the differential and static pressure.
9. Any data or traces that require correction must not be covered over or obscured by
any means
The Licensee should ensure that:
1. A notation is made on the chart with regard to whether or not the meter is set up for
atmospheric pressure for square root charts.
2. The accuracy of the meter clock speed is checked and the chart reader is instructed
accordingly of any deviations.
3. The differential pen is zeroed once per chart cycle.
4. Differential pen recordings are at 33.0 per cent or more within the chart range
whenever possible.
5. Static pen recordings are at 20.0 per cent or more within the chart range whenever
possible.

6. When there is a painted differential band, instructions are provided as to where it

should be read. There are various ways to read a painted chart:
a. If the differential pen normally records at the top of the painted band but
spikes quickly down and up during separator dump cycles, it is reasonable to
read the differential near the top of the band or vice versa.
b. If the differential pen is in constant up and down motion, it is reasonable to
read the differential at the root mean square (RMS) of the band or in a sine
wave motion alternating between the top and bottom of the painted area.
7. The pen trace colours conform to the industry-accepted practice (RED for differential,
BLUE for static, and GREEN for temperature). However, any colour may be used,
provided the colour used is documented.
4.3.2.1 Ministry of Energy and Resources Site-Specific Requests

If an inspection of a measurement device or of procedures reveals unsatisfactory conditions that
significantly reduce measurement accuracy, ER will direct that the licensee implement changes
to improve measurement accuracy, and this direction will become a condition of operation for
that facility or facilities. Examples of unsatisfactory conditions applicable to orifice chart
recorders are as follows:
1. Thick pen traces that will cause excessive error when reading the traces.
2. Painting traces.
3. Differential or static pens recording too low on the chart—in scenarios where it is
unavoidable because of low flow rate, high shut-in pressure, and equipment or
operating pressure range limitations.
4.3.2.2 Chart Reading

The chart integrator/planimeter operator must ensure the following:
1. Visible gaps between the integrator/planimeter traces and chart traces are minimized.
2. The counter is read correctly.
3. The integrator is calibrated as per the specified calibration frequency and after each
change of pens.
4. The correct integrator or square root planimeter constants are noted.
5. The correct integrator setback is recorded.
6. The correct coefficient, using all of the required factors, is recorded.
4.3.2.3 Digital Chart Reading Technology

Some chart reading technology uses digital scanning technology to scan and store an image of
the chart and the use of computer programs to read and interpret the digital image of the chart
and the pen traces.
The use of digital technologies to read charts does not require prior approval of ER, but the
licensee using any new technology must be able to demonstrate that the following
requirements are met:

1. The equipment and/or procedures used to read the chart must not alter or destroy the
chart such that it cannot subsequently be read using conventional equipment and/or
procedures.
2. The accuracy and repeatability of the new equipment and/or procedures must be equal
to or better than conventional equipment and/or procedures.
The following requirements are specific to the use of digital scanning technology for reading
charts:
1. The original chart must be retained for at least 12 months, 18 months for gas production
associated with heavy oil or crude bitumen, or alternatively the licensee may choose the
following procedure for audit trail:
a. An original scanned image of the chart, both front and back, must be stored
so that it cannot be changed. If the chart back is blank, the back does not
need to be scanned provided there is a statement entered in the record to
that effect. There must be a method to confirm that a set of front and back
scans belong to the same chart if scanned and stored. No alteration or
editing of the original scanned image is allowed.
b. At least two separate electronic copies of the scanned images must be
retained and one copy must be stored off site at a different physical
address/location for the applicable required period.
Note that although the ER accepts the electronic submission for audits, other
jurisdictions might not. Therefore, the original chart should be kept for other
jurisdictional audits.
2. Editing or alterations may only be made to a copy of the original scanned image of the
chart. If the edited version is used for accounting purposes, the edited or altered image
must be stored for the applicable required period and in the same manner as in item #1
above.
3. An image of the chart showing how the chart pen traces were read or interpreted must
be stored for the applicable required period and in the same manner as in item #1
above.
4. If there are any changes or additions to those requirements and recommendations
specific to chart scanning, these must be documented and made available for instructing
chart analysts. An additional requirement specific to chart scanning is as follows:
a. When a differential pen is not zeroed correctly, the zero line must be
adjusted to the correct position if it is obvious on the chart such as when
the zeroing was out when changing charts but the pen was not adjusted
and/or as documented by the licensee. Other situations will require the
judgment of the chart analyst and confirmation from the facility licensee.
Any zero adjustment must only reposition the zero line and must maintain
the entire span of the pen. The distance between the actual zero and the
pen trace must not be altered.
5. For ER inspection/audit purposes, the licensee must upon request:
a. submit any original paper charts or the scanned original images or make
them available for on-line viewing; and
b. submit all edited images or make them available for on-line viewing.

Note that the software used to open the scanned images should be readily and
freely available on the market. In case there is any specific/proprietary image
reader software required to view the scanned and stored chart images, it must also
be submitted.
6. Upon request of the licensee, the vendor must demonstrate the accuracy of the
scanning and integration technology by performing three consecutive scans, with a
rotation of the chart image of about 120.0° before each scan, and integrations of the
same chart image. The calculated volumes from each reading must be within ±0.5 per
cent of the average of the three scans and integrations.
7. ER may check the accuracy of the chart-reading technology and volume calculations by
providing charts with known calculated volumes. The volumes determined by the chart
reading technology must be within ±0.5 per cent of ER’s known values.
4.3.3 Sensing Line Installation for Differential meters
This section applies to differential meters such as orifice, cone or venturi meters. Note that
there are exceptions from these requirements detailed in the next section.
1. Accounting meters using differential pressure sensing devices must be equipped with
full port valves at the metering tap on the sensing lines. The valves must be the same
size as the sensing lines (12.7 mm [1/2 inch] minimum for meter runs 102.0 mm [4.0
inches] in diameter or larger, and 9.5 mm [3.8 inch] minimum for meter runs less than
102.0 mm). All metering design and installation must ensure that the sensing line
diameter does not change from the sensing tap valve to the manifold for deliver point,
group point, and sales point measurement.
2. Sharing of metering taps by multiple differential pressure devices is not allowed.
3. A separate set of valve manifolds must be used for each device.
4. Equipment and sensing lines must be suitably winterized to prevent them from freezing.
5. Sensing lines must be self-draining towards the sensing taps to prevent liquid from
being trapped in the line if they do not meet the exception criteria for changes in
sensing line diameter specified in Section 4.3.2.1.
6. Sensing lines should not exceed 1.0 m in length and should have a slope of not less than
25.4 mm per 300.0 mm from the transmitter to the changer.
4.3.3.1 Exceptions from Requirements for Sensing Line Installation for Differential meters
Grandfathering of existing differential pressure-sensing tap valves installed prior to April 1,
2016 is granted without application unless any of the following situations exist:
1. The metering device is being upgraded, refurbished, and commissioned within a new
application or relocated;
2. The metering device does not meet the single point uncertainty limit, as detailed in
Section 1: Standards of Accuracy;
3. The metering point is subject to noticeable pulsation effects, such as physical vibration
or audible flow noise, or is downstream of a reciprocal compressor on the same site; or
4. The metering point is at a delivery point, group point, sales point, or custody transfer
point.

Grandfathering of changes in sensing line diameter from the sensing tap to the manifold, such
as drip pots, installed before April 1, 2016, is granted without application unless:
1. The metering device does not meet the single point uncertainty limit, as stipulated
in Section 1: Standards of Accuracy;
2. The metering point is subject to noticeable pulsation effects, such as physical
vibration or audible flow noise, or is downstream of a reciprocal compressor on the
same site;
3. The metering point is at a delivery point, group point, sales point, or custody
transfer point; or
4. The fuel measurement point does not have a clean, dry fuel source at a facility, such
as a gas plant.
If the current metering installation does not meet the grandfathering requirement, licensees must
make any necessary changes required to bring the installation into compliance with this Section by
April 1, 2017.
4.3.4 Temperature
The flowing gas temperature must be measured and recorded according to Table 4.2.
Table 4.2 Temperature reading frequency table for gas measurement

Minimum temperature reading
frequency Criteria or events
Continuous Sales/delivery points and/or EFM devices
Daily > 16.9 103m3/day
Weekly ≤ 16.9 103m3/day
Daily a. Production (proration) volume testing, or
b. Nonroutine or emergency flaring and
venting
Note that the temperature-measuring element must be installed on the meter run if present or
near the meter such that it will be sensing the flowing gas stream temperature. Using the
surface temperature of the piping or use a thermowell location where there is normally no flow
is not acceptable. A meter equipped with a temperature compensation device is considered to
have continuous temperature measurement.
4.3.5 Pressure
Where the pressure at the meter may drop below atmospheric pressure, absolute pressure
measurement is required.
4.3.6 Volume Calculations
The gas volume calculations comply if the following requirements are met:
1. If an orifice meter is used to measure gas, the licensee must use the 1985 or later
editions of the AGA3 to calculate the gas volumes.
2. If a positive displacement meter or a linear type of meter, such as a turbine,
ultrasonic, or vortex meter, is used to measure gas, volumes must be calculated

according to the provisions of the 1985 or later editions of the AGA7. Corrections
for static pressure, temperature, and compressibility are required.
Exception:
Meters installed at metering points that do not require delivery point measurement
uncertainty and are operating under a fixed pressure setting ≤ 700 kPa(g) (i.e.,
directly downstream of a pressure regulating valve with no process or other
equipment installed between the pressure regulating valve and the meter) do not
require continuous pressure and temperature compensation. Instead, operating
pressure and temperature correction factors may be used for volumetric
correction. The meter operating pressure must be obtained and updated annually
and the flowing temperature must be obtained and updated quarterly for volume
determination.
3. If a venturi or flow nozzle type of meter is used to measure gas, volumes must be
calculated according to the provisions of the 1991 or later edition of the ISO 5167 or
the meter manufacturer’s recommended calculation procedures.
4. If a Coriolis mass meter is used to measure gas, volumes must be calculated from
the measured mass flow and the density at standard conditions derived from a
representative gas sample analysis, including corrections for compressibility
because the flowing density measured by the Coriolis mass meter is of insufficient
accuracy in a gas application and must not be used to compute volumes.
5. If meter types other than those listed in the previous points, such as v-cones or
wedge meters, are used to measure gas, volumes must be calculated according to
the applicable standard of an appropriate industry technical standards association
or the meter manufacturer’s recommendation.
6. If condensate production from a gas well is required to be reported as a gas
equivalent volume, the calculation of the gas equivalent factor must be performed
in accordance with the methodologies outlined in Section 8.3. The following are the
general requirements:
a. The gas equivalent volume (GEV) is to be determined based on the latest
condensate sample analysis.
b. The gas equivalent volume can be determined using the volume fractions,
mole fractions, or mass fractions of the condensate analysis.
c. The gas equivalent volume can be determined using all of the individual
components in the condensate analysis, or the C 5 and/or heavier
components in the sample can be grouped as C5+, C6+, C7+ or other heavier
component groups. If the heavier components are grouped, the gas
equivalent factor for the grouped components must be calculated using the
molecular weight and/or relative density of the grouped components.
4.3.6.1 Compressibility Factors Used in Gas Volume Calculations

Produced or injected gas volume measurements must be corrected for pressure, temperature,
gas composition, and the compressibility of the natural gas.
Exception: For meters that do not require delivery point measurement uncertainty, correction
for compressibility is not required (i.e. a compressibility factor 1.0 can be applied) at operating
pressures ≤ 700.0 kPa(g).

The AGA81 (1992 or later) or Redlich-Kwong with Wichert-Aziz sour gas corrections method
should be used for the calculation of the compressibility factors. However, other methods can
also be used, provided that the licensee documents the reason for their use. Other methods
that could be used are
1. Pitzer et al. with Wichert-Aziz sour gas corrections
2. Dranchuk, Purvis, Robinson with Wichert-Aziz sour gas corrections (Standing and
Katz)
3. Dranchuk, Abou-Kassam with Wichert-Aziz sour gas corrections (Starling)
4. Hall, Yarborough with Wichert-Aziz sour gas corrections
5. ISO 20765-2: Natural Gas – Calculation of thermodynamic Properties – Part 2:
Single-phase Properties (Gas, Liquid, and Dense Fluid) for Extended Ranges of
Application (Groupe Européen de Recherches Gazières, 2008)
ER will also accept the use of methods other than those listed. If others are used, a suitable
reference and comparison to the AGA8 (1992) method or to experimental results and the
justification for use must be documented and provided to ER for inspection on request.
The AGA8 publication includes several approaches for estimating the properties of natural gas
for use in the AGA8 calculation. The full compositional analysis (Detail) method must be used
rather than the less accurate partial composition method.
If paper charts are used, the compressibility factor should be calculated at least once for each
gas chart cycle. Flow computers and other EFM systems used for gas measurement must
calculate and update the compressibility or super compressibility factor at least once for each
hourly quantity transaction record and whenever the gas composition is updated. For more
information on the frequency of compressibility/supercompressibility factor calculating and
updating please refer to API MPMS, chapter 21.1, “Flow Measurement Using Electronic
Metering Systems – Electronic Gas Measurement.”
4.3.6.2 Physical Properties of Natural Gas Components

ER adopts the physical properties contained in the most recent edition of the Gas Processors
Suppliers Association (GPSA) SI Engineering Data Book1 or the Gas Processors Association (GPA)
21451 publication, whichever is the most current. The licensee must ensure that it is using the
up-to-date list. If an EFM system does not have the capability to accept updated physical
constants, then the existing set of physical constants may be used; however, that type of EFM
system must not be used for measurement of processed gas at measurement points that
require delivery point measurement accuracy. For standards, such as AGA8, that have imbedded
physical constants different in value from those in GPA 2145 or GPSA SI Engineering Data Book1,
changes to such standards are not required unless they are made by the standards association.
4.3.7 Data Verification and Audit Trail
4.3.7.1 General
The field data, records, and any calculations or estimations, including EFM calculation or
estimations, relating to ER-required production data submitted to Petrinex must be supplied
1
See Section 4.6: References for complete bibliographical details for these citations.

upon request by ER. The reported data verification and audit trails must be in accordance with
the following:
1. When a bypass around a meter is opened or when, for any reason, gas does not
reach the meter or the recording device, a reasonable estimate of the unmetered
volume must be determined, the method used to determine the estimate must be
documented, and a record of the event must be made.
2. A record must be maintained that identifies the gas stream being metered, the
measurement devices, and all measurements, inputs, times, and events related to
the determination of gas volumes. (See Section 4.3.1 Operations for more detail on
orifice chart recorders). If EFM is used, the required data must be collected and
retained according to Section 4.4.
3. Test records are any documentation produced in the testing or operation of
metering equipment that affects measured volumes. This includes the record
containing volume verification and calibration measurements for all secondary and
tertiary elements.
4. When a gas metering error is discovered, the licensee of the facility must
immediately correct the cause of the error and submit amended monthly
production reports to Petrinex to correct all affected gas volumes.
5. All flared and vented gas must be reported as described in Directive PNG032 –
Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting. Incinerated gas must be
reported as FLARE gas if an incinerator is used in place of a flare stack. This does not
apply to acid gas streams that are incinerated at a gas plant as part of normal
operations; in such cases, the incinerated acid gas must be reported as activity of
Flare and product type of ACID GAS.
6. When the fuel usage, flaring, or venting location is within a gas gathering system but
is not at a licensed entity:
a. it must be reported as an activity associated with the closest licensed facility
(e.g., compressor) within the gas gathering system; or
b. if there is no applicable licensed facility within the gas gathering system, it
must be reported as an activity associated with the gas gathering system
itself.
7. Licensees must not prorate or allocate flared and vented volumes that occur at a
facility to other upstream facilities and/or well locations.
8. Dilution gas, purge gas, or gas used to maintain a minimum heating value of the
flared or incinerated gas must be reported as FLARE. The reported total flare volume
must include all of these gas volumes.
9. Production hours for gas wells designed to operate on an on/off cycle basis, such as
intermittent timers, pump-off controls, plunger lifts, manual on/off, or pump jacks,
that are operating normally and as designed on repeated cycles, and where part of
the operation involves shutdown of pump equipment and/or shut-in as part of the
repeated cycles, are to be considered on production even when the wells are not
flowing. At least one on/off cycle must be completed within a reporting period.
Physical well shut-ins that are not part of a repeated cycle and emergency shutdown
(ESDs) are considered down time. The operation personnel are required to make a

decision based on the operating environment if the wells are not shut in but may or
may not have production.
10. Gas used for instrumentation, pumps, and purging, that is then vented or flared
must be reported as vent gas or flare gas, respectively, on a per-site basis.
4.3.7.2 Gas Lift Systems for Both Oil and Gas Wells
There are four gas source scenarios, and each one may be subject to different measurement,
reporting, and sampling and analysis requirements when gas is injected into the wellbore to
assist in lifting the liquids to the surface.
Scenario 1
There is no external gas source for the lift gas used given the raw gas is being separated and
recirculated continuously at the well with compressor(s). Regular sampling and analysis
frequency for the well type applies (see Section 8.4).
Figure 4.6 Lift gas from existing well – scenario 1
Option 1: No Option 2:
measurement required Measurement required
Lift gas re-injection
Gas m
To Gas Gathering
m System / Gas Plant /
Sales
Hydrocarbon
Separator
Liquid
m
m
Water
Well Scenario 1
m = Measurement Point
Option 1: If the lift gas is taken from upstream of the production measurement point, then
there is no lift gas reporting requirement.
Option 2: If the lift gas is taken from downstream of the production measurement point, then
measurement of the lift gas is required and the total well gas production will be the difference
between the total measured production volume and the measured lift gas volume.
Scenario 2
This scenario applies to the lift gas received back from a downstream gas plant/facility that is
classified as return gas (no royalty implications).
Measurement is required at the battery level for any gas coming back from the gas plant/facility
after sweetening/processing and reported as REC, but such measurement is not delivery point
measurement. Part of this return gas could be used for fuel at the well. The lift gas injected into
the wellbore must be measured and regular sampling and analysis frequency for the well type
applies (see Section 8.4).
There are two possibilities under Scenario 2 (see Figures 4.7 and 4.8).

For proration tested wells, the gas lift volume during the test period must be netted off the total
test gas production volume to determine the estimated gas production volume for each well.
Figure 4.7 Lift gas using return gas from plant – scenario 2a
Test Taps
Well A
Group Gas
Lift Gas Meter Gas
Test Taps m
Meter m Plant Gas
Hydrocarbon
liquid
Sales
m
Water
Well B
m m
Lift Gas Meter
Return Gas
Scenario 2a
For continuously measured wells, the gas lift volume must be netted off the total measured
gas production volume to determine the actual gas production volume for each well.
Figure 4.8 Lift gas using return gas from plant – scenario 2b
Prod. Gas
Meter
m
Hydrocarbon
Liquid
m
Well A
Water
Lift Gas
m
Prod. Gas Meter
Hydrocarbon
Meter liquid Gas Gas
m
Well B Hydrocarbon
Plant Sales
Liquid
m
Water
m m
Lift Gas Meter
Return Gas
Scenario 2b
Scenario 3
This scenario applies to lift gas that comes from royalty exempt sources. The measurement and
reporting requirements are the same as Scenario 2.
The gas sampling and analysis frequency for this type of gas lift well is semiannual.

4.4 Electronic Flow Measurement (EFM) for Gas
An EFM system is defined as any flow measurement and related system that collects data and
performs flow calculations electronically. If it is part of a Distributed Control System (DCS),
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition system (SCADA) or Programmable Logic Controller
system (PLC), only the EFM portion has to meet the requirements in this section.
The following systems are not defined as an EFM:
1. Any meter with an electronic totalizer or pulse counter that does not perform flow
calculations with or without built-in temperature compensation.
2. A Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) that transmits any data other than flow data and
does not calculate flow.
4.4.1 Base Requirements for EFM
If an EFM is used to calculate volumes for ER accounting purpose, the licensee must be able to
verify that it is performing within ER-allowed deviation limits defined in this section.
When any parameter that affects the flow calculation is changed, such as orifice plate size,
meter factor, fluid analysis, or transmitter range, a signoff procedure or an event log must be set
up to ensure that the change is made in the EFM system. All data and reports must be retained
for a minimum of 12 months.
Hardware and software requirements:
1. The EFM data storage capability must exceed the time period used for data transfer
from the EFM system.
2. The EFM system must be provided with the capability to retain data in the event of
a power failure, e.g., battery backup, UPS, EPROM.
3. System access must have appropriate levels of security, with the highest level of
access restricted to authorized personnel.
4. The EFM system must be set to alarm on out-of-range inputs, such as temperature,
pressure, differential pressure (if applicable), flow, low power, and communication
failures.
5. Any EFM configuration changes or forced inputs that affect measurement
computations must be documented either electronically via audit trails or on paper.
The values calculated from forced data must be identified as such.
4.4.2 EFM Performance Evaluation Test
A performance evaluation test must be completed within two weeks after the EFM is put into
service and immediately after any change to the computer program or algorithms that affects
the flow calculation on a per software version basis. The evaluation must be documented for ER
audit purposes on request. For existing EFM systems, ER encourages licensees to conduct their
own performance evaluations. A performance evaluation must be conducted and submitted for
ER audit on request. ER considers either one of the following methods acceptable for
performance evaluation:
1. Conduct a performance evaluation test on the system by inputting known values of
flow parameters into the EFM to verify the volume calculation, coefficient factors,

and other parameters. The first seven test cases included in this section are for gas
orifice meters (AGA3 flow calculations), each with different flow conditions and gas
properties. Test Case 8 is for the AGA7 flow calculation for positive displacement or
linear meters. Other manufacturers’ recommended equations can also be used to
evaluate the EFM performance. The seven AGA3 test cases could also be used to
evaluate any compressibility or super compressibility factors used in other flow
calculations using the same gas composition, pressure, and temperature in the
calculation as inputs.
2. Evaluate the EFM calculation accuracy with a flow calculation checking program that
performs within the allowed deviation limits for all the factors and parameters listed
in the test cases. A snapshot of the instantaneous flow parameters and factors, flow
rates, and configuration information is to be taken from the EFM and input into the
checking program. If the instantaneous EFM flow parameters, factors, and flow
rates are not updated simultaneously, multiple snapshots may have to be taken to
provide a representative evaluation.
Note that some DCS or other control systems have built-in and/or manual input of pressure and
temperature for flow calculations. Since the pressure and temperature are not continuously
updated, they are not acceptable for ER accounting and reporting purposes unless ER approval
is obtained.
The volumetric flow rate (Q) obtained from a performance evaluation test must agree to within
±0.25 per cent of those recorded on the sample test cases or other flow calculation checking
programs. If the ±0.25 per cent limit is exceeded, the EFM must be subjected to a detailed
review of the calculation algorithm to resolve the deviation problem. For gas orifice meters, if
no AGA3 factor or parameter outputs are available, the acceptable volumetric gas flow rate limit
is lowered to ±0.15 per cent.
Test Cases 1 to 7 for Verification of Orifice Meter Gas Flow Calculation Programs
ER has developed test cases to verify that the EFM system correctly calculates gas flow rates
from orifice meters. The seven test cases were calculated on the following basis:
1. They are for flange taps only.
2. The atmospheric pressure is assumed to be 93.08 kPa(a) (13.5 psia).
3. The heaviest carbon component was assumed to be normal heptane.
4. The ideal gas relative density was converted to the real gas relative density.
5. The same static pressure value is used for pressure taps that are located upstream
(U/S) or downstream (D/S) of the orifice plate.
6. The AGA3 (1985) results were calculated based on upstream conditions for both
upstream and downstream static pressure tap in imperial units and the Y2 factor is
also provided for reference. The metric conversion factor for the calculated gas
volume is 0.02831685. The compressibility factors were calculated using the
Redlich-Kwong (RK) equation with the Wichert-Aziz correction for sour gas.
7. The AGA3 (1990) results were calculated using the Detail AGA8 (1992)
compressibility factor calculation and using the upstream expansion factor Y1, as
recommended by the AGA3 (1990), Part 1, Section 1.8, even though the pressure
tap may be downstream of the orifice plate. The Y2 factor is also provided for
reference when applicable.

8. The orifice plate material is assumed to be 316 stainless steel and the meter run to
be carbon steel at reference temperature of 20C, isentropic exponent (k) = 1.3,
viscosity = 0.010268 centipoise.
9. The standard conditions of101.325 kPa[abs] and 15.0°C are used in the calculated
temperature base factor (Ftb) and pressure base factor (Fpb).
Test Case 8 for Verification of AGA7 Gas Flow Calculation Programs
ER has developed a test case to verify that the EFM system correctly calculates gas flow rates
using the AGA7 equations. The test case was calculated on the following basis:
1. The heaviest carbon component was assumed to be normal heptane.
2. The compressibility factors were calculated using the Detail AGA8 (1992) or the
Redlich-Kwong (RK) equation with the Wichert-Aziz correction for sour gas.
Table 4.3. Allowable deviation limits for the AGA3 (1985) equation
AGA3 (1985) factors Allowed deviation limit from test cases
Y, Fa, Fr, and Ftf ±0.01%
Fb ±0.1%
Fgr, Fpv ±0.2%
Q ±0.25% or ±0.15% without the above factors
Table 4.4. Allowable deviation limits for the AGA3 (1990) equation
AGA3 (1990) factors Allowed deviation limit from test cases
Y1, and Ev ±0.01%
Cd and Zb ±0.1%
Zf ±0.2%
Table 4.5. Allowable deviation limits for the AGA7 equation

AGA7 factors Allowed deviation limit from test cases
Fpm (flowing pressure)
and ±0.1%
Ftm (flowing temperature)
S (compressibility) ±0.2%

TEST CASE 1 (for AGA3 Flow Calculations)

Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0184 iC4 - 0.0081
CO2 - 0.0000 nC4 - 0.0190
H2S - 0.0260 iC5 - 0.0038
C1 - 0.7068 nC5 - 0.0043
C2 - 0.1414 C6 - 0.0026
C3 - 0.0674 C7 - 0.0022
Ideal gas relative density - 0.7792
Meter Data (flange taps)

Meter run I.D. - 52.370 mm (2.0618 inches)
Orifice I.D. - 9.525 mm (0.375 inches)
Flow Data (24 hr)

Static pressure - 2818.09 kPa(a) (408.73 psia)
Differential pressure - 10.2000 kPa (40.9897 inches H2O)
Flowing temperature - 57.0C (134.600F)
Gas Volume Result

AGA3 (1985) AGA3 (1990)
Factors U/S Tap D/S Tap Factors U/S Tap D/S Tap
Fb 28.4286 28.4286 Cd 0.5990 0.5990
Y1 0.9989 0.9989 Y1 0.9989 0.9989
Y2 N/A 1.0007 Y2 N/A 1.0007
Ftb 0.9981 0.9981 Ev 1.0005 1.0005
Fgr 1.1308 1.1308 Zb 0.9959 0.9959
Fa 1.0012 1.0012 Zf 0.9280 0.9277
Fr 1.0006 1.0006 Q 2.7478 2.7531 103 m3/24 hr
Fpb 1.0023 1.0023
Ftf 0.9351 0.9351
Fpv 1.0360 1.0361
C' 31.175 31.179
3 3
Q 2.7422 2.7475 10 m /24 hr


Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0156 iC4 - 0.0044
CO2 - 0.0216 nC4 - 0.0075
H2S - 0.1166 iC5 - 0.0028
C1 - 0.7334 nC5 - 0.0024
C2 - 0.0697 C6 - 0.0017
C3 - 0.0228 C7 - 0.0015

Flow Data (24 hr)

Gas Volume Result

AGA3 (1985) AGA3 (1990)
Fb 733.697 733.697 Cd 0.6019 0.6019
Y1 0.9996 0.9996 Y1 0.9996 0.9996
Y2 N/A 1.0002 Y2 N/A 1.0003
Ftb 0.9981 0.9981 Ev 1.0244 1.0244
Fgr 1.1564 1.1564 Zb 0.9967 0.9967
Fa 1.0010 1.0010 Zf 0.8098 0.8097
Fr 1.0002 1.0002 Q 146.08 146.18 103 m3/24 hr
Fpb 1.0023 1.0023
Ftf 0.9452 0.9452
Fpv 1.1072 1.1073
C' 888.905 889.000
3 3
Q 145.93 146.03 10 m /24 hr


Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0500 iC4 - 0.0000
CO2 - 0.1000 nC4 - 0.0000
H2S - 0.2000 iC5 - 0.0000
C1 - 0.6000 nC5 - 0.0000
C2 - 0.0500 C6 - 0.0000
C3 - 0.0000 C7 - 0.0000

Flow Data (24 hr)

Gas Volume Result

AGA3 (1985) AGA3 (1990)
Fb 30429.66 30429.66 Cd 0.6029 0.6029
Y1 0.9993 0.9993 Y1 0.9993 0.9993
Y2 N/A 1.0004 Y2 N/A 1.0004
Ftb 0.9981 0.9981 Ev 1.0375 1.0375
Fgr 1.1028 1.1028 Zb 0.9968 0.9968
Fa 1.0013 1.0013 Zf 0.8216 0.8213
Fr 1.0001 1.0001 Q 8564.77 8575.48 103 m3/24 hr
Fpb 1.0023 1.0023
Ftf 0.9309 0.9309
Fpv 1.1076 1.1078
C' 34636.6 34643.21
Q 8603.19 8614.04 103 m3/24 hr


Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0029 iC4 - 0.0000
CO2 - 0.0258 nC4 - 0.0000
H2S - 0.0000 iC5 - 0.0000
C1 - 0.9709 nC5 - 0.0000
C2 - 0.0003 C6 - 0.0000
C3 - 0.0001 C7 - 0.0000

Flow Data (24 hr)

Gas Volume Result

AGA3 (1985) AGA3 (1990)
Fb 2694.965 2694.97 Cd 0.6047 0.6047
Y1 0.9998 0.9998 Y1 0.9998 0.9998
Y2 N/A 1.0001 Y2 N/A 1.0001
Ftb 0.9981 0.9981 Ev 1.0759 1.0759
Fgr 1.3116 1.3116 Zb 0.9980 0.9980
Fa 1.0001 1.0001 Zf 0.8425 0.8425
Fr 1.0002 1.0002 Q 503.44 503.63 103 m3/24 hr
Fpb 1.0023 1.0023
Ftf 0.9884 0.9884
Fpv 1.0843 1.0843
C' 3790.16 3790.31
3 3
Q 501.64 501.82 10 m /24 hr


Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0235 iC4 - 0.0088
CO2 - 0.0082 nC4 - 0.0169
H2S - 0.0021 iC5 - 0.0035
C1 - 0.7358 nC5 - 0.0031
C2 - 0.1296 C6 - 0.0014
C3 - 0.0664 C7 - 0.0007

Flow Data (24 hr)

Gas Volume Result
AGA3 (1985) AGA3 (1990)

Fb 3111.24 3111.24 Cd 0.6042 0.6041
Y1 0.9894 0.9897 Y1 0.9894 0.9897
Y2 N/A 1.0044 Y2 N/A 1.0044
Ftb 0.9981 0.9981 Ev 1.0822 1.0822
Fgr 1.1485 1.1485 Zb 0.9962 0.9962
Fa 1.0005 1.0005 Zf 0.9240 0.9217
Fr 1.0001 1.0001 Q 799.83 813.00 103 m3/24 hr
Fpb 1.0023 1.0023
Ftf 0.9695 0.9695
Fpv 1.0382 1.0394
C' 3561.90 3567.34
3 3
Q 800.22 813.37 10 m /24 hr


Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0268 iC4 - 0.0123
CO2 - 0.0030 nC4 - 0.0274
H2S - 0.0000 iC5 - 0.0000
C1 - 0.6668 nC5 - 0.0000
C2 - 0.1434 C6 - 0.0180
C3 - 0.1023 C7 - 0.0000

Flow Data (24 hr)

Gas Volume Result

AGA3 (1985) AGA3 (1990)
Fb 115.138 115.138 Cd 0.6005 0.6005
Y1 0.9978 0.9978 Y1 0.9978 0.9978
Y2 N/A 1.0012 Y2 N/A 1.0012
Ftb 0.9981 0.9981 Ev 1.0088 1.0088
Fgr 1.0902 1.0902 Zb 0.9951 0.9951
Fa 0.9996 0.9996 Zf 0.8588 0.8578
3 3
Fr 1.0003 1.0003 Q 14.687 14.746 10 m /24 hr
Fpb 1.0023 1.0023
Ftf 1.0148 1.0148
Fpv 1.0708 1.0714
C' 136.15 136.22
3 3
Q 14.602 14.660 10 m /24 hr


Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0070 iC4 - 0.0062
CO2 - 0.0400 nC4 - 0.0090
H2S - 0.0000 iC5 - 0.0052
C1 - 0.8720 nC5 - 0.0016
C2 - 0.0340 C6 - 0.0000
C3 - 0.0250 C7 - 0.0000

Flow Data (24 hr)

Flowing temperature - 1.67C (35F)
Gas Volume Result

AGA3 (1985) AGA3 (1990)
Fb 50.523 50.523 Cd 0.6006 0.6006
Y1 0.9933 0.9935 Y1 0.9933 0.9934
Y2 N/A 1.0039 Y2 N/A 1.0039
Ftb 0.9981 0.9981 Ev 1.0017 1.0017
Fgr 1.2190 1.2190 Zb 0.9973 0.9973
Fa 0.9994 0.9994 Zf 0.9905 0.9903
Fr 1.0018 1.0018 Q 1.4335 1.4489 103 m3/24 hr
Fpb 1.0023 1.0023
Ftf 1.0250 1.0250
Fpv 1.0035 1.0036
C' 63.013 63.029
3 3
Q 1.4263 1.4416 10 m /24 hr


Gas Analysis
N2 - 0.0268 iC4 - 0.0123
CO2 - 0.0030 nC4 - 0.0274
H2S - 0.0000 iC5 - 0.0000
C1 - 0.6668 nC5 - 0.0000
C2 - 0.1434 C6 - 0.0180
C3 - 0.1023 C7 - 0.0000
Flow Data (24 hr)

Uncorrected volume - 128.0 103m3
Gas Volume Result

AGA7 (Volumetric Flow)
Factors
Fpm 24.6784
Fpb 1.0023
Ftm 1.0298
Ftb 0.9981
Using AGA8 compressibility equations,
S 1.1588
Q 3770.9 103 m3/24 hr
Using RK compressibility equations,

S 1.1467
Q 3731.6 103 m3/24 hr

4.5 Measurement Reports for EFM Systems
The required information on each report must be stored using electronic media (not necessarily
on the EFM) or printed media and can exist individually on different formats or reports and
generated on demand for audit, as follows:
1. Daily for daily report required data
2. Monthly for monthly report required data
3. Event and alarm logs at regular intervals before information is overwritten
4. Meter reports generated on request for audit
4.5.1 Daily Report
The daily report must include:

1. Meter identification
2. Daily accumulated flow, with indicating flags for estimated flows made by the
system or by the operation personnel and alarms that have occurred for over-
ranging of end devices
3. Hours on production or hours of flow (specify)
4. Flow data audit trail – include at least one of the following:
a. Instantaneous values for flow rate, differential pressure (if applicable), static
pressure, and temperature taken at the same time each day, or
b. Average daily values for differential pressure (if applicable), static pressure,
and temperature, or
c. Hourly accumulated flow rate and average hourly values for differential
pressure (if applicable), static pressure, and temperature
Existing EFM systems that do not have any of the audit trail capabilities specified in Section 4.5,
and cannot develop the capability due to system limitations, should be evaluated for upgrading,
especially when new production is tied into the facilities. ER may request upgrades, where
audit/inspection results indicate they are warranted.
4.5.2 Monthly Report
This report is for the entire system, providing data for each measurement point. It is to contain
the following at each measurement point as applicable:
1. Monthly cumulative flow
2. Flags indicating any change made to flow volumes
3. Total hours on production or hours of flow (specify)

4.5.3 Meter Report
The meter report details the configuration of each meter and flow calculation information.
These values are used as part of the audit trail to confirm that the flow calculation is functioning
correctly. Without them there is no way of verifying the accuracy of the system. The meter
report must include the following as applicable and be produced on request by ER:
1. Instantaneous Flow Data, including:
a. Instantaneous flow rate
b. Instantaneous static pressure
c. Instantaneous differential pressure
d. Instantaneous flowing temperature
e. Instantaneous relative density (if live)
f. Instantaneous compressibility (if live)
g. Instantaneous gas component (if live)
h. Optional: instantaneous (AGA3) factors (see the orifice meter test cases in
Section 4.4.2 for output information)
2. Current Configuration Information for Differential Meters or Other Types of Meters,
whichever are applicable:
a. Meter identification
b. Date and time
c. Contract hour
d. Atmospheric pressure
e. Pressure base (unless fixed)
f. Temperature base (unless fixed)
g. Meter tube reference inside diameter
h. Orifice plate reference bore size
i. Static pressure tap location
j. Orifice plate material
k. Meter tube material
l. Calibrated static pressure range
m. Calibrated differential pressure range
n. Calibrated temperature range
o. High/low differential cutoff
p. Relative density (if not live)
q. Compressibility (if not live)
r. Gas components (if not live)

s. Meter factor and/or K-Factor

t. Effluent correction factor
4.5.4 Event Log
This log is used to note and record exceptions and changes to the flow parameter, configuration,
programming, and database affecting flow calculations, such as, but not limited to:
1. Orifice size change
2. Transmitter range change
3. Date of gas/liquid analysis update
4. Algorithm changes
5. Meter factor, K-Factor, or effluent correction factor changes
6. Other manual inputs
4.5.5 Alarm Log
The alarm log includes any alarms that may have an effect on the measurement accuracy of the
system. The time of each alarm condition and the time of clearing of each alarm must be
recorded. Alarms to be reported must include, but are not limited to,
1. Master terminal unit failures
2. Remote terminal unit failures
3. Communication failures
4. Low-power warning
5. High differential pressure (for differential measurement devices)
6. High/low volumetric flow rate (for other types of measurement)
7. Over-ranging of end devices

4.6 References
American Gas Association Transmission Measurement Committee Report No. 8 (AGA8),

November 1992. Compressibility and Supercompressibility for Natural Gas and Other
Hydrocarbon Gases.
Dranchuk, P.M., and Abou-Kassam, J.H., “Calculation of Z Factors for Natural Gases Using
Equations of State,” The Journal of Canadian Petroleum Technology, Vol. 14, No. 3, July-
September 1975, pp. 34-36.
Dranchuk, P.M., Purvis, R.A., and Robinson, D.B., “Computer Calculation of Natural Gas
Compressibility Factors Using the Standing and Katz Correlation,” Institute of Petroleum
Technical Series No. 1, IP 74-008, 1974.
Gas Processors Association, GPA 2145: “Table of Physical Constants for Hydrocarbons and Other
Compounds of Interest to the Natural Gas Industry.”
Gas Processors Suppliers Association, SI Engineering Data Book.
Hall, K.R., and Yarborough, L., “A New Equation of State for Z Factor Calculations,” The Oil and
Gas Journal, June 18, 1973, pp. 82-92.
Pitzer, K.S., Lippman, D.Z., Curl, R.F., Huggins, C.M., and Petersen, D.E., “The Volumetric and
Thermodynamic Properties of Fluids II. Compressibility Factor, Vapour Pressure and Entropy of
Vapourization,” Journal of the American Chemical Society, Vol. 77, No. 13, July 1955.
Redlich, O., and Kwong, J.N.S., “On the Thermodynamics of Solutions. V. An Equation of State.
Fugacities of Gaseous Solutions,” Chemical Review 44, 1949, pp. 233-244.
Wichert, E., and Aziz, K., “Calculate Z’s for Sour Gases,” Hydrocarbon Processing, Vol. 51, May
1972, pp. 119-122.
Yarborough, L., and Hall, K.R., “How to Solve Equation of State for Z-Factors,” The Oil and Gas
Journal, February 18, 1974, pp. 86-88

5 Site-Specific Deviation from Base Requirements

Section 1: Standards of Accuracy states that a licensee may deviate from ER’s minimum
measurement, accounting, and reporting requirements without specific approval if no royalty,
equity, public safety, environmental, or reservoir engineering concerns are associated with the
volumes being measured and the licensee is able to demonstrate that the alternative
measurement equipment and/or procedures will provide measurement accuracy within the
applicable uncertainties.
This section describes situations where a licensee may deviate from the minimum requirements
without ER approval, provided that specific criteria are met. Licensees may also apply for
approval to deviate from the minimum requirements if the specific criteria are not met; this
section indicates what information must be included in such an application. If these exceptions
or approvals are in use, ER inspectors and auditors will review the licensee’s records for
demonstrated compliance with the criteria specified in this section or in the applicable approval.
5.1 Site-specific Exceptions
Deviation from base measurement, accounting, and reporting requirements is allowed without
submission of an application to ER, provided that all the qualifying criteria listed under the
subsequent Exception sections are met.
Qualifying Criteria – These criteria detailed in the subsequent sections must be met to qualify
for the exception. If the qualifying criteria have been met and the exception is implemented, it
may remain in place indefinitely, as long as it does not meet any of the revocation
clauses and no physical additions to the facility are made, e.g., new wells or stratigraphic units
or zones. If additions or changes are made to the facility, the qualifying criteria must be met for
all the wells or stratigraphic units or zones added to the facility for the exception to remain in
place.
Documentation Requirement – The license must retain all the data and documentation to
support the qualifying criteria and the last three testing records (if applicable) for as long as the
exception is in effect. ER may revoke an exception when the licensee fails to produce the
supporting data or documentation during an audit or inspection. The licensee will have thirty
days to meet the applicable base requirements or at ER’s discretion, the licensee can negotiate a
plan to comply with the exception requirements within an ER-approved timeframe.
5.2 Site-specific Applications
If the exception criteria cannot be met or if a specific situation is not covered in this section, the
licensee may be allowed to deviate from base measurement, accounting, and reporting
requirements upon approval of an application submitted to ER.
A licensee may apply to deviate from base measurement, acccounting and reporting
requirements site-specific measurement exemption through the IRIS generic application
process.
(see http://www.saskatchewan.ca/business/agriculture-natural-resources-and-industry/oil-and-
gas/oil-and-gas-licensing-operations-and-requirements/oil-and-gas-drilling-and-
operations/measurement-requirements/apply-for-a-measurement-exemption )
Site-specific approvals will remain in place indefinitely, unless otherwise stated in approval,
including after transfer of the facility to another licensee provided that conditions specified in

the approval are met. If an ER audit or inspection finds that approval conditions are not being
met, the approval may be revoked and the licensee may be required to meet applicable base
requirements immediately, or other appropriate requirements may be specified.
If a licensee anticipates that proposed changes to the facility may not meet the approval
conditions, the licensee may reconfigure the facility to meet base measurement, accounting,
and reporting requirements or submit a new application for site-specific approval of deviation
from the base requirements. Approval must be in place prior to implementation. Submission of
an application does not guarantee that an approval will be granted.
The following information is required for all applications for site-specific deviation from base
requirements. Other specific information that may be required is described in the applicable
sections that follow.
1. Well and/or facility list, including:
a. Reporting facility ID, facility licence (optional), facility subtype and surface
location(s)
b. Well information including – well UWI (i.e. unique well identifier), well
licence
c. Project ID, where applicable
d. Respective pool or stratigraphic unit or zone designations and unique
identifier for each stratigraphic unit or zone
e. Indication as to unit or non-unit operation, if applicable
f. Mineral ownership type (i.e. Crown/Freehold)
g. Ownership and royalty equity issues, if any
If there are multiple owners each owner must be notified through the
Public Notice found in Directive PNG009: Public Notice Requirements.
With the submission of the application please provide a copy of the
notice. If the owner does object then the licensee is required to notify
the Ministy of Energy and Resources.
h. Up-to-date measurement schematic(s) for the existing system(s) and the
proposed new gas or oil source(s), including all tie-in locations, if applicable
i. A detailed description of the new proposed operating procedure
j. A detailed description including the production accounting formulas for how
the volumetrics will be determined
2. Justifications for deviation from measurement requirements, e.g., economics,
minimal impact on measurement accuracy.
5.3 Chart Cycles Extended Beyond the Required Time Period
Chart cycle is the time required for a circular chart to complete one 360.0o revolution. An
extension of the required chart cycle time may be applicable under the following scenarios:
1. The gas well orifice meter chart cycle is greater than eight days;
2. The single-well oil battery orifice gas meter chart cycle is greater than 24.0 hours; or

3. The Class 3 and 4 oil well test orifice gas meter chart cycle is greater than eight days.
Mixing of wells with EFM systems and wells using extended cycle paper charts within the same
battery is allowed without approval from ER.
Group, sales, or delivery point meters and Class 1 and 2 oil well test gas meters do not qualify
for exception from chart cycle requirements, and approvals for extension of the chart cycle for
those meters will not normally be granted.
5.3.1 Exception
Orifice meter gas chart cycles may be extended without ER site-specific approval if all the
qualifying criteria in Section 5.3.1.1 are met.
5.3.1.1 Qualifying Criteria

Qualifying criteria that must be met includes the following:
1. For a gas multi-well battery, all wells in the battery are gas wells. A single-well
battery does not qualify for this exception on its own; the entire group battery or
gas gathering system must be considered.
2. For an oil battery, all wells in the battery are oil wells, and each well is linked to
either an oil single-well battery or to an oil multi-well group battery, where each
well has its own separation and measurement equipment.
3. All wells are subjected to the same type of measurement (all well production is
separated and all separated streams are measured, or all well production is subject
to effluent measurement) and the same chart cycle.
4. All wells flowing to the battery:
a. have common working interest ownership, and if there is no common
ownership, written notification has been provided to all working interest
participants and no objections have been received;
b. have either common Crown or common Freehold royalties. If there are no
common Crown or common Freehold royalties and only Freehold royalties
are involved, written notification has been given to all Freehold royalty
owners. If the owner does object then the licensee is required to notify the
Ministy of Energy and Resources.
5. The monthly average volumetric gas flow rate for each well is ≤ 16.9 103m3/day
including the gas equivalent of condensate in the case of gas well measurement.
6. The differential pen records at ≥ 33.0 per cent within the chart range, and the static
pressure pen should record at ≥ 20.0 per cent within the chart range. Painted traces
must not exceed 4.0 per cent of the differential pressure or static pressure range.
Painting occurs when there are quick up and down movements of the pen and there
is no visible separation between the up and down traces for a period of time.
7. Temperature must be recorded at a minimum of once per week and if that is not
possible, then continuous temperature measurement (temperature pen) is
required.
8. The wells that are within the same battery as the extended chart cycle wells and are
designed for and/or operate on on/off flows, e.g., plunger lifts, pump-off controls,

intermittent timers, must be measured using EFM. In addition, an extended chart

cycle with EFM is allowed.
Exemption: wells producing gas at a rate ≤ 3.0 103m3/day do not have to meet qualifying criteria
6 to 8 to qualify for extended chart cycles; however, all other criteria must be met.
5.3.1.2 Revocation of Exception

If any of the following scenarios exists or occurs, the exception is revoked:
1. Gas from an oil battery is delivered to a gas battery.
2. There is mixed measurement within the battery other than with EFM.
3. The oil well is not linked to either an oil single-well battery or to an oil multi-well
group battery where each well has its own separation and measurement
equipment.
4. The working interest participants for any well flowing to the battery have changed
and a new working interest participant objects to the exception.
5. Any well within the battery exceeds the 16.9 103m3/day monthly average gas
production rate for three months including gas equivalent of condensate for gas
wells.
6. Painted traces for any well exceeded 4.0 per cent of the differential pressure range
or the static pressure range.
7. A new well with on/off flows is added to an effluent measurement battery or one or
more of the existing wells has been modified to operate on on/off flows but EFM is
not used.
Base measurement requirements must be reinstated if the exception is revoked due to any
of the scenarios stated in Section 5.3.1.2.
5.3.2 Applications
The following information must be submitted with an application to extend orifice meter gas
chart cycles if the criteria in Section 5.3.1.1 are not met:
1. All of the information listed in Section 5.2.
2. If there is no common ownership or no common Crown or common Freehold
royalty, documentation to address royalty and equity issues demonstrating that
written notification was given to all Freehold mineral owners and working interest
participants, with no resulting objection received.
3. A discussion of the impact on measurement accuracy of intermingling base chart
cycles and extended chart cycles in a common battery and how it may relate to
concerns about working interest equity and/or royalty considerations.
4. A minimum of two current, consecutive, representative gas charts. Additionally, the
licensee has the option to run the charts on the proposed chart cycle to gather test
data for submission and then revert back to the required chart cycle after a
maximum test period of 31 days. The original copies of any such charts created
must be submitted with the application. The trial run must be clearly identified on
the charts.

5.3.3 Considerations for Site-specific Approval
1. Differential and static pressures are stable, with essentially uninterrupted flow:
a. On/off flow as designed, including plunger lifts, pump-off controls,
intermittent timers, etc., that cause painting or spiking, do not normally
qualify for chart cycle extension.
b. The effects of painting are minimized. The amount of painting that is
acceptable is decided case by case.
c. The differential pen should record at ≥ 33.0 per cent within the chart range
and the static pressure pen should record at ≥ 20.0 per cent within the chart
range.
2. There are minimal equity and royalty concerns.
3. Reservoir engineering concerns: the concern for well measurement accuracy
declines, from a reservoir perspective, as the pool depletes. The applicant must
provide its assessment/opinion, but ER has to decide on a case-by-case basis if the
concerns are relevant.
4. All gas meters producing into the same group measurement point use the same
chart cycle, so that they are subject to the same type of error.
5.4 Gas Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan Shallow Gas Stratigraphic Units
For wells outside the boundary of and/or producing from stratigraphic units other than those
approved for the SW Saskatchewan Shallow Gas Stratigraphic Units (see Section 7.2), it may be
acceptable to use a proration system for gas well production instead of having measurement for
every well. If a proration system is implemented, all wells linked to the battery for reporting
purposes must be subject to the proration system.
5.4.1 Exception
Gas wells may be produced without individual well measurement and be physically connected
to a proration battery without ER site-specific approval if all the qualifying criteria in Section
5.4.1.1 are met.

1. All wells are classified as gas wells.
a. have common ownership, and where there is no common ownership,
written notification has been provided to all working interest participants
and no objections have been received;
owners. If the owner does object then the licensee is required to notify ER.

3. The licensee has discussed and addressed reservoir engineering issues with its own
reservoir engineering staff or external knowledgeable personnel to ensure minimal
reservoir engineering concerns and has documented the results for audit.
4. Total liquid production at each well in the battery is ≤ 2.0 m3/day based on the
monthly average flow rates recorded during the six months prior to conversion. If a
group of new wells not previously on production are to be constructed as a
proration battery, the qualifying flow rates must be based on production tests
conducted under the anticipated operating conditions of the proration battery.
5. The maximum average daily well gas flow rate of all wells in the battery is ≤ 10.0 103
m3/day including gas equivalent volume of condensate, with the highest daily well
flow rate ≤ 16.9 103m3 including gas equivalent volume of condensate and except as
allowed below in item 8. If an existing battery with measured gas well production is
being converted to a proration battery, qualifying flow rates must be based on the
monthly average flow rates recorded during the six consecutive months prior to
conversion. If a group of new wells not previously on production are to be
constructed as a proration battery, the qualifying flow rates must be based on
production tests conducted under the anticipated operating conditions of the
proration battery.
6. Periodic well tests are conducted under normal operating conditions to determine
hourly flow rates that will be used to estimate monthly well production based on
monthly well operating hours. The well tests are conducted for a minimum of 12.0
hours, and all gas, condensate, and water volumes are separated and measured
during the test. For gas wells with minimal water production of ≤ 0.01 m3 water/103
m3 gas and no condensate or oil, the testing duration must be sufficient to clearly
establish stabilized flow rates and unseparated single-phase testing is allowed.
7. Following the commencement of production at the proration battery, all wells are
tested within the first month, then again within six months, and then annually after
that. New wells added to the battery at some future date must be tested within the
first month of production, then again within six months, and then annually after
that.
8. For new wells tying into a gas proration battery and that will be producing > 16.9
103m3/day but that are expected to drop to ≤ 16.9 103m3/day within six months,
every well must be tested monthly for the first six months with a separator or until
the production rate has stabilized and annually thereafter. If the gas production
rate for any of the wells is > 16.9 103m3/day after six months of production or the
liquid production rate is > 2.0 m3/day, a separator must be installed to continuously
separate and measure the well production, the well must be linked to a different
battery reporting facility ID for reporting purposes, and the measurement-by-
difference rules in Section 5.5 apply in this scenario.
9. The flow rates established from the well tests are used to determine estimated
monthly well production from the date of the test until the date of the next test,
except that the test conducted during the first month of production is also used to
estimate the wells’ production for the producing days prior to the test. The total
measured group gas and liquid production are prorated to the wells, based on each
well’s estimated production, to determine the reported well production.

5.4.1.2 Revocation of Exception

1. An oil well is added to the battery, or one or more of the existing gas wells has been
reclassified as an oil well.
2. The maximum average daily flow rate of all wells in the battery for any month is >
10.0 103m3/day, or the highest single well flow rate is > 16.9 103m3/day except as
allowed in Section 5.4.1.1, item 8.
3. Total liquid volume is > 2.0 m3/day during a 24.0 hour test period or prorated to
24.0 hours if the test period is not 24.0 hours.
4. A new well has been added to the proration battery with a daily flow rate > 16.9
103m3 except as allowed in Section 5.4.1.1 item 8 or whose additional volume will
cause the average daily well gas flow rate of all wells in the battery to be > 10.0
103m3/day.
5. Wells within the proration battery or new wells added to the battery were not
tested as required.
6. The gas proration methodology in item 10 under Qualifying Criteria in Section
5.4.1.1 was not followed.
Base measurement requirements must be reinstated if the exception is revoked due to any of
the scenarios listed above.
5.4.2 Applications
The following information must be submitted with an application to use a proration system,
instead of individual gas well measurement, to determine gas well production if the criteria in
Section 5.4.1.1 are not met:
1. All of the information listed in Section 5.2;
2. A discussion of the stage of depletion for pools involved and the impact of any
reduction in well measurement accuracy that may result from gas proration as it
relates to reservoir engineering data needs - discussion of this matter by the
licensee with its own reservoir engineering staff or knowledgeable external
personnel is required and must be addressed in the application;
3. A clear explanation and flow diagram of proposed well and group measurement
devices and locations, the proposed accounting and reporting procedures, and the
proposed method and frequency of testing;
1. All wells must be classified as gas wells.

2. There are minimal equity, royalty, and reservoir engineering concerns.
3. All wells should have similar flow rates.

4. Economic considerations: Would implementation of a proration system reduce

costs enough to significantly extend operations? Have other options been
considered?
5. Total liquid production at each well in the battery should be ≤ 2.0 m3/day based on
the monthly average flow rates recorded during the six months prior to conversion.
If a group of new wells not previously on production are to be constructed as a
proration battery, the qualifying flow rates must be based on production tests
conducted under the anticipated operating conditions of the proration battery.
5.5 Measurement by Difference
Measurement by difference (MbD) is defined as any situation where an unmeasured volume is

determined by taking the difference between two or more measured volumes. It results in the
unmeasured volume absorbing all the measurement uncertainty associated with the measured
volumes. In the scenario of a proration battery, either effluent measurement or periodic testing
without continuous measurement, new gas or oil source errors may be difficult to detect
because the proration testing errors in the original system can hide the new source errors.
Despite these concerns, a properly designed and operated measurement system can minimize
the risk and attain reasonable accuracy, provided that the measured source gas or oil rates are a
small proportion of the total system delivery rates. MbD is not allowed for multi-well group
batteries, single-well batteries, or sales points unless a site-specific approval is obtained from ER
prior to implementation.
5.5.1 Gas MbD
For proration batteries, MbD can include, but is not limited to, the following scenarios.
Note: All schematics are examples only; systems may be configured differently.
Scenario 1
Measured gas source(s) other than from the designated SW Saskatchewan Shallow Gas
Stratigraphic Units delivering into a Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Battery (Figure
5.1):

Figure 5.1 Measured gas source delivering into a gas multi-well proration SW Saskatchewan
battery
Test Taps
SW Saskatchewan
Shallow Gas Wells
Gas Well
Test Taps Group Gas To Gathering
m System or
Sales
Gas Well Test Taps
Separator
Produced
Gas Well Water
Gas
m
Measured Gas
Source
m
Gas Well
Scenario 2
Measured gas source(s) delivering into a Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan
Battery (Figure 5.2):
Figure 5.2 Measured gas source delivering into a gas multi-well proration outside SW
Saskatchewan battery
Test Taps
Proration Gas Wells Outside
SW Saskatchewan
Shallow Gas Stratigraphic
Units
Gas Well To Gathering
Test Taps System or
Group Gas Sales
m
Group
Gas Well Test Taps
Separator
Condensat e
m
Gas Well
Gas
Produced
Water
m
Measured Gas
Source
m
Gas Well

Scenario 3
Measured gas source(s) delivering into a gas multi-well effluent measurement battery with
battery condensate separated, metered and recombined with battery gas (Figure 5.3):
Figure 5.3 Measured gas sources delivering into a gas multi-well effluent measurement
battery with battery condensate separated, metered, and recombined with battery
gas
m
Wet To Gas
Group G as
Measurement
m Gathering
Gas Well A System
Group
Line
Heater m
m Group Condensate
Wet
Measurement
Gas Well B
m Water Disposal
Wet
Measurement
Gas Well C
Gas
m
Measured Gas
Source
m
Gas Well D
Scenario 4
Measured gas source(s) delivering into a gas multi-well effluent measurement battery with
battery condensate separated and sent to a tank for disposition to sales. (Figure 5.4): Note that
this scenario can also occur at gas multi-well proration batteries outside SW Saskatchewan.
In this scenario, the condensate from the measured gas source is reported as a liquid
condensate disposition to the effluent battery, rather than being included in the measured gas
volume. If this reporting option is used, the following conditions must be adhered to:
1. MbD ratios and qualifying criteria for both gas and oil (condensate) are applicable at
the effluent battery (see Section 5.5.3).
2. The condensate meter at the measured gas source must meet delivery point
measurement requirements and be proven to base conditions.
3. A live condensate sample and analysis must be obtained at the measured gas source
and used to conduct a flash simulation analysis to calculate a GIS at the measured
gas source. The liquid condensate disposition from the measured gas source will be
the metered condensate and the gas disposition will be the metered gas volume
plus the calculated GIS.
4. The effluent battery condensate production will be the battery disposition minus
the measured gas source condensate receipt plus change in inventory.

Figure 5.4 Measured gas sources delivering into a gas multi-well effluent measurement
battery with battery condensate separated and sent to a tank for disposition to
sales
m
Wet Group G as To Gas
Measurement
m Gathering
Gas Well System
Group
Line Heater m
Wet
Measurement Condensat e
Disposition
Gas Well
m Water Disposal
Wet
Measurement
Gas Well
Gas
m
Measured Gas
Source
m
Gas Well Water Disposal

Scenario 5
Measured gas source(s) delivering into an oil multi-well proration battery (Figure 5.5):
Figure 5.5 Measured gas sources delivering into a crude oil multi-well proration battery
m m Flare
Compressor
Gas to Gathering
Gas Well m System, Gas
Measured
Gas Source Plant or Sales
Fuel m
Vented Gas
m m
Oil Well
Group
Test
m Treater Oil Oil

m
Storage Sales
Oil Well
Oil Well Water m Water

Storage Disposal
For the measured gas source(s), the applicable condensate metering and reporting option
described in Table 5.6 in Section 5.5.5 must be used.

Scenario 6
Measured oil facility delivering gas into a gas multi-well proration battery (Figure 5.6):
Figure 5.6 Measured oil facility gas delivering into a gas multi-well proration battery
m Ef fluent
Measurement
Group Gas To Gas
m Gathering
Gas Well A Group System
Group
Line
Heater m Condensate
m
Ef fluent
Measurement
Gas Well B
Water
m Disposal
Ef fluent
Measurement
Gas Well C
Gas from Oil Batt ery
m
Measured
Oil Battery Gas Source
5.5.1.1 Measured Gas Source into Gas Multi-well Proration Battery

If any measured gas source will be tied into a gas multi-well proration battery:
1. The gas and liquids from all tied-in gas sources must be separately and continuously
metered. If the R ratio in Table 5.1 cannot be met, the licensee may consider the
tied-in measured gas wells as continuous or 31 day test and include them as part of
the gas proration battery. However, these wells must be tagged as continuous test.
2. The monthly gas volume, including the GEV of condensate where applicable,
received from a tied-in measured gas source and any other receipts must be
subtracted from the total monthly gas battery disposition gas volume, including GEV
of condensate where appropriate, to determine the gas battery monthly gas
production volume.
3. Table 5.1 indicates when gas MbD may be acceptable by exception and when
submission of an application may be required.
Table 5.1 Gas MbD by exception and application

Prorated gas flow rate Application
R*
(excluding all measured gas source) Required
≤ 0.5 103m3/day < 1.00 No
> 0.5 103m3/day ≤ 0.35 No
> 0.5 103m3/day > 0.35 and ≤ 0.75 No**
> 0.5 103m3/day > 0.75 Yes
* Ratio of volume of all tied-in measured gas volumes (including GEV of condensate where applicable) to
the total battery gas disposition volume (including fuel, flare, vent volumes, and the GEV of condensate
where applicable).
** Must meet additional qualifying criteria, see Section 5.3.1.2

5.5.1.2 Measured Gas Source into an Oil Multi-well Proration Battery

If any measured gas source is tied in to an oil multi-well proration battery:
1. The gas and liquids from the tied-in gas source(s) must be separately and
continuously metered.
2. The monthly gas volume (including, where applicable, the GEV of the portion of the
condensate that will flash into the gas phase at the oil battery) received from a tied-
in measured gas source and any other receipts must be subtracted from the total
monthly oil battery gas disposition volume to determine the monthly oil battery gas
production volume. See Table 5.6 for reporting options.
3. If condensate is received from a tied-in measured gas source, the portion of the
monthly condensate volume that will remain in a liquid state at the oil battery must
be subtracted from the oil battery total monthly oil disposition (plus/minus
inventory changes and minus any other receipts) to determine the monthly oil
battery oil production volume. See Table 5.6 for reporting options.
Scenario 1
Figure 5.7. Measured gas coming into an oil multi-well proration battery with MbD
Test MbD
Meter A Measured
m Gas Proration Gas
Sweeet Oil Well Oil Battery Gathering
Test
m Systems
M
Sweeet Oil Well
Test Fuel m
Meter B m Vent
m Gas
Sweet Oil Well
Test
Group
Treater Oil Oil Sales to

m M
Storage Pipeline
Sweet Oil Well
Sweet Oil Well Water

Storage M Disposal
M = battery receipt/disposition measurement point
To calculate reported oil battery gas production:

Total oil battery gas disposition to the gas gathering system is the metered volume
after compression, see Figure 5.7. The oil battery gas production is calculated by
subtracting the measured gas receipt volumes from the sum total of the oil battery
disposition to the gas gathering system, fuel, flare, and vent. The resultant oil
battery gas production volume is then prorated to the flowlined oil wells. The
amount of measured gas that can be delivered into the oil battery is limited by the
MbD ratio in Section 5.5.

To calculate battery oil production:

If the measured gas streams have condensate, see Section 5.5.1, Table 5.6 and
Section 14.3 on how to calculate and report blending shrinkage, flashing shrinkage,
disposition, and receipt.
Scenario 2
Figure 5.8. Measured gas battery delivering hydrocarbon liquids and water to an oil multi-
well proration battery
Report as DISP
Test
at gas BT & REC at
Meter A
m Flare oil BT
Sweeet Oil Well
Proration Gas Gathering
Test
m Oil Battery Systems (GS)

m
M m
Sweeet Oil Well Battery Fuel
Group from GS M Gas
M
Test Battery
M
Separator
Meter B Vent Gas m
m M
Sweet Oil Well M

Test
Group
m Treater Oil
Storage
M Oil Sales
Sweet Oil Well
Sweet Oil Well Water

Storage M Disposal
M = battery receipt/disposition measurement point

To calculate actual oil battery gas production:

The sum total of the group separator gas and treater gas is prorated back to the
flowlined oil wells. The gas metered off the separator at the measured gas battery
is reported as a disposition to the gathering system. This is a preferred scenario as
there is no gas MbD restriction, but oil MbD still applies to the measured
condensate delivered to the oil battery.
Condensate Receipt into Oil Battery:
Condensate measured at the gas battery separator may be reported as a liquid
disposition, a GEV disposition, or a combination of both (depending on the
composition and volume) from the gas facility into the oil battery. See Section
5.5.1.1, Table 5.1 and Section 5.5.1.2, Table 5.2 and Section 14.3 for exceptions and
how to calculate and report blending shrinkage, flashing shrinkage, disposition, and
receipt.
Table 5.2 indicates when gas MbD may be acceptable by exception and when
submission of an application may be required.

Table 5.2 Gas MbD by exception and application

Prorated gas flow rate (excluding all
R* Application Required
measured gas source)
≤ 0.5 103m3/d < 1.00 No
> 0.5 103m3/d ≤ 0.35 No
> 0.5 103m3/d > 0.35 and ≤ 0.75 No**
> 0.5 103m3/d > 0.75 Yes
* Ratio of volume of all tied-in measured gas volumes (including GEV of condensate where applicable) to the
total battery gas disposition volume (including fuel, flare, vent volumes, and including GEV of condensate where
applicable).
** Must meet additional qualifying criteria, see Section 5.5.3.1.2.
5.5.1.3 Measured Gas Source into a Single-Well Battery

Where a measured gas source will be tied into a single-well battery, as shown in Figure 5.9, this
situation does not qualify for an exception, and an application must be submitted to and
approved by ER prior to implementation.
Figure 5.9 Measured gas source delivering into a single-well battery
Gas
m Gas
Gathering
System,
Oil or Condensate
Separator
Gas Plant,
m or Sales
Oil or Gas Well Produced

(no measurement ) m
Water
Measured
Gas Source
5.5.2 Oil MbD
For oil streams, MbD can include but is not limited to the following scenarios.
Scenario 1
Measured oil and/or oil-water emulsion from a battery delivering into an oil multi-well proration
battery by truck (Figure 5.10):

Figure 5.10 Measured oil or oil emulsion from a battery delivering into an oil multi-well
proration battery by truck
Oil/
Emulsion
m Storage
m Flare
Measured Oil
Compressor
Source
To Gas
m Gathering
System
Fuel m
Vented
m Gas
m
Sweet Oil Well
Test
Group
m Treater Oil OIl Sales
Storage m
to Pipeline
Sweet Oil Well
Water Water
Sweet Oil Well m
Storage Disposal
Scenario 2
Measured oil and/or oil-water emulsion (and gas if applicable) under pressure from a battery
delivering into an oil proration battery by pipeline (Figure 5.11):
Figure 5.11 Measured oil or oil emulsion (and gas if applicable) under pressure from a battery
delivering into an oil multi-well proration battery by pipeline
Battery A
m
Group
Battery A Battery B
Oil Wells m
To Gas
Water m Gathering
Disposal System
Measured Oil/
Gas Source Vapour Recovery
Unit
Group
m Treater Oil m Oil Sales

Storage
Oil Well
Test
Oil Well
Battery B Water m Disposal
Oil Wells Storage
Oil Well
Scenario 3
Measured oil and/or oil-water emulsion from a measured gas source delivering into a gas multi-
well proration battery or gas plant (Figure 5.12): For specific measurement and reporting
information, see Section 5.5.3.1.1 #8.

Figure 5.12 Measured oil or oil emulsion from a measured gas source delivering into a gas
multi-well proration battery or gas plant
Test Taps Proration Gas Wells Outside

SW Saskatchewan
Shallow Gas Stratigraphic Units
Gas Well To Gathering

Test Taps System or
Group Gas Sales
m
Group
Gas Well Test Taps
Separator
Condensat e
m
Water Disposal
Gas Well
Gas
Produced
Water
m
Measured Gas
Source
m
Water Disposal
Gas Well
5.5.2.1 Measured Oil or Oil Emulsion Source into an Oil Multi-well Proration Battery
If any measured oil and/or oil-water emulsion source is delivered to an oil proration battery
including trucked-in volumes:
1. Measured oil and/or oil-water emulsion delivery/receipt volumes must be
determined using equipment and/or procedures that meet delivery point
measurement uncertainty requirements. In the scenario of oil-water emulsions, the
measurement uncertainty requirements apply to total volume determination only.
2. Measured oil volumes must be determined and reported at standard conditions.
3. The liquids received from the measured oil and/or oil-water emulsion source(s)
must be subtracted from the total monthly oil battery oil and water disposition
volumes plus/minus inventory changes and minus any other receipts to determine
the monthly oil battery oil and water production volumes.
4. Table 5.3 indicates when oil MbD is acceptable by exception and when submission
of an application is required.
Table 5.3 Oil MbD by exception and application
Application
Measured oil receipt volume R*
Required
≤ 1000.0 m3/month Not applicable No
> 1000.0 m3/month ≤ 0.25 No
> 1000.0 m3/month 0.25 < R ≤ 1.00 No**
> 1000.0 m3/month > 1.00 Yes
* Total measured oil receipt volume divided by the monthly battery oil production
** Must meet additional qualifying criteria, see Section 5.5.3.2.1

5. Consideration should be given to incorporating pipeline measured oil and/or oil-

water emulsion source(s) delivered by pipeline as a satellite of the receiving battery,
if the battery delivering the oil and/or oil-water emulsion is an oil proration battery,
and including it in the receiving battery’s proration system. In that scenario, MbD
would be avoided. A pipelined single oil well or oil wells in a multi-well group may
also be considered as continuous or 31 day test and included as part of the oil
proration battery. However, wells must be tagged as continuous test.
5.5.3 Exceptions
MbD is allowed without ER site-specific approval if all of the applicable criteria in this section are
met.
If the MbD will involve existing production, initial qualifying flow rates must be based on
average calendar daily flow rates (monthly flow rate divided by number of production hours in
the month multiplied by 24) recorded during the six months prior to implementation of the
MbD. If new measured production is to be connected to a proration battery, the qualifying flow
rates must be based on production tests conducted under the anticipated operating conditions.
5.5.3.1 Exceptions for All Measured Gas Streams

For measured gas source(s) from either gas or oil batteries tied into a gas proration battery or
an oil proration battery.
5.5.3.1.1 Qualifying Criteria

1. Volumetric criteria for measured gas tying into a proration battery
Table 5.4 Volumetric criteria for measured gas tying into a multi-well proration
battery
Prorated gas flow rate R*
(excluding all measured gas source)
≤ 0.5 103m3/day < 1.00
> 0.5 103m3/day ≤ 0.35
> 0.5 103m3/day 0.35 < R ≤ 0.75**
*R: Ratio of volume of all tied-in measured gas (including GEV of condensate where applicable) to the total gas
disposition volume from the receiving battery (including fuel, flare, vent volumes, and GEV of condensate where
applicable).
** Additional l qualifying criteria apply, see Section 5.5.3.1.2

Example:
Figure 5.13 Gas battery example of volumetric criteria for measured gas tying into
a multi-well proration battery
m Effluent
Measurement
Group Gas V gtot To Gas
m Gathering
Gas Well A Group System
Group
Line m
Heater Condensate
Effluent
m
Measurement
Water
Gas Well B m Disposal
m
Effluent
Measurement
Gas Well C Gas

V gnew
m
Measured Gas
Source
m
Gas Well D
For the gas battery in Figure 5.13,

Vgtot = 100.0 103m3/day (total of measured gas and GEV of condensate delivered
out of the proration battery, including volumes received from Gas Well D)
Vgnew = 30.0 103m3/day (total of measured gas and GEV of condensate delivered
to the proration battery from Gas Well D)
Prorated gas flow rate = V gtot – V gnew = 100.0 – 30.0 = 70.0 103m3/day
R = 30.0/100.0 = 0.3
Since the prorated flow rate is > 0.5 103m3/day and R is below 0.35 for the Gas
Well D tie-in, it is within the acceptable exception range.
2. All proration wells flowing to the battery:

a. have common working interest ownership, and, where there is no common
ownership written notification has been provided to all working interest
participants. If the owner does object then the licensee is required to notify
the Ministy of Energy and Resources;
owners. If the owner does object then the licensee is required to notify the
Ministy of Energy and Resources.
3. The gas and liquid phases from the tied-in measured gas source(s) are separately
and continuously metered.

4. Gas volumes received at a gas proration battery from the tied-in measured gas
source(s) include the GEV of the measured condensate volumes if the condensate is
recombined with the measured gas volumes from the new tied-in gas source.
5. If the tied-in measured gas source(s) produces condensate and is connected by
pipeline to an oil proration battery, the applicable condensate metering and
delivery/reporting options described in Table 5.6 in Section 5.5.5 must be used.
6. In the scenario of an oil proration battery or a gas proration battery, the monthly
gas volume, including the GEV of condensate where applicable, received from a
tied-in measured gas source and any other receipts, is subtracted from the total
monthly proration battery gas volume, including the GEV of condensate where
applicable, to determine the monthly proration battery gas production volume.
7. In the scenario of an oil proration battery, the monthly liquid condensate volume,
where appropriate, received from a tied-in measured gas source, is subtracted from
the total monthly oil disposition, plus inventory changes, shrinkage, if applicable,
and minus any other receipts, to determine the monthly oil proration battery oil
production volume.
8. Oil and/or oil-water emulsion from a tied-in measured gas source may be delivered
to a gas proration battery, or gas plant in accordance with the following:
a. The oil or oil-water emulsion must be measured with a meter proved to
stock tank conditions
b. A live oil sample must be taken annually and a multiphase flash liberation or
computer simulation must be performed in order to determine the GIS
factor of the entrained gas in the oil which must be added to the measured
gas volume.
c. The oil or oil-water emulsion disposition must be reported as a liquid oil

volume and kept whole, as it is reported through the gathering system and
gas plant inlet.
d. Blending shrinkage requirements in Section 14.3.2 must be adhered to.
e. The oil and gas MbD exception qualifying criteria set out in Section 5.5.3
must be adhered to.
5.5.3.1.2 Additional Qualifying Criteria: 0.35 < R ≤ 0.75

1. Single point measurement uncertainty of the measured gas source gas meter and of the
prorated battery group gas meter must be ≤ 2.0 per cent.
2. EFM must be installed on both the gas and condensate meters at the measured gas
source meter(s) and the proration battery group separator.
3. Gas proration factor targets, as set out in Table 3.1 must be maintained.
4. Potential reservoir engineering/management concerns have been considered and
determined to be acceptable.

5.5.3.1.3 Revocation of Exceptions: R ≤ 0.35

If any of the qualifying criteria specified in Section 5.5.3.1.1 is not adhered to, then the
exception is revoked and base requirements must be reinstated.
5.5.3.1.4 Revocation of Exceptions: 0.35 < R ≤ 0.75

If any of the qualifying criteria in Section 5.5.3.1.1 or the additional qualifying criteria in Section
5.5.3.1.2 are not adhered to, then the exception is revoked.
However, if the gas proration factor at the proration battery exceeds the proration factor
targets as set out in Section 3.1.1, then the licensee must take steps to bring the proration
factor back within range within two months after the initial month the proration targets were
exceeded. If the gas proration factor cannot be restored to within the target range within two
months, the exception is revoked and the licensee must restore the R factor to 0.35 or lower or
obtain a site-specific approval.
Base measurement requirements must be reinstated if the exception is revoked.
5.5.3.2 Exception for Measured Oil Receipts Received by Truck or Pipeline at an Oil Proration
Battery
5.5.3.2.1 Qualifying Criteria

1. Volumetric Criteria for Measured Oil Delivered by Truck or Pipeline to an Oil
Proration Battery:
Table 5.5 Volumetric criteria for measured oil delivered to an oil multi-well proration battery
Measured oil receipt volume R*
≤ 1000.0 m3/month Not applicable
> 1000.0 m3/month ≤ 0.25
> 1000.0 m3/month 0.25 < R ≤ 1.00**
* Total measured oil receipt volume divided by the monthly battery oil production
** Additional qualifying criteria apply, see Section 5.5.3.2.2
2. The monthly oil battery oil and water production volumes are determined by
subtracting the monthly measured oil and water receipt volumes from the total
monthly oil battery oil and water disposition volumes plus inventory change and
minus any other receipts.
3. All wells linked to the oil proration battery (the proration wells):
a. have common working interest ownership, and, where there is no common
ownership written notification has been provided to all working interest
the Ministy of Energy and Resources;
owners., with no resulting objections received. If the owner does object
then the licensee is required to notify the Ministy of Energy and Resources.

4. If measured gas from a measured live oil/emulsion production source is also

commingled with the production at an oil proration battery (pipelined receipt), the
exception criteria for gas MbD must also be met.
5.5.3.2.2 Additional Qualifying Criteria: 0.25 < R ≤ 1.00

1. Delivery point measurement must be installed at the oil proration battery to meter
the measured oil receipts (trucked in or pipelined) and the delivery point
measurement uncertainty is ≤ 0.5 per cent, irrespective of the daily volume of the
metered receipts.
2. Oil (and gas if applicable) proration factor targets, as set out in Table 3.1 must be
maintained.
3. Proving requirements and frequency for the delivery point measurement devices
must be adhered to.
4. Blending requirements in Section 14.3.2 must be adhered to.
5. Potential reservoir engineering/management risks have been considered and
determined to be acceptable.
5.5.3.2.3 Revocation of Exceptions:: R ≤ 0.25

If any of the qualifying criteria specified in Section 5.5.3.2.1 are not adhered to then the
exception is revoked and base measurement requirements must be reinstated.
If the exception is revoked, the licensee must:
1. Deliver all oil receipts > 1000.0 m3/month elsewhere;
2. Set up another treater train with separate receipt measurement, tankage, and
disposition measurement to process the trucked in or pipelined receipts prior to
commingling with the battery production; or
3. Obtain ER site-specific special approval to continue.
5.5.3.2.4 Revocation of Exceptions: 0.25 < R ≤ 1.00

If any of the qualifying criteria in Section 5.5.3.2.1 or the additional qualifying criteria in Section
5.5.3.2.2 are not adhered to, then the exception is revoked.
However, if the oil (and gas if applicable) proration factor(s) at the proration battery exceeds the
proration factor targets as set out in Table 3.1, then the licensee must take steps to bring the
proration factors back within range within two months after the initial month the proration
targets were exceeded. If the proration factors cannot be restored to within the target range
within two months, the exception is revoked and the licensee must restore the R factors to 0.25
or lower for oil and 0.35 or lower for gas or obtain a site-specific approval to continue.
Base measurement requirements must be reinstated if the exception is revoked.
If the exception is revoked the licensee must:
1. Deliver all oil receipts > 1000.0 m3/month elsewhere;
2. Set up a treater train with separate receipt measurement, tankage, and disposition
measurement to process the trucked in or pipelined receipts prior to commingling
with the battery production; or

3. Obtain ER site-specific approval to continue.
Figure 5.14 Oil battery example of volumetric criteria for measured oil tying into a multi-well
proration battery
Battery A
m
Battery A
Group
Oil wells m Battery B
To Gas
Water m Gathering
Disposal System
Measured Oil/
Gas Source Vapour Recovery
Unit
Group
m Treater Oil
Storage m Oil Sales
Oil Well
Test
Oil Well
Battery B Water m Disposal
Oil Wells Storage
Oil Well
Note that with the addition of Battery A production, if the MbD meets all the qualifying criteria
and the total oil receipt volume at oil proration Battery B is > 100.0 m3/day, the delivery volume
must be determined by a measurement device(s) and/or procedures having ±0.5 per cent
uncertainty, which might require changes in measurement equipment and/or procedures at
Battery B.
For this example (Figure 5.14), given the following data:
Battery A oil production volume = 20.0 m3/d
Battery B oil production volume = 90.0 m3/d before tying in Battery A
Battery A gas production volume = 15.0 103m3/d
Battery B gas production volume = 20.0 103m3/d before tying in Battery A
Step 1: Calculate the monthly measured oil volume from Battery A delivered to the proration
battery (Battery B) and the ratio of the prorated oil production:
Monthly measured oil production volume from Battery A = 20.0 m3/d x 30 days = 600.0
m3
Battery A oil volume as a ratio (R) of Battery B oil production volume =
20.0 m3/day / 90.0 m3/day = 0.22
Step 2: Calculate the R ratio for the commingled gas:
R = 15.0 / (15.0 + 20.0) = 0.43
Since the oil proration Battery A monthly measured oil volume is below 1000.0 m3/month, the
oil volumetric criteria are met. The gas R ratio is also below 0.75 so an application is not
required in this case, provided all prequalifying criteria are met.

5.5.4 Applications
The following information must be submitted with an application for a proration battery to
receive measured gas or oil/emulsion sources if the applicable qualifying criteria and
additional qualifying criteria in Section 5.5.3.2.2 are not met:

2. A discussion of the stage of depletion for pools involved, and the impact of any
reduction in well measurement accuracy that may result from Mbd as it relates to
reservoir engineering data needs; discussion of this matter by the licensee with its
own reservoir engineering staff or knowledgeable external personnel is required
and must be addressed in the application;

2. Economic considerations, including an assessment of whether implementation of a
proration system would reduce costs enough to significantly extend operations, and an
assessment of the other options that have been considered.
3. The gas and liquids from the tied-in measured source(s) must be separately and
continuously measured.
4. If the tied-in measured gas source(s) produces condensate and it is connected by
pipeline to an oil battery, the licensee must choose the applicable condensate
delivery/reporting options from Table 5.6:

Table 5.6 Options for condensate delivery and reporting into an oil multi-well proration
battery
Condensate received at oil
battery (from all measured Condensate reporting options
gas sources)
≤ 2.0 m3/day and ≤ 5.0% of 1. Prove the tied in measured gas source condensate
total prorated oil meter to live conditions.
production
2. Obtain a live condensate liquid sample and send the
sample to a lab for a liquid analysis (to C30+).
3. Multiply the monthly metered condensate volume by
the liquid volume fraction from the analysis to derive the
component volumes.
4. Report the C6+ (Hexane plus) as a liquid condensate
disposition from the measured gas source to the oil battery.
5. Most of the light ends (H2 to NC5) will flash out of the
liquid condensate at the oil battery treater. Add the light
ends (H2 to NC5) component gas equivalent volumes to the
dry flow measured gas component volumes and report this
as the total gas disposition from the measured gas source
to the oil battery.
> 2.0 m3/day or > 5.0% of 1. Prove the tied in measured gas source condensate
total prorated oil meter to live conditions.
production
2. Obtain a live condensate liquid sample (to C30+) and
perform a computer flash simulation to determine how
much gas will flash out of the condensate at each
production stage, (i.e. separator and treater) at the oil
battery. This will allow for a shrinkage factor to be
determined.
3. Report the condensate stock tank volume derived from
the metered condensate volume and the simulation
shrinkage factor as a liquid disposition from the measured
gas source to the oil battery.
4. The flash simulation will also derive the volume and
composition of the light ends that will flash out of the
condensate at each production stage within the
battery. Add the light end (flashed) condensate component
gas volumes to the dry flow measured gas component
volumes and report this as the total gas disposition from
the measured gas source to the oil battery.
5. If there are changes to the process (temperature,
pressure) at either the measured gas source or oil battery,
or if the measured gas source has new richer or leaner
wells tied in, a new condensate sample must be obtained
and a new computer flash simulation conducted.

In the scenario of an oil proration battery or a gas proration battery, the monthly gas volume
including GEV of condensate where applicable received from a tied-in measured gas source and
any other receipts must be subtracted from the total monthly battery gas volume including GEV
of condensate where applicable to determine the monthly battery gas production volume.
In the scenario of an oil proration battery, the monthly liquid condensate, oil, or oil-water
emulsion volume, where applicable, received from a tied-in measured source must be
subtracted from the total monthly oil and/or water disposition plus/minus inventory changes
and minus any other receipts to determine the monthly battery oil and/or water production
volume.
5.5.6 Fuel Gas MbD
Section 4.3.6.1 (12) describes the requirements for fuel gas measurement and reporting at
sites where there may be multiple facility reporting codes and the fuel gas consumption is >
0.5 103m3/day. Situations may occur where fuel gas is metered and consumed at one site
and some of the metered fuel gas is then sent to another site (separate geographic location)
where it is consumed (see Figure 5.15). Three acceptable fuel gas MbD scenarios are
described below.
Figure 5.15 Fuel gas MbD scenarios
Oil Battery Compressor

BT 0000002 m
m
Fuel Meter #2
Separator
Oil
Wtr
Test Taps
Fuel Meter #3
m
Fuel Meter #1 m
Gas Well
Gas Well
m
Group Gas Meter
Compressor
Gas Well
Separator
Gas Well m Produced

Condensate
Gas Well Gas Proration Battery Produced
BT 0000001 Water
m = metering point
1. Site fuel gas at BT 0000001 is measured at fuel meter #1. The volume of fuel gas
sent to BT 0000002 is ≤ 0.5 103m3/day, and the volume of fuel gas consumed at the
compressor at BT 0000001 is > 0.5 103m3/day. In this case, fuel gas MbD is
acceptable for the reported fuel gas BT 0000001, and the reported fuel gas at BT
0000001 will equal fuel meter #1 minus fuel meter #2. If the fuel gas sent to BT
0000002 is > 0.5 103m3/day and the fuel gas consumed at the compressor at BT
0000001 is ≤ 0.5 103m3/day then fuel gas MbD is acceptable for the reported fuel

gas at BT 0000002, and the reported fuel gas at BT 0000002 will equal fuel meter #1
minus fuel meter #3.
2. Site fuel gas at BT 0000001 is metered at fuel meter #1. The volume of fuel gas sent
to BT 0000002 is > 0.5 103m3/day, and the volume of fuel gas consumed at the
compressor at BT 0000001 is > 0.5 103m3/day. In this case, MbD is acceptable for
the fuel gas used at either BT 0000001 or BT 0000002; depending on which site is
expected to have the higher reported fuel gas volume. If the fuel gas volume at BT
0000002 will be less than the fuel gas volume at BT 0000001, then fuel gas MbD is
acceptable for BT 0000001, and the reported fuel gas at BT 0000001 will equal fuel
meter #1 minus fuel meter #2. If the fuel gas volume at BT 0000002 will be less than
the fuel gas volume at BT 0000001, then fuel gas MbD is acceptable for BT 0000002,
and the reported fuel gas at BT 0000002 will equal fuel meter #1 minus fuel meter
#3.
3. Site fuel gas at BT 0000001 is measured at fuel meter #1. The monthly volume of
fuel gas sent to BT 0000002 is < 0.5 103m3/day, and the monthly volume of fuel gas
consumed at the compressor at BT 0000001 is < 0.5 103m3/day. In this case,
reported fuel gas volumes for BT 0000001 and BT 0000002 may be prorated from
the metered monthly fuel gas volume at fuel meter #1 and will be based on each
battery’s percentage of the total estimated monthly fuel gas volumes at both
batteries. For example, reported monthly fuel gas volumes at BT 0000001 = fuel
meter #1 × BT 0000001 estimated fuel ÷ (BT 0000001 estimated fuel + BT 0000002
estimated fuel). Battery fuel gas estimates should be based on sound engineering
estimates.
5.6 Surface Commingling of Multiple Gas Stratigraphic Units or Zones or Wells
If gas wells have been completed in multiple stratigraphic units or zones and those stratigraphic
units or zones are segregated in the wellbore and produced separately to surface, or if there are
multiple individual gas wells on the same surface location, production from each stratigraphic
unit or zone or each well usually has to be measured separately prior to commingling. Where
applicable, such stratigraphic units or zones or wells may be commingled at surface prior to the
combined production being measured, if the qualifying criteria in Section 5.6.1.1 are met or
upon ER approval of an application. Proportionate monthly production volumes must still be
determined and reported for each stratigraphic unit or zone or well, in accordance with the
applicable criteria and considerations described in Sections 5.6.1.1 and 5.6.3.
The following criteria and considerations do not apply to wells that qualify for the Gas Multi-well
Proration SW Saskatchewan Battery procedures if specific stratigraphic units or zones are
approved (without application) for commingling in the wellbore.
Commingling of stratigraphic units or zones in the wellbore requires approval from ER.
5.6.1 Exceptions
Surface commingling of two gas stratigraphic units or zones in a gas well or separate gas wells
on the same surface location prior to measurement is allowed without ER site-specific approval
if all the qualifying criteria in Section 5.6.1.1 are met.


1. Both stratigraphic units or zones or wells:
a. have common working interest ownership, and where there is no common
ER;
2. Monthly average of total liquid production from both stratigraphic units or zones is ≤ 2.0
m3/day.
3. The combined daily flow rate of both stratigraphic units or zones or wells is ≤ 16.9
103m3, including GEV of condensate (if recombined). If the stratigraphic units or zones
or wells to be commingled will involve existing production, initial qualifying flow rates
are based on monthly average flow rates recorded during the six months prior to
implementation of the commingling. If new stratigraphic units or zones/wells are to be
commingled, the initial qualifying flow rates are based on production tests conducted
under the anticipated operating conditions.
4. Shut-in wellhead pressure of the lower pressure stratigraphic zone/well is ≥ 75.0 per
cent of the shut-in wellhead pressure of the higher-pressure stratigraphic unit or zone.
5. The combined production from both stratigraphic units or zones/wells is measured
continuously. Separation before measurement is required for all phases.
6. Check valves are installed on each flow line upstream of the commingling point.
7. Testing requirements:
a. Each stratigraphic unit or zone or well must be tested once per month for
the first six months after commingling, then annually thereafter, and/or
immediately following any significant change to the producing conditions of
either stratigraphic unit or zone or well.
b. The tests must be conducted for at least 24.0 hours and must involve the
separation and measurement of all gas and liquid production.
c. If condensate is recombined with the gas production of the commingled
stratigraphic units or zones or wells, a sample of the condensate must be
taken annually and analyzed and used to determine the factor to be used to
determine the GEV.
d. The tests for both stratigraphic units or zones or wells must be done
consecutively with stabilization periods.
e. Any of the three test methods may be used. Methods (1) and (2) are
preferred given the testing is conducted under normal flowing conditions
and is performed without shutting in stratigraphic units or zones or wells, so
minimal stabilization time is required.
Test Method (1)Test taps must be installed upstream of the
commingling point but downstream of the check valve so that a test

separator unit can be hooked up to test each stratigraphic unit or zone

or well individually (Figure 5.16).
Figure 5.16 Surface comingling of multiple gas zones/wells test

method 1
Zone A Test Taps

(Tubing) Gas
m
To Gas
Metered &
Recombined Gathering
Separator
Zone B (Casing or
Con densate System
Flowing Another Tubing)
m
Gas Well
Test Taps
Produced
Water m
Test Method (2) Install permanent bypasses or taps to hook up

temporary bypasses downstream of the check valve so that one
stratigraphic unit or zone or well will be bypassing the existing
separation and metering equipment while the other stratigraphic unit
or zone or well is tested using the existing equipment. Note that the
production from the bypassed stratigraphic unit or zone or well must
be estimated based on the production test rates (Figure 5.17).
Figure 5.17 Surface comingling of multiple gas zones/wells test

method 2
Separator/
Meter Bypass
Zone A Lines
(Tubing) Gas
m
To Gas
Metered &
Recombined Gathering
Zone B (Casing or
Separator
Condensate System
Flowing Another Tubing)
Gas Well m
Produced
Water
m
Test Method (3) Shut in one producing stratigraphic unit or zone at a

time and use the existing separation and measurement equipment to
test each stratigraphic unit or zone or well individually after
stabilization (Figure 5.17).
8. The production rates determined for each stratigraphic unit or zone or well by the
periodic tests must be used to estimate the monthly production for each stratigraphic

unit or zone or well from the date they are conducted until the date the next test is
conducted. The monthly measured combined production must be prorated to each
stratigraphic unit or zone or well based on the estimates, and those prorated volumes
must be reported as the monthly production for each stratigraphic unit or zone or well.
5.6.1.2 Revocation of Exceptions

1. The combined production from both stratigraphic units or zones or wells was not
measured continuously or there was no separation before measurement.
2. Check valves were not installed on each flow line upstream of the commingling
point.
3. Testing requirements in item 7 under Qualifying Criteria in Section 5.6.1.1 were not
followed.
4. The gas proration methodology in item 8 under Qualifying Criteria in Section 5.6.1.1
was not followed.
Base measurement requirements must be reinstated if the exception is revoked due to any of
these scenarios.
5.6.2 Applications
The following information must be submitted with an application to commingle production at

surface prior to measurement from multiple stratigraphic units or zones in a gas well or multiple
wells on the same surface location if the qualifying criteria in Section 5.6.1.1 are not met:
2. Shut-in and proposed operating pressures at the wellhead for all stratigraphic units
or zones or wells;
3. Operating pressure for the gathering system at the well’s measurement point;
4. Proposed testing procedures to determine the individual stratigraphic unit or zone
or well production rates;
5. Proposed accounting procedures for prorating total volumes to the individual
stratigraphic units or zones or wells; and
a. have common working interest ownership, and where there is no common
ER;

1. Generally, there is ≤ 2.0 m3/day of total liquid production from all stratigraphic units
or zones or wells.
2. All stratigraphic units or zones or wells must be classified as gas stratigraphic units
or zones or wells.
4. The combined production of all stratigraphic units must be continuously measured.
If there are gas and liquid components, they must be separated and measured in a
single phase.
5. Check valves must be in place on the flow line upstream of the commingling point.
6. Testing requirements:
a. Each stratigraphic unit or zone or well must be tested once per month for
the first six months after commingling, then annually after that, and/or
immediately following any significant change to the producing conditions of
either stratigraphic unit or zone or well.
b. The tests must be conducted for at least 24.0 hours in duration and must
involve the separation and measurement of all gas and liquid production.
c. If condensate is recombined with the gas production of the commingled
stratigraphic units or zones or wells, a sample of the condensate must be
taken annually and analyzed and used to determine the factor that will be
used to determine the GEV.
d. The tests for all stratigraphic units or zones or wells must be done
consecutively, with stabilization periods.
e. Any of the three test methods described in the exceptions in Section 5.6.1.1
may be used, with the consideration that more than two stratigraphic units
or zones or wells may be involved. Methods (1) and (2) are preferred,
because the testing is conducted under normal flowing conditions without
shutting in stratigraphic units or zones or wells, so that minimal stabilization
time is required. ER may specify test procedures if specific circumstances
warrant them.
7. The production rates determined for each stratigraphic unit or zone or well by the
periodic tests must be used to estimate the monthly production for each
stratigraphic unit or zone or well from the date they are conducted until the next
test is conducted. The monthly measured combined production must be prorated
to each stratigraphic unit or zone or well based on the estimates, and those
prorated volumes must be reported as the monthly production for each
stratigraphic unit or zone or well.

Measurement Requirementsfor Oil and Gas Operations
6 Non-Heavy Oil Measurement

This section presents the base requirements and exceptions for non-heavy crude oil and
emulsion measurements from wells and batteries in the upstream oil and gas industry that are
used in determining volumes for reporting to Petrinex. The requirements for crude oil/emulsion
volumes transported by truck are detailed in Section 10.
Non-heavy crude oil has the following characteristics:
1. It is a mixture mainly of pentanes and heavier hydrocarbons that may be
contaminated with sulphur compounds,
2. It is recovered or is recoverable at a well from an underground reservoir,
3. It is liquid at the conditions under which its volume is measured or estimated, and
4. It has a density of less than 920.0 kg/m3 at standard conditions.
6.1 General Requirements
Crude oil may be found in association with water in an emulsion. In such scenarios, the total
liquid volume must be measured, and the relative volumes of oil and water in the emulsion
must be determined by obtaining and analyzing a representative sample of the emulsion, by
using a product analyzer, or by other means if applicable. Applications for which estimation of
water content is appropriate e.g., inventory, are covered in more detail later in this section.
A licensee must measure produced crude oil/emulsion volumes by tank gauging, weigh scale, or
meter unless otherwise stated in this Directive. ER will consider an oil measurement system to
be in compliance if the requirements detailed in Sections 6.2 and 6.3 are met. ER may stipulate
additional or alternative requirements for any specific situation based on a site-specific
assessment and will inform licensees in writing of any additional or alternative requirements
respecting their facilities.
6.2 General Measurement, Accounting, and Reporting Requirements for Various Battery
Types
6.2.1 General Accounting Formula

Production = Total disposition + Closing inventory – Opening inventory – Total receipts
6.2.2 Oil Batteries
All wells in the battery must be oil wells.

Liquid production from an oil battery must be measured as an oil, water, or oil/water emulsion
volume. This measurement may be performed at the battery site, a truck delivery/receipt point,
or a pipeline delivery point. The meter factor obtained from meter proving must be applied to
the metered volumes until another prove is conducted.
All wells in a multi-well oil battery must be subject to the same type of measurement: measured
or prorated. If there is a mixture of measured and prorated wells delivering production to the
proration battery, the measured well(s) must be linked to their own Petrinex reporting facility
ID(s) and, the MbD exception criteria in Sections 5.5 must be met or an ER site-specific approval
must be obtained.

Production from gas batteries or other oil batteries cannot be connected to an oil proration
battery upstream of the oil proration battery group measurement point(s) unless specific MbD
exception criteria are met or ER site-specific approval is obtained as per Sections 5.5. For oil
delivered to a gas system, see Section 6.2.3.
Any oil well that produces fluids from any stratigraphic unit is considered on production and a
battery reporting facility ID is required to report the production on Petrinex even for a test prior
to the well being put on permanent production operations, see Directive PNG032: Volumetric,
Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting.
6.2.2.1 Crude Oil Single-well Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 311)

Oil/emulsion must be separated from gas and measured.
6.2.2.2 Crude Oil Multi-well Group Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 321)
Each well must have its own separation and measurement equipment, similar to a single-well
battery.
All separation and measurement equipment for the wells in the battery, including the tanks but
excluding the wellheads, must share a common surface location.
6.2.2.3 Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 322)
All well production is commingled prior to the total battery oil/emulsion being separated from
the gas and measured. Individual monthly well oil production is estimated based on periodic
well tests and corrected to the reported monthly volume through the use of a proration factor.
Double proration, whereby the proration oil battery disposition volume(s) is prorated to group
and receipt measurement points and then further prorated to the wells (see Figure 6.1), is
allowed without site-specific approval subject to the following conditions:
1. All prorated oil/emulsion must be measured using measurement systems that meet
delivery point measurement uncertainty requirements before commingling with
other oil/emulsion receipts. The measurement system must include a meter of
sufficient measurement uncertainty and either an online continuous product
analyzer or a proportional sampler.
2. The oil/emulsion meter (B) in figure 6.1 must be proved to standard conditions or
corrected to standard conditions using a flash liberation analysis.

Figure 6.1 Double proration accounting
Oil/ Double Proration Accounting

Emulsion
m Storage m Flare
Truck/
Compressor
Pipeline
Meter (C)
m To Gas Gathering
System
Fuel m
Vented Gas
m Disposition
m Meter (A)
Sweet Oil Well Test
Group
m m Treater Oil m OIl Sales
Storage
Sweet Oil Well Emulsion

Meter (B)
Water
Sweet Oil Well m Water Disposal
Storage
Total reported battery oil and water disposition volumes with inventory change must be
prorated to the total truck/pipeline volumes measured and the total well emulsion volumes
measured (first proration). This proration using PF1 has to be done off-sheet and not reported
on Petrinex.
PF1 = [meter (A) + INVCL – INVOP] ÷ [meter (B) + meter (C)]
Prorated meter (B) volume = meter (B) x PF1
Prorated individual truck-in and/or pipeline volumes = meter (C) volumes for each load received x
PF1
PF2 = prorated meter (B) volume ÷ total estimated production volume
The prorated oil and water volume at the emulsion meter (B) is further prorated using PF2
(second proration) to the tested oil wells. The oil and water proration factors PF2 must then be
reported on Petrinex.
6.2.3 Gas Batteries Producing Oil
All wells in the battery must be gas wells.

Oil production, receipt, disposition, and inventory volumes must be reported as liquid oil. Oil
volumes must not be converted to a gas equivalent volume (GEV) and must not be added to the
gas volumes. If oil is recombined with the gas and delivered to a gas plant through a gas
gathering system, the oil volume as determined at the battery must be reported as a receipt of
OIL by the gas plant. The gas plant must report the oil disposition as appropriate and it is
common for gas plants to report oil dispositions as C5-MX or C5-SP.
6.2.3.1 Gas Single-well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 351)

Oil/emulsion must be separated from gas and measured.

6.2.3.2 Gas Multi-well Group Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 361)

Each well must have its own separation and measurement equipment, similar to a single-well
battery and its gas production must be connected by pipeline to a common location for further
processing.
6.3 Base Requirements for Oil Measurement
6.3.1 System Design and Installation of Measurement Devices
The system design and installation of oil/emulsion measurement devices must be in accordance
with Sections 14.2, 14.3, and 14.7.
EFM systems must be designed and installed according to the requirements in Section 6.8. Any
EFM system designed and installed in accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 21.2, is considered to
have met the audit trail and reporting requirements, but a performance evaluation is still
required in accordance with Section 14.9.2.
6.3.2 Volumetric Calculations
Crude oil volume measurements must be determined to a minimum of two decimal places and
rounded to one decimal place for monthly reporting. Where there is more than one volume
determination within the month at a reporting point, the volumes determined to two decimal
places must be totaled prior to the total being rounded to one decimal place for reporting
purposes.
6.3.2.1 Temperature Correction Requirements

Temperature measurement used for volume correction must be representative of the actual
fluid temperature. Total monthly oil volumes for wells (production) and batteries (production,
receipts, dispositions, and delivery point) must be reported in cubic metres at standard
temperature of 15.0C and rounded to the nearest tenth of a cubic metre (0.1 m3). Battery or
facility opening and closing inventory volumes for monthly reporting must be rounded to the
nearest 0.1 m3 but do not require correction to 15.0C. The temperature correction (Correction
for the effect of Temperature on Liquids [CTL]) factor must be determined in accordance with
API MPMS, Chapter 11.1.
In a proration battery, if well test oil volumes are determined by a meter, temperature
compensation must be applied using one of the following methods:
1. Apply a composite meter factor that incorporates a CTL factor. To arrive at a
composite meter factor, divide the temperature corrected prover volume by the
indicated meter volume for each prover run.
2. Apply a CTL factor in real time using an electronic flow measurement system.
3. Apply a CTL factor to the total test volume based on a single temperature
measurement taken during the test.
See Section 14.4 for more details.

6.3.2.2 Pressure Correction Requirements

Correction to a 0.0 kPa gauge (atmospheric pressure) must be performed for continuous flow
crude oil pipeline measurement where custody transfer measurement is performed. See
Section 14.5 for more details.
6.3.2.3 Shrinkage Factor

See Section 14.3 for details.
6.3.2.4 General Volume Calculations

6.3.3 Data Verification and Audit Trail
The field data, records, and any calculations or estimations, including EFM calculations and
estimations, relating to ER -required data submitted to Petrinex must be kept for inspection
upon request by ER. The reported data verification and audit trails must be in accordance with
the following:
1. Test records: any records and documentation produced in the production proration
testing of wells that affect measured volumes.
2. Proving records: any records and documentation produced in the proving of meters
and calibration of the prover and all peripheral devices if the prover and peripheral
devices are owned and operated by the licensee.
3. S&W records: any records and documentation produced in the determination of
relative oil/water percentages that affect volumes.
4. Delivery and receipt records: any records and documentation produced in the
determination of delivery or receipt volumes.
5. Estimation records: any records and documentation related to the estimation of
reported volumes, including estimation methodology, record of event, and
approvals.
6. Tank gauging records: any records and documentation produced in the
determination of reported volumes.
7. Volume loss records: any records and documentation for volumes lost due to
incidents such as theft, spills, and fires.
8. EFM: any records and documentation either electronic, magnetic, or paper form
produced in the determination of measured volumes in accordance with the EFM
requirements in Section 6.8.
Records of the foregoing must be provided to ER upon request.
6.4 Field Operations
6.4.1 Production Hours
Physical well shut-ins and emergency shutdowns (ESDs) are considered downtime. Other
occurrences resulting in downtime include wax or hydrates plugging lines and some other
failures. If the well has no oil production but still has gas production, it is considered to be on

production. The operations personnel have to make a determination based on the operating
environment in other situations when the wells are not physically shut in but may not have oil
and gas production.
Oil wells are considered on production even when the wells are not pumping or flowing in
situations where:
1. The wells are operating on an on/off cycle basis, such as intermittent timers, pump-off
controls, and plunger lifts;
2. The wells are operating normally and as designed on repeated cycles; and
3. Part of the operation involves shutdown of pump equipment and/or periodic shut-in of
the wells as part of the repeated cycle.
6.4.2 Fluid Sampling Requirements for S&W Determination (and Density)
See Section 14.6 for density determination details.
6.4.3 S&W Analysis
Conduct water-cut sampling and analysis for each test.

See Section 14.8 for S&W determination details and Appendix 3 for water-cut procedures.
6.4.4 Proration Well Testing
Proration testing requirements for non-heavy crude oil wells are detailed in Table 6.1.
Table 6.1 Proration testing requirements for non-heavy crude oil wells
Classa Minimum time
Minimum test between testsb Minimum test
No. Name Oil rate (m3/d) frequency (days) durationc (hours)
1 High > 30.0 3 per monthd 5.0 12.0
2 Medium > 6.0 but ≤ 30.0 2 per monthe 10.0 22.0
3 Low > 2.0 but ≤ 6.0 1 per month 15.0 22.0
4 Stripper ≤ 2.0 1 every quarter 45.0 22.0

a Classification for each well must be determined at least semi-annually based on the average daily oil rate since the last
assessment. If a well experiences operational changes that cause a change in the oil rate that could affect the classification,
the licensee must immediately change the classification. The average daily oil rate must be based on producing days (not
calendar days).
b Minimum separation time between tests if minimum number of tests are conducted - the time between tests may be
reduced if more than the minimum number of tests are conducted.

c Licensees should conduct longer duration tests for wells exhibiting erratic rates to obtain more representative test data.
d
For Class 1 wells, the minimum test frequency is based on the assumption that the well is on production for the
entire calendar month. The test frequency may be reduced to two per month if the well is shut in for at least 10
days within the month and to one per month if the well is shut in for at least 20 days within the month.
e
For Class 2 wells, the minimum test frequency is based on the assumption that the well is on production for the
entire calendar month. The test frequency may be reduced to one per month if the well is shut in for at least 15
days within the month.

6.4.4.1 Well Test Considerations

If there is a change in operating conditions during a test, such as due to a power failure or a
change in choke setting, the test must be rejected and a new test must be conducted.
If there is insufficient or lost test data, such as due to meter failure, the test must be rejected
and a new test must be conducted.
If there is a significant change in oil, gas, or water for a test, the validity of the test should be
questioned and a retest should be considered.
Sufficient purge time must be allowed to ensure that liquids from the previous test are displaced
by the new test well liquids.
The pressure difference between the test separator and the group line must not exceed
200.0 kPa.
A well test may be stopped early for operational reasons and still be considered valid. Reasons
for the short test must be documented and made available to ER upon request.
6.4.4.2 Common Flow Lines

For common flow lines, a well test must be conducted with all other wells on the common flow
line shut. Sufficient purge time must be allowed to ensure that liquids from the common flow
line wells are displaced by the test well liquids. Combined (cascade) testing is allowed for
common flowlined wells, provided that the conditions in Section 6.4.4.4 are met. However, the
combined test must be conducted first, and then the lower gas producing well must be shut in
to test the higher gas producing well, allowing sufficient purging and stabilization time.
6.4.4.3 Field Header and Common Flow Line Purging

If a field header is located in the same building as the test separator, the test separator must be
purged by allowing at least two liquid dumps to occur prior to starting the well test. The field
header must clearly identify which well is tied to the header valves.
If a field header is not located in the same building as the test separator, sufficient purge time
must be allowed to ensure that liquids from the previous test are displaced by the new test well
liquids.
If two or more wells are tied into a common flow line, only one well must be produced during
the well test, and the other well(s) must be shut in. Similar to a field header situation, sufficient
purge time must be allowed to ensure that liquids from the previous production condition are
displaced by the new test well liquids.
Sufficient purge time must be calculated as follows:
Purge time = test line volume ÷ new test well liquid flow rate
Example: Calculate the minimum purge time required for the following test line:
Test line dimensions = 1500.0 m length, 88.9 mm OD pipe, 3.2 mm wall thickness
Previous well test flow rates = 5.5 m 3 oil/d, 12.0 m3 water/d
Step 1
d = (88.9 – 3.2 x 2) ÷ 1000 = 0.0825 m
Test line volume = (3.142 x d2 x length) ÷ 4

= (3.142 x (0.0825)2 x 1500) ÷ 4

= 8.02 m3
Where: d = the internal diameter of the flowline
Step 2
Purge time required = Test line volume (m 3) ÷ Well flow rate (m3/hr)
Well total liquid flow rate = (5.5 m3 + 12.0 m3) ÷ 24.0 hr
= 0.729 m3/hr
Purge time required = 8.02 m 3 ÷ 0.729 m3/hr
= 11.0 hr
Therefore, the minimum purge time required is 11.0 hours.
6.4.4.4 Combined (Cascade) Testing

When a prorated oil well has such low gas production that it cannot properly operate test
equipment, a licensee may test two wells simultaneously - combined (cascade) test - through
the same test separator. In such scenarios, the following procedure must be followed:
1. Establish oil, gas, and water production volumes for a high gas producing well by
testing it individually through the test separator.
2. Conduct a test for both the high gas producing well and a low gas producing well
together through the same test separator immediately after testing the high gas
producing well, allowing time for stabilization. The testing sequence may be
reversed with the testing of the combined wells first.
3. The operating condition of both wells must not be changed. If it is, a new set of
tests is required.
4. Total test oil, gas, and water volumes determined for the combined (cascade) test
minus the test oil, gas, and water volumes for the high gas producing well will be the
test volumes for the low gas producing well.
5. Both wells should have similar S&W percentages. If any of the calculated oil, gas, or
water volumes for the low gas producing well are negative, the tests are not valid
and both tests must be repeated.
The use of combined (cascade) testing does not require a site-specific approval from ER.
Example
Well A = High gas producing
Well B = Low gas producing
Table 6.3 Test results

Well Test date Oil (m3) Gas (103 m3) Water (m3)

Well A + B July 4 80.0 20.0 20.0

Well A July 5 50.0 19.0 12.0
Well B = (Well A + B) - Well A July 4 30.0 1.0 8.0
6.5 Gas Estimation and Reporting Methods for Non-Heavy Oil Wells
As per Section 4.1, gas streams from non-heavy crude oil wells (with a density < 920.0 kg/m3)
associated with facility subtypes 311, 314, 316, 321, 322 that is ≤ 0.5 103 m3/day, based on an
annual average, the volume may be determined by estimation instead of metering. Gas streams
include gas production, well test separator (or dry flow meter) gas, casing gas, flare gas
(including incineration), fuel gas, vent gas, and stock tank vapours from produced oil/emulsion
tanks and produced water tanks.
Where the gas production rate from a non-heavy crude oil well is ≤ 0.5 103 m3/day, the well gas
production may be estimated. The only acceptable estimation method for gas production is
using a Gas Oil Ratio (GOR) factor that is applied to the reported monthly oil production. A well’s
GOR is typically determined by conducting a well test and then dividing the test gas volume by
the test oil volume to determine the GOR. The determination of a well’s GOR may include some
or all of the gas volumes originating from the following sources as applicable:
1. Measured well test separator (or dry flow meter) gas.
2. Measured casing gas.
3. Flare (including incineration), fuel and vent gas volumes.
4. Gas in solution (GIS) determined from a GIS factor, see Section 6.5.3. Although rare, it is
possible that a well’s GIS gas will be the entire gas volume used in the determination of
a well GOR.
5. Stock tank vapours from produced oil/emulsion tanks and produced water tanks.
All applicable well gas production sources must be included in the determination of the well
GOR and the number and location of those sources is dependent on the specific operational
configuration of the well. A common oversight in the determination of a well’s GOR is to not
include the well’s gas production attributed to the gas that evolves from the oil/emulsion when
the oil is depressurized from separator or wellhead pressure to stock tank conditions…the Gas in
Solution (GIS). The GIS is typically just one of the gas production sources that must be included
in the determination of a well’s GOR.
Acceptable methods for determining a GOR factor and the GIS can be found in Section 6.5.3.
In some scenarios a gas volume must be determined, such as the GIS, where the gas is dissolved
in an oil volume under pressure, and there is no opportunity to measure the gas volume prior to
it being commingled with other gas volumes. In that scenario, the gas volume may be
determined by estimation. An example of such a gas volume is the gas held in solution with oil
volumes leaving a test separator at an oil proration battery, where the test oil volumes are
combined with production from other wells downstream of the test separator. The purpose of
estimating the gas in solution is to determine the total gas produced by a well during a
production test, since the gas volume measured by the test gas meter will not include the gas
that is still in solution with the test oil volume.

A single GIS factor may be determined and used to estimate the gas volume held in solution
with the oil stream for each oil stream where the production sources (producing formation) are
the same and test separator operating conditions are similar. Additional GIS factors are
required for wells in the battery that produce from different formations and where other test
separators operate at different pressure and/or temperature conditions. Licensees should also
consider determining seasonal GIS factors where ambient temperature differences may affect
the factors or when operating conditions change. Acceptable methods for determining the GIS
are described in section 6.5.3
6.5.1 Crude Oil Single-Well Batteries (facility subtype 311), Crude Oil Multi-well Group
Batteries (facility subtype 321), Crude Oil Multi-well Swab Group Battery (314), and
Crude Oil Multi-well Swab Paper Battery (facility subtype 316)
For new non-heavy crude oil wells, a GOR test must be conducted within first 90 days of the well
being put on production, and annually thereafter. Licensees must use acceptable estimation
methods for gas production until GOR test can be conducted. The GOR tests must be conducted
annually to confirm continuing eligibility for gas volume estimation and to update the factors
used to estimate gas volumes. GOR tests must also be conducted and factors updated
immediately following any operational changes that could cause the factors to change.
Licensees should also consider determining seasonal GOR factors if ambient temperature
changes.
Acceptable methods for determining a GOR factor and GIS are described in Section 6.5.3.
6.5.1.1 Exception for GOR testing frequency

For existing non-heavy crude oil single well batteries and non-heavy crude oil multi-well group
batteries that are on an annual GOR testing frequency, ER authorizes the extension, without
site-specific approval, of the frequency of gas oil ratio (GOR) testing from annually to triennially
if all the qualifying criteria below are met. ER may require the licensee of a well to conduct a
GOR test that may be witnessed by the Minister; and to submit the results of the test within the
time and in the manner specified by the Minister.
Qualifying Criteria
Qualifying criteria that must be met include the following:
1. The oil well must produce ≤ 15.0 m3/day of oil on an annual average basis;
2. The oil well must produce ≤ 0.5 103 m3/day of gas on an annual average basis;
3. The well must have had two consecutive annual GOR tests conducted subsequent to an
initial GOR test, and the initial test can be no older than 36 months. Therefore, for a new
well, at least three annual GOR test are required. The two GOR tests must show that the
GOR has not changed by more than ± 20.0 per cent;
4. On an annual basis, the licensee must review and confirm that the well is still eligible for
the extended GOR testing frequency and gas estimation based on the oil and gas
production rates at the time and the qualifying rates in item 1 and 2 above; and
5. Test records must be kept and made available to ER upon request.
Revocation of Exception
If any of the following scenarios exists or occurs, the exception is revoked, the well must be GOR
tested as soon as is reasonability possible, the GOR testing frequency reverts to annual and the
well must requalify for the exception:

1. A licensee fails to provide test records to ER upon request.

2. If any changes are made to the operations of the facility that could affect gas production
such as, but not limited to, fracing nearby wells, pressure changes at the well head, new
equipment being installed at the facility, or workovers on the well.
3. If a well that qualifies for this exception has a GOR test conducted in the third year and
the GOR from that test has changed by more than ± 20.0 per cent compared to the
current GOR, then the next GOR test must be conducted within 12 months and the
resulting GOR must not have changed by more than ± 20.0 per cent to re-qualify the
well for triennial testing. This GOR test re-qualification applies to wells that have not
undergone operational changes that could have impacted the GOR.
6.5.2 Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (facility subtype 322)
For crude oil multi-well proration batteries (facility subtype 322), each well with gas production
> 0.5 103m3/day must be proration tested and follow the well proration testing frequency
requirements in 6.4.4, unless metered, on a per stream basis. Fuel gas, vent gas or flare gas at a
site must be reported at the location which the activity is occurring.
Gas production volumes ≤ 0.5 103m3/day may be estimated using one of the following methods:
1. A well-level GOR. A well-level GOR factor must be determined at the frequency
listed in Section 6.5.1. Acceptable methods for determining the GOR factor and GIS are
described in Section 6.5.3.
2. A battery-level GOR. A battery-level GOR factor (monthly battery gas production ÷

monthly battery oil production) must be determined on a monthly basis. To calculate
the individual well gas production using the battery-level GOR factor the following
conditions must be met:
a. All wells using the battery-level GOR must produce ≤ 0.5 103m3/day of gas;
b. Any well producing > 0.5 103m3/day of gas is not eligible to use the battery-level
GOR, and well gas production must be determined using test rates obtained during
proration testing;
c. Monthly gas and oil volumes from wells not eligible to use the battery-level GOR
must be subtracted from the total battery gas and oil production volumes before
calculating the battery-level GOR. For gas, the volume to be subtracted would be
the total estimated gas determined from proration testing for all the ineligible wells;
for oil, the volume would be the total prorated oil production for all the ineligible
wells;
d. New wells added must produce ≤ 0.5 103m3/day of gas for a minimum of six
months before being eligible to use the battery-level GOR;
e. If there is no common ownership of all the wells in the battery, written

notification must have been given to all working interest participants, with no
resulting objections; and
f. If there is no common Crown or common Freehold royalty and only Freehold

royalties are involved in all wells in the battery, written notification must have been

given to all Freehold royalty owners, with no resulting objection received. If there is
a mix of Freehold and Crown royalties involved, the licensee must apply to ER for
approval if any Freehold royalty owner objects.
6.5.3 Methods for Determining Factors Used in Estimating Gas Volumes using a GOR Factor
If gas volumes are determined by estimation using GOR:

1. A 24-hour test must be conducted such that all the applicable gas and oil volumes
produced during the test are measured including vented gas (see figure 6.2). The gas
volume is to be divided by the oil volume to determine the GOR factor.
2. A sample of oil taken under pressure containing the gas in solution that will be released
when the oil pressure is reduced may be submitted to a laboratory where a PVT analysis
can be conducted. The analysis must be based on the actual pressure and temperature
conditions the oil sample would be subjected to downstream of the sample point. This
procedure is used to determine a well’s GIS factor. The GIS factor will be calculated
based on the volume of gas released from the sample and the volume of oil remaining
at the end of the analysis procedure. The volume of GIS gas determined from the GIS
factor is then added to the measured test gas volume, and other gas volumes as
applicable, to determine the well’s total gas production and GOR as described in item 1
above.
3. A sample of oil taken under pressure containing the gas in solution that will be released
when the oil pressure is reduced may be submitted to a laboratory where a
compositional analysis can be conducted. A computer simulation program may then be
used to determine the GIS factor based on the compositional analysis and the actual
pressure and temperature conditions the oil sample would be subjected to downstream
of the sample point. This is commonly called a flash liberation analysis or FLIB. The
volume of GIS gas determined from the GIS factor is then added to the measured test
gas volume, and other gas volumes as applicable, to determine the well’s total gas
production and GOR as described in item 1 above.
In addition to the methods described above to determine the GIS factor, other acceptable
methods include:
1. Methods listed under Guideline PNG035: Estimating Venting and Fugitive Emissions.
2. A rule of thumb estimate (0.0257 m 3 of gas/m3 of oil/kPa of pressure drop) may be used
as the GIS factor for non-heavy oil production until a more accurate, specific GIS factor is
determined. It may be used on a continuous basis, without the need for determining a
more accurate GIS factor if well oil production rates are ≤ 2.0 m3/day.
For each GOR test conducted, the following must be documented and be made available to ER
upon request:
• The meter readings, associated data (e.g. temperature and pressure), instantaneous flow
rate and cumulative test volume for each time period (e.g. 20.0 minutes) that the
measurements were taken for each determination of the value of gas and oil.

• The date, time, and duration of each of those periods. The maximum period duration must
be no longer than 1.0 hour.
• The production parameters (e.g. pressure, pump rate) during each of those periods and in
the 48.0 hours before each of those periods; and
• A description of the meter(s) and other equipment used during the test. At minimum the
meter make, type, and model should be included.
• Any factors used (e.g. GIS) to determine estimated volumes and the associated
documentation of the estimation methods
Additional guidance for how to determine GOR and GIS can be found in Guideline PNG034:
Determination and Submission of Gas Oil Ratio.
6.5.3.1 Example Calculations for Estimating Gas Volumes using GOR and GIS Factors
Example 1: Determination of Total Produced Gas for a Single-Well Oil Battery
Figure 6.2 depicts a single-well battery where a three-phase separator is used to separate oil,
gas, and water production from a well. The oil in the separator is under pressure until it is
directed to the storage tank, which is at atmospheric pressure (zero kPa gauge). When the oil
pressure drops at the tank, the GIS within the oil will be released. The gas leaving the separator
in this example is metered, while the GIS released at the tank is estimated using a GIS factor.
Total gas production from the well is determined by adding the metered gas and the GIS
released at the oil storage tank.
If a single-well battery uses a two-phase separator, the procedure for determining total gas
production is the same as for a three-phase separator.
If the gas production rate meets the qualifying criteria for estimation, all production from the
well produces directly to a tank without using a separator and there is no free gas in the oil
stream, the total gas production may be determined by using only a GIS factor.
Figure 6.2 Determination of total produced gas for an oil single-well battery
Metered Gas
m
GIS
(stock tank vapours)
m
m
Well 200 kPa
Separator Oil 0 kPa
Tank
Water
Tank
Sample Calculation: Total Gas Volume at a Single-Well Battery (Figure 6.2)

Monthly well data (hypothetical) given for this example:

Gas meter volume = 96.3 103m3 (from chart readings)

Oil meter volume = 643.3 m3 (from meter or tank gauging)
Pressure drop = 200.0 kPa
GIS factor = 6.37 m3 gas/m3 oil or 0.03185 m3 gas/m3 oil/kPa pressure drop (determined using a
method other than the rule of thumb)
Step 1: Calculate GIS volume:
6.37 m3/m3 x 643.3 m3 = 4097.8 m 3 = 4.10 103m3
or
0.03185 m3/m3/kPa x 643.3 m3 x 200.0 kPa = 4097.8 m3 = 4.10 103 m3
Step 2: Calculate the total battery gas production for the month:
96.3 103m3 + 4.1 103 m3 = 100.4 10 3m3
Note that total reported battery gas production is to be rounded to one decimal place.
Example 2: Determination of Total Produced Gas for an Oil Proration Battery
Figure 6.3 depicts a multi-well oil proration battery where production testing of individual wells
is done by directing individual well production through a test separator at the main battery site
or through a test separator at a satellite facility located away from the main battery site.
In this example, the oil, gas, and water leaving the test separator at the satellite are recombined
with the satellite group production and directed to the group separation and measurement
equipment at the main battery site. The oil and water leaving the test separator at the main
battery site are recombined with the battery group production, but the gas leaving the test
separator recombines with the group gas downstream of the group gas measurement point.
The oil in the group separator is under pressure until it is directed to the storage tank, which is
at atmospheric pressure (zero kPa gauge). When the oil pressure drops at the tank, the GIS with
the oil will be released.
The total gas production at the battery will be the sum of all the measured test gas at the
battery site, the measured group gas at the battery, and the GIS released at the oil storage tank.
Trucked oil volumes received at the battery must not be included with the total battery oil
volume when determining the GIS released at the oil storage tank.
At some facilities a vapour recovery unit (VRU) may be installed to collect any GIS that may be
released at the oil storage tank. If the VRU is equipped with a meter or the recovered gas is
directed through the group gas meter, a GIS calculation will not be required because the
measured VRU gas will either be added to or included in the other measured gas volumes.

Figure 6.3 Determination of total produced gas for an oil multi-well proration battery
Test separator at satellite 600 kPa
Well A Oil and m Metered gas

water
Other
wells m Gas
Satellite Gas to plant
To main battery
Gas
GIS
m (stock tank vapours)
Test separator Gas
200 kPa m
Well X Group separator or
m Oil and treater
Other water
100 kPa Storage
wells tank
Oil to storage 0 kPa
Water tank
Group inlet tank
Sample Calculation: Total Gas Production at the Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (Figure 6.3)
Monthly battery data (hypothetical) given for this example:
Oil production at the proration battery = 745.0 m3 for the month (from meter and/or
tank gauging)
Total test gas measured at the battery site = 30.0 103m3 (from chart readings)
Measured group gas production = 67.4 103m3 (from chart readings)
Pressure drop from the group vessel to oil storage tank = 100.0 kPa
GIS factor = 3.99 m3 gas /m3 oil or 0.0399 m3/m3/kPa (determined using a method other
than the rule of thumb)
Step 1: Calculate the GIS volume:
3.99 m3/m3 x 745.0 m3 = 2972.6 m 3 = 2.97 103m3
or
0.0399 m3/m3/kPa x 745.0 m3 x 100.0 kPa = 2972.6 m3 = 2.97 103 m3
Step 2: Calculate the total produced gas volume for the battery:
67.4 103m3 + 30.0 103 m3 + 2.97 10 3 m3 = 100.4 10 3 m3
Note that total reported battery gas production is to be rounded to one decimal place.
Example 3: Determination of Individual Well Test Gas for an Oil Multi-well Proration Battery
Figure 6.3 depicts a multi-well oil proration battery where production testing of individual wells
is done by directing individual well production through a test separator at the main battery site
or through a test separator at a satellite facility located away from the main battery site. In
either scenario, the oil leaving the test separator is under pressure and will be subjected to two
stages of pressure drop—one at the group separator and one at the storage tank. The total gas

produced by a well during a test will be the sum of the gas measured as it leaves the test
separator and the GIS that will evolve from the test oil volume after leaving the test separator.
In the example, the test separators at the battery and satellite operate at significantly different
pressures, and the oil leaving the test separator at the satellite will contain more GIS than the oil
leaving the test separator at the battery.
Sample Calculation: Test Gas Production for Wells in the Satellite (Figure 6.3)
Satellite test data (hypothetical) given for this example for well A:
Metered test oil = 7.22 m3 (from oil meter)
Metered test gas = 1.27 103 m3 (from chart readings)
GIS factor = 25.62 m3 gas/m3 oil or 0.0427 m3 gas/m3 oil/kPa pressure drop (combined
GIS for both stages of pressure drop from test pressure at 600.0 kPa to group pressure
at 100.0 kPa to oil storage tank pressure at atmospheric pressure or zero kPa gauge,
determined using a method other than the rule of thumb)
0.0427 m3/m3/kPa x 7.22 m3 x 600.0 kPa = 185.0 m3 = 0.19 103m3
or
25.62 m3/m3 x 7.22 m3 = 185.0 m 3 = 0.19 103m3
Step 2: Calculate the total test gas produced for well A for this test:
1.27 103m3 + 0.19 103m3 = 1.46 103m3
Note that test gas volumes must be determined to two decimal places (in 103m3).
Sample Calculation: Test Gas Production for Wells in the Battery (Figure 6.3)
Battery test data (hypothetical) given for this example for well X:
Metered test oil = 3.85 m3 (from oil meter)
Metered test gas = 2.33 103m3 (from chart readings)
GIS factor = 7.90 m3 gas/m3 oil or 0.0395 m3 gas/m3 oil/kPa pressure drop (combined GIS
for both stages of pressure drop from test pressure at 200.0 kPa to group pressure at
100.0 kPa to oil storage tank pressure at atmospheric pressure or zero kPa gauge,
determined using a method other than the rule of thumb)
0.0395 m3/m3/kPa x 3.85 m3 x 200.0 kPa = 30.4 m3 = 0.03 103m3
or
7.90 m3/m3 x 3.85 m3 = 30.4 m 3 = 0.03 103m3
Step 2: Calculate the total test gas produced for well X for this test:
2.33 103m3 + 0.03 103m3 = 2.36 103m3
Note that test gas volumes must be determined to two decimal places (in 103m3).

6.6 Oil Multi-well Proration Battery Accounting and Reporting Requirements
Prorated production is an accounting system or procedure in which the total battery production
is allocated to wells based on individual well tests. Production from multiple oil wells may be
commingled before separation and continuous single-phase measurement of the components
(see Figure 6.4). Individual well production must be tested in accordance with Table 6.1 to
determine the production rates that will be used to estimate the well’s monthly production
volume. The estimated monthly well production volume is adjusted using a proration factor and
the adjusted volume is the volume reported in Petrinex. The following must be performed (see
Section 6.5.1 for details):
1. Test production volumes of gas (in 103m3) and oil and water (in m3) rounded to two
decimal places.
2. Record test duration hours to two decimal places with the nearest quarter hour as
the minimum resolution.
3. Determine the hourly production rate for each product from the well.
4. Determine the estimated well production by multiplying the hourly rate by the
number of hours on production since the last test. This is done repeatedly
throughout the month until the entire months’ hours on production are accounted
for.
5. Determine the prorated production volume by multiplying the estimated well
production by the proration factor (the total battery production volume divided by
the total estimated battery production volume).
Figure 6.4 Oil multi-well proration battery
m Flare
Gas
Accounting
Gas
m Gathering
Systems
Test Gas
m Fuel m
SP m
Oil Well A
Vented Gas
Test
m
Test Oil/Emulsion Oil Sales
Group
Treater Oil
Storage m Pipeline
Oil Well B
Oil Delivery
Water
Storage
Water
m Disposal
The minimum test frequency and duration requirements (see Table 6.1) apply to all non-heavy
oil wells under primary production and waterflood operations included in oil proration batteries.
Monitoring the performance of miscible floods and other enhanced oil recovery schemes usually
requires testing criteria other than rate alone and therefore testing requirements for miscible
flood schemes are set out in each scheme approval.

Licensees must monitor the classification for wells producing to a battery and meet the required
testing frequency and duration for each well (see Table 6.1) unless otherwise approved by ER.
Many low-rate and stripper wells exhibit erratic production rates due to high water-oil ratios or
gas-oil ratios, and oversized production lines and test separators can make accurate
measurement difficult. Longer test duration can improve test accuracy for many of these wells.
To allow licensees the opportunity to conduct longer duration tests, class 3 and 4 wells are
allowed to use up to an eight day cycle chart drive for measurement of test gas production
volumes.
The use of automatic well testing equipment and procedures with EFM provides licensees the
opportunity to conduct tests of shorter durations than specified in Table 6.1. The automated
system can monitor the test and use statistical calculation methods to ensure that a
representative rate is obtained prior to terminating the test. This practice is acceptable when:
1. the accumulated oil test volume is polled at a frequency of at least once per hour;
2. the criteria for stabilization ensures that the uncertainty for the monthly well oil
volume does not exceed half of the maximum uncertainty of monthly volume
stipulated in Section 1, Standards of Accuracy; and
3. the computer program is properly documented and the documentation is made
available to ER upon request.
The test-to-test method, whereby data from a test are used to estimate production until the
next test is conducted, must be used to estimate the production volume from each oil well
based on the test rate and the total production hours. This production estimation method and
the proration methodology are outlined in Sections 6.6.1 and 6.6.2. A licensee may use its own
worksheet format, provided that the required data are retained and made available to ER upon
request.
6.6.1 Proration Estimated Volume Calculation
Calculate the estimated production of each well from the test data using the sample worksheet
below (Table 6.2).
1. Calculate the test rate/hour for crude oil, gas, and water:
Rate per hour = test production volume (including GIS volumes for gas) ÷ test duration
(hr.)
Enter the test rate per hour rounded to four decimal places.
2. Calculate the hours of production for each test rate during the reporting month.
Include only the hours of prorated production:
a. hours of production from the first day of the month to the start of the first
test for the month – data from the last test conducted during the previous
month will be used to estimate production until the first test for the month
is conducted, and
b. hours of production from the start of each test conducted during the month
up to the start of the next test, or the end of the month, whichever is
applicable.
Enter the hours produced rounded to the nearest hour.

3. Calculate the estimated production of oil, gas, and water for the production hours
applicable to each test rate:
Estimated production = test rate per hour x hours produced
Enter the estimated production of oil, gas, and water rounded to one decimal place.
4. Calculate the totals for each well:
Add the hours produced that are applicable to each test rate and enter the total.
Add the estimated production of oil, gas, and water, and enter the totals.
Note that if a GOR is used to estimate the well gas production in accordance with
Section Error! Reference source not found.:
Estimated well gas production = estimated well oil production x GOR

Table 6.2 Proration estimated volume calculation

UID WI 100060100101W400 Hourly test rate Estimated production
Test Test Test Test

Test date oil gas water durationc Oil Gas Water Prod Oil Gas Water
Vessel dd mm m3 103m3 m3 hours m3/hr 103m3/hr m3/hr hours m3 103m3 m3
Prior
mo. 25 6 9.05 1.35 3.53 24.00 0.3771 0.0563 0.1471 96 36.2 5.4 14.1
5 7 8.85 1.28 3.26 24.00 0.3688 0.0533 0.1358 168 62.0 9.0 22.8
12 7 9.40 1.51 2.98 24.00 0.3917 0.0629 0.1242 216 84.6 13.6 26.8
21 7 9.15 1.67 3.65 24.00 0.3813 0.0696 0.1521 264 100.7 18.4 40.2
Totals 744 283.5 46.4 103.9
Test Test Test Test

Test date oil gas water durationc Oil Gas Water Prod Oil Gas Water
Prior
mo. 28 6 5.05 0.95 4.15 24.00 0.2104 0.0396 0.1729 48 10.1 1.9 8.3
3a 7 5.85 1.25 4.50 48.00 0.2406 0.0490 0.1792 336 80.8 16.5 60.2
4a 7 5.70 1.10 4.10
17 7 6.01 1.15 5.00 25.50 0.2357 0.0451 0.1961 168 39.6 7.6 32.9
24 7 5.40 0.99 4.10 22.75 0.2374 0.0435 0.1802 192 45.6 8.4 34.6
Totals 744 176.1 34.4 136.0
Test Test Test Testdurati

Test date oil gas water onc Oil Gas Water Prod Oil Gas Water
Prior
mo. 1b 7 1.80 1.10 2.20 24.00 0.0750 0.0458 0.0917 24 1.8 1.1 2.2
2b 7 4.00 2.00 5.00 24.00 0.1667 0.0833 0.2083 120 20.0 10.0 25.0
7 7 3.95 1.95 4.95 23.00 0.1717 0.0848 0.2152 288 49.4 24.4 62.0
19 7 4.25 2.05 5.05 26.00 0.1635 0.0788 0.1942 216 35.3 17.0 41.9
28 7 5.65 2.00 5.50 27.75 0.2036 0.0721 0.1982 96 19.5 6.9 19.0
Totals 744 126.0 59.4 150.1
Note that test gas volumes must include gas-in-solution (GIS) volumes (see Section Error! Reference source not found.).
a
Tests on July 3 and 4 were comparable and consecutive, e.g., there were no operational changes. Therefore, the results are
combined and used as one 48.0-hour test.
b
Tests on July 1 and 2 were not comparable due to operational changes, e.g., choke/pump speed. Therefore, they are used as
separate 24.0-hour tests.
c
Test duration must be reported to the nearest quarter hour as the minimum resolution (record hours to two decimal places) , e.g.,
2 hr. and 45 min are entered as 2.75 hr.

6.6.2 Calculate Proration Factors and Monthly Production
1. Calculate the total estimated battery production for oil, gas, and water:
Total estimated battery production = sum of all the wells’ total estimated production
2. Calculate the total battery production and proration factors for oil, gas, and water:
For oil and water,
Total battery production = total monthly disposition + closing inventory – opening
inventory – total receipts
For gas,
Total battery production = total monthly disposition (including fuel, flare, vent) –
total receipts
Proration factor = total battery production ÷ total estimated battery production
The proration factors for oil, gas, and water must be rounded to five decimal places.
If a GOR is used to estimate the total battery gas production volume in accordance
with Section Error! Reference source not found.:
Estimated battery gas production = battery oil production x GOR
Estimated battery gas production = battery gas production
Gas proration factor = 1.00000
3. Calculate each well’s monthly prorated production volumes for oil, gas, and water:
Monthly prorated oil volume = well estimated oil production x oil proration factor
Monthly prorated gas volume = well estimated gas production x gas proration factor
Monthly prorated water volume = well estimated water production x water proration factor
4. Check that total well production equals total battery production for oil, gas, and
water. If the volumes are not equal due to rounding, minor adjustments to the
monthly volumes may be required.
Sum of prorated well production = total battery production
6.7 Condensate Receipts at an Oil Battery
If condensate is received by pipeline at an oil battery, the licensee must choose from the
applicable condensate reporting options in Table 5.6. The volume of condensate received from
an external source that will be reported as a GEV must be subtracted from the total monthly
battery gas disposition volume to determine the monthly battery gas production volume.
When condensate is received by truck at an oil battery where a portion of the condensate could
flash into the gas phase, the flashed condensate must be reported as a GEV receipt volume and
the unflashed condensate must be reported as a liquid condensate receipt.
Note that this may also be applicable to other light hydrocarbons delivered into an oil battery.
6.8 Electronic Flow Measurement for Oil Systems

6.9 Reporting Requirements and Scenarios for Wells Producing Oil
The following scenarios are the required reporting scenarios for both oil wells and gas wells
producing oil. See Section 13 for condensate scenarios.
6.9.1 Oil Wells
Scenario 1
Oil separated from well effluent and sold from battery facilities.
Report as OIL PROD and OIL DISP at the battery in Petrinex.
Figure 6.5 Scenario 1

Scenario 1
Gas
To gas gathering
m
system / gas plant / sales
Vented
m
Separator
Well effluent Gas

Oil Storage
Oil well tank at
battery m Oil sales
Scenario 2
Oil separated from well effluent, measured, and trucked to a tank at the gas plant.
Report as OIL PROD and OIL DISP at battery and OIL REC at the gas plant in Petrinex.
Scenario 2
Gas
m To gas gathering
Vented
Separator
Well effluent m Gas

Oil
Storage Oil
Oil well
tank at
battery m
Vented
m Gas
Gas Storage Oil transfer

processing tank at gas m
plant plant Total sales of oil and
m pentanes plus

Scenario 3
Oil separated from well effluent, measured, commingled with gas, and sent to a gas plant.
Dispositions reported at the gas plant will be the total combined sales of the oil receipt and the
plant pentanes plus products.
Note: The total plant inlet volumes reported would normally include the gas equivalent of the
inlet condensate, but in this scenario, the inlet condensate volumes used to calculate the total
plant inlet must be the net of the oil production received at the plant. The reported plant inlet
volumes and the pentanes plus production will be the measured volumes minus the oil receipt.
Scenario 3 Gas
m
Separator
Well Effluent
Oil Oil
m Gas Well
Effluent
Oil well Gas
m Plant Inlet
Gas Separator
Processing Vented
m Commingled
Separator
Plant Gas Stream
Storage
m
Tank at
Pentanes Plus Oil
Gas Plant Total sales of oil and
(C5-MX) m pentanes plus
Scenario 4
Oil separated from well effluent at battery, gas compressed as part of normal battery
operations, and additional liquids recovered as a result of compression and commingled with
battery oil production.
Report total fluid as OIL PROD and total OIL DISP in Petrinex.
Scenario 4
Gas
To gas gathering
Compressor at
battery sit e m
Gas
Oil
Oil well
Liquids
Vented
Gas
m
Wellhead
separator
St orage
tank at
battery m Oil sales

Scenario 5
Oil separated from well effluent at battery, gas compressed not as part of normal battery
operations, and additional liquids recovered as a result of compression.
Report OIL PROD and OIL DISP at the battery in Petrinex. Hydrocarbon liquids recovered as a
result of compression will be reported as pentanes plus (C5-MX) at the gathering system in
Petrinex.
Scenario 5 Battery Gas gathering system

Gas
m
To gas gathering
Compressor system / gas plant / sales
Well Efluent Separator
station
Oil
Oil well Liquids
Vented
Vented m
m Gas
Gas
Storage Pentane plus sales

Storage tank at
tank at compressor m
Oil sales m battery site
6.9.2 Gas Well Producing Oil
Scenario 6
Oil separated from well effluent, measured, and sold from battery.
Report as OIL PROD and OIL DISP at the battery in Petrinex.
Scenario 6
Gas
m To gas gathering
Vented
Well ef fluent m Gas
Oil St orage
Gas well tank at
producing oil battery m Oil sales
Scenario 7
Oil separated from well effluent, measured, commingled with gas, and sent to a gas plant.

Dispositions reported at the gas plant will be the total combined sales of this the oil receipt and
the gas plant C5-MX products.
Note: The total plant inlet volumes reported would normally include the gas equivalent of the
inlet condensate, but in this scenario, the inlet condensate volumes used to calculate the total
plant inlet must be the net of the oil production received at to the plant. The reported gas plant
inlet volumes and the C5-MX production will be the measured volumes minus the oil receipt.
Scenario 7 Gas
m
Separator
Well effluent
Oil Other gas
Oil
m well
effluent
Gas well Gas
producing oil m
Gas
processing Vented Plant inlet
Gas
m separator
Commingled
plant stream
Storage m
tank at gas
Oil
Pentanes Plus plant Total sales of oil and
(C5-MX)
m pentanes plus
Scenario 8
Oil separated from well effluent, measured, and trucked to a gas plant process or a storage tank
at the gas plant.
Dispositions reported at the gas plant will be the total combined sales receipt and the gas plant
C5-MX products.
Scenario 8
Gas
m To gas gathering
Vented
Well effluent m
Gas
Oil
Storage
Gas well tank at Oil
producing oil battery
Vented
Gas
m To plant process Oil transfer
Gas or m
processing To plant storage
plant tank
Storage
Oil and
tank at gas Total sales of oil and
Pentanes Plus
plant
m pentanes plus
(C5-MX)

7 Gas Proration Batteries

This section presents the requirements and exceptions relating to measurement, accounting,
and reporting for gas proration batteries.
Under certain circumstances gas well licensees have the option of not measuring the gas and/or
separated liquids for each well. Instead of the gas and liquids being separated and measured,
they can be prorated. Licensees that decide to install proration measurement systems in
accordance with the provisions of this section are accepting higher measurement uncertainty at
the wellhead, offset by lower capital and operating costs.
Prorated wells are tested periodically to determine the typical flow rate. The gas and liquids
from a number of wells are measured at a group meter, and the volume at the group meter is
prorated back to the individual wells based on the most recent test and the hours on
production.
The measurement uncertainty realized at individual wells within gas proration batteries is
greater than for wells where the gas and liquids are separated and measured. For this reason,
licensees should understand the impact of this type of measurement when dealing with
partners and third parties.
Prorated wells can be physically tied in to the same system as measured wells but under
separate reporting facility IDs. In these scenarios, the measured well production volumes are
kept whole, and the difference between the proration battery disposition volume and the
measured well volume is prorated to all the proration wells. This is referred to as measurement
by difference (MbD), see Section 5.5., increases the measurement uncertainty of the reported
prorated well volumes because the measured well volumes are kept whole.
The three types of gas proration batteries include:

1. Gas multi-well proration SW Saskatchewan batteries (Petrinex facility subtype 363),
2. Gas multi-well proration outside SW Saskatchewan batteries (Petrinex facility
subtype 364), and
3. Gas multi-well effluent measurement batteries (Petrinex facility subtype 362).
All wells in a gas proration battery must be gas wells and must be connected by flow line to a
common group separation and measurement point.
All gas proration batteries require periodic well tests to be conducted to determine production
rates, production ratios, and/or ECF that will be used in the determination of monthly estimated
well production volumes. Monthly estimated well production volumes are multiplied by
proration factors to determine the reported well production volumes. All wells must be tested
annually unless otherwise stated in Section 7.
All volumetric calculations must be in 103m3, to the required decimal places listed in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1 Required decimal places for volumetric calculations in gas multi-well proration
batteries
Number of decimals to be Number of decimals to be
Type of calculations calculated to rounded to
Production and estimated production 2 1
Well test gas, GEV of test condensate,
3 2
test condensate, or test water
WGR, CGR, and OGR 5 4
Proration factors, ECF 6 5
Test taps must be installed at all proration gas wells. The required test tap locations are
specified later in Section 7 for each of the gas multi-well proration battery types.
See Section 8 for sampling and analysis of gas, condensate, and water.
7.1.1 Group Measurement
Where delivery point measurement is required, the combined (group) production of all wells in
the proration battery must have three-phase separation and be measured as single-phase
components. Where delivery point measurement is not required, the group production may be
measured using a two-phase separator with an online product analyzer on the liquid leg of the
separator provided that:
1. The measurement system design meets the requirements of Section 14 and
2. The condensate and water are recombined with the gas and delivered to a gas gathering
system or gas plant for further processing.
If liquid condensate is trucked out of the group separation and measurement point to a gas
plant for further processing the condensate must be reported as a liquid condensate disposition
from the battery.
Gas wells in any one of the three types of proration batteries must not be commingled with:
1. Measured gas sources or gas from another proration battery prior to group
measurement.
2. Gas wells in a different type of gas proration battery, upstream of their respective group
measurement points.
Variances from this requirement may be allowed if the Exception criteria in Sections 5.5 and
5.5.1 are met or if site-specific approval has been obtained from ER prior to implementation.
7.1.2 Stabilized Flow and Representative Flow
The words stabilized flow and representative flow are used extensively in this section and are
defined as:
Stabilized flow Indicates a point at which flowing parameters of gas, condensate, or
water are producing under normal operating conditions and represent
production levels equal to the well’s normal average flow rate.
Stabilized flow can only be achieved when all testing equipment
parameters associated with determining an actual volume has
reached equilibrium (i.e., liquid levels in the test separator and

separator pressure and temperature stabilization to normal operating

conditions).
Representative flow Used when stabilized flow is not achievable, such as for wells with
artificial lift systems and wells with slugging characteristics. The test
volumes of gas, condensate, or water must be representative of the
well’s production capability under normal operating conditions
Wells that use artificial lift systems or characteristically display slug

flow are not in stabilized flow and thus must be tested for a minimum
duration that completes multiple flow cycles to accurately determine
a representative volume of gas, condensate, or water. These
representative production volumes are then extrapolated to reflect
the wells’ production over an extended period of time.
7.2 Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Batteries (Petrinex facility subtype: 363)
Gas wells in this type of battery do not require dedicated continuous measurement for each well
or a site-specific approval from ER.
Production rates determined during a well test must be used in the proration calculations within
30 days of the test until the next test is conducted.
Total battery gas production must be measured and prorated back to the individual wells, based
on each well’s estimated monthly gas production. Estimated well gas production is based on
hourly production rates, determined by periodic well tests and monthly producing hours.
Gas wells that produce from shallow gas stratigraphic units in SW Saskatchewan may be
included in these types of batteries. The stratigraphic units include coals and shales from the
base of the Glacial Drift to the base of the Upper Cretaceous. The production from two or more
of these stratigraphic units without segregation in the wellbore requires approval for
commingled production from ER prior to implementation.
7.2.1 Group Measurement
Group production is measured by separating the comingled well effluent and measuring each
stream in a single phase. At minimum, a two-phase separator is required at the group
measurement point because the battery water production must be reported at the battery
level. The group measurement point is usually located at the battery site where a compressor is
present (see Figure 7.1).

Figure 7.1 Typical gas multi-well proration SW Saskatchewan battery
Test Taps
Test Taps
Sweet G as Well
Sweet Gas Well
Test Taps Test Compressor
Taps
Group Gas
To G athering
m System or Sales
Test
Sweet G as Well Taps
Separator
Sweet Gas Well
Pro duced
m Water
Sweet Gas Well
7.2.2 Size of a Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Battery
There is no limit on the number of flowlined wells that may be in a Gas Multi-well Proration SW
Saskatchewan Battery. However, licensees are encouraged to consider the logistics of the
battery’s operation in determining the size of these batteries, with the key factors being:
1. The ability to conduct representative well tests at the minimum frequency specified
in Table 7.2; and
2. The configuration and operating pressures of the battery and flow lines such that all
wells can readily flow.
This approach will generally result in the main pipeline system laterals being used to establish a
7.2.3 Testing Requirements
Gas production rate tests must be conducted for each well in the battery in accordance with the
following requirements:
1. The test must be of sufficient duration to clearly establish a stabilized flow rate.
2. The test must be representative of the well’s capability under normal operating
conditions.
3. programs and procedures must ensure that all wells are treated equitably within
their respective batteries. These types of wells are typically tested by directing flow
from the well through a dry flow test meter. However, a test separator system may
also be used.
4. New wells must be tested within the first 30 days of production, then again within
12 months, and thereafter according to Table 7.2.
If these requirements cannot be satisfied, the licensee must either reconfigure the system, e.g.,
redirect some wells to another battery/group measurement point, or test each of the individual
wells within the battery once per month.

Table 7.2 Testing frequency for SW Saskatchewan shallow gas wells

Minimum rate Maximum rate Number of tests Frequency*
≤ 0.5 103m3/d 1 Triennial
> 0.5 103m3/d ≤ 5.0 103m3/d 1 Biennial
> 5.0 103m3/d 1 Annual
*See Appendix 2 for frequency definition.
7.2.4 Production Accounting and Reporting Procedures
7.2.4.1 Water Reporting Requirements

The reporting of water production for the wells in Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan
Batteries is not required. However, all water receipts and dispositions must be reported at the
battery level. A receipt from a SKMC for Saskatchewan can be used to balance the disposition at
the battery level on Petrinex. If the water is trucked to non-Petrinex reporting facilities or
evaporated on site, it must be reported as a disposition to SKMC.
7.2.4.2 Gas Production Volume Calculations

The following example assumes there are no measured receipts at the battery upstream of the
group measurement point. Monthly gas production volumes are to be calculated as follows:
1. Calculate well gas test rate:
Well gas test rate (103m3/hour) = Well test gas volume (103m3) ÷ Well test duration (hours)
2. Calculate estimated monthly well gas volume:

Estimated monthly well gas volume = Well gas test rate x Monthly total hours of well
production
3. Calculate total estimated gas production for the battery:

Total battery estimated monthly gas volume = Sum of all estimated monthly well gas
volumes
4. Calculate proration factor for gas:

Gas proration factor =Total battery measured monthly gas volume ÷ Total battery
estimated monthly gas volume
5. Calculate reported monthly (prorated) well gas production:

Reported monthly well gas production = Gas proration factor x Estimated monthly well gas
volume.
7.3 Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan Batteries (Petrinex facility subtype
364)
Gas wells in this type of battery do not require dedicated continuous measurement for each
well. Production rates, WGRs, and/or CGRs determined during a well test must be used within
30 days in the proration calculations until the next test is conducted.
Total battery gas production must be measured and prorated back to the individual wells based
hourly production rates, determined by well tests, at the frequency listed in Section 7.3.1 and
monthly producing hours.

Total battery condensate production must be measured, if present, and it must be prorated
back to the individual wells based on each well’s CGR from the production tests if the
condensate is separated and delivered from the battery. In this scenario the estimated gas
production volume at each well will not include the GEV of the condensate. If the condensate is
recombined with the gas and delivered to a gathering system or to a gas plant for further
processing, the condensate must be reported as a GEV and added to the measured gas
production volume and reported on Petrinex.
Total battery water production must be measured and prorated back to the individual wells
based on each well’s estimated monthly water production. Estimated well water production is
based on a WGR, determined by well tests multiplied by the estimated monthly well gas
production (see Figure 7.2).
Figure 7.2 Typical gas multi-well proration outside SW Saskatchewan battery
Test Taps
Battery / Group
Test Taps
Measurement Point
Gas Well Compressor
Test Taps
Gas
Test Taps Gas Well
To G athering
m
System or Sales
Gas Well Test Taps Gas Well Condensat e

Separator
To G athering
m System or Sales
m Pro duced Wa ter

Gas Well
If total water production at each well in the battery is ≤ 0.5 m3/day based on the monthly
average flow rates recorded during the six months prior to conversion, water production may be
prorated to all wells in the battery based on the estimated gas production at each well. In this
scenario, each wells’ percentage of the total estimated well gas production is multiplied by the
battery group measured water production to determine each wells’ water production. If a group
of new wells not previously on production is to be configured as a proration battery, the
qualifying flow rates must be based on production tests conducted under the normal operating
conditions of the proration battery.
There is no geographical or zonal limitation for this type of proration battery. The exception
criteria in Section 5.4 must be met or ER site-specific approval must be obtained prior to the
proration battery implementation either at the initial design and installation stage or at a later
stage of production when the production rate decreases to a point that continuous
measurement is not economical.
Gas wells producing oil rather than condensate must not be physically tied into a Gas Multi-well
Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan battery unless the well oil and gas production volumes are
separated and measured prior to commingling with the other wells in the battery and either the
Exception criteria in Sections 5.5 and 5.5.1 are met or site-specific approval has been obtained
from ER prior to implementation. This is a measurement by difference scenario so a separate
Petrinex reporting facility ID must set up for the gas well producing oil. However, if a gas well
classified as producing condensate in a gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan
battery is reclassified by ER as producing oil, the well may remain linked to the battery for
reporting purposes provided that the well is equipped with a separator and there is continuous

measurement of the gas, oil, and water or, alternatively, the measurement, accounting,
reporting procedures specified in Section 7.3.3 are followed.
7.3.1 Well Testing Requirements
Well testing is typically performed by directing well production through a three-phase portable
test separator configured with dedicated meters for gas, condensate, and water. A two-phase
separator with a total liquid meter and continuous water cut analyzer is also, acceptable (see
Figures 7.3 and 7.4).
Figure 7.3 Typical testing unit for a gas multi-well proration outside SW Saskatchewan battery
Gas
Testing (A)
Unit m
Metered and
Separator
Recombined
Test
Condensate (B)
m
m
Produced Wat er
(C)
Gas Well X X Test Taps

To Gas Battery
X (Group
measurement)
Test Taps
Battery / Group
Test Taps
Measurement Point
Gas Well
Test Taps Test Gas (D)
Taps Gas Well To G athering
m
System or Sales
Conde nsa te
Gas Well Test Taps Gas Well
Separator
(E)
To G athering
m
System or Sales
m Pro duced Wa ter

Gas Well Volu me (F)
Well tests must be conducted with measurement of all phases as follows:

1. The test must begin only after liquid levels have stabilized.

2. The test duration must be a minimum of 12.0 hours.

3. After the commencement of production at the proration battery, all wells must be
tested within the first month, and annually thereafter. New wells added to the
battery must be tested within the first month of production, then again within six
months, and annually thereafter.
4. Consistent testing procedures must be used for consecutive tests to identify if a
change in a well’s flow characteristics has occurred.
5. These wells are typically tested by directing flow from the well through a test
separator. If the initial testing with a separator shows a liquid-gas ratio (LGR) < 0.01
m3 liquid/103m3 gas, other testing methodologies, such as a smaller separator or a
dry flow test meter without separation, could be used for the next test. If the total
liquid volumes at group measurement point > 0.05 m3 liquid/103m3 gas in any
month, a test separator must be used to test all the wells within the battery for the
next round of testing to determine where the liquid originated.
6. The gas, condensate, and water volumes must be measured.
7. The condensate must be sampled during every test and subjected to a
compositional analysis, which is to be used to determine the gas equivalent factor
(GEF). The sample may be taken from the condensate leg of a three-phase
separator or the liquid leg of a two-phase separator. The water must be removed
from the condensate before conducting the analysis.
8. The GEF must be used to convert the liquid condensate volume determined during
the test to a GEV, which will be added to the measured test gas volume to
determine the total test gas volume if the condensate is recombined with the gas
and flowlined to a gas plant or other facility for further processing, see Section 7.3.2.
9. The WGR, CGR, and OGR (if applicable) must be determined by dividing the test
water, condensate, and oil volume respectively by the total test gas volume.
10. For orifice meters, the test gas meter must use 24-hour charts for a test period of 72
hours or less, unless electronic flow measurement is used; for testing periods longer
than 72 hours, seven day charts may be used, provided that good, readable pen
traces are maintained, see Section 4.3.2.
The test frequency may be extended with ER approval.
7.3.1.1 Exception for Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan Batteries

1. New and existing wells producing from shallow gas stratigraphic units in SW Saskatchewan
may be tested in accordance with the testing requirements set out in Section 7.2.3.
2. Existing shallow gas wells in batteries located outside the SW Saskatchewan shallow gas
stratigraphic unit with a LGR ≤ 0.01 m3 liquid/103m3 gas may be tested in accordance with
the testing requirements set out in Section 7.2.3.
The stratigraphic units include coals and shales from the base of the Glacial Drift to the base of
the Upper Cretaceous. The production from two or more of these stratigraphic units without
segregation in the wellbore requires prior approval from ER for commingled production.

7.3.2 Production Volume Calculations
group measurement point. Monthly production volumes are to be calculated as follows:
1. Calculate well gas test rate, see Figure 7.3:
Well gas test rate (103m3/hour) = (Well test gas volume [A] + GEV of well test condensate
[B]) ÷ Well test hours
Note: Do not include GEV of [B] if condensate is delivered for sale at the group
measurement point or trucked to a gas plant or other facility for further processing.
production

Total battery estimated monthly gas volume = Sum of all estimated monthly well gas
volumes
4. Calculate the well WGR, see Figure 7.3:

WGR = Well test water volume (C) ÷ (Well test gas volume [A] + GEV of well test
condensate [B])
Note: Do not include GEV of [B] if condensate is delivered for sale at the group
5. Calculate estimated water production for each well:
Estimated monthly well water volume = Estimated monthly well gas volume x WGR
6. Calculate total estimated water production for the battery:

Total battery estimated monthly water volume = Sum of all estimated monthly well water
volumes
If the condensate is delivered for sale at the group measurement point or trucked to
a gas plant or other facility for further processing, calculate the next two items;
otherwise go directly to item 9.
7. Calculate the well CGR, see Figure 7.3:
CGR = Well test condensate volume (B) ÷ Well test gas volume (A)
8. Calculate estimated condensate production for each well:

Estimated monthly well condensate volume = Estimated monthly well gas volume x CGR
9. Calculate total estimated condensate production for the battery:

Total battery estimated monthly condensate volume = Sum of all estimated monthly well
condensate volumes
10. Calculate proration factors for gas, condensate (if the condensate is recombined
with the gas and flowlined to a gas plant for further processing) and water, see
Figure 7.4:
Gas Proration Factor (GPF) = (Total battery measured monthly gas volume [D] + GEV of
total battery condensate [E]) ÷ Total battery estimated
monthly gas volume
Note: Do not include GEV of [E] if condensate is delivered for sale at the group

Water Proration Factor (WPF) = Total battery actual monthly water volume (F) ÷ Total
battery estimated monthly water volume
Condensate Proration Factor (CPF) = Total battery measured monthly condensate volume
[E] ÷ Total battery estimated monthly condensate
volume
11. Calculate reported monthly (prorated) well production:

Reported monthly well gas production = Estimated monthly well gas volume x Gas
Proration Factor
Reported monthly well water production = Estimated monthly well water volume x Water
Proration Factor
Reported monthly well condensate production = Estimated monthly well condensate
volume x Condensate Proration Factor
7.3.3 Exception for Gas Wells Producing Oil
If the hydrocarbon liquid that a gas well produces is reclassified by ER from condensate to oil,
the well may remain linked, for reporting purposes, in a Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW
Saskatchewan Battery, provided that the well is equipped with a separator and there is
continuous measurement of the gas and liquid components or, alternatively, the measurement,
accounting, and reporting procedures specified below are followed, (see Figure 7.5).
Annual Gas Rate–WGR tests must be conducted on the well. An oil-gas ratio (OGR) must also be
determined during this test. The WGR, estimated water production, water proration factor, and
actual water production are determined in the same manner, see Section 7.3.2.
Units: All gas volumes and GEV are to be in 103m3 and liquid volumes in m3.
1. Calculate well gas test rate, see Figure 7.6:
Well gas test rate = Well test gas volume (A) ÷ Well test hours

production
3. Calculate the OGR, see Figure 7.6:

OGR = Well test oil volume (B) ÷ Well test gas volume (A)
4. Calculate reported well oil production:

Reported monthly well oil production = Estimated monthly well gas volume x OGR
5. Calculate reported total oil production:

Reported monthly total battery oil production = Sum of all actual monthly well oil volumes
6. At the group measurement point, subtract the oil production volume (item 5) from
the total liquid hydrocarbon volume to determine the total battery condensate
production. The GEV of the total battery condensate volume, if not delivered for
sale or trucked to a gas plant or other facility for further processing, must be added
to the measured group gas volume to determine the total battery gas volume, see
Figure 7.5:
Total battery condensate volume = Battery total liquid hydrocarbon volume (E) –
Reported monthly total battery oil production

Total battery estimated monthly gas volume = Sum of all estimated monthly well gas volumes
8. Calculate proration factor for gas, see Figure 7.5:

Gas Proration Factor (GPF) = (Total battery measured monthly gas volume [D] + GEV of total
battery condensate volume [item 6]) ÷Total battery estimated
monthly gas volume
9. Calculate reported monthly (prorated) well gas production:

Reported monthly well gas production = Estimated monthly well gas volume x Gas Proration
Factor
Test Taps
Battery / Group
Test Taps Measurement Point
Gas Well
Test Taps Gas (D)
Test
Taps Gas Well To G athering
m
System or Sales
Liqu id Hydrocarbon
Gas Well Test Taps Gas Well (E)
Separator
To G athering
m
System or Sales
Pro duced Wa ter
Gas Well Volu me (F)
Figure 7.6 Typical testing setup
Testing
Gas (A)
Unit
m
Metered and
Test Separato r
Recombined
Oil (B)
m
m
Produced W ater
(C)

To Gas Battery
X (Group
measurement)

Report the calculated monthly oil production volume as oil produced from the well. Prorate
monthly condensate production, if delivered for sale or trucked to a gas plant or other facility
for further processing, and water production as in the normal proration battery in Section 7.3.2.
7.4 Gas Multi-well Effluent Measurement Batteries (Petrinex subtype 362)
Gas wells in this type of proration battery have dedicated effluent measurement, whereby total
multiphase well fluid passes through a single meter, see Figure 7.7. This type of measurement
must be subjected to testing regardless of the type of effluent meter used. For a new
completion or recompletion of another stratigraphic unit or zone in an existing well, effluent
measurement is not allowed at a certain LGR level, see Section 7.4.1.1 for details.
Figure 7.7 Typical gas multi-well effluent measurement battery configuration
Test Taps
m
Effluent Group Measurement

Point
Gas
m To Gas Gathering
Test Taps System
Metered and
m Recombined
m Condensate
Effluent
Produced
m
Water
Test Taps
m
Effluent
Where delivery point measurement is required at the group measurement point, the combined
(group) production of all wells in the effluent measurement battery must have three-phase
separation and be measured as single-phase components. Where delivery point measurement
is not required at the group measurement point, the group production may be measured using
“two-phase separation with three-phase measurement”. This means that a two-phase
separator with an online product analyzer on the liquid leg of the separator may be used
provided that:
1. The measurement system design meets the requirements of Section 14, Figure 14.1
2. The condensate and water are recombined and delivered to a gas gathering system or
gas plant for further processing.
The resulting total battery gas production volume (including gas equivalent volume [GEV] of
condensate) and total battery water production volume must be prorated back to the wells to
determine each well’s reported gas and water production.

1. If condensate is trucked out of the group separation and measurement point without
further processing to a sales point, condensate production must be reported at the
wellhead based on the condensate-gas ratio (CGR) from the well test.
2. If liquid condensate is trucked to a gas plant or other facility for further processing the
condensate must be reported as a liquid condensate volume.
Production rates, WGR, CGR, and ECF determined during a well test must be used in the
estimation/proration calculations within 60 days of the test until the next test is conducted.
Total battery gas production must be measured and prorated back to the individual wells, based
the total volume measured by the effluent meter multiplied by an ECF, see Figure 7.8. The
uncertainty of this type of measurement will increase with higher liquid rates, especially under
liquid slugging conditions.
Figure 7.8 illustrates a typical gas well effluent measurement configuration. Production from
the gas well passes through a line heater (optional), where it is heated. This is typically done to
vapourize some of the hydrocarbon liquids and heat up the water and the gas in the stream
before metering to prevent hydrate formation. For well testing purposes, test taps must be
located downstream of the meter within the same pipe run. The line heater, fuel gas tap, and
other equipment, if present, must be upstream of the meter or downstream of the test taps to
ensure that the test meter is subjected to the same condition as the effluent meter. After
measurement, production from the well is commingled with other flowlined effluent measured
gas wells in the battery and sent to a group (battery) location, where single-phase (group)
measurements of hydrocarbon liquids, gas, and water must be conducted downstream of
separation.
Figure 7.8 Typical gas well effluent metering configuration
Fuel
Test Taps
Gas Well Effluent X X

To Gas Battery
m X (Group
Line Heater Measurement)
(Optional)
For most wells, the required minimum well testing frequency is annual unless the criteria in
Section 7.4.1.1 are met. Total battery water production must be measured and prorated back
to the individual wells, based on each well’s estimated monthly water production. Estimated
well water production is based on a WGR, determined by periodic well tests multiplied by the
estimated monthly well gas production. Gas wells that produce oil, rather than condensate,
must not be physically tied into a Gas Multi-well Effluent Measurement Battery, unless the well
oil and gas production volumes are separated and measured prior to commingling with the

effluent measured wells and either the Exception criteria in Sections 5.5 and 5.5.1 are met or
site-specific approval has been obtained from ER prior to implementation. This is a
measurement by difference scenario so a separate Petrinex reporting facility ID must set up for
the gas well producing oil.
If the hydrocarbon liquid that a gas well produces is reclassified by ER from condensate to oil
see Section 7.4.3.
7.4.1 Well Testing
Well testing is typically performed by directing well production downstream of the effluent
meter and within the same pipe run through a three-phase portable test separator configured
with dedicated meters for gas, condensate, and water, see Figure 7.9. Two-phase separator with
a total liquid meter and continuous water cut analyzer is also acceptable. The test must be
conducted as follows:
1. The test must begin only after liquid levels have stabilized within the test separator.
2. The test duration must be a minimum of 12 hours.
3. All new wells must be tested within the first 30 days of initial production.
4. Consistent testing procedures must be used for consecutive tests to identify if a
5. The gas, condensate, and water volumes must be measured.
6. The condensate must be sampled during every test and subjected to a
compositional analysis, which is to be used to determine the GEF. The sample may
be taken from the condensate leg of a three-phase separator or the liquid leg of a
two-phase separator. The water must be removed from the condensate before
conducting the analysis.
7. The GEF must be used to convert the liquid condensate volume determined during
the test to a GEV, which will be added to the measured test gas volume to
determine the total test gas volume if the condensate is not delivered for sale at the
group measurement point or trucked to a gas plant or other facility for further
processing. The ECF can then be determined based on whether the condensate is
recombined with the gas, see Section 7.4.2.
8. The WGR must be determined by dividing the test water volume by the sum of the
measured test gas volume and the gas equivalent of the measured test condensate
volume if the condensate is not delivered for sale at the group measurement point
or trucked to a gas plant or other facility for further processing, see Section 7.4.2.
9. For orifice meters, the effluent meter and the test gas meter must use 24-hour
charts for a test period of 24 hours or less, unless electronic flow measurement
(EFM) is used; for testing periods longer than 24 hours, seven-day charts may be
used, provided that good, readable pen traces are maintained, see Section 4.3.4.

Figure 7.9 Typical effluent well measurement configuration with test unit
SP
Testing Gas
Unit m
Metered and
SP
Separator
Recombined
Test
Condensate
m
m
Fuel Produced
Water
Gas Well Effluent X X Test Taps

m X
Line Heater (Optional) To Gas Battery
(Group
measurement)
7.4.1.1 Effluent Well Measurement and Testing Decision Tree

The type of measurement and testing frequency for effluent measured wells must follow
the decision tree process in Figure 7.10.
Note that the starting point for initial well completion or recompletion is different than for
existing effluent measured stratigraphic units or zones or wells.

Figure 7.10 Effluent well measurement and testing decision tree. (text boxes are numbered
from left to right.)
1.
Initial well completion
or recompletion
Start Here
3. 4.
Is the total LGR produced
Is there through the meter 0.28
unrecovered Yes m3(liq)/103m3(gas) based
load fluids? on initial or recompletion
No well test?
2.
Existing
Yes Effluent
Measured
5. Wells/Zones
Install effluent meter &
conduct monthly LGR
Start Here
test.
See Note 5
No
6. 7.
Install 2- Is the test LGR rate 0.28
phase or 3- Yes m3/103m3 (gas) after full load
fluid recovery or a maximum
phase of 12 months?
separation 10.
a) Is the total weighted average monthly LGR at
the reporting facility 0.15 m3 (liq) / 103m3 (gas)
(excluding fluid volumes from each well or 12.
No 9. reporting facility with dedicated separation), and
b) Is the hydrocarbon liquid condensate 0.05 m3
No effluent
Effluent meter well testing
No installation
(liq) / 103m3 (gas) (excluding any recovered
hydrocarbon load fluids) for the well test
Yes required Re-
8. acceptable evaluation period, and evaluate in 12
Is the LGR rate c) Have all working interest participants and
months
0.28 m3 (liq) / 11.
Freehold royalty holders (if present) been notified
in writing and have no objection?
103m3(gas)? Maintain 2 or 3 See Note 4.
phase separation
Yes
15.
Effluent well
13. 14. No testing
No effluent well No Is the operating pressure
350 kPag at the wellhead?
No required
testing required
Yes
18.
Was there an LGR test in
16. 17.
the well test period
Is the well flowing above critical Is this well part of
(calendar quarter) prior No
lift rate at the last day of the well
test evaluation period?
Yes an approved zonal
exemption?
No to the current well test
period (calendar
See Note 3. See Note 2
quarter)?
(See Section 7.4.12)
No
23.
19. Was the test gas
Does the well have rate 5.0 103m3 /
electronic flow Yes day?
Yes measurement for No
secondary and tertiary
measurement? Yes
21.
20. Was this the 2nd 22.
No effluent well testing required. consecutive test where Was the LGR No
Re-evaluate in 12 months No the LGR 0.2 m3 liq /
103m3 gas and was the
Yes 3
0.2 m liq / 103m3
beginning at box 18. test gas rate 5.0 gas?
See Note 6 103m3 / day?
Yes
Yes
Note 1: Where all wells in a facility are above critical lift and in a deemed exempt stratigraphic
unit or zone, if the LGR is > 0.2 m3 (liq) / 103m3 (gas) at the respective facility inlet to which the
wells flow, the stratigraphic unit or zone is not exempt and the Note 1 path is to be followed.
Note 2: ER stratigraphic unit or zonal measurement exemption must be obtained by approval
of an application only.

Note 3: The Turner Correlation2 is used to approximate critical lift flow rate. The calculation
below produces a value in million standard cubic feet (mmscf) per day. Use a factor of 28.3168
103m3/mmscf to convert to metric units. Although there have been further refinements to the
Turner Correlation calculation, the formulas below will be applied to determine critical lift flow
rate as it relates to the well measurement and testing decision tree. These simplified formulas
assume a fixed-gas gravity (G) of 0.6 and fixed-gas temperature (T) of 120.0ºF.
G = gas gravity
P = Pressure (absolute) - lb force / square inch
T = Temperature (absolute) – degrees Rankine
vg = Minimum gas velocity required to lift liquids – ft / second
Z = Compressibility factor
A = Cross sectional area of flow – square feet
qg = Flow rate – mmscf / day
The following represents a sample Turner Correlation calculation:

Evaluation period: November–October
SCADA daily average tubing pressure, October: 684.6 kPa
Turner Correlation formula: assumes G = 0.6
T = 48.9ºC (120ºF)
Z = 0.9
Variable Value Units Calculation
G 0.6
Z 0.9
T 580 Rankin [(48.9 x 1.8) + 32] + 460
k 0.003095 (2.693 x 0.6) ÷ (0.9 x 580)
P 114 PSIA (684.6 kPa ÷ 6.89475) + (101.325 kPa ÷ 6.89475)
A 0.0217 Ft2 [3.1415 x (1.995 inches ÷ 12)2] ÷ 4 (tubing size = 2 3/8 inches)
qg 0.392 mmscf/d
qg 11.10 103 m3/d 0.392 mmscf x 28.3168 103 m3/mmscf
If both condensate and water are present, use the Turner Correlation for water to evaluate
system behavior. The Turner Correlation uses the cross-sectional area of the flow path when
calculating liquid lift rates. For example, if the flow path is through the tubing, the minimum gas
rate to lift water and condensate is calculated using the inside diameter (ID) of the tubing.
When the tubing depth is higher in the wellbore than the midpoint of perforations, the midpoint
elevation between the highest and lowest perforations in the casing in a vertical well, the Turner
Correlation does not consider the rate required to lift liquids between the midpoint of
perforations and the end of the tubing. Ultimately, the liquid lift rate calculations are based on
the tubing’s ID or the area of the annulus and not on the casing’s ID unless flow is up the casing
only. Midpoint of perforations is the midpoint elevation between the highest and lowest
2Turner, R. G., Hubbard, M. G., and Dukler, A. E., 1969, Analysis and Prediction of Minimum Flow Rate for the
Continuous Removal of Liquids from Gas Wells, JPT 21(11): 1475–1482.

perforations in the casing. The Midpoint of Perforations elevation is used in the Turner
Correlation that plays a role in the well testing decision tree found in Section 7.4.1.1.
Note 4: Average Monthly LGR/CGR Calculation
Follow Figure 7.10 to determine if a facility exception is appropriate for specific wells that flow
to the reporting facility based on the total liquid/condensate volumes versus the total gas
volume measured at the group measurement point for the reporting month. Production
volumes include not only volumes measured at a group measurement point, but all fluid
production volumes used for reporting purposes. This requires accounting for all fluid volumes
that are received into or delivered out of the reporting facility for that reporting month.
LGR = [Total group measured liquids (condensate + water) + (Disposition + Inventory change
before group measurement) – Liquid received] ÷ [Total group measured gas + (fuel + flare + vent
before group measurement) + Disposition before group gas measurement – Gas received]
CGR = [Total group measured condensate + (Disposition + Inventory change before group
measurement) – Condensate received] ÷ [Total group measured gas + (fuel + flare + vent before
group measurement) + Disposition before group gas measurement – Gas received]
Note 5: An initial well test must be conducted within 30 days of the well being put on
production and monthly thereafter. The WGR, CGR, and ECF factors from the last test must be
used to calculate estimated production until the next test is conducted. Once full fluid recovery
is achieved or the 12 month period is passed, whichever comes first, the well must be evaluated
according to the decision tree process based on the last well test.
Note 6: Wells that require biennial testing must use the ECF, CGR, WGR, and sample analysis
from the most current ECF test until the next ECF test results and sample analysis are available.
7.4.1.2 Well Test Evaluation

The well testing evaluation period is based on a cycle of 12 consecutive months that all of the
wells in a reporting facility will identically follow. The well test evaluation period must end two
months before the planned calendar quarter in which the required well testing will be
conducted for a reporting facility. Once the evaluation period is chosen, it remains fixed for a
reporting facility. Well testing, when required according to Figure 7.10, must occur once in the
fixed calendar quarter. Figure 7.11 provides an illustrated example.
Well and reporting facility data are gathered for the 12 month period identified. The wells
and/or the reporting facility are analyzed within the context of the well measurement and
testing decision tree. Initializing the design will establish the cycle that is repeated year over
year. The licensee is free to choose the well testing calendar quarter based on operations.

Figure 7.11 Well test evaluation example
Calendar Quarters – Well Test Period Well testing

occurs in
1 2 3 4 January,
February
and / or March
O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A
12 months
November November
2 month period prior
to January
Well Testing Evaluation Period
For the purposes of evaluating text box 10 of the well measurement and testing decision tree in
Figure 7.10, the reporting facility and the affected wells (i.e. wells without well separation) will
be on the same well testing evaluation period. If, however, a reporting facility is not eligible for
a reporting facility well testing exception as described in text box 10, the well testing evaluation
period can become unique to a well. This means that, for a well that requires testing according
to the well measurement and testing decision tree, the well maintains a fixed well testing
evaluation period, but the well testing evaluation period may be different for the wells in a
reporting facility. Once the well testing period of a calendar quarter is chosen, the licensee must
test the well once in the fixed calendar quarter period.
The pressure data, as recorded by the well measurement equipment, will be the monthly
average for the last month of the well test evaluation period. If no tubing or casing pressure
records are continuously recorded, then the upstream static pressure data from the well’s flow
meter may be used to approximate the tubing or casing pressure provided that the well’s flow
meter is located on the same lease site as the wellhead.
7.4.1.3 Record Keeping

The following lists the minimum records required related to well testing and/or the well
measurement and testing decision tree where it is applicable:
General Information:
1. Licensee
2. Reporting facility – name and surface location
3. Petrinex reporting facility ID
4. Well – unique well identifier (UWI)
5. Production formation – name and/or stratigraphic unit ID
Well Test Information:
6. Current well testing date
7. Last well test date
8. Effluent well meter run – internal diameter (mm)

9. Meter run orifice size (mm) (if applicable)

10. Test tap location (relative to effluent meter)
11. Test tap connection – diameter (mm)
12. Last gas sample date
13. Last condensate sample date
14. Test gas average rate (103 m3/day)
15. Test condensate average rate (m3/day)
16. Test water average rate (m3/day)
17. Current WGR (m3/103m3)
18. Current CGR (m3/103m3)
19. Current LGR (m3/103m3)
20. Last WGR (m3/103m3)
21. Last CGR (m3/103m3)
22. Last LGR (m3/103m3)
23. ECF – last value calculated
24. ECF – current value calculated
Decision Tree Information
25. Wellhead tubing internal diameter (mm)
26. Wellhead casing internal diameter (mm)
27. Wellhead tubing pressure (KPa)
28. Wellhead casing pressure (KPa)
29. Effluent meter monthly average differential pressure for evaluation period (kPa) – listed
by month (optional)
30. Effluent meter monthly average static pressure for evaluation period (KPa) – listed by
month
31. Effluent meter monthly average temperature for evaluation period (ºC) – listed by
month (optional)
32. Evaluation period average reporting facility LGR
33. Evaluation period average reporting facility CGR
34. Artificial lift method, i.e., cycling, plunger control
35. Well chart or EFM – model and make
36. Well test evaluation period starting month
37. Well test evaluation period ending month
38. Date well dropped below critical velocity
39. Critical lift calculation for evaluation period

40. Well load fluid volumes for evaluation period

41. Meters used in facility LGR calculations
a. Meter tag
b. Meter location
c. Meter volume
d. Meter units (103m3, etc.)
42. Well flow volume prior to recompletion (optional)
43. Well recompletion flow volume (optional)
7.4.1.4 Revocation of Exception Allowed by Decision Tree

A testing exception for an effluent gas well may be revoked if certain criteria are not met.
Baseline well testing must be conducted if a testing exception is revoked for any of the following
reasons:
1. Noncompliance
Potential areas of noncompliance include:
a. Incorrect exception calculations,
b. Inadequate record keeping,
c. Source data for exception calculations cannot be validated, and
d. Incorrect application/implementation of the well measurement and testing
decision tree.
2. A working interest participant or Freehold royalty owner for any flowing well to the
reporting facility objects to the exception.
Additionally, if ER has a concern with the activities, operations, production data, or reporting
associated with well testing, on notice in writing, ER can partially or fully revoke well testing
exceptions and impose, modify, or substitute well testing conditions for any period of time. ER
will advise the licensee in writing as to the reason for the revocation, provide a reasonable time
period for the licensee to meet the conditions set by ER, and provide an opportunity for the
licensee to comment.
7.4.2 Production Volume Calculations
Monthly production volumes are to be calculated as follows (see Figure 7.12).

Units: All gas volumes and GEV are to be in 103m3 and liquid volumes in m3.

7.4.2.1 Testing-Exempt Battery

For a battery that is exempt from testing, the volumetric calculation is to be based on the
following:
ECF = 1.00000
WGR = Battery-based water-gas ratio
LGR = Battery-based liquid-gas ratio
CGR = Battery-based condensate-gas ratio
If battery condensate volumes are recombined back into the gas stream, the gas equivalent of
the recombined liquids will be calculated and added to the measured group gas volume to
obtain the total battery gas volume. Condensate liquid volumes will not be prorated to the
wells. If battery condensate volumes are tanked and trucked out for sale or to a gas plant for
further processing, the condensate liquid volumes will be prorated back to the wells in the
battery based on the calculated battery CGR.
Well water production may be determined by either:
1. Calculating the battery water proration factor and then multiplying the well’s estimated
water production by the battery’s water proration factor or
2. Multiplying the wells’ percentage of the total estimated gas production by the monthly
measured battery water volume. In this case report a battery water proration factor of
1.00000
3. Exception: The licensee may, providing there is no objection from the working interest
owners of any well producing into the battery, use the WGR, CGR and ECF from each
well’s most recent ECF test instead of using the battery-calculated WGR, CGR and ECF of
1.00000. This option may be used as long as the battery qualifies as a test-exempt
battery.
7.4.2.2 Testing - Exempt Wells

For batteries with both exempt and nonexempt wells, the volumetric calculation must be based
on the following:
ECF = 1.00000 for exempt wells
For the wells that require testing, water production will be prorated to each well based on the
well’s individual WGR derived from the well tests multiplied by its estimated gas production.
For those wells that are test exempt, a battery WGR will be established and applied to all the
test-exempt wells after netting off the estimated water production of the tested wells.
If battery condensate volumes are recombined back into the gas stream, the gas equivalent
volume of the recombined condensate will be calculated and added to the measured group gas
volume (recombined volume and recombined analysis). Condensate liquid volumes will not be
prorated to the wells.
If battery condensate volumes are separated and delivered from the battery, the tested wells’
estimated condensate production will be calculated based on each well’s CGR, derived from the
well tests, multiplied by the well’s estimated gas production. For those wells that are test
exempt, a battery CGR will be established and applied to all the test-exempt wells after netting
off the estimated condensate production of the tested wells.

Exception: For test-exempt wells, the licensee may, at its discretion, use the WGR, CGR, and ECF
from each well’s most recent ECF test instead of using the battery-calculated WGR, CGR, and
ECF of 1.00000.
7.4.2.3 Testing - Nonexempt Wells

group measurement point. If there are no exempt wells in the battery and condensate is
delivered for sale at the group measurement point, go directly to item 8. Otherwise, follow
items 1 to 7.
1. Calculate the ECF:
ECF = (Well test gas volume [B] + GEV of well test condensate [C]) ÷ Effluent gas
volume measured during test (A)
2. Calculate estimated gas production for each well:
Estimated monthly well gas volume = Monthly well effluent volume x ECF
3. Calculate the WGR:

WGR = Well test water volume (D) ÷ (Well test gas volume [B] + GEV of well test condensate
[C])
4. Calculate estimated water production for each well:

Estimated monthly well water volume = Estimated monthly well gas volume x WGR
5. Calculate total battery estimated volumes (gas and water):

volumes
Figure 7.12 Effluent well meter testing configuration with condensate production
Testing
Unit (B) Gas
m
Separator
(C) Metered and

Test
m Recombined
Condensate
Condensate and Water
m m
Fuel (D) Water
(A)
Gas Well Effluent X X Test Taps
m X
(Group
measurement)

6. Calculate proration factors for gas and water:

Gas Proration Factor = (Total battery measured monthly gas volume + GEV of total battery
condensate) ÷ Total battery estimated monthly gas volume
Water Proration Factor = Total battery actual monthly water volume ÷ Total battery estimated
monthly water volume

Factor
Proration Factor
For the battery with condensate delivered for sale at the group measurement point:
ECF = Well test gas volume (B) ÷ Effluent gas volume measured during test (A)
9. Calculate the well CGR:

CGR = Well test condensate volume (C) ÷ Well test gas volume (B)
10. Calculate the WGR:

WGR = Well test water volume (D) ÷ Well test gas volume (B)
11. Calculate estimated gas, condensate, and water production for each well:
Estimated monthly well condensate volume = Estimated monthly well gas volume x
Condensate Gas Ratio
Estimated monthly well water volume = Estimated monthly well gas volume x Water Gas Ratio
12. Calculate total estimated gas, condensate, and water production for the battery:
Total battery estimated monthly condensate volume = Sum of all estimated monthly well
condensate volumes
volumes
13. Calculate total battery monthly gas, condensate, and water production:
Total battery monthly gas volume = Total gas disposition + Flare + Vent + Fuel (take off before
sales meter)
Total battery monthly condensate volume = Total condensate disposition + inventory change
Total battery monthly water volume = Total water disposition + inventory change
14. Calculate proration factors for gas, condensate, and water:

Gas Proration Factor (GPF) = Total battery monthly gas volume ÷ Total battery estimated
monthly gas volume
Condensate Proration Factor (CPF) = Total battery monthly condensate volume ÷ Total battery
estimated monthly condensate volume
Water Proration Factor (WPF) = Total battery monthly water volume ÷ Total battery estimated
monthly water volume

Factor

Reported monthly well condensate production = Estimated monthly well condensate volume x
Condensate Proration Factor
Proration Factor
7.4.3 Sampling and Analysis Requirements
7.4.3.1 Testing Exempted Batteries

For testing exempted batteries, the well sample and analysis used may be either:
1. The sample and analysis obtained from the most recent ECF test or
2. The annual sample and analysis obtained from the group separator, provided that
a. There is common ownership in all wells in the battery;
b. If there is no common ownership, written notification has been given to
all working interest participants, with no resulting objection received;
and
c. If there is no common Crown or common Freehold royalty and only
Freehold royalties are involved, written notification has been given to all
Freehold royalty owners, with no resulting objection received. If there is
a mix of Freehold and Crown royalty involved, the licensee must apply
to ER for approval.
d. There are no other receipts into the battery upstream of the group
separator.
Regardless of which of the above approaches is used, the licensee may, at its discretion, test and
sample any well and use the well sample and analysis to calculate well volume.
7.4.3.2 Testing Exempted Wells

For test-exempt wells in batteries that have tested and test-exempt wells, the well sample
and analysis used may be either:
1. The sample and analysis obtained from the most recent ECF test or
2. The annual sample and analysis obtained from the group separator, provided that
a. There is common ownership in all wells in the battery;
b. If there is no common ownership, written notification has been given to all
working interest participants, with no resulting objection received; and
c. If there is no common Crown or common Freehold royalty and only Freehold
royalties are involved, written notification has been given to all Freehold royalty
owners, with no resulting objection received.
d. There are no other receipts into the battery upstream of the group separator.
Regardless of which of the above approaches is used, the licensee may, at its discretion, test and
sample any test-exempt well and use the well sample and analysis to calculate well volume.

7.4.4 Exception for Gas Wells Producing Oil in Effluent Measurement Battery
If the hydrocarbon liquid that a gas well produces is reclassified by ER from condensate to oil,
the well may remain in a Gas Multi-well Effluent Measurement Battery, provided that the well is
equipped with a separator and there is continuous measurement of the gas and liquid
components or, alternatively, the effluent meter is left in place and the measurement,
accounting, and reporting procedures specified below are followed, (see Figure 7.13).
If the effluent meter is left in place, annual ECF-WGR tests must be conducted on the well.
These types of wells do not qualify for the test frequency exceptions or reductions described in
Section 7.4. An OGR, to be used for the well oil production calculation, must also be determined
during this test. The WGR, estimated water production, water proration factor, and actual
water production are determined in the same manner as indicated in Section 7.4.2.
Figure 7.13 Effluent well configuration for a gas well producing condensate reclassified to a
gas well producing oil
Testing
Unit (B) Gas
m
Separator
(C) Metered and
Test
m Recombined
Oil and Water
Oil
m m
Fuel (D) Water
Gas Well (A) Effluent X X Test Taps

m X
(Group
measurement)
ECF = Well test gas volume (B) ÷ Effluent gas volume measured during test (A)
2. Calculate estimated gas production for the well:

3. Calculate the OGR:

OGR = Well test oil volume (C) ÷ Well test gas volume (B)
4. Calculate reported well oil production:

Reported monthly well oil volume = Estimated monthly well gas production x OGR
5. Calculate the total monthly battery condensate volume:

Total battery condensate volume = Total battery liquid hydrocarbon volume – Total monthly oil
volume
6. Report the calculated monthly oil production volume as oil produced from the well.
Prorate monthly gas and water production as in Section 7.4.2.

8 Gas and Liquid Sampling and Analysis

This section outlines the gas and related liquid sampling and analysis requirements for wells,
group measurement points, and other streams associated with the various Petrinex reporting
facility subtypes. These requirements add to the requirements in Section 93.1 of The Oil and
Conservation Regulations, 2012, which continues to apply.
The requirements vary, depending on a number of factors, such as production rate, potential for
the composition to change over time, and the end use of the fluid. Where applicable, conditions
have been identified under which the sampling and analysis requirements may be altered or
eliminated altogether. ER may also consider applications for further requirement alterations or
eliminations if the licensee can demonstrate that measurement accuracy would either not be
reduced or there would be not negative impacts on royalties, working interest owner equity,
environmental protection, public safety or reservoir engineering concerns. In Saskatchewan, all
sample analysis reports for both facilities and wells must be submitted to ER in accordance with
the specifications listed in Directive PNG013: Well Data Submission Requirements.
8.1 General
Gas and liquid analyses are required for the determination of gas volumes, conversion of liquid
volumes to gas equivalent, and product allocation. The sampling and analysis requirements
described in Section 8 pertain only to those areas that affect the calculations and reporting
required by ER.
These requirements apply solely to the measurement of hydrocarbon fluids and are not
intended to supersede the business requirements that licensees are required to meet regarding
product allocations.
If oil is produced from gas wells, as defined by ER, the oil must be reported as liquid oil
production and not as a gas equivalent volume (GEV). Therefore, compositional analysis of the
oil is not required for that purpose. The oil produced may be combined with the gas and
delivered to a gas plant or other facilities for further processing, or the oil could be separated
from the gas at the well equipment and directed to tankage, and then for further treatment or
sale.
Gas density and composition are integral components of gas volume calculations and plant
product allocation calculations. For differential producing meters, such as orifice meters,
venturi meters, and flow nozzles, the accuracy of a computed volume and component
allocations are very sensitive to the accuracy of the compositional analysis, which is the basis for
compressibility factors and density determination. For linear meters, such as ultrasonic and
vortex, the compositional analysis is primarily used to determine the compressibility factors.
If liquid condensate produced from a gas well is recombined with the well gas production, the
compositional analysis from a condensate sample must be used to determine the GEV of the
condensate, which must be added to the well gas volume for reporting purposes. A similar
procedure applies to gas gathering systems where liquid condensate is delivered to other
facilities. For this reason, the condensate sampling requirements must be at the same
frequency as the gas sampling requirements.
If liquid condensate is separated at a well, battery, or gas gathering system and delivered from
that point for sale or other disposition, or trucked to a gas plant or other facility for further
processing, the condensate must be reported as a liquid volume. Therefore, a compositional

analysis of the condensate is not required for gas equivalent volume determination purposes
but may be required for the purposes of the sale.
Sampling and analysis frequencies and updating requirements for the various well and facility
subtypes are summarized in Section 8.4. Further details are provided in the sections that follow.
These sampling frequencies are the base requirements for gas and related liquid measurement.
8.2 Sampling and Analysis Requirements
Except where noted in this Directive, the gas sampling equipment and methodology must follow
the requirements set out in API MPMS 14.1 of June 2001, Gas Processors Association (GPA)
2166-05, or other equivalent industry standards.
Except where noted in this Directive, the condensate sampling equipment and methodology
must follow the requirements set out in GPA 2174-93, the evacuated cylinder method cited in
GPA 2166-05, or in other equivalent industry standards.
Samples and analysis may be obtained by any of the following methods:
1. On-site gas chromatograph (GC)
2. Proportional sampling
3. Spot or grab sampling
Spot or grab samples are acceptable for obtaining gas and liquid analyses once per test or per
determination, provided that uncertainty requirements in Section 1, Standards of Accuracy are
fulfilled. When the uncertainty requirements cannot be met, licensees must consider more
frequent sampling, calculated analyses in Section 8.3.2, proportional samplers, or gas
chromatographs.
For example, if the analysis from one-time period to the next is such that the density and/or
compressibility changes cause the volume to change by more than the allowable uncertainty, a
more frequent analysis is required or an alternative method of obtaining the sample must be
used.
The gas and liquid analyses must be updated when operating conditions are significantly altered
such as through the addition/removal of compression or line-heating, addition/removal of
production sources in a common stream, or wellbore recompletion.
If the gas volumes for all meters in the common stream such as sales, fuel, flare, and injection
gases meet the uncertainty guidelines in Section 1, Standards of Accuracy, the licensee may use
a single gas analysis for all meters on the common stream.
8.2.1 Sampling Procedures
1. Sample points must be located to provide representative samples.

2. Sample probes must not be located within the minimum upstream straight lengths
of the meter.
3. Access from grade or platform must be provided for the sample point.
4. If sample transfer tubing is to be used, its length must be minimized.
5. The sample transfer tubing must be oriented to minimize the potential to trap
liquids in gas samples and water in condensate samples.

6. A means must be provided to safely purge sample transfer tubing between the
sample point and the connection point of the sample cylinder.
7. Sample containers must be clean and meet the pressure, temperature, and
materials requirements of the intended service and have the required Regulatory
approvals as necessary.
8. The procedures used for sampling, transportation, handling, storage, and analysis
must ensure that atmospheric contamination does not occur.
All samples must be analyzed using a gas chromatograph or equivalent to determine the
components to a minimum of C7+ composition except for sales or delivery points where C6+
composition is acceptable if agreed upon by affected parties. The gas composition analysis must
be determined to a minimum of four decimal points as a fraction of 1.0000 or two decimal
points as a percentage of 100, and the relative density must be determined to a minimum of
three decimal points.
8.2.2 Sample Point and Probes
The sample point location and probe installation requirements that follow apply to all
measurement points described in this Directive. With the exception of delivery point
measurement, current sample point locations and installations that were constructed prior to
April 1, 2016 do not have to be upgraded to meet the sample probe requirements but must
meet the sample point requirements.
For grandfathered sample point locations as describe above, a sample probe must be installed
according to the requirements in this section when an installation is relocated or reused for
another well or facility.
8.2.2.1 Requirements for Gas Sampling

1. For sampling applications where the gas is at or near its hydrocarbon dew point, a
sample probe must be used. This requirement applies to any separator application
where hydrocarbon liquids are present.
2. For gas applications where the gas is not near its hydrocarbon dew point a sample
probe is recommended.
3. The preferred location for gas sample points is the top of horizontal lines.
4. An optional location for gas sample probes is the side of vertical lines with the probe
tip sloping 45.0° downward.
5. Sample probes must be located at least five pipe diameters downstream of any
piping disturbances, such as bends, elbows, headers, and tees.
6. The location of the sample point must be such that phase changes due to changes in
pressure and/or temperature are minimized. Specifically, for gases at or near their
hydrocarbon dew point, sample points must not be located downstream of
pressure-reducing components, such as control valves, flow conditioners, and
pressure regulators , or long lengths of uninsulated piping or within five pipe
diameters downstream of an orifice plate.
7. Sample points may be located downstream of ultrasonic meters that experience
minimum pressure drop through the meter unless a flow conditioner is used and the

gas is at or near its hydrocarbon dew point, in which case the sample point must be
upstream of the flow conditioner.
8. Insulation and heat tracing must be used to eliminate any cold spots between the
sample point and the entry point into the sample container or gas chromatograph
where the sample transfer tubing temperature falls below the hydrocarbon dew
point, such as at all separator applications.
9. Sample points used to sample blends of two gas streams must have provision for
mixing, such as an upstream static mixer, with due consideration to potential phase
changes brought about by a pressure drop associated with the mixing device.
10. Orifice meter impulse lines or transmitter manifolds lines must not be used for
taking samples.
11. Level gauge connections must not be used for taking samples.
8.2.2.2 Requirements for Condensate Sampling

1. With the exception of two-phase separators, a sample probe is recommended.
2. A sample probe must be installed for samples to be used to determine water cut when
there is emulsion or a mix of water and hydrocarbon, such as two-phase separators. For
such applications, the sampling system design must meet the requirements of API
MPMS 8.2 with respect to the use of mixers, sample probe location, and design.
3. The preferred location for condensate sample points is the side of horizontal lines.
4. An optional location for liquid sample points is the side of vertical lines with the probe
tip sloping 45.0° downward.
5. The location of the sample point must be such that phase changes due to changes in
pressure and/or temperature are minimized. Specifically, sample points must not be
located where vapour breakout is likely such as downstream of pressure-reducing
components, orifice plates, flow conditioners, turbine, PD or Coriolis mass meters,
control valves, and pressure regulators or where the stream temperature has increased.
6. For separator applications, the sample point must be between the separator outlet and
the flow/level control valve upstream of the meter, unless a pressure booster pump is
used, in which case the sample point must be located between the pump discharge and
the meter.
7. Level gauge connections must not be used for taking samples.
8.2.3 H2S Sampling and Analysis
This section relates to obtaining high pressure samples. Special considerations, such as extra
sample(s) or purging, should be taken when obtaining low pressure samples at a boot separator
configuration, treater, stabilizer, or at an acid gas facility.
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) is a reactive molecule that presents challenges for sampling and
analysis of gas mixtures containing it. H2S is easily lost during sampling and analysis, resulting in
underreporting of H2S concentrations. Factors that affect representative sampling and analysis
accuracy through H2S loss are:
1. Presence of air, water, or other sulphur-containing molecules
2. Presence of reactive or absorptive sampling container surfaces

3. Presence of a liquid phase, which can absorb H2S

4. H2S concentration
5. Sample pressure and temperature
6. Analysis method
7. Time lapse between sampling and analysis
The amount of H2S lost can be reduced by:
1. Proper sample point selection, which minimizes the presence of contaminants such as
air, water, and amines
2. Using clean containers made of materials that minimize H2S reactions or absorption
3. Minimizing the time between sampling and analysis
Typical construction materials for cylinders are stainless steel and aluminum. Inert coated
cylinders, glass containers, and non-absorptive elastomer bags can be considered to further
minimize H2S degradation, especially for concentrations of H2S less than 5000 ppm when
moisture is present.
The choice of analytical technique also affects the amount of H2S reported. Instrument-oriented
techniques, such as gas chromatography, are typically more precise than chemistry-oriented
techniques, such as Tutweiler titrations or stain tubes. However, such instrument-oriented
techniques are often impractical for individual well site applications.
Therefore, consideration should be given to analysis technique limitations and sample
degradation as they relate to the specific reporting requirements in determining the best
approach.
See Table 8.1 for analysis technique comparison.
With the exception of ppm level concentrations of H2S in the presence of moisture, a field H2S
determination along with a laboratory GC analysis are recommended. These analysis techniques
provide a degree of redundancy and a check of the field analysis. Above 5.0 per cent H2S, the
GC value is typically more reliable. Below 5.0 per cent H2S, the higher of the two values must be
used. Unexpectedly large variances between lab and field H2S values must be investigated.
Table 8.1 H2S analysis technique comparison

Analysis Lower detection
Advantages Limitations
technique limit
Online GC 500 ppm Real-time, accuracy Capital cost, ongoing maintenance
Minimal elapsed time
Laboratory 500 ppm Precision, accuracy Potential degradation during transport
GC that varies with H2S concentration
Tutweiler 1500 ppm On site Titration apparatus, reagent quality,
variability in operator technique,
GPA C-1
including visual endpoint detection,
computations, mercaptan interference
Stain Tubes 1 ppm On site Poor precision (±25.0%)
GPA 2377 Matrix effects as described in
manufacturer’s specifications

Analysis by gas chromatography is the preferred method at higher H2S concentrations.

For H2S concentrations between 1500 and 5000 ppm, it is recommended that both stain tube
and Tutweiler values be obtained if online GC is not used.
If high accuracy of low-level, below 1500 ppm, H2S concentration is required, consideration
should be given to using a low-level sulphur-specific detector, such as a GC sulphur
chemiluminescence detector. The use of containers that minimize degradation and minimizing
the time elapsed between sampling and analysis is also recommended in these situations.
Refer to Appendix 4 for more detail on the analytical methods used in the industry for
determining H2S concentrations in gas samples.
8.2.4 Compositional Analysis of Natural Gas
The two recommended procedures for compositional analysis of natural gas are based on GPA
Standard 2286-95: Tentative Method of Extended Analysis for Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous
Mixtures by Temperature Programmed Gas Chromatography and GPA Standard 2261-00:
Analysis for Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas Chromatography.
If a thorough molecular weight and density description of the C 7+ fraction is required, analytical
methods based on GPA Standard 2286 are more accurate and preferred. Specifically, GPA
Standard 2286 makes use of a high-resolution column and flame ionization detector to separate
and quantify the heavier C7+ components, which is then used for calculation purposes. Extended
analysis of natural gases is common but has not been fully standardized; therefore, some bias
may occur from one laboratory to another.
If the C7+ properties are well defined or have been agreed upon by all affected parties, analytical
methods based on GPA Standard 2261 are suitable. The principal advantage of the precut
method specified in GPA Standard 2261 is that all of the C7+ components can be grouped
together into a single sharp chromatograph peak. Grouping of the numerous heavy compounds
results in more precise measurement of the combined peak area. The primary disadvantage of
GPA Standard 2261 is the lack of information gained with respect to the composition of the C 7+
fraction. Inherently, if the composition of the C7+ fraction is unknown, some agreed-upon
physical properties must be applied for calculation purposes. The GC C 7+ calibration is also
affected, which increases the uncertainty of the C7+ measurement and heating value
computation.
If detailed information on C7+ physical properties is not available, default values can be applied,
as in Table 8.2.
Table 8.2 Recommended default values for C7+ properties*

Molecular mass Liquid density kg/m3 at Heating value
Component Names
grams per mole 15oC MJ/m3
C7+, Heptanes plus 95.00 735.0 195.0
* C7+ is a pseudo-compound. The values in most scenarios have been found to adequately represent the heavier fraction of
natural gas samples.

8.3 Gas Equivalent Factor Determination from Condensate
Gas Equivalent Factor (GEF) is the volume of gas, 103m3 at standard conditions that would result
from converting 1.0 m3 of liquid into a gas.
GEF is used when there is a requirement to report the gas equivalent volume (GEV) of
condensate and other hydrocarbon liquids to ER.
The GEF of a liquid may be calculated by any one of three methods described in Appendix 5,
depending upon the type of component analysis conducted on the liquid such as volume, mole,
or mass fractions and the known properties of the liquid.
8.3.1 Engineering Data
Specific constants are used in calculating the GEF. Absolute density of liquids should be used
instead of relative density.
The examples in Appendix 5 present the different methodologies used to calculate the GEF. All
physical properties are based on GPA Standard 2145-03 (2003 or later) published data.
1 kmol = 23.645 m3 @ 101.325 kPa and 15.0º C.
8.3.2 Calculated Compositional Analyses
In some instances, representative sampling of a hydrocarbon stream is not possible or feasible

because of economics, and calculation of a fluid composition is required, as described in this
section:
Calculated Well Stream Analysis: It is not possible to accurately sample multiphase streams, so
the composition of a recombined well stream must be determined by calculation. Such an
analysis is typically not used for measurement, as it represents a multiphase fluid stream and
most gas is measured as single phase. However, some companies use this analysis for
calculation of gas volumes from effluent measured wells. Calculated well stream analyses are
most commonly used in product allocation calculations.
Calculated Group Analysis: It is often difficult to accurately determine the average composition
of fluids at a commingled group measurement point, as wells/sources to the group system flow
at different rates and the composition is constantly changing. The recommended options for
sampling these streams are on-line gas chromatographs or proportional sampling systems.
However, if the recommended options are not practical or economical, a flow-weighted
calculated analysis may be a viable option.
Calculated Single Analysis: Sometimes a single analysis cannot represent the composition for
an entire measurement period. In such scenarios, multiple analyses of a single point must be
combined to determine the composition for the period. An example of this is a sales gas stream
where a proportional sample is taken weekly but a single composition for the month is required.
The principles to be followed for each of these calculated analyses follow.
8.3.2.1 Calculated Well Stream Compositional Analysis

This type of analysis applies to wells only and is meant to represent the hydrocarbon fluid
composition produced from a well and/or delivered to a gathering system. In most scenarios, it
represents the composition of hydrocarbons being produced from the reservoir. The calculation

is a flow-weighted recombination of the hydrocarbon gas and liquid streams. The accuracy of
the flow rates used in this calculation is as important as the gas and liquid composition.
Gas and liquid flow rates from the day of sampling must be used in determining recombined
compositions, with the following exceptions:
1. When the daily liquid-to-gas ratio is constant, volumes from an extended period
such as multiday or up to monthly may be used.
2. If some of the liquid stream is not recombined in a month such as scenarios where it
is produced to a tank, the composition flow volume of the liquids not recombined
must be deducted from the initial recombined composition. This is typically
performed by recalculating the recombined composition using only the liquid
volume that was recombined with the gas during the month.
See the example in Appendix 6.
8.3.2.2 Calculated Group Compositional Analysis

This type of analysis is a flow-weighted representation of the hydrocarbon fluid composition
produced from a group of wells or meter points. It is often used at commingled group points
such as inlets, compressors and certain process points where it is difficult to obtain
representative samples using spot sampling techniques. Ideally, proportional samplers should
be employed in such situations. However, when proportional sampling is not practical or
possible, a calculated group analysis can be determined based on the volume and composition
of the wells/meters that flow to the commingled point. The accuracy of the flow rates used in
this calculation is as important as the gas and liquid composition. The flow volumes used for
each well/meter should be actual measured volumes for the period that the analysis is being
calculated for, typically monthly.
For example, five gas wells producing from different pools with different composition deliver gas
to a compressor station where the gas is measured. Accurate spot sampling at the compressor
station is difficult due to changing flow rates at the wells. Using spot samples taken at the wells
and monthly flow rates, the producer calculates a group analysis for the compressor station
meter. Care must be taken when separator liquids are produced that all hydrocarbons are
correctly accounted for, regardless of the phase.
8.3.2.3 Calculated Single Compositional Analysis

This type of analysis is a flow-weighted representation of the hydrocarbon fluid composition
determined at a single sample point. It is typically used at sample points that have variable
compositions and are sampled frequently, such as weekly, using spot or proportional sampling.
Ideally, proportional samplers or gas chromatographs should be employed in such situations.
When proportional sampling is not practical or possible a calculated single analysis can be
determined based on the volume and composition of a group of analyses at the sample point.
The accuracy of the flow rates used in this calculation is as important as the gas and liquid
composition. The flow volumes used for each sample must be actual measured volumes for the
period that the analysis is representative of. For example, a producer takes spot samples of an
inlet stream weekly because proportional sampling or on-line sampling is not practical. Using
weekly flow rates, the producer calculates a monthly flow-weighted composition of the inlet
stream.

8.4 Gas and Condensate Sampling and Analysis Requirements
For facilities and wells, Table 8.3 outlines the update frequency of sampling and analysis
required for gas and condensate streams. The sampling and analysis of condensate, if
applicable, must be performed at the same time as the gas sampling. Configuration examples
are shown in Figures 8.1 through 8.17. In each scenario, other similar configurations may also
apply.
Gas and condensate sampling and analysis must be conducted on all new wells and new
measurement points by the end of the month following the first month of production unless
otherwise stated in this Directive. For the time period prior to obtaining an analysis from a new
well or measurement point, a representative analysis of gas and condensate may be used for
gas volume determination and gas equivalent volume of liquid calculations.
For new wells, where possible, representative analyses must be from a well producing from the
same pool with similar separator operating conditions or from sample analyse obtained during
well testing while the well is undergoing clean up operations. Analyses obtained during well
clean up operations should be carefully reviewed prior to use, as samples are typically taken at
different conditions from those of the producing well, and there are often contaminants such as
nitrogen or frac fluid in test samples. For other measurement points the reprentative analysis
should be reasonably similar to the expected composition.
All sample and analysis reports must be submitted to ER in accordance with the requirements in
Directive PNG013: Well Data Submission Requirements.
Table 8.3 Sampling and analysis frequencies for various types of facilities
Gas rate Sample and Sampling
Type of facility 103m3/d analysis type point Frequency
Gas wells/ SW Saskatchewan shallow gas N/A Gas only Group meter Biennially
batteries/ stratigraphic units or zones or
facilities areas with minimal water (facility
subtype 363)
See Section 8.4.1
Gas proration outside SW N/A Gas/condensate Test meters At time of testing
Saskatchewan shallow gas
stratigraphic units or zones or >16.9 Group meter Annually
areas or effluent measurement
battery (facility subtypes 362 and ≤16.9 Biennially
364)
See Sections 8.4.1.1 & 8.4.2
Multi-well group battery or single- N/A Gas only All meters First month, then
well battery with no condensate or Biennially
oil (facility subtypes 361 and 351)
See Section 8.4.3
Multi-well group battery or single- > 16.9 Gas/condensate Per meter Annually
well battery with condensate or oil ≤ 16.9 Gas/condensate Per meter Biennially
(facility subtypes 361 and 351)
See Section 8.4.4
Gas storage schemes, injection Gas Per injection/ First month, then
(facility subtypes 504, 505, 517, production semi-annually
and 519) and meter
withdrawal phase (facility subtypes
351, 361, 362, 363, 364)
See Section 8.4.5

Gas rate Sample and Sampling

Type of facility 103m3/d analysis type point Frequency
Gas cycling schemes Injection Gas/condensate Per injection Per approval or first
See Section 8.4.6 meter month, then
semiannually (if not
in approval)
Production Per Per approval or first
production month, then semi-
meter annually (if not in
approval)
Gas sales/delivery (all facility Gas only Per meter Annually
subtypes apply)
See Section 8.4.7
Gas plants (facility subtypes: 401- Gas/condensate Per Semiannually
407 and 411) accounting
See Section 8.4.8.1 meter
Gas gathering systems (facility > 16.9 Gas/condensate Per inlet Annually
subtypes 611 and 612) meter
See Section 8.4.8.2 ≤ 16.9 Gas/condensate Per inlet Biennially
meter
Non-heavy Single-well/ multi-well Flared Gas only Per meter Initial2
oil wells/ group battery (facility Conserved > 16.9 Gas only Per meter Annually
batteries subtypes: 311 and
321) ≤ 16.9 Gas only Per meter Biennially
See Section 8.4.9
Multi-well proration Primary > 16.9 Gas only Per test/group Annually
Battery (facility production meter per
subtype: 322) for and water pool
injection phase (facility flood ≤ 16.9 Gas only Per test/group Biennially
subtypes: 501, 503, See meter per
506, and 510) Section pool
See Section 8.4.10 8.4.10
Miscible/im Production Gas only Per test/group Per approval or
miscible meter quarterly (if not in
flood approval)
See Injection Per meter Per approval or
Section monthly (if not in
8.4.11 approval)
Heavy oil1 Single-well battery ≤ 2.0 Gas only Per well Initial2
batteries (facility subtypes: 325
See Section and 326) > 2.0 Gas only Per meter Biennially
8.4.12
Multi-well proration ≤ 2.0 Gas only Per test/group Initial2
battery (facility meter per
subtypes: 327 and pool
344) > 2.0 Gas only Per test/group Biennially
meter per
pool
Water Single-well/ multi-well Gas only (if Per well Initial2
source battery (facility present)
well/battery subtypes: 906 and
907)
1. Heavy oil is crude oil with a density ≥ 920.0 kg/m3 at 15.0 oC

2. Initial - an analysis is required within the first six months of operation only, with no subsequent updates
required.
Licensees must ensure that analysis data are used to update volumetric calculations by the end
of the month following the receipt of the analysis report. The only exception is for effluent
wells, for which the analysis must be updated by the end of the second month following receipt
of the analysis report. If sampling and analysis are conducted for other purposes, such as joint
venture and allocation agreements, more frequently than required by this Directive, the licensee
must use those data to update volumetric calculations.
8.4.1 Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan with Minimal Water (Petrinex facility
subtypes: 363)
Shallow gas wells are those that produce from shallow gas stratigraphic units or zones, including
coals and shales from the bottom of the Glacial Drift to the bottom of the Upper Cretaceous.
The production from two or more of these stratigraphic units or zones without segregation in
the wellbore requires prior approval from ER for commingled production.
In the configuration of Figure 8.1 of shallow gas wells or CBM wells with water production ≤
0.01 m3/103m3 gas, analyses must be updated biennially at group gas meter A. No sampling and
analysis are required at the test meter or well. Density and component analysis data from the
group meter sample point may be used for test meter calculations.
Figure 8.1 Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Battery

Test
Taps
Gas Test
Well Taps
Test
Gas Compressor
Taps Test Well To Gathering System
Taps or Sales
m m
Gas Group Gas
Well Gas Group Gas & SP
Meter A (alternate location)
Test Well
Separator
Taps
Gas
Produced
Well Water
m
For shallow gas wells that have been fractured or stimulated using a gaseous medium (e.g., N2
or CO2), gas sampling and analysis frequency must be in accordance with the following:
1. An initial sample and analysis must be obtained within the first month the well is
put on production to establish the initial N2 or CO2 concentration and other
component composition.
2. Where there is adequate analog sample analysis data that is representative of how
concentrations of N2 or CO2 will decline from month to month in the produced gas,
the monthly analog sample analysis data may be used to calculate well volumes in
the second to fifth months.

a. The analog data set must contain monthly sample analysis data showing how N2
or CO2 concentrations decline month over month for up to 12 months and from
at least six wells within an eight km radius of the subject well. The analog data
set must be a volume-weighted average composition.
3. After being on production for six months, a second sample and analysis must be
obtained to confirm that the well gas N2 or CO2 concentration is declining as
predicted by the analog data set. The sample analysis must be used to re-establish
the well gas composition with the analog data set. The monthly analog sample
analysis data may be used to calculate well volumes from the seventh to twelfth
months.
4. After being on production for one year, the sample and analysis from the group
separator may be used to determine the well gas volumes.
5. If analog sample analysis data does not exist as described above, then the wells
must be sampled bimonthly until the well gas composition has stabilized; the
sample analysis obtained at the group meter may then be used to determine well
gas volumes. Composition stabilization means that the mole fraction of N2 or CO2 in
the total sample analysis is ≤ 0.05 or ≤ 0.02, respectively.
If these stratigraphic units or zones are commingled with gas from other outside stratigraphic
units or zones, sampling must be conducted biennially on a per pool or stratigraphic unit or zone
basis per commingled SW Saskatchewan pools basis from a representative well within the pool.
For exceptions on sampling for these pools or stratigraphic units or zones, see Section 8.4.1.1.
8.4.1.1 Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan Batteries (Petrinex facility subtypes:
364)
In the configuration in Figure 8.2, gas density and composition must be updated
• Annually at group meter A if the daily gas rate is > 16.9 103m3,
• Biennially at group meter A if the daily gas rate is ≤ 16.9 103m3, and
• At each well during a well test.
If condensate at the group measurement point is recombined and delivered to a gas plant, the
condensate GEF must be updated
• Annually at group meter B if the daily gas rate is > 16.9 103m3, and
• Biennially at group meter B if the daily gas rate is ≤ 16.9 103m3.

Figure 8.2 Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan battery
Test Taps
Gas Test
Well Taps
Test Gas
Taps Test Well
Compressor To Gathering
Taps System or Sales
Gas m m
Well Gas Group Gas
Group Gas
Test Well Meter A
(alternate location)
Separator
Taps
Produced Condensate
m Group Condensate Meter B
Gas
Well
m
Produced
m = measurement point Water
8.4.1.2 Exceptions for Sampling Frequency

1. A licensee is not required to update the analyses where three consecutive gas
relative density (RD) determinations conducted at the specified determination
frequency or, alternatively, no more frequently than once per year are all within
±1.0 per cent of the average of the three RD’s as shown in Example 8.1. In this
situation, there is no need for an application to be submitted to ER. Records and
data in support of this exception must be retained by the licensee and made
available to ER upon request. Notwithstanding this exception, the licensee must
update the gas analyses when changes are made to operating conditions that could
affect the gas density by more than ±1.0 per cent of the average of the three
qualifying RD’s.
2. The gas and condensate analyses determined at the group measurement points may
be used for the test meters, provided that all wells are from the same pool.
3. For wells producing from multiple pools into a group measurement point, average
individual gas and (where applicable) condensate analyses may be used in volume
calculations for all the wells in each individual pool (or commingled pool) producing
to a test meter provided the following qualifying criteria are met.
a. All wells flowing to the group measurement point have common ownership.
If there is not common ownership, written notification has been given to all
working interest participants, with no resulting objection received.
b. All wells flowing to the group measurement point have common Crown or
common Freehold royalty. If there is no common Crown or common
Freehold royalty and only Freehold royalties are involved, written
notification has been given to all Freehold royalty owners, with no resulting
objection received. If there is a mix of Freehold and Crown royalties
involved, the licensee must apply to ER for approval if any Freehold royalty
owner objects after being notified by the licensee.
c. The relative densities of the gas and condensate analyses of all common-
pool wells (or commingled-pool wells) are within ±2.0 per cent of the
calculated average gas and condensate relative densities. Initially, the

average relative densities must be calculated based on the most current

sample analysis for each well in the pool (or commingled pool).
i. In each subsequent year, gas and condensate analyses must be
obtained from at least four wells in each pool (or commingled pool)
or at least 25.0 per cent of the wells in each pool (or commingled
pool), whichever is greater. This new data will be used to
recalculate average gas and condensate relative densities and,
provided that the newly sampled well gas and condensate relative
densities variance remains within the ±2.0 per cent limit of the
average, the exception will remain in effect (see example 8.2). If
the well gas and condensate relative densities variance exceeds the
±2.0 per cent limit, this exception is revoked. The revocation of the
exception remains in place until sampling and analysis of all wells in
the pool re-establishes the required RD variance.
ii. If the pool (or commingled pool) has four or fewer wells flowing to
the group measurement point, then, in each subsequent year, gas
and condensate analyses must be obtained from one well from each
pool (or commingled pool). If the newly sampled well gas and
condensate relative densities variance remains within ±2.0 per cent
of the previous years’ relative densities, the exception remains in
effect. If the well gas and condensate relative densities variance
exceeds the ±2.0 per cent limit, this exception is revoked. The
revocation of the exception remains in place until sampling and
analysis of all wells in the pool re-establishes the required RD
variance.
d. New wells that have been fractured or stimulated with a gaseous medium
are not eligible for this exception until their gas and condensate RDs are
within the ±2.0 per cent variance of the calculated pool average gas and
condensate RD.
Example 8.1. Meter A RD differences

Sample date RD RD Difference
from average
June 03, 2000 0.583 - 0.29%
June 09, 2001 0.586 + 0.22%
June 06, 2002 0.585 + 0.05%
Average 0.5847
In this example, meter A would be exempt from the requirement for future updates as the three
consecutive RD’s are within ±1.0 per cent of the average of the three RD’s.
8.4.2 Multi-well Effluent Measurement Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 362)
In the configuration in Figure 8.3 and Figure 8.4, gas analyses, condensate composition, and GEF
must be updated at the time of testing each effluent well and as follows:
• Annually at the group gas and condensate meters if the daily group gas rate is > 16.9
103m3

• Biennially at the group gas and condensate meters if the daily group gas rate is ≤ 16.9
103m3
The gas analysis to be used for volumetric calculation at the effluent meter is as follows:
Option 1: Use the separated gas analysis from the ECF-WGR test; or
Option 2: Use the recombination of the gas analysis and the condensate analysis from
the ECF-WGR test.
Note: All wells within the effluent battery must use the same analysis option.
8.4.2.1 Exceptions for Sampling Frequency

1. A licensee is not required to update analyses at the group gas and condensate
metering points if:
a. Three consecutive gas RD determinations conducted at the specified
determination frequency or no more frequently than once per year are all
within ±1.0 per cent of the average of the three RD’s as shown in Example
8.1; and
b. The daily average liquid condensate volume is ≤ 2.0 m3/day for all reporting
months for the previous three years and/or the GEV of the condensate is ≤
2.0 per cent of the recombined total monthly gas volume.
In these situations, there is no need for an application to be submitted to ER.
Records and data in support of these exceptions must be retained by the licensee
and made available to ER upon request. Notwithstanding these exceptions, the
licensee must update the gas analyses when changes are made to operating
conditions that could affect the gas RD by more than ±1.0 per cent of the average of
the three qualifying RD’s, and the licensee must update the condensate analyses if
the liquid condensate volume or GEV percentage increases beyond the qualifying
limits.
2. A licensee is not required to update the well gas and condensate analyses if three
consecutive calculated recombined relative density (RD) determinations conducted
at the specified determination frequency or, alternatively, no more frequently than
once per year are all within ±1.0 per cent of the average of the three RDs (see
Example 8.1). Specifically, the RDs would be those of the gas plus gas equivalent of
the recombined liquid condensate. After the well has fallen below the critical lift
velocity as determined using the Turner Correlation calculation described in Section
7.4.1.1 a new gas and condensate analysis must be obtained.
In this situation, there is no need for an application to be submitted to ER. Records
and data in support of this exception must be retained by the licensee and made
available to ER upon request. Notwithstanding this exception, the licensee must
update the gas and condensate analyses when changes are made to producing
conditions that could affect the gas density by more than ±1.0 per cent of the
average of the three qualifying recombined RDs.

Figure 8.3 Gas multi-well effluent measurement battery
Test Taps
m
Group Measurement Point
Effluent
Gas Meter A
To Gas
Gas Well Gathering
m
System
Test Taps
Condensate
Separator
Metered and
m Recombined
m
Effluent
Gas Well m
Test Taps
Produced Water Metered
m and Recombined or
Disposal
Effluent
Gas Well
Figure 8.4 Effluent measured well testing configuration
Testing
Unit Gas
m
Metered &
Test Separator
Recombined
Condensate
m
m
Fuel Produced
Water

m X
To Gas Battery
Line Heater (Optional)
(Group measurement)

8.4.3 Gas Single Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 351) or Gas Multi-well Group
Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 361) and Shallow Gas Wells Producing no
Condensate or Oil
For the configuration in Figure 8.5, the gas analysis must be updated within the first year and
then biennially at each well gas meter A.
Shallow gas wells are those that produce from the shallow gas stratigraphic units and include
coals and shales from the bottom of the Glacial Drift and the bottom of the Upper Cretaceous.
The production from two or more of these stratigraphic units without segregation in the
wellbore requires prior approval from ER.
For shallow gas wells that are linked to Petrinex facility subtype 351 or 361 and have been
fractured or stimulated using a gaseous medium (e.g., N2 or CO2), frequency of gas sampling and
analysis must be in accordance with the following:
1. An initial sample and analysis must be obtained in the first month the well is put on
production to establish the initial N2 or CO2 concentration and other component
composition.
2. Where there is adequate analog sample and analysis data that is representative of
how concentrations of N2 or CO2 will decline from month to month in the produced
gas, the monthly analog sample and analysis data may be used to calculate well
volumes from the second to fifth months.
a. The analog data set must contain monthly sample and analysis data showing
how N2 or CO2 concentrations decline month over month for up to 12 months
and from at least six wells within an eight km radius of the subject well. The
analog data set must be a volume-weighted average composition.
3. After being on production for six months, a second sample and analysis must be
obtained to confirm that the well gas N2 or CO2 concentration is declining as
predicted by the analog data set. The sample and analysis must be used to re-
establish the well gas composition with the analog data set. In the seventh month
and for the duration of the well life cycle, the analog sample and analysis data may
be used to determine the well gas volumes.
4. If analog sample and analysis data does not exist as described above, then the well
must be sampled bimonthly until the well gas composition has stabilized; after that,
no further sampling of the well is required. Composition stabilization means that the
mole fraction of N2 or CO2 in the total sample analysis is ≤ 0.05 or ≤ 0.02,
respectively.
For shallow gas wells and coalbed methane wells that have not been fractured or stimulated
using a gaseous medium, only a single gas sample and analysis is required through the entire
producing life cycle of the well. The operator may determine the timing of the gas sampling, but
it must be obtained within the first year of the well being placed on production. A
representative sample analysis from an analog well or a calculated average gas composition
based on the sample analyses of several analog wells may be used for gas volume determination
until the actual well gas sample and analysis are obtained.

Figure 8.5 Gas single well battery or gas multi-well group battery and shallow gas wells with
no condensate or oil production
Gas
Meter A To Gas Gathering
Sales
Separator
Produced
Water m
Gas
Well
8.4.3.1 Exceptions for Analysis Frequency

1. A licensee is not required to update the analyses if three consecutive gas analyses
conducted at the specified determination frequency or, alternatively, no more
frequently than once per year are all within ±1.0 per cent of the average RD of the
three analyses as shown in Example 8.1. In this situation, there is no need for an
application to be submitted to ER. Records and data in support of this exception
must be retained by the licensee and made available to ER upon request.
Notwithstanding this exception, the licensee must update the gas analyses when
changes are made to operating conditions that could affect the gas analysis by more
than ±1.0 per cent of the average RD of the three qualifying analysis.
2. A representative analysis for all wells producing to a common gathering system or
facility from a common pool can be used if the RD of all common-pool wells are
within ±2.0 per cent of the average analysis of those wells. Gas analyses must
initially be obtained for all the common-pool wells to arrive at the average analysis.
Subsequent analyses can be made on 25.0 per cent or at least four wells from the
pool (whichever is greater) at the frequency stated in this Directive, provided that
the RD variance remains within the ±2.0 per cent limit of these wells as shown in
Example 8.2. Should the variance exceed this limit, this exception is revoked and
biennial analyses must be determined for each measurement point.
Example 8.2 Pool RD differences

Consider an 8-well pool producing gas under this configuration:
Well Id RD RD Difference from average
11-14 0.602 -0.99%
10-16 0.610 +0.33%
10-21 0.602 -0.99%
9-27 0.616 +1.32%
11-30 0.608 0.00%
6-31 0.616 +1.32%
11-32 0.606 -0.33%

Well Id RD RD Difference from average

11-16 0.604 -0.66%
Average 0.608
In this scenario, it is acceptable to use the analyses from the well with the RD closest to the
average, Well Id 11-30, for all well meters, as all RDs are within ±2.0 per cent of the average of
all well RDs. The analysis must then be updated biennially for at least four wells from the pool.
This exception will remain in place, provided that all four well RD’s continue to be within ±2.0
per cent of the average of all the updated RD’s. When this criteria is not met, sampling and
analysis must revert to biennial updates for all wells.
A permanent exception on a pool basis would be available where the updated average RD meets
the criterion of Exception 1. Where practical, ER expects the same wells to be used to arrive at
the average RD used in pursuit of this exception.
8.4.4 Gas Single Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 351) or Gas Multi-well Group
Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 361) with Condensate or Oil Production
For gas wells producing condensate in Figure 8.6, the frequency of sampling and analysis for gas
and condensate depends upon the gas flow rate through gas meter A plus the GEV of
condensate. If the flow rate is > 16.9 103m3/day, the frequency is annual. If the flow rate is ≤
16.9 103m3/day, the frequency is biennial. The flow rate value is to be based on a rolling 12
month average.
Figure 8.6 Gas well producing condensate
Gas
Meter A To Gas Gathering
Sales
Metered &
Separator
Recombined
Condensate
m
Gas
Well
Produced
Water
For gas wells producing oil in Figure 8.7, the sampling and analysis of oil/emulsion streams to
determine relative oil and water content must conform to the requirements in Sections 6.4.3
and 14.8. The gas sampling frequency is the same as for a gas well producing condensate,
except that the total gas flow rate does not include GEV of oil/emulsion.

Figure 8.7 Gas well producing oil
Gas
Meter A
To G as Ga the ring
Sale s
Metered &
S e p a rato r
Recombined
Oil/Emulsion
m
Gas
Well
Pro duced
Water
8.4.4.1 Exceptions for Gas Wells with Condensate

1. For gas wells producing condensate, a licensee is not required to update the gas and
condensate (if applicable) analyses at the metering points if:
a. Three consecutive gas RD determinations conducted at the specified
determination frequency or no more frequently than once per year are all
within ±1.0 per cent of the average of the three RDs as shown in Example
8.1; and
b. Daily average liquid condensate volume is ≤ 2.0 m3/day for all reporting
months for the previous three years and/or the GEV of the condensate is ≤
2.0 per cent of the recombined total monthly gas volume.
In these situations, there is no need for an application to be submitted to ER.
Records and data in support of these exceptions must be retained by the licensee
and made available to ER upon request. Notwithstanding these exceptions, the
licensee must update the gas analyses when changes are made to producing
conditions that could affect the gas RD by more than ±1.0 per cent of the average of
the three qualifying RDs, and the licensee must update the condensate analyses if
the liquid condensate volume or GEV percentage increases beyond the qualifying
limits.
2. A representative analysis for all wells producing to a common gathering system or
facility from a common pool may be used if the RD’s of all common-pool wells are
within ±2 per cent of the average RD of those wells. Gas analyses must initially be
obtained for all the common-pool wells to arrive at the average RD. Subsequent
analyses may be made on 25.0 per cent or at least four wells from the pool,
whichever is greater, at the frequency stated in this Directive, provided that the RD
variance remains within the ±2 per cent limit of these wells as shown in Example
8.2. Should the variance exceed this limit, this exception is revoked and the
sampling frequency will revert to the base requirements and analyses must be
determined for each measurement point.

8.4.5 Underground Gas Storage Facility (Petrinex facility subtype: 505)
For the gas storage configuration shown in Figure 8.8, there are two operational phases to
consider:
1. Storage Injection Phase
If the injection gas only comes from a single source, an annual common stream
sample analysis may be used for all injection meters, and no individual well injection
analyses are required.
If there are multiple injection gas sources, sample analysis is required at each source
stream and at each well injection measurement point. In this scenario, the
minimum analysis frequency for injection meters is semiannual, however, a
continuous proportional sampler or a gas chromatograph should be installed to
provide more accurate compositions for gas volume calculations. If a continuous
proportional sampler or gas chromatograph is installed and used the sample
analysis frequency requirement is considered to be met.
2. Storage Recovery Phase
During each recovery phase, analyses must be updated at each gas well’s
production meters within the first month and semiannually. If a continuous
proportional sampler or gas chromatograph is installed and used the sample
analysis frequency requirement is considered to be met.
Figure 8.8 Underground gas storage facility
Prod. Gas
m
Metered &
Condensate
Recombined
Gas m Condensate
Well A
Water m
Produced
Injection Water
Produced Gas m
Gas
m Gas Plant Gas Sales

Measured &
Condensate
Recombined
Gas
m Condensate
Well B Produced Water
Water m
m
m Injection Gas
Injection Produced Gas
Injection from Plant
m
Gas Gas m
Measured &
Condensate
Recombined
Gas m Condensate m
Well C Injection Gas
Water from other
m
Sources
Produced
Water

8.4.6 Gas Cycling Scheme (Petrinex facility subtype: 502)
In the gas cycling scheme configuration shown in Figure 8.9, analyses must be updated at each
gas wells production meters, and the injection well meter in accordance with the specific
scheme approval. If there are no frequencies specified in the approval, the gas well production
meters must have analyses updated semi-annually and the gas injection meter(s) must have
analyses updated in accordance with the base requirements such as semiannually for gas plant
gas.
Figure 8.9 Gas cycling scheme
Gas
m
Condensate Metered &
Gas m Recombined
Well A Condensate
Water m
Produced
Water
Gas
m Gas Plant Gas Sales

Gas m Recombined
Condensate
Well B
Water m
Produced
Water
Gas
m
m
Gas m Recombined
Condensate Gas
Well C
Water
Injection
m Well
Produced
Water
8.4.7 Gas Sales/Delivery
In the gas sales/delivery configuration shown in Figure 8.10, gas sales/delivery in this context
will typically be clean, processed sales gas that is delivered out of a gas plant or a facility into a
transmission pipeline. In some scenarios, this type of gas may be delivered to other plants for
further processing or fuel or to injection facilities.
Figure 8.10 Gas sales/delivery
Gas Sales Gas

Battery, Gas Transmission Pipelines, Other Gas
Inlet
Gathering System, m Plants, Injection Systems, or
Gas Plant Fuel for Other Facilities

If a meter is used to determine the sales gas/delivery point volume from a battery, gas gathering
system, or gas plant, the minimum gas analysis frequency is annual. However, a continuous
proportional sampler or a gas chromatograph should be installed to provide more accurate
analyses for the gas volume calculation.
8.4.8 Gas Plants (Petrinex facility subtypes: 401 to 407) and Gas Gathering Systems
(Petrinex facility subtypes: 621)
In the configuration shown in Figure 8.11, only one sample point is required for common gas
stream volume determination, such as sales gas, which may also be used for fuel, injection, and
sales gas flare. Inlet gas sample analysis may be used for inlet gas flare volume determination.
The frequency for sampling and analysis is as follows unless a different frequency has been
specified in site-specific approvals, such as gas cycling or miscible/immiscible flood schemes, or
for heavy oil well gas production. For gas sales measurement point sampling frequency, see
Section 8.4.7.
8.4.8.1 Gas Plant

The minimum frequency for updating analyses at all accounting meters within a gas plant is
semiannual. Inlet condensate is reported as a GEV, so condensate analyses are also required.
High-vapour pressure liquids, such as C5-SP and other NGLs, are to be reported as liquid volumes
on Petrinex, which will then perform the GEV calculation automatically using standard factors
for plant balancing.
8.4.8.2 Gas Gathering System

The minimum frequency for updating analyses at all accounting meters within a gas gathering
system is annual for flow rates that are > 16.9 103m3/day. If the flow rate is ≤ 16.9 103m3/day,
the frequency is biennial. The flow rate is to be based on a rolling 12 month average.
Condensate volumes recombined with gas for delivery to other facilities for processing must be
reported as GEV, so analyses are required for updating GEFs. Where condensate is delivered
out of a gas gathering system without further processing, it is reported as a liquid volume, but
analyses for GEV calculation purposes are required for reporting on Petrinex.

Figure 8.11 Gas plant and gas gathering system
Gas m Acid Gas

Raw Gas
Plant Flare m
m Sales Gas Flare
Inlet Gas
m Plant Fuel
m Gas Plant
Gas
Separator
Gathering Condensate
Inlet
m Sales Gas
System(s) m
To m Gas Injection
m
Disposal
Water
m C5+, NGL, etc.
Gas Flare m
Gathering
Compressor
System
Sales Gas or
m Gas Plant
Dehydration
Gas from m
Batteries Fuel Gas Injection
m
Produced Water
Water m
8.4.9 Crude Oil Single Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 311) and Crude Oil Multi-well
Group Battery (Petrinex subtype: 321)
In the configuration shown in Figure 8.12, if all associated gas, net of lease fuel, is flared, an
initial representative gas analysis is required. If gas is conserved, gas analysis updates are
required. If the average flow rate is > 16.9 103m3/day, the frequency is annual. If the average
flow rate is ≤ 16.9 103m3/day, the frequency is biennial.
Figure 8.12 Crude oil single-well or multi-well group battery
Gas to Flare or
m
Gathering system
m Vented Tank
Vapours
(Estimate)
Separator
Emulsion
Tank m
Pumping Oil
Well
Emulsion Trucked
2-Phase to Processing
Separator
m = measurement point Facility

8.4.10 Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 322)
In the configuration shown in Figure 8.13, the gas analyses must be updated at the test meters A
and B biennially for test gas rates that are ≤ 16.9 103m3/day or annually if the test gas rates are >
16.9 103m3/day.
Figure 8.13 Crude oil multi-well proration battery under primary/waterflood production
Mannville E Pool
Test
Meter A
m
Oil Well m Flare
Test
m Group
Meter C Gas
Oil Well
m Gathering
Systems
Test Fuel m
Meter B
Vented Gas
m
m
Oil Well
Test
Group
m Treater m Oil Sales

Oil
Oil Well
Oil Well
Water m Disposal or injection
Elkton A Pool
It is acceptable to use the gas analysis from a single representative well for all wells within a
single pool. If wells from more than one pool are directed through the same test separator, an
analysis must be obtained for each pool.
The gas analysis at meter C must be updated annually for gas flow rates that are > 16.9
103m3/day or biennially if the rate through the meter is ≤ 16.9 103m3/day based on a rolling
12month average flow rate.
Example 8.3 Minimum Gas Analysis Frequency

Consider a five-well proration battery with two wells producing from the Mannville E Pool and
three wells producing from the Elkton A Pool. Battery gas production is gathered and
conserved.
Pool Well Satellite meter Test gas rate 103m3/d
Mannville E 10-14 Meter A 4.2
Mannville E 10-16 Meter A 6.8
Elkton A 10-21 Meter B 18.0
Total rate for Meter C = 47.5
A gas analysis must be established for the Mannville E Pool, as a minimum using either the 10-14
or 10-16 well, and updated biennially at meter A, as the maximum rate through meter A for the
Mannville E pool wells is ≤ 16.9 103m3/day.

A gas analysis must be determined for the Elkton A Pool at meter B, as a minimum using any one
of the three wells, and updated annually, as the maximum rate through meter B for the Elkton A
pool wells is > 16.9 103m3/day.
The gas analysis at meter C must be updated annually, as the flow rate through the meter is >
16.9 103m3/day.
8.4.10.1 Exception for Gas Analysis Frequency

If the total battery gas, net of lease fuel, is flared, an initial pool gas analysis must be determined
at meters A and B. Updates of the gas analysis at meter C, at the annual or biennial frequency
as determined by the gas flow rate through the meter, is only required if the gas directed
through meter C originates from multiple pools. If the gas directed through meter C originates
from a single pool, no updates are required subsequent to the initial analysis. However, this
exception is revoked as soon as the gas is conserved, and gas analyses must be performed
according to the frequencies specified in this section.
8.4.11 Miscible/Immiscible Flood
In the configuration shown in Figure 8.14, analyses must be updated at each test and group
meter and the injection well meter in accordance with the specific scheme approval. If there
are no frequencies specified in the approval, the test and group meters must have analyses
updated quarterly and the injection meter(s) must have analyses updated monthly.
Figure 8.14 Miscible/immiscible flood
m Flare
Test
Meter Group
Meter
m Gas Gathering
Oil Well
m Systems
Test
m
Fuel m m Hydrocarbon Gases,
Oil Well CO2, Solvent, or other
chemicals
Test
Meter Injection Well
m Vented
Oil Well Gas m
Test
Group
m
Treater Oil m Oil Sales
Oil Well
Water m Disposal
8.4.12 Crude Oil Batteries Producing Heavy Oil (Petrinex facility subtypes: 313, 325, 326, 327,
344)
Heavy oil production at a single-well as shown in Figure 8.15 or multi-well group battery as
shown in Figure 8.16, or multi-well proration battery in Figure 8.17 typically involves directing all
production to a tank without using a separator or gas meter. In these scenarios, gas production
may be estimated using a GOR.

If a meter is used to continuously measure gas production and the gas rate is ≤ 2.0 103m3/day,
an initial gas analysis only is required. If the gas production rate is > 2.0 103m3/day then an
initial gas analysis is required and the analysis must be updated biennially thereafter.
Figure 8.15 Crude oil single well battery producing heavy oil
Casing Gas - Fuel and/or Vent

m
m Vented Tank
Vapours
(Estimated)
Emulsion
Tank m
Pumping Oil
Well
Emulsion Trucked to
Processing Facility
Figure 8.16 Crude oil multi-well group battery producing heavy oil
Casing Gas
(estimate) Gas Sales or
m Gathering
System
Casing Gas m Tank Vent

(estimate)
Heavy Oil Well m
Oil
Casing Gas m Emulsion Trucked to
Processing Facility
Heavy Oil Well
m
Oil
Casing Gas
m Emulsion Trucked to
Processing Facility
Heavy Oil Well
Oil
m Emulsion Trucked to
Processing Facility

Figure 8.17 Crude oil multi-well proration battery producing heavy oil
Group Meter
Required if over Compressor
2.0 103m3/day Gas Sales or
Casing Gathering
Gas m System
m Tank Vent
Fuel
(estimate) m
Heavy Oil Well
Oil
Casing Gas Test m Emulsion Trucked to
Tank Processing Facility
Heavy Oil Well
Oil
Casing Gas Storage Emulsion Trucked to
m
Processing Facility
Heavy Oil Well
8.5 Oil Sampling and Analysis Requirements
Sampling and analysis must be in accordance with Sections 6, 8, 10, 14 or other equivalent
method approved by an appropriate industry standards association.
8.5.1 Oil Analysis Requirements for Wells and Facilities
Sampling and analysis of oil/emulsion streams at oil and gas wells and batteries are performed
to determine the relative oil and water content of the streams and the density of the oil.
Oil/emulsion sampling and analysis are described in Section 6.4.
As per The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012 Section 93.1, the Minister may require an
oil sample and analysis to be conducted.
All oil sample analysis reports must be submitted to ER in accordance with the requirements in
Directive PNG013: Well Data Submission Requirements.

9 Cross-Border Measurement
This section presents the measurement requirements for all upstream and midstream oil and
gas products crossing a provincial or territorial border.
For those facilities receiving and/or delivering products and waste to another jurisdiction either
by truck, rail or pipeline, including pipelines under the National Energy Board (NEB) jurisdiction,
each jurisdictional product and waste stream must be separated and measured prior to
commingling. The delivery point measurement standards for each jurisdictional authority must
be followed, unless site-specific approval from ER and the other jurisdictional authority(ies) has
been obtained. All streams must be separated and metered or estimated according to the
requirements in this Directive. This can include production, gathering systems, and all fuel,
flare, and vent volumes. If the measurement or other equipment requirements for delivery
point measurement of hydrocarbon and related fluids from any jurisdiction is different from ER
requirements, the higher requirements, such as frequency and accuracy, between the
jurisdictions must be followed.
Fuel gas usage at cross-border oil and gas processing facilities must be separately determined
and measured if the rate is > 0.5 103m3/day
for each jurisdiction. If the usage is for production from both jurisdictions, no separate fuel gas
metering is required if site-specific approval is obtained from both jurisdictions involved. For
example, a compressor used only for gas coming from another jurisdiction into Saskatchewan
must be metered separately at the cross-border facility and the fuel gas use for other
equipment processing commingled production or the entire facility must be measured with
another meter.
9.2 Cross-Border Sampling Requirements
Except where otherwise noted, the gas and liquid sampling equipment and methodology must
follow the requirements set out in Section 8: Gas and Liquid Sampling and Analysis.
Spot or grab samples are acceptable for obtaining gas and liquid analyses, provided the
uncertainty requirements in Section 1 of this Directive are adhered to.
When the uncertainty requirements cannot be met, consider:
1. More frequent spot sampling for calculated analysis;
2. The use of proportional samplers; or
3. The use of gas chromatographs or other continuous analyzers.
9.3 Cross-Border Measurement Points
Figures 9.1 through 9.9 are some of the scenarios to determine if a specific circumstance is
considered cross border. Each scenario applies as well if the flow is in the opposite direction.
There must be only one cross-border measurement point for each pipeline crossing the
provincial boundary unless site-specific approval is obtained from both jurisdictions involved.
The cross-border measurement point can be on either side of the jurisdictional border before
commingling with any fluids from another jurisdiction. Measurement-by-difference rules apply
in all situations where there is measured production going into a proration battery.

Figure 9.1 Effluent measured gas wells to an out-of-province location (non-common pool)
Outside Jurisdiction
Saskatchewan
Sales
m
Facility, battery,
or gas plant
m
Provincial
Boundary
Wet metered well site
m Cross-border measurement
G Group measurement
Pipeline
For cross-border common pools producing from one or more jurisdictions, if the surface facility
is located in one jurisdiction and the well production as defined by the bottom hole location is in
another jurisdiction, delivery point measurement of the production is required (see Figure 9.2).
The production from this well must be reported as delivered to the other jurisdiction where the
surface facility is located.

Figure 9.2 Gas gathering system of effluent measured gas wells with measured well downhole
location in another jurisdiction
Outside Jurisdiction Saskatchewan
Sales
m
Facility, battery, Downhole location in

or gas plant Saskatchewan
G m
Provincial
Boundary
3 - phase separation well site
G Group measurement
Pipeline
Figure 9.3 Multiple jurisdictional crossing
Sales
Fuel
m Facility, battery, or
Compressor gas plant

P rovincial
Boundar y
G Group measurement
Pipeline

Figure 9.4 Measured gas source from an out-of-province location
,
Sales
Facility, battery,
m Cross-border measurement m
or gas plant
G Group measurement
Pipeline
G
P rovincial
Boundar y
Figure 9.5 Sales gas source from an out-of-province location
Sales
Facility or Sales
battery
m
Facility,
battery, or gas
Sales m plant
Facility or
battery
P rovincial
Boundar y

Pipeline

Figure 9.6 Measured sources from an out-of-province location
Saskatchewan
m m
Sales
G Facility, battery,
m
or gas plant
Provincial
Boundary
G Group measurement
Pipeline
For Figure 9.6, the three-phase separation wells can be designed to delivery point measurement
requirements without another cross-border measurement point.
Measurement-by-difference rules applies in Figures 9.2, 9.5, and 9.6 unless the effluent metered
wells have a group measurement point prior to commingling with the measured gas source(s).
Figure 9.7 Sales oil or gas source from an out-of-province location
Saskatchewan
Facility, Sales Sales

battery, or m
gas plant
Sales
P rovincial
Boundary
Battery, or gas
plant
Pipeline

Saskatchewan
Facility, battery, Sales

or gas plant
m
Sales
P rovincial
Boundary
Pipeline
Saskatchewan
Facility, battery,
Sales
or gas plant
m
Sales
Facility, battery,
or gas plant
Provincial
Boundary
Pipeline

10 Trucked Liquid Measurement

This section presents the requirements for trucked liquid measurement from oil and gas
production facilities to another facility or sales. Applicable liquids include crude oil, condensate,
water and NGLs.
Crude oil or condensate may be found in association with water in an emulsion. In such
scenarios, the total liquid volume of the trucked load must be measured, and the relative
volumes of oil and water in the emulsion must be determined by obtaining and analyzing a
representative sample of the emulsion or by using a product analyzer such as a water-cut
analyzer or a Coriolis meter’s density measurement, where applicable.
A licensee must accurately measure produced liquids/emulsion volumes by using tank gauging, a
weigh scale, or a meter, unless otherwise stated in this Directive. The delivery point
measurement requirements must be met for all trucked liquids unless the exception conditions
in this section are met or a site-specific approval from ER has been obtained as per Section 5.
ER will consider a truck liquid measurement system to be in compliance if the base
requirements outlined in Sections 10.1.1, 10.1.2 and 10.1.3 are met. ER may stipulate additional
or alternative requirements for any specific situation, based on a site-specific assessment.
All delivery point meters that require delivery point measurement uncertainty must be proved
in accordance with Section 2. LACT meters may use the proving procedure in API-MPMS,
Chapter 4: Proving Systems, instead of the Section 2 procedure.
10.1.1 Reporting Requirements
Monthly oil, condensate, and water volumes for wells and batteries, for example, (production,
receipts, and dispositions) must be reported in m3 and rounded to the nearest 0.1 m3. .
Measured volumes must be corrected to 15.0C and at the greater of 0.0 kPaG or equilibrium
vapour pressure at 15.0C. See Section 6.3.3 for production data verification and audit trail
requirements.
For delivery point measurement, hydrocarbon liquid volume must be determined to two
decimal places and rounded to one decimal place for monthly reporting. If there is more than
one volume determination within the month at a reporting point, the volumes determined to
two decimal places must be totaled prior to the total being rounded to one decimal place for
reporting purposes.
10.1.2 Temperature Correction Requirements
All delivery point measurement of hydrocarbons and emulsions requires temperature correction
to 15.0oC, see Section 6.3.2.1. See Section 14.4 for temperature determination requirements.
Composite meter factors are not acceptable for delivery point measurements.
The correction for the effect of temperature on liquids (CTL) factor must be determined in
accordance with the API MPMS, Chapter 11.1. LPG must follow the applicable GPA Technical
Publication TP-27 or an equivalent applicable procedure accepted by an appropriate industry
technical standard association.

10.1.3 Pressure Correction Requirements
The correction for the effect of pressure on liquids (CPL) factor must be determined in
accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 11, and is required only for LACT applications.
10.2 General Trucked Liquid Measurement, Accounting, and Reporting Requirements for
Various Facility Types
10.2.1 Oil Batteries
For trucked oil/emulsion production into an oil battery, delivery point measurement is required
for the total liquid volume. If there is a mixture of trucked-in production and prorated
production within the same battery, the exception criteria in Section 5.5.2 must be met or ER
site-specific approval must be obtained.
To meet heavy oil trucked production delivery point measurement requirements, the licensee
must use an appropriate measurement method based on the fluid characteristics, such as
viscosity, temperature, and sand content of the load. Generally, delivery point measurement is
performed by using weigh scales or tank gauging (see Section 14.7.5 for tank gauging
requirements) with sampling to determine the S&W and/or density. Meters are used only when
there are minimal or no solids present in the oil/emulsion, similar to trucking into an oil battery
that produces non-heavy oil.
For condensate trucked into an oil battery, delivery point measurement is required for the total
liquid volume. The requirements in Section 6.7 must be met.
For any oil battery, the trucked-out liquid is measured at the delivery point located at the
receiving facility, and the oil volume determined at the receiving facility must be used as the
delivering battery’s reported oil disposition. In this scenario, delivery point measurement must
be set up at the receipt point only. In the scenario where a facility delivers load oil to wells,
delivery point measurement is required at the loading facility. If there are emergencies at the
receipt point, the measurement at the originating facility may be used, but only as a temporary
solution.
If clean oil from a battery is delivered into an oil pipeline via a LACT unit and that same battery
also receives clean trucked oil, condensate, or diluent from other sources a Petrinex terminal
(TM) reporting facility ID may be obtained and the clean trucked-in fluid can be reported as
being received at the terminal instead of at the battery. Please be aware that reporting receipts
at the terminal will trigger oil valuation and possible reduction of trucking charges. In this
scenario, the battery oil must also be measured with delivery point measurement before
commingling with other fluids at the terminal. The terminal will then deliver the fluid to the
pipeline via the LACT unit.
In the scenario described above, if the licensee chooses to not create a terminal and install
delivery point measurement for the battery oil being delivered to the terminal, measurement by
difference will exist at the battery and the requirements in section 5.5 apply (see Figure 10.1).

Figure 10.1 Oil battery and terminal schematic
GGS, Gas
G
m m plant, Sales
R
O
m
U
P
Production Wells / FWKO TREATER
T
E
Injection Facility
S Subtype 503
T
H
E
Produced
A Water
D m
E Oil Battery
R Injection
Well
m
Terminal Vented Gas
Subtype 671 m
m Terminal
Storage
LACT
m Pipeline
Clean oil receipt
10.2.1.1 Custom Treating, Oil Battery, and Terminal Delineation

For reporting purposes, a terminal reporting facility ID may be created in Petrinexwhen there is
more than one source of clean oil going through a LACT meter into an oil pipeline. If there is
more than one Petrinex reporting facility on a single site, any oil, water, and gas (except for fuel
see Section 4.1) crossing a facility boundary must be measured. If there is blending of
hydrocarbon liquids of densities that differ by > 40.0 kg/m3, such as butane blending with the oil
before the LACT, the lighter hydrocarbon used for blending must be received and stored at the
terminal and the oil production must be measured before the blending point.
Scenario 1: Individual tanks for clean crude oil and produced water for both the crude oil
proration battery and the custom treating facility.

Figure 10.2 Custom treating, oil battery, and terminal schematic – scenario 1
m GGS, Gas
G
m plant, Sales
R
O
U
VRU m
P
Production Wells /
T
E m
S
T
Clean Oil
FWKO Storage
H TREATER
E
A
m
Terminal
D
E Oil Storage LACT
R
Produced m m Pipeline
Water
Terminal
Oil Battery
Fuel Subtype 671
m m
Vented Gas
Injection Facility
m
Subtype 503
Emulsion
m Oil
Storage TREATER
Clean Oil
Storage
Custom Treating Facility
Subtype 611 m
m Injection
m Produced Well
Water m
Scenario 2: Individual metering on treaters for water/oil and a shared tank for clean crude oil
and produced water.
Figure 10.3 Custom treating, oil battery, and terminal schematic – scenario 2
GGS, Gas
m m plant, Sales
VRU m
Production Wells
m
FWKO
TREATER
m
Terminal
m Oil Storage LACT
m Pipeline
Fuel Oil Battery Terminal

Subtype 671
m m
Custom Treating Facility Injection Facility
Vented Gas
Subtype 611 Subtype 503
m
Emulsion
m Oil
Storage TREATER m Produced
Water
m m
Injection
Well
The main difference between the two scenarios is that scenario 1 has individual tanks with
metering off the tanks, whereas scenario 2 has shared tanks but metering off each treater.
For both scenarios, the transfer of fuel gas from the proration battery to the custom treating
facility provides heat for the custom treater and pressure to help dump the treater to storage

tanks. There are also receipt meters for the gas coming back from the custom treater and
terminal to the proration battery.
10.2.2 Custom Treating Facilities
The measurement requirements are the same as for trucking into a oil battery see Section
10.2.1 and the accounting and reporting procedures must adhere to the requirements in
Appendix 4 of Directive PNG032: Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex.
10.2.3 Terminals
At the terminals that receive either pipelined and/or trucked clean oil, the receipt meter or
weigh scale measurement must meet the delivery point measurement requirements.
For facility subtype 671, if the receipt measurement point at the terminal may be considered to
be a custody transfer point. That is, there is no proration/allocation from the disposition
volumes to the receipt (REC) volumes that are reported to Petrinex. Any measurement beyond
this point is considered as downstream operations and not covered in this Directive.
However, if the terminal disposition measurement point is considered the custody transfer point
then the licensee must allocate the disposition volume back to the receipts and report the
allocation factors in Petrinex then the facility subtype is 673.
10.2.4 Gas Plants, Gas Batteries, and Gas Gathering Systems
For gas systems receiving trucked liquid, the measurement requirements are the same as for
trucking liquid into a non-heavy oil battery.
10.2.5 Water Injection/Disposal Facilities
For water trucked into an injection or disposal facility, delivery point measurement accuracy is
not required. See Sections 1.6.4.3 and 1.6.4.4 for facility accuracy requirements.
10.2.6 Waste Plant Facilities
A waste plant facility processes volumes of waste generated in the upstream petroleum
industry. However, many ER-approved waste plants have an integrated custom treating facility
for processing oil/water emulsions extracted from the solids during waste processing. In
addition, oil/water emulsions from other batteries may be trucked in and measured
independently from the waste oil/water emulsions, and both streams are processed through the
same custom treating facility. The total waste oil/emulsion disposition from the waste plant to
the custom treater (CT) must have volume and S&W determinations in order to properly
allocate the CT clean oil and water disposition volumes back to the trucked in receipts
Therefore, delivery point measurement is required at the receipt point of oil/water emulsions
from other batteries and at the total waste oil/emulsion delivery point from the waste plant to
the CT.
There may also be injection/disposal facilities that receive other liquids, such as waste streams
going into subsurface caverns for disposal. Waste liquids for disposal require the same
measurement accuracy as the disposal of produced water. See Directive PNG032: Volumetric,
Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex for the requirements for waste stream
measurement, accounting, and reporting.

10.2.6.1 Integrated Waste Processing Facilities

Integrated waste processing facilities include the following facility sub-types:
1. Waste Plant ( facility subtype 701)
2. Custom Treater (facility subtype 611)
3. Water Disposal Injection Facility (IF): Disposal (facility subtype 503) and Disposal
(Approved as Part of Waste Plant) facility subtype 507.
4. Terminal (TM)
Integrated waste processing facilities are ones with various distinct processing and reporting
entities. They are referred to as oilfield waste management facilities (OWMFs), see Figure 10.4.
Any fluids transferred between the different reporting facilities within the integrated site must
be measured and reported.
The fuel gas receipt and usage for the site can be reported at the WP. Fuel gas measurement
and reporting is not required at the CT or other reporting facilities on the site. See Directive
PNG032: Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex for more details.
Figure 10.4 Integrated waste processing facility delineation
Waste Plant Fuel for WP Sweet Fuel

Subtype 701 and CT m Source
Inlet Hopper
Vented Gas Vented Gas
m m Emulsion/
Vented Gas
Oil
Waste Waste Emulsion/ m
Tank Tank Oil Tank Terminal
Sample Point s Oil LACT
Water
m Storage Pipeline
m
Solids Terminal
Trucked to Landfill Solids Subtype 671
Separation
m m
Custom Treating Facility
Vented Gas Subtype 611
m
Emulsion Vented Gas

m Storage m
TREATER Clean
Oil Injection Facility
Subtype 503
Storage
Water
m m
Skim Oil Injection
Water Well
Water
m Storage
Storage m
10.2.6.2 Waste Caverns

Waste Cavern processing facilities include the following facility sub-types:
1. Surface Waste Plant facility (facility subtypes 701)
2. Cavern Waste Plant facility (facility subtype 702)
Any fluids transferred between the surface waste plant facility and the cavern waste plant
facility must be measured and reported. Waste volumes injected and recovered from the

cavern must be metered at each well. The wellhead injection volumes and recovered volumes
are not required to be reported at the well level but must be reported as a receipt and
disposition at the facility level at the cavern waste plant reporting facility ID. Inventories in the
cavern must be reported.
The fuel gas receipt and usage for the site can be reported at the surface waste plant facility.
See Directive PNG032: Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex for more
reporting details.
10.3 Design and Installation of Measurement Systems
Delivery point measurement is required for trucked fluid receipts. The gross volume must be
measured through a system consisting of inlet tank gauging, inlet meter, or weigh scale. If
measurement is by inlet tank gauging, gauge boards must not be used.
Truck ticket estimates, such as volume estimates determined using the truck tank load indicator
and used for bill of lading/transportation of dangerous goods purposes, are not acceptable for
the purpose of well or facility volume measurement. Truck ticket estimates must not be used
for determining volumes unless the requirements in Section 10.3.4 are met.
See Section 14 for liquid measurement design and installation requirements.
10.3.1 Meters
Turbine meters are typically not suitable for viscous fluids and therefore are not recommended
for measurement when unloading crude oil.
When metering devices for the purpose of measuring truck delivery/receipt volumes are
installed, the following must also be installed:
1. Sample point
2. Air eliminator
For some types of meters and applications, a strainer and a back pressure control system are
required. Refer to Figure 14.1 for more information.
Additional requirements for clean oil and pipeline terminals:
1. For mechanical automatic temperature compensators without gravity selection
(ATC) or with gravity selection (ATG):
a. For new construction or new installations at existing facilities, mechanical
ATC and ATG must not be used. For facilities built before April 1, 2016, all
existing ATC and ATG are granddfathered at their existing installations and
must not be relocated and reused for other installations.
b. The difference between actual density and compensation density must be
less than 40.0 kg/m3.
c. Product temperature must be between –10.0°C and +40.0°C excluding LPGs.
d. The compensation density, mechanically set density or user-entered density
for electronic flow computers, must be a volume weighted average of the
expected receipt volumes. When product temperatures exceed +40.0°C, it

may be necessary to reduce the allowable density difference to maintain a

±0.5 per cent uncertainty.
e. Temperature compensation devices must be designed for the actual range
of operating temperatures observed. If product temperatures exceed
+40.0°C, it may be necessary to reduce the allowable density difference to
maintain a ±0.5 per cent uncertainty.
10.3.2 Weigh Scales
Weigh scales used for the purpose of delivery point measurement must be verified in
accordance with Section 2.12. For sampling points and methods, see Section 8.5. Systems
employing weigh scales must also provide for determination of density of oil and water in
accordance with one of the following:
1. API MPMS, Chapter 9: Density Determination Using Hydrometer
2. precision laboratory method – ASTM method or
3. on-line densitometer
Also see Section 14.6 for more information regarding the methods that may be used to
determine density.
To maintain a measurement uncertainty of ±0.5 per cent or less, the net weight of the payload
must be ≥ 40.0 per cent of the gross vehicle weight and ≥ 6500.0 kg. An exemption from this
requirement is granted only during seasonal road ban periods when reduced truck loads are
mandated by weight restrictions.
10.3.3 Exceptions for Truck Measurement Systems
10.3.3.1 Truck-Mounted Level Gauges and Truck-Mounted Meters

Truck gauge level indicators and truck-mounted meters are considered to have met the
requirement for low-accuracy measurement with an overall measurement uncertainty of ±1.0
per cent or less if the following criteria are met:
1. The battery receives not more than 100.0 m3 of trucked-in oil per day.
2. The percentage of trucked-in oil to the battery is ≤ 10.0 per cent of the monthly
battery oil production volume.
3. The gauges or meters are verified/proved annually and if they are not within ±1.0
per cent accuracy they are repaired and recalibrated/reproved.
4. The product temperature is determined to within ±1.0°C, see Section 10.3.2, item 2.
5. The truck gauge levels or meters are initially set by calibrating to a master meter or
prover with a demonstrated uncertainty ≤ 0.2 per cent.
Additional criteria for truck-mounted level gauges:
1. The stated depth of liquid is within 12.7 mm of a known gauge level marker if used.
2. The depth of liquid is determined while the tank trailer is level to within 150.0 mm
over its length.
3. The minimum load on the trailer > 65.0 per cent of full load.

These units can be used for trucked-in delivery point measurement to proration oil batteries.
10.3.3.2 Truck Tickets and Lease Tank Gauging

Truck ticket volumes uncorrected for temperature are not acceptable for delivery point
measurement of trucked liquid. If the fluid transfers are between unitized facilities or facilities
with no equity or royalty concerns, then the temperature correction estimates may be used.
The truck ticket must be based on a low-accuracy measurement requirement with an overall
uncertainty of ±1.0 per cent or less of trucked liquid, such as lease tank gauging at the battery
sending the liquid production or truck-mounted meter, for determining inlet volumes at a
proration battery if certain situations exist. The S&W per cent and corrected opening and
closing readings must be on the ticket or available on a summary sheet for ER audit purposes.
An individual truck load must be recorded on its own ticket.
ER may accept low-accuracy measurement with an overall uncertainty of ±1.0 per cent or less
for trucked liquid production at a proration battery if:
1. Trucked production is temporary, pending battery consolidation within one year or
less.
2. Individual well oil volumes being trucked are < 2.0 m3/day, see Section 10.3.5.
3. The crude oil volume receipt net of water is ≤ 10.0 per cent of the total receiving
battery oil production.
4. Truck-mounted meters used for low-accuracy measurement with an overall
uncertainty of ±1.0 per cent or less are proved in accordance with the requirements
in Section 2.
10.3.4 Load Fluids
Load fluids, at a minimum, must be measured using devices that meet the requirement for low-
accuracy measurement with an overall uncertainty of ±1.0 per cent either at the source loading
location or at the delivery point.
Reporting of load fluid on Petrinex is limited to oil-based and/or water-based fluid(s) injected
during pre-production well stimulation or post-production activities. Only the load fluid product
codes OIL, COND, or WATER can be reported. Well drilling fluids must not be reported on
Petrinex as load fluids.
Load fluids are reported at the well level except when in an SW Saskatchewan shallow gas
battery, since there is no requirement to measure and report water production at this type of
well. The load fluid reporting then can be done at the facility level as a receipt (REC) and
disposition (DISP). See the Directive PNG032: Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting
in Petrinex for more reporting procedures.
10.3.5 Split Loads
A split load is defined as existing when a truck takes on partial loads from more than one well or
battery in a single trip or when load oil is delivered to more than one receipt point or well.
Requirements: If the densities of the split load components are different by more than
40.0 kg/m3, blending tables are required to calculate shrinkage. The
shrinkage volume is to be prorated back to each battery on a volumetric
basis.

Measurement: Volume from each well or facility must be measured at the time of loading
onto the truck (or off-loading from the truck for load oil) by one of the
methods:
1. Gauging the battery lease tank.
2. Gauging the truck tank (not allowed for density difference over 40.0
kg/m3 for any oils or emulsions).
3. Truck-mounted meter/gauge that meets low-accuracy measurement
and is proved at least annually.
Calibrated gauge tables are required for methods 1 and 2.
Sampling: Fluid from each single-well oil battery must be sampled to determine the
S&W and the oil/water volumes. The truck driver is to collect the samples
by taking at least three well-spaced grab samples during the loading
period, see Section 14.6 and 8.5.
For load oil, the S&W must be determined at the loading source.
Records: The truck tickets must show the individual load volumes, as well as the
total volume at delivery (receipt) point, supported by opening and closing
gauge or meter readings.
Accounting: For battery emulsions, the total load is to be measured and sampled at
the receiving location and prorated to each of the wells based on the
measured loading volumes and S&W from each of the wells.
For load oil, the initial volume must be measured at the loading source
and prorated to each delivery point based on the measured volume
delivered to each well.
Allowed: 1. Single-well oil battery delivering to other facilities.

2. Gas wells with condensate-water tanks and production less than 2.0
m3 of total liquids per day.
3. Blending of heavy oil and condensate.
4. Load oil for well servicing only, specifically load oil from a single
source only.
Not Allowed 1. Multi-well batteries delivering to other facilities other than load oil.
2. Gas wells with production that is > 2.0 m3 of total liquids per day.

10.4 Sampling and Analysis
For trucked-in hydrocarbon and emulsion receipts, a truck thief sampler or a proportional
sampler may be used to obtain a sample from the truck tank, see Section 14.6 and 8.5. In some
scenarios spot (grab) samples may be used to obtain the sample from the off-load/load line.
Automatic sampling methods are preferred. However, manual or tank sampling systems may
also be allowed, as described in Sections 10.4.2.
The frequency of sampling or readings must be sufficient to ensure that a representative sample
of the entire truck volume is obtained. Consideration must be given to both conditioning the
flow stream and locating a probe or sampler. Flow conditioning to ensure turbulent mixing can
be achieved through velocity control, piping configurations, or introduction of a mixing element
upstream of the sample point. A sample probe is required for truck delivery point measurement
sampling unless there is an in-line product analyzer or the sampling is incorporated as part of
the measurement system. A mid-pipe probe location must be used for accurate sampling, also
see Sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.2.
The licensee must choose the sampling methodology based on emulsion characteristics,
stratification, and S&W consistency of each load to obtain a representative sample. API MPMS,
Chapter 8.1, Section 8, provides further information on manual sampling procedures.
10.4.1 Automatic Sampling
Automatic sampling is typically conducted through the use of proportional samplers. If

automatic sampling procedures are used, a manual procedure must also be in place for use
when the automatic system is out of service or for intermittent verification of the automatic
system reading. For more information, API MPMS, Chapter 8.2, Sections 7 to 15, provide further
details on flow conditioning, probe location, and sampling frequency.
Other requirements for automatic sampling:
1. Containers made of suitable material for handling and storage of the sample must
be used. Container lids must be vapour tight.
2. All sample containers must be cleaned and dried prior to collection of the next
sample.
3. Sample containers must allow adequate room for expansion and content mixing,
taking into consideration the temperature of the liquid at the time of filling.
4. The sample containers must be housed in a secured enclosure to prevent any
tampering with the sample.
5. Sample lines must be as short as practical and sloped downward to reduce the
possibility of plugging up the sample line.
10.4.2 Manual Spot (Grab) Sampling
Manual spot (grab) sampling may be acceptable in situations involving a tight emulsion ≤ 0.5 per
cent S&W in the truck by taking three well-spaced grab samples during the unloading period,
see Section 14.6 and 8.5. A single grab sample is not acceptable when there is stratification of
S&W within the truck.
The use of manual sampling techniques, such as truck tank thiefing, (full height or intermittent)
may also be acceptable. However, in the presence of stratification, one unit of height at the

bottom of the truck tank represents a significantly lesser volume than the same unit of height at
the midpoint of the truck tank because of the shape of the tank. The resulting S&W from a full-
height core sample therefore may not be representative of the entire load. In such cases
multiple grab samples must be used.
Lease tank manual sampling is subject to similar stratification limitations excluding the non-
uniformity of the tank. These concerns can be reduced by locating any water-emulsion interface
and obtaining bottom, middle, and top samples of the emulsion to determine the average water
cut of the emulsion. However, lease tank manual sampling requires dedicated tankage for each
load received or delivered to avoid mixing of product between deliveries.
Visual estimates or estimates based on changing off-load pump speeds must not be used for
free water volume determination.
10.4.3 S&W Determination
The licensee must select the most appropriate method for determining the S&W, see Section
14.8 and Appendix 3.
10.4.4 Density Determination
Truck load sample density determination at 15.0oC must be conducted at least annually or more
frequently if there are changes in the reservoir conditions. Density of the load may be
determined by one of the following methods:
1. Truck load samples may be collected from the receiving point and sent to an
independent laboratory for analysis to determine density of the liquid hydrocarbon
phase and the liquid water phase (if required). The density found in this analysis
must be applied to all hydrocarbon liquids coming from the specific facility; or
2. Truck load samples or samples from automatic samplers may be tested for density
as outlined in Section 14.6 and 8.5.
In situations where the truck volumes have an S&W that is > 1.0 per cent, density determination
at 15.0°C of an emulsion sample is difficult, as there are two different thermal corrections to be
applied, one for the water and one for the oil.
There are two options available:
1. The first is to determine the sample density using a precision densitometer that has
its measuring cell at 15.0°C. No further corrections are required.
2. The second is to separately predetermine the density at 15.0°C of the water and the
oil. When using this option, the emulsion density is calculated by applying the S&W
cut to the density of each component. The calculation is
emulsion = ( oil  (100 − %S & W )) + ( water  %S & W )
Where:
 emulsion is the calculated density of the emulsion at 15.0°C
 oil is the density of the oil portion at 15.0°C
 water is the density of the water portion at 15.0°C

10.5 Volume Determination
10.5.1 Tank Gauging
Tank gauging procedures are detailed in Section 14.7. The opening and closing levels measured
are then converted to volume through the use of gauge tables, supplied by the tank
manufacturer, which have been calculated using measurements of the tank. The difference
between the closing and opening volumes is the measured volume. If the tank is used for
delivery point measurement, the temperature and density of the tank contents must be taken in
order to correct the indicated volume to standard conditions before determining the volume
difference.
10.5.2 Weigh Scales
The procedure for determining the volume of liquid on a truck using a scale is to weigh the truck
before and after loading or unloading and determine the difference to obtain the net weight.
The entire load must be weighed at a time. Split weighing, whereby the truck is weighed after
unloading a portion of its load to obtain the weight of the unloaded portion, is not permitted
unless it is used in cold heavy oil measurement.
To determine the density of the load, an on-line densitometer maybe used or a representative
sample must be obtained and the density and temperature measured with a hydrometer and
thermometer respectively. The observed density must be corrected to 15.0°C.
The net weight determined during the weighing process divided by the sample density at 15.0°C
results in the net volume of the load prior to deductions for S&W.
10.5.3 Meters
Metered volumes must be determined in accordance with Section 14.

11 Acid Gas and Sulphur Measurement

This section presents the base requirements and exceptions for acid gas and sulphur
measurements at processing plants and injection facilities in the upstream oil and gas industry
that are used in determining volumes for reporting to ER.
In a gas processing plant where sour gas is processed, most of the acidic portion of the gas must
be removed from the gas stream (sweetening) in order to produce a saleable pipeline-quality
gas product. In the process of removing the acidic portion of the sour gas, acid gas, which
consists mainly of H2S and CO2, is generated and must be disposed of in an environmentally and
economically acceptable way, such as by elemental sulphur production, acid gas injection, or
acid gas flaring.
Sour gas plant inlet gas and acid gas streams must be metered and reported.
The acid gas from the sweetening process is generally saturated with water vapour. This water
vapour portion must be subtracted from the saturated acid gas to obtain the dry volume
without water vapour. For more information refer to Section 11.2.
11.2 Acid Gas Measurement
The quantity of acid gas going to sulphur plants, to compression and injection, or to flaring is
generally measured at a low pressure of 50.0 to 110.0 kPag; therefore, the orifice meter, or any
other meter, must be appropriately sized and maintained to manufacturer’s recommended
specifications to achieve accurate measurement.
Acid gas is saturated with water vapour, which represents a significant portion of the total gas
measured. The amount of water vapour varies significantly with the temperature of the reflux
drum. Therefore, the acid gas meter must have continuous temperature correction (see Section
4.3) to calculate the correct acid gas volume as outlined in this section. The gas density must
also include the water content, and the meter coefficient must include a factor to exclude the
water vapour content of the gas in the final volume computation for reporting purposes. The
accuracy of the gas relative density factor and water content determination must be annually
verified to ensure that acid gas measurement uncertainty is within tolerance.
11.2.1 Determining Acid Gas on a Dry Basis
For ideal gases, the total vapour pressure of a system containing several components is the sum
of the vapour pressures of the individual components at the temperature of the system.
A component’s vapour pressure percentage of the total pressure of a system is equal to the
volume percentage of that component in the system. The reflux drum is the vessel in which the
acid gas separates from the sweetening solution. The amount of water vapour in the acid gas
leaving the reflux drum is a function of the temperature and the absolute pressure in the reflux
drum.

11.2.1.1 Calculating Acid Gas Flow Rate

The calculation method for the acid gas flow rate is as follows: 3
Step 1: Determine the percentage of water vapour in the acid gas on the basis of the ratio
of vapour pressure of water to total pressure in the reflux drum at the reflux drum
temperature.
Step 2: Convert the acid gas composition from dry basis to wet basis at reflux drum
pressure and temperature, and determine the acid gas relative density and
compressibility factor on a wet basis at meter pressure and temperature.
Step 3: Calculate the acid gas and water vapour flow rate corrected from actual flowing
pressure and temperature to standard conditions of 101.325 kPa(a) and 15.0C.
Step 4: The volume calculated in step three contains water vapour in the percentage
determined in step one and must be converted to dry basis volume for reporting
purposes. An acid gas flow correction factor (CF) has to be applied to correct the
acid gas flow from a wet to a dry basis.
CF = (100.00 – % H2O in acid gas) ÷ 100
Dry acid gas flow rate = CF x flow rate calculated in Step 3
The H2S content of the acid gas is the dry basis acid gas flow times the dry basis
percentage of H2S in the acid gas divided by 100.
11.2.1.2 Calculating Vapour Pressure of Water

The formula for determining the vapour pressure of water4 is
log P = A – B ÷ (C + T)
where: P = water vapour pressure in mm of mercury
A = 8.10765
B = 1750.280
C = 235
T = temperature of acid gas in reflux drum (°C)
The resulting direct formula for determining the vapour pressure of water in kPa(a) is
PH2O = 0.13332 x 10(8.10765 – 1750.280 / (235 + T))
Where: PH2O = water vapour pressure in kPa(a) at T°C
% H2O in the acid gas = (100 % * PH2O) ÷ (PRD + Patm)

Where: PRD = reflux drum pressure, kPag
Patm = atmospheric pressure, kPa(a)
3 Wichert, E., “Water content affects low pressure, acid-gas metering,” Oil & Gas Journal, January 2,
2006, pp. 44–46.
4 The vapour pressure of water at a certain temperature can also be obtained from the GPSA
Engineering Data Book, SI Units version, 12th edition, 2004 or subsequent versions, Figures 24–36.

11.2.1.3 Converting Acid Gas Calculation from Dry to Wet Basis

An example acid gas conversion calculation from dry to wet basis with the meter installed
upstream of the back-pressure regulator of the reflux drum is provided as follows:
A. Reflux drum data
Reflux drum temperature = 40.0°C
Reflux drum pressure = 70.0 kPag
Atmospheric pressure = 95.0 kPa(a)
If the meter is installed upstream of the back-pressure regulator of the reflux drum, the
upstream pressure and the temperature of the meter run may be used as the reflux
drum pressure and temperature.
B. Acid gas components on a dry basis from acid gas analysis:
H2S = 65.0% CO2 = 33.5% C1 = 1.2% C2 = 0.3%
C. Calculate the percentage of components, including water vapour, on a wet basis:
Percentage of water vapour = (100% x Vapour pressure of water at 40.0°C) ÷ (Reflux drum gauge
pressure + atmospheric pressure)
PH2O = 0.13332 x 10(8.10765 – 1750.280 / (235 + 40))
= 7.377 kPa(a)
(Note that the vapour pressure of water at 40.0°C is 7.384 kPa(a), from the Saturated
Steam Table in the Thermodynamics section of the GPSA SI Engineering Data Book,
Figures 24-36.)
Percentage of water vapour = 7.377 ÷ (70.0 + 95.0) x 100% = 4.47%
Enter into column 2 (see Table 11.1) and normalize the gas composition. To determine
the component concentration in column 2 (except for H2O) multiply the dry basis
concentration by (100 - 4.47)/100.
Table 11.1 Calculation of relative density (RD) on wet basis

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5
Molar mass (Col. 1 * Col. 3) (Col. 2 * Col. 3)
Comp. Dry basis (%) Wet basis (%)
(kg/kmol)* /100 /100
H2S 65.00 62.09 34.082 22.153 21.162
CO2 33.50 32.00 44.010 14.743 14.083
C1 1.20 1.15 16.042 0.193 0.184
C2 0.30 0.29 30.069 0.090 0.087
H2O 0.00 4.47 18.0153 0.000 0.805
Total 100.00 100.00 37.179 36.321
* Molar mass of air = 28.9586 kg/kmol (GPSA Engineering Data Book, 2004 or later editions, Figure 23-2, or GPA-2145).
From column 4, ideal gas RD, dry basis = 37.179/28.9586 = 1.284.

From column 5, RD wet basis = 36.321 ÷ 28.9586 = 1.254 (this RD is to be used in the
flow calculation for acid gas volumes).

11.2.1.4 Difference between the Acid Gas Volume on a Wet Basis and on a Dry Basis
An example calculation is presented to show the difference in the results of the acid gas flow
rate and the sulphur content of acid gas using dry versus wet basis metering. The example data
for the meter run and assumed conditions are as follows:
1. Orifice meter diameter: 154.051 mm
2. Orifice plate diameter: 76.200 mm
3. Meter upstream pressure: 70.0 kPag
4. Differential pressure: 10.0 kPa
5. Meter temperature: 40.0°C
6. Atmospheric pressure: 95.0 kPa
7. Acid gas composition: as per Table 11.2
Results with AGA #3 1992 or later method:
1. Flow rate, dry basis without accounting for moisture content = 33.126 103m3/d
2. Sulphur content = (33.126 x 65) ÷ (100 x 1.35592) = 29.20 tonne/day
3. Flow rate, wet basis = 33.499 103m3/d, containing 4.47 percent H2O
4. Flow rate, wet basis converted to dry basis = (33.499 x (100 – 4.47)) ÷ 100
= 32.002 103 m3/d dry acid gas
equivalent
This volume, 32.0 103m3, is to be reported as Acid Gas on the Petrinex monthly volumetric
submission.
An example for percentage difference in acid gas volume between dry and wet basis:
1. Percentage difference in flow rate = (33.126 – 32.002) x 100 % ÷ 32.002 = 3.51%
2. Sulphur content = (32.002 x 65) ÷ (100 x 1.35592) = 28.21 tonne/day
3. Difference in calculated sulphur balance between dry and wet basis metering
= 29.20 – 28.21 = 0.99 tonne/day
4. Percentage difference = (0.99 x 100) ÷ 28.21 = 3.51%
Thus, if the moisture content in the metering of the acid gas in this example were ignored,
volume determined on a dry basis instead of wet basis, the reported acid gas flow and sulphur
content in the acid gas leaving the reflux drum would be 3.51 per cent higher than the correct
value.
This method of estimating the water vapour content is valid when the gas is in contact with
water in a low-pressure vessel, such as in the reflux drum. The method does not apply to low-
pressure gas, such as in a flare line, when the flared gas originates from a high-pressure vessel.
The Table 11.2 summarizes the previous example and also provides the results that are obtained
by the 1985 AGA # 3 Report method, using Wichert-Aziz (W-A) compressibility factors.

Table 11.2 Summary of acid gas volume determination wet vs. dry basis example
AGA #3, post-1992 AGA #3, 1985, W-A Z factors*
Item Dry basis Wet basis Dry basis Wet basis
Z factor at St’d P and T 0.992 848 0.991 999 0.993 037 0.992 788
Z factor at Meter P, T 0.991 002 0.990 030 0.991 007 0.990 674
Flow rate, 103 m3/d 33.126 33.499 33.096 33.481
Corrected to dry gas - 32.002 - 31.984
% difference - 3.51 - 3.48
Sulphur flow, tonnes/day 29.20 28.21 29.17 28.19
% difference, tonnes/day 3.51 3.48
*Z factors by Wichert-Aziz method, including water content in wet gas.
11.2.1.5 Calculation Method of Water Content if Meter Located Downstream of Back-Pressure Valve
of Reflux Drum
The water content in the acid gas is a function of the pressure and temperature of the reflux
drum. If the acid gas meter is located downstream of the back-pressure regulator of the reflux
drum, both the pressure and the temperature of the meter will be somewhat lower than the
pressure and temperature of the reflux drum. Under these conditions, it is still necessary to
determine the water vapour content of the acid gas stream at the reflux drum pressure and
temperature, as shown in the previous example, to correctly calculate the acid gas flow rate.
The reflux drum pressure must be recorded for the correct calculation of the water vapour
content of the acid gas. The reflux drum temperature must be used to estimate the water
content. However, since the flow data from the meter includes the temperature at the meter
run, the reflux drum temperature can be estimated on the basis of the meter temperature, as
follows:
TRD = ((Tm + 2.28 – (2.28 * P2)) ÷ (PRD + Patm)
Where: TRD = reflux drum temperature, °C
P2 = the downstream meter tap pressure, kPa(a)
PRD = reflux drum pressure, kPag
Patm = atmospheric pressure, kPa(a)
Tm = temperature downstream of the orifice plate,
Having estimated the temperature at the reflux drum from the temperature downstream of the
orifice plate, the vapour pressure of the water can be determined using the calculations shown
in Section 11.2.1.2. The percentage of water vapour in the acid gas can then be determined
using the reflux drum pressure, and the same procedure as outlined in the example shown in
Section 11.2.1.3 can be used to calculate the acid gas flow rate.
11.2.1.6 Effect of Compression and Cooling of Acid Gas

In the situation of acid gas compression and injection, the acid gas flow rate may in some
instances be metered after one or more stages of compression and cooling, refer to Section
11.4.5.3. This will remove a sufficient amount of water so that the remaining water vapour in
the compressed and cooled acid gas will have little effect on the acid gas metering. In such a
situation, it is not necessary to include the effect of water vapour in the metering of the acid
gas.

11.3 Sulphur Measurement and Pit Volume Determination
11.3.1 Sulphur Pit Volume/Tonnage Determination
When pit gauging is used to determine a liquid sulphur volume, the gauging procedures must be
conducted in accordance with the following:
1. The licensee must ensure that the gauge/strapping table used to convert the gauge
level to a liquid volume is specific for the pit being gauged.
2. Pit gauging must be used for inventory determination only and must not be used for
delivery point measurement.
3. All dip sticks and electronic level devices must have a minimum resolution of six
mm.
4. It is acceptable to have one reading per determination.
5. The sulphur density at pit temperature is obtained from Figure 11.1.5
The general formula for determining the produced sulphur tonnage is as follows:
Sulphur tonnage = Gauge reading x CF x Sulphur density
where CF = Pit gauge/strapping table conversion factor
11.3.2 Sulphur Measurement
For sulphur sales/delivery point measurement using meters, see Section 1.6.3.7 and 14.2 .
These meters must be kept at a temperature so that the molten sulphur will not solidify when
there is no flow.
For sulphur sales/delivery point measurement using a weigh scale, see Sections 2.12 and 10.3.2.
For daily sulphur production measurement using pit level gauging, two pits are required, one for
production and the other for withdrawal using level measurement. The daily sulphur
production tonnage must be adjusted by the total monthly disposition at the end of the month.
11.3.2.1 Exception for Sulphur Tonnage Entering a Gas Plant

For daily sulphur production volume determination, if there is only one pit in place in an existing
plant and sulphur is being withdrawn without measurement, the licensee may use the measured
acid gas volume on a dry basis, provided that there is a continuous acid gas sampling device,
such as a gas chromatograph, to calculate the sulphur tonnage entering the sulphur plant. The
daily sulphur production can then be calculated using the following formula:
Estimated daily sulphur production (t) = Daily acid gas inlet (t) – Daily incineration (t) –Daily flared
(t) – Others if applicable (t)
The estimated daily sulphur production tonnage must be adjusted by the total monthly
disposition at the end of the month by calculating a proration factor and applying that to all
estimated daily production tonnage:
5 Tullen, W. N., The Sulphur Data Book, New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., 1954, p. 17.

Sulphur proration factor (Spf) = Total monthly sulphur disposition tonnage (including inventory
changes) ÷ Total estimated daily sulphur production tonnage
Actual daily sulphur production (t) = Estimated daily sulphur production (t) × Spf

Figure 11.1 Liquid sulphur density vs. temperature
11.4 Overview of Plant Inlet and Outlet Points for H2S
Figure 11.2 illustrates the paths by which H2S enters the sour gas plant and by which method it
can exit from the plant.
Since the flow volumes of the three types of fluid streams out of the inlet separator are required
to be measured, it becomes a simple task to account for the amount of H2S entering the plant by
determining the H2S concentration in each stream.

11.4.1 Determining H2S in Sour Gas
See Section 8.2 for the determination of H2S concentration in the inlet gas stream.
11.4.2 Determining the Concentration of H2S in Condensate
Condensate associated with sour gas will contain some H 2S. The physical relationship between
the concentration of H2S in the gas and in the condensate depends on the composition of the
gas and the condensate and the pressure and temperature in the plant inlet separator. The
concentration of the H2S in the condensate is usually determined in a laboratory on condensate
samples obtained from the inlet separator.
Figure 11.2 Sour gas plant process overview
Plant Inlet Plant Outlet
Plant inlet
separator Sulphur disposal
Potential plant processes methods
Gas
- sweetening - sulphur production
Condensate - condensate stabilization - acid gas injection
Water - fractionation - sour gas flaring
- sulphur recovery - acid gas flaring
- incinerator stack
emission
Gas
Produced water
storage tank
To water
disposal
As long as the gas and condensate entering a sour plant originate from a single pool, the H2S
concentration in the condensate will likely remain quite stable at the sampled conditions of
pressure and temperature. Minor changes in pressure and temperature of the separator will
only have a slight influence on the composition of the condensate. If major changes in pressure
occur, such as due to installation of plant inlet compression and the resultant lowering of the
inlet pressure, new samples must be taken and analyzed.
If the production to the plant occurs from two or more pools with different reservoir fluid
compositions, the composition of the condensate will vary. In such scenarios, a vapour/liquid
equilibrium correlation between the mole fraction of H 2S in the sour gas and the condensate can
be used to estimate the mole fraction of H 2S in the condensate based on compositional analysis,
computer process simulation, or stabilizer overhead volume and percentage of H2S.

11.4.3 Determining the Concentration of H2S in Inlet Separator Water
The concentration of H2S dissolved in the water that enters the plant inlet separator is a
function of the separator pressure and temperature, as well as the concentration of H2S in the
separator sour gas. The amount of H2S dissolved in the water can be predicted quite readily
with correlations based on compositional analysis or computer process simulation.
Water can be metered ahead of the liquid level control valve on the water outlet line from the
separator, or it can be gauged in a low-pressure produced water storage tank. The vapours
from the tank are usually swept from the tank to flare with sweet gas. Some plants producing
large amounts of sour water have installed a vapour recovery system, by which the tank vapours
are conserved and treated in the processing plant.
It is recognized that a portion of the H2S in the water of the plant inlet separator will remain in
the water when the water is disposed of in a disposal well. This amount of H2S is small and will
depend on the water temperature in the produced water storage tank at atmospheric pressure,
the amount of agitation in the water, and whether sweet gas is used for sweeping the vapours
from the tank to flare. The small amount of H2S remaining in the water is difficult to estimate
and therefore need not be included in the disposal accounting.
11.4.4 Calculation Procedure for Estimating the Plant Sulphur Inlet Mass per Day
1. The following streams must be accurately metered:

a. sour gas out of the separator, Q, 103m3/d
b. sour condensate out of the separator, converted to gas equivalent volume,
103m3/d
c. sour water out of the separator or into the storage tank, m3/d.
2. The sulphur content in the sour gas out of the separator can be calculated:
Sulphur equivalent in sour gas, tonne/day = (Q, 103m3/d) x (y) x (1.35592)
where y is the mole fraction of H2S

3. The condensate must be sampled and analyzed semi-annually as a minimum
frequency, in accordance with Section 8. When there are continuous gas analyzers
and the H2S content in the gas stream changes, the sulphur content in the
condensate out of the separator can be calculated on the basis of the mole fraction
of H2S in the separator gas. The following formula should be used. Any alternative
methods used must be supported by documentation that it is equivalent to the
method outlined in item 1 & 2 and made available to ER upon request.

x=y÷K
where: x = mole fraction of H2S in the separator condensate
y= mole fraction of H2S in the sour gas in the plant inlet separator
K= A + (B-A) x (T/66)1.2
A= -0.7034 (LOG10(P))3 + 9.1962 (LOG10(P))2 –39.58 LOG10(P) +56.695
B= -3.9694 (LOG10(P))3 +46.021(LOG10(P))2 –178.95 LOG10(P) + 234.35
T= temperature of the sour gas in the plant inlet separator or metering
temperature, ºC
P= pressure of the plant inlet separator, kPa(a)
Sulphur equivalent in condensate, tonne/day = (Gas equiv. of condensate, 103m3/d)

x (x) x (1.35592)
The range of applicability of item 3 for determining x, the mole fraction H2S in
condensate, is between 700.0 to 9000.0 kPa(a) and 0.0 to 80.0°C.
4. The amount of H2S dissolved in the water, z (mole fraction), in the plant inlet
separator can be estimated by the following formula 6:
z = y ÷ ((4.53 – 7494.6) ÷ (P + 758.4 (1.8 T + 32))) ÷ (P + 4.65 x y))
where all terms are as defined in this section.

Sulphur equivalent in water, t/d, = (1.31) x (water production, m3/d) x (z) x (1.35592)
The sum of the results of items 2, 3, and 4 for each sour gas inlet separator is the total sulphur
inlet to the plant in tonne/day.
11.4.5 Calculation Procedure for Estimating Plant Sulphur Outlet Mass per Day
There are three sulphur disposal methods approved by ER:

1. Sulphur recovery
2. Acid gas flaring
3. Acid gas compression and injection
Each of these methods is treated separately as far as collecting the disposition data. The plant
inlet data are collected identically for the different sulphur disposal methods.
Potential sulphur disposal methods from sour gas plants are:
1. Sulphur recovery
2. Sour gas flaring or incineration
3. Acid gas flaring or incineration
4. Sulphur plant incinerator stack emissions
6 Froning, H. R. Jacoby, R. H., and Richards, W. L., “New K-Data Show Value of Water Wash,” Hydrocarbon and
Petroleum Refiner, April 1964, pp. 125–130.

5. Sour gas flaring or incineration from the produced water storage tank (> 0.05
tonne/day)
The disposal of the sulphur by any of these methods must be accounted for. This requires
measurement of flow rates and knowledge of concentrations of H2S in the gas streams.
An important feature of the sulphur measurement on the outlet side is the determination of the
H2S content of the acid gas out of the reflux drum. This gas stream is fully saturated with water
vapour at the operating pressure and temperature of the reflux drum. Depending on what
method is used in the determination of the H2S content, the results can be on a dry basis or a
wet basis. The licensee must determine on which basis the analysis is determined.
The water content of the acid gas out of the reflux drum can be estimated by the procedure in
Section 11.2.1.
Any H2S determination and any complete analysis of the acid gas stream from the reflux drum
presented on a dry basis must be normalized to a wet basis by the inclusion of the water vapour
mole fraction. If the H2S content in the acid gas is determined on a wet basis, the water vapour
content is simply included as calculated previously in Section 11.2.1.3. In any scenario, the wet
acid gas composition is to be used in the metering calculations of the acid gas stream at low
pressure. This stream is then converted to a dry basis for reporting purposes.
11.4.5.1 Approved Sulphur Recovery Plants

The production of liquid sulphur must be determined by gauging the liquid sulphur level in
sulphur production and storage pits or from weigh bills of shipments by truck or sulphur railroad
tank cars, plus inventory changes in the pit.
Meters designed for the expected flow conditions and range must be used to measure sweet
and sour gas flared if the average flow rate is > 0.5 103m3/day on an annual basis. This generally
requires a high turndown ratio meter or a combination of a high-range and a low-range meter.
A separate acid gas meter designed for the expected flow conditions and range must be used to
measure acid gas flared, either continuously or in emergencies, from gas sweetening systems
regardless of volume.
The emissions from the sulphur plant emission stack must be monitored for flow rate and SO2
concentrations.
The emissions of vapours from the produced water storage tank are those that were estimated
to be contained in the produced sour water in the plant inlet calculations and must also be
reported as flared gas if the volumes are > 0.05 tonnes/day. If the vapours from the water
storage tank are recovered through a vapour recovery unit and are injected into a sour plant
process stream, they do not form a separate part of the sulphur outlet of the plant but would
still be a part of the sulphur inlet.
The total sulphur out of the plant must include:
1. The sum of any liquid production
2. Any amount flared
3. Any amount contained in emissions related to the stack and tank vapours.
The acid gas sent to the sulphur plant is to be reported as shrinkage (SHR), and acid gas flaring at
the plant is to be reported as FLARE on Petrinex.

11.4.5.2 Approved Acid Gas Flaring Plants

Plants approved for flaring of acid gas must meter the acid gas leaving the reflux drum of the
sweetening process train. The volume calculation procedure must include the effect of the
water vapour content in the acid gas at the reflux drum pressure and temperature. The
concentration of the H2S content of the acid gas stream must be determined at least once per
week by a qualified person using the Tutweiler technique or gas chromatography and by
applying the calculation procedure to determine the H2S concentration in the acid gas. Plants
slipping CO2 into the sales gas, or receiving sour gas from different pools having different H2S
concentrations in the sour inlet gas, may need to determine the H2S concentration in the acid
gas more often than once per week. A record of the H2S analysis determinations must be
maintained for inspection by ER upon request.
and sour gas flared if the average flow rate is > 0.5 103m3/day on an annual basis. This generally
requires a high turndown ratio meter or a combination of a high-range and a low-range meter.
The emissions of vapours from the produced water storage tank are those that were estimated
to be contained in the produced sour water in the plant inlet calculations and must also be
reported as flared gas if the volumes are > 0.05 tonnes/day. If the vapours from the water
storage tank are recovered through a vapour recovery unit and are injected into a sour plant
process stream, they do not form a separate part of the sulphur from the plant.
The sum of the Sulphur, noted in the paragraphs above, must be the sulphur out of the plant.
The acid gas flared must be reported on Petrinex as flared acid gas (product type: ACID GAS and
activity: FLARE).
11.4.5.3 Approved Acid Gas Injection Plants

Plants approved for injection of acid gas into downhole injection wells must meter the acid gas
leaving the reflux drum of the sweetening process train or at some point in the process piping at
the plant site. If the gas is metered before the first stage of compression, the volume
calculation procedure must include the effect of the water vapour content in the acid gas at the
reflux drum pressure and temperature. The concentration of the H2S content of the acid gas
stream must be checked at least once per week by a qualified person using the Tutweiler
technique or gas chromatography and by applying the calculation procedure to determine the
H2S concentration in the acid gas. Plants slipping CO2 into the sales gas or receiving sour gas
from different pools having different H2S concentrations in the sour inlet gas may need to
determine the H2S concentration in the acid gas more often than once per week. A record of
the H2S analysis determinations must be maintained for inspection by ER upon request.
Once the acid gas is compressed, it must be measured before injection into each well. If there is
more than one injection well, each well must have its own injection measurement at the well
site. If sour water is injected together with the acid gas, they must be separately measured
before commingling as per the following scenarios.
Scenario 1
The acid gas meter at plant/facility is before compression. The Injection wellhead meter
is required and can be used as the receipt point of the injection facility.
Scenario 2
The acid gas meter at plant/facility is after compression and the injection well lease site
is not attached to or on the same plant/facility lease. This acid gas meter can be used as

the receipt point of the injection facility and the injection wellhead meter is required.
The metering difference is to be reported at the injection facility.
Scenario 3
The acid gas meter at plant/facility is after compression and the injection well lease site
is attached to or on the same plant/facility lease. This acid gas meter can be used as the
receipt point of the injection facility and the injection wellhead meter is not required.
Figure 11.3 Acid gas injection measurement scenarios
m Gas Plant or Injection

Dilution Gas Other Facility Facility
Acid Gas
Flare
m
m m
Single or
Acid Gas Multiple Well(s)
Scenario 1
m
Sweetening
Acid Gas
Sweet Gas to
m processing
Injection
Compressor(s) Meter(s) at Injection Injection
injection well Well Well
Separator
Scenario 2 site(s)
Inlet
m m
Meter at Injection Well lease site not

plant site attached to or on the plant lease
m
Scenario 3
Injection Well lease site

attached to or on the plant lease
and sour gas flared if the average flared gas flow rate is > 0.5 103m3/day on an annual basis. This
generally requires a high turndown ratio meter or a combination of a high-range and a low-
range meter. A separate acid gas meter designed for the expected flow conditions and range
must be used to measure acid gas flared, either continuously or in emergencies, from gas
sweetening systems regardless of volume.
The emissions from the vapours from the produced water storage tank are those that were
estimated to be contained in the produced sour water in the plant inlet calculations and must
also be reported as flared gas if > 0.05 tonne/day. If the vapours from the water storage tank
are recovered through a vapour recovery unit and are injected into a sour plant process stream,
they do not form a separate part of the sulphur out of the plant.
The sum of the sulphur noted in the paragraphs above must be the sulphur out of the plant. The
acid gas injected is to be reported as a disposition (DISP) of ACID GAS to the injection facility,
and acid gas flaring at the plant is to be reported as FLARE of ACID GAS on Petrinex.

11.5 Production Data Verification and Audit Trail
The field data, records, any calculations or estimations, and EFM records relating to ER-required
production data submitted to Petrinex must be kept for inspection upon request by ER. The
records verification and audit trails must be in accordance with the following:
1. Proving/calibration records:
a. Any records and documentation produced in the proving/calibration of meters.
b. Calibration of the prover and all peripheral devices if the prover and peripheral
devices are owned and operated by the licensee.
2. Delivery and receipt records: Any records and documentation produced in the
determination of delivery or receipt volumes/tonnage.
3. Estimation records: Any records and documentation related to the estimation of
reported volume/tonnage, including estimation methodology, record of event, and
approvals.
4. Pit gauging records: Any records and documentation produced in the determination of
reported volume/tonnage.
5. Volume/tonnage loss records: Any records and documentation for volumes lost due to
incidents such as spills and fires.
6. EFM: Any records and documentation including electronic, magnetic, or paper form
produced in the determination of measured volume/tonnage in accordance with the
EFM requirements in Section 4.4 for gas and Section 14.9.2 for liquids.

12 Heavy Crude Oil Measurement

This section presents the requirements and exceptions for heavy crude oil facilities. This section
does not cover heavy crude oil production through mining. The term heavy crude oil is defined
as oil with a density ≥ 920.0 kg/m3.
There are two general categories for the production of heavy oil:
1. primary/secondary which includes cold production and water flood techniques; and
2. in situ thermal and solvent schemes.
Blending of heavy oil with lighter hydrocarbon liquids may occur. The lighter hydrocarbon
liquids, often called diluent or condensate, are used to reduce the viscosity of the heavy oil and
make it easier to process and/or transport.
12.1 General Measurement Requirements
In all scenarios, a licensee must measure produced heavy oil volumes, unless otherwise stated in
this Directive. ER will consider a heavy oil measurement system to be in compliance if the fuel
measurement requirements in Sections 1.6.3.5 and 4.2, the calibration and proving
requirements in Section 2, and measurement requirements in Section 14 and in this section are
met.
12.1.1 Temperature Correction Requirements
See Section 14.4: Temperature Correction Requirements
12.1.1.1 Exception for Temperature Corrections

If testing heavy oil by test tanks, temperature correction is not required. However, the licensee
must be aware that if the temperatures are elevated above standard conditions, the proration
factors will be biased by the amount of the temperature correction, approximately 0.07 per cent
per degree Celsius (%/°C) at a density of 920.0 kg/m3.
12.1.2 Pressure Correction Requirements
See Section 14.5: Pressure Correction Requirements.
12.1.3 EFM Requirements
See Section 14.9.2: Electronic Flow Measurement for Liquid Systems.
12.1.4 Diluent/Condensate Receipts and Blending Shrinkage
Blending shrinkage occurs when two hydrocarbon liquids of different densities are mixed. This
mixing results in volumetric discrepancies from the ideal combination, which would yield a
volume that would be the sum of the two products. The discrepancy is blending shrinkage,
which is the result of smaller molecules of the lighter hydrocarbon filling in the voids or spaces
between larger molecules of the heavier hydrocarbon. The result is a combined liquid volume
that is less than the sum of the two original volumes. This shrinkage must be determined and
properly applied to volumes making up the liquid to ensure proper allocation and reporting.

12.1.5 Hydrocarbon Blending and Flashing Shrinkage
Generally, heavy oil is not significantly affected by shrinkage caused by flashing of light ends.
However, there is always potential for flashing shrinkage depending on the actual operating
pressure at which the wells are produced. Licensees must evaluate each facility based on its
operating characteristics. See Section 14.3 for details.
12.1.6 Water Measurement
Licensees must have proper procedures in place to measure produced water, water receipts,
and water injection/disposal to ensure that the information used for reporting is accurate. See
Section 1 for measurement accuracy requirements.
As sand may constitute a significant percentage in the S&W content of heavy oil production,
licensees must follow Section 14.8 and 8.5 requirements for sampling and analysis to quantify
these volumes. The sand volume is included as part of the S&W determination and reported as
water.
12.1.7 Well Proration Testing
For heavy oil well testing, licensees must follow the testing frequency requirements in Section
6.4.4. For additional heavy oil well testing requirements refer to Section 12.2.5.
12.1.8 Heavy Oil Receipt, Delivery, or Sales
This includes the delivery or receipt of heavy oil (diluted or non-diluted), diluent, or other
hydrocarbon products. For the single point measurement uncertainty of these measurement
points see Section 1.7.4.
12.2 Primary and Secondary Production
Well effluent produced from heavy oil wells using natural or other drive mechanisms, such as
water-flood wells, flowing wells, or wells with conventional lifting technologies such as pump
jacks, progressive cavity pumps, and submersible pumps, is considered primary and secondary
production. The well effluent could be flow lined to field test satellites or group production
facilities, or the fluids could be produced to tanks at surface and trucked out to a treatment
facility. These production wells are subject to the same measurement and reporting
requirements as non-heavy oil wells, refer to Section 6, unless otherwise noted in this section.
12.2.1 Battery Subtypes
Battery subtypes are the same as in Section 6.2.2, with the following exceptions:
12.2.1.1 Heavy Crude Oil Single-Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 325) (Disposition =
Production)
Oil and water volumes trucked from lease production tanks must be used to calculate the well
production reported on Petrinex. Where a well is producing as a single-well battery (SWB) to a
lease tank, the lease tanks can be considered as part of the reservoir and the inventory in the
tanks is not reported. This procedure is referred to as the disposition equals production
accounting method. This applies to heavy oil production from within an area north of Township

21 and west of Range 4 W3.Oil and water production are only reported when the fluids are
trucked from the lease tank to another location.
If a well is on a restricted gas production order or has unrecovered load fluids, reporting of oil
and gas production must be done monthly based on inventory change. If there is receipt(s) into
the single-well battery, monthly production must be reported based on receipt and inventory
volumes and the disposition equals production methodology does not apply.
When using the disposition = production accounting method, it is correct to show hours on
production and no production volume if a shipment was not made from a lease tank of a
producing well during the reporting period. Conversely, produced fluid removed from a lease
tank during a month that a well is shut in is to be shown on the reports as with zero hours of
production. Suspended and abandoned heavy oil batteries can report dispositions (and
production) up to six months after they become inactive.
12.2.1.2 Heavy Crude Oil Paper Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 313)
Paper batteries are developed to reduce the number of reporting entities for submission to
Petrinex. Paper batteries are made up of multiple single heavy oil wells that are grouped, for
reporting purposes, into one larger battery. This allows licensees to report production and
dispositions from a number of individual wells in one battery, thereby reducing the
administrative burden. Paper batteries are treated as multiwell group batteries even though
the single wells are not on a common production site.
It is acceptable to move fluids between locations within the same paper battery. These volume
movements are not reported to Petrinex but must be managed in a field data capture (FDC)
system.
Wells in a paper battery are eligible for reporting using the disposition = production
methodology (see Section 12.2.1.1).
As paper batteries are for administrative ease, they must comply with the following criteria:
1. All wells linked to a paper battery must:
i. Have an oil density ≥ 920.0 kg/m3 and be located north of Township 21 and west of
the Third Meridian, in Saskatchewan;
ii. Not be connected by flowline to a battery and not be part of an approved Enhanced
Oil Recovery project, waterflood project, or any other approved project;
iii. Have common working interest ownership and either common crown or common
freehold royalties.
iv. Receive the same well-head price from the sale of crude oil during the month (i.e.
Averaging of gross prices or trucking charges from multiple sales transactions
associated with different wells in a paper battery is not be permitted. This means
that all oil delivered for sale from any of the single wells linked to the paper battery
must receive the same net price at the well-head. This will eliminate averaging of
gross prices and trucking charges which creates inequities with respect to the
calculation of royalties and taxes on both Crown and Freehold lands.);
v. Be within a geographic area no larger than six contiguous townships; and

2. VENT, FLARE, FUEL and EMIS must not be reported at the paper battery level. Any
VENT, FLARE, FUEL and EMIS activity must be reported at the location where it
physically occurred (i.e. at the well)
3. The licensee must use one of the single-well battery well locations within the paper
battery for reporting.
12.2.1.3 Heavy Crude Oil Multi-well Group Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 326)
Each well must have its own separation and measurement equipment similar to a single well
battery. The disposition = production accounting method may be used for each well subject to
the same limitations as a heavy crude oil single well battery.
All equipment for the wells in the battery must share a common surface location.
If the disposition = production method is not used or cannot be used, inventory at the group
battery is to be reported monthly to Petrinex.
12.2.1.4 Heavy Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 327)
All well production is commingled prior to the total battery oil/emulsion being separated from
the gas and measured. Individual monthly well oil and water production are estimated based on
periodic well tests and corrected to the reported monthly volume through the use of a proration
factor as stated in Section 6.4.4.
Inventory at the proration battery is reported monthly to Petrinex.
Wells included in a proration battery are not eligible for the disposition = production accounting
methodology.
Double proration accounting is permissible, if conditions of Section 6.2.2.3 are met.
12.2.2 Gas Estimation and Reporting for Heavy Oil Wells
As per Sections 4.1, fuel gas volumes at heavy crude oil facility subtypes 313, 325, 326, and 327
that are ≤ 0.5 103m3/day, based on an annual average, may be determined by estimation instead
of metering. If the annual average fuel gas is > 0.5 103m3/day, then the fuel gas must be
metered. Other gas streams, including gas production, casing gas, flare gas (including
incineration), vent gas, and stock tank vapours from produced oil/emulsion tanks and produced
water tanks that are ≤ 2.0 103m3/day, based on an annual average, may be determined by
estimation instead of metering. If the annual average gas rate for these streams is > 2.0
103m3/day, then the gas must be metered.
When the gas production rate from a heavy crude oil well is ≤ 2.0 103 m3/day, the well gas
production may be estimated. The only acceptable estimation method for gas production is
using a Gas Oil Ratio (GOR) factor that is applied to the reported monthly oil production. A well’s
GOR is determined by conducting a well test and then dividing the test gas volume by the test oil
volume to determine the GOR. The determination of a well’s GOR may include some or all of the
gas volumes originating from the following sources as applicable:
• Measured well test separator (or dry flow meter) gas.
• Measured casing gas.
• Flare (including incineration), fuel and vent gas volumes

• Gas in solution (GIS) determined from a GIS factor obtained from a separator or
wellhead oil sample under pressure and then sending it to a lab to undergo a PVT
analysis or a flash liberation analysis. Although rare, it is possible that a well’s GIS gas
will be the entire gas volume used in the determination of a well GOR.
• Stock tank vapours from produced oil/emulsion tanks and produced water tanks.
All applicable well gas production sources must be included in the determination of the well’s
GOR and the number and location of those sources is dependent on the specific operational
configuration of the well. A common oversight in the determination of a well’s GOR is to not
include the well’s gas production attributed to the gas that evolves from the oil/emulsion when
the oil is depressurized from separator or wellhead pressure to stock tank conditions…the Gas in
Solution (GIS). The GIS is typically just one of the gas production sources that must be included
in the determination of a well’s GOR.
Acceptable methods for determining a GOR factor can be found in Section 12.2.3.
In some scenarios a gas volume must be determined, such as GIS, where the gas is dissolved in
an oil volume under pressure, and there is no opportunity to measure the gas volume prior to it
being commingled with other gas volumes. In that scenario, the gas volume may be determined
by estimation. An example of such a gas volume is the gas held in solution with oil volumes
leaving a test separator at an oil proration battery, where the test oil volumes are combined
with production from other wells downstream of the test separator. The purpose of estimating
the gas in solution is to determine the total gas produced by a well during a production test,
since the gas volume measured by the test gas meter will not include the gas that is still in
solution with the test oil volume.
A single GIS factor may be determined and used to estimate the gas volume held in solution
with the oil stream for each oil stream where the production sources (producing formation) are
the same and test separator operating conditions are similar. Additional GIS factors are
required for wells in the battery that produce from different formations and where other test
separators operate at different pressure and/or temperature conditions. Licensees should also
consider determining seasonal GIS factors where ambient temperature differences may
significantly affect the factors or when operating conditions change significantly. Acceptable
methods for determining the GIS are described in Section 12.2.3.
For single point measurement uncertainty refer to Section 1.7.4.
12.2.2.1 Heavy Crude Oil Single-Well Batteries (Petrinex facility subtypes 313 and 325) and Heavy
Crude Oil Multi-well Group Batteries (Petrinex facility subtype 326)
For new heavy crude oil wells, a GOR test should be conducted as soon as is reasonably possible
after the well is put on production and well production rates have stabilized, however,
notwithstanding the aforementioned, the first GOR test must be conducted within the first six
months of the well being put on production. It is acceptable to use the GOR from an analog well
producing from the same pool until the first GOR test is conducted. Following the first test, the
GOR test frequency must be in accordance with the frequency outlined in Table 12.1.
The procedure used to determine the GOR factor must be in accordance with Section 12.2.3 and
the GOR test must be conducted such that all the produced gas, including fuel, flare and vent
gas and oil volumes produced during the test are measured (see Figure 12.1). The method to

determine the GOR factor must include the GIS and the method used to determine the GIS
must be in accordance with Section 12.2.3.
Figure 12.1 GOR testing schematic
GOR TEST
GOR = (vent/flare volume* + fuel volume* + Gas In
Solution) ÷ oil production
Test Meter
Casing Gas *must be a metered volume
m Vent/Flare
m Fuel
m
Gas In Solution
Test Meter (Metered or Estimated)
Emulsion
Tank m
Pumping
Heavy Oil Well Emulsion Trucked to
Treatment Facility
GOR test frequencies are detailed in Table 12.1.
Table 12.1 GOR test frequency requirements

Gas rate (103m3/d) Test frequency
≤ 1.0 Annually. Due to requirement changes in 2020, licensees
who have not already determined a GOR factor as per
section 12.2.3 within the 2020 calendar year must:
• determine the GOR factor before the end of the
2020 calendar year
• use the new GOR factor to report volumes; and
• the licensee must continue with the GOR factor test
frequency onwards.
> 1.0 and < 2.0 Semi-annually
12.2.2.2 Heavy Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Batteries (facility subtype 327)
For a heavy crude oil multi-well proration battery (facility subtype 327), each well with gas
production > 2.0 103m3/day must be well proration tested and follow well proration testing
frequency requirements in Section 12.1.7 and Section 12.2.5, unless metered, on a per stream
basis. Fuel gas, vent gas or flare gas at a site must be reported at the location at which the
activity is occurring.
Gas production volumes ≤ 2.0 103m3/day may be estimated using one of the following methods:
1. A well-level GOR at the same initial frequency as a heavy crude oil single well battery
and then in accordance with Table 12.1.
2. Battery-level GOR. A battery-level GOR factor (monthly battery gas production ÷ monthy
battery oil production) must determined on a monthly basis. To calculate the individual

well gas production using the battery-level GOR factor the following conditions must be
met:
a. All wells using the battery-level GOR must produce ≤ 2.0 103m3/day of gas;
b. Any well producing > 2.0 103m3/day of gas is not eligible to use the battery-level
GOR, and well gas production must be determined using test rates obtained
during proration testing;
c. Monthly gas and oil volumes from wells not eligible to use the battery-level GOR
must be subtracted from the total battery gas and oil volumes before calculating
the battery-level GOR. For gas, the volume to be subtracted would be the total
estimated gas determined from proration testing for all the ineligible wells; for
oil, the volume would be the total prorated oil production for all the ineligible
wells;
d. New wells added must produce ≤ 2.0 103m3/day of gas for a minimum of six
months before being eligible to use the battery-level GOR;
e. If there is no common ownership of all the wells in the battery, written
notification must have been given to all working interest participants, with no
resulting objections; and
f. If there is no common Crown or common Freehold royalty and only Freehold
royalties are involved in all wells in the battery, written notification must have
been given to all Freehold royalty owners, with no resulting objection received.
If there is a mix of Freehold and Crown royalties involved, the licensee must
apply to ER for approval if any Freehold royalty owner objects.
12.2.3 Method for Determining Gas Oil Ratio Factor and GIS
Refer to Section 6.5.3 for a description of the procedure and the requirements regarding how to
conduct a GOR test and determine GIS. In addition to those requirements, the following
additional requirements also apply when conducting a GOR test on a heavy crude oil well:
1. The GOR test duration must be, at minimum, 72.0 hours. Licensees may be exempt from
conducting a 72-hour GOR test and instead be allowed to conduct the measurement to
determine the gas volume over a continuous period of at least 24-hours, if the qualifying
criteria are met.
Qualifying Criteria
The gas measurement is taken:
i. With a continuous measuring device and the variation of flow rate in that
continuous period is steady state or a representative flow. Steady state or
representative flow rate is such that the average flow rate for any 20-minute period is
within ±5 per cent of the average flow rate; or
ii. Using a flow meter (e.g. flow totalizer) with at least one reading taken every 20
minutes within that continuous period. The result must show 95 per cent of the
readings as steady state or representative flow as per (i) above.

Revocation of Exception
If any of the following scenarios exists or occurs, the exception is revoked, the well must
be GOR tested as soon as is reasonability possible, the GOR testing duration reverts to
72-hour GOR test and the well must requalify for the exception:
i. A licensee fails to provide test records to ER upon request which must include
the 20 minute readings that prove that the well met the qualifying criteria as
well as any additional requested documentation related to the GOR test.
ii. If any changes are made to the operations of the facility that could affect gas
production such as, but not limited to, fracturing nearby wells, pressure changes
at the well head, new equipment being installed at the facility, or workovers on
the well.
2. Before the GOR test is conducted there can be no adjustment to the well or operating
conditions for at least 48.0 hours before the test that could result in a change to the oil
or gas production rates.
3. Gas sources that must be considered in the determination of the GOR include but are
not limited to casing gas, fuel gas, vent gas, flare gas and gas vented from tanks.
4. The volume of oil produced during the test may be determined using a two or three-
phase separator and the liquid hydrocarbon meter must meet the single point
measurement uncertainty of ±2.0 per cent. The water cut may be obtained using a
proportional sampler or an online water cut analyzer as per Section 14.8. Manual
sampling (i.e. start of test, middle of test and end of test) for analysis of water content is
allowed if the water cut is ≤ 0.5 per cent.
If a separator cannot be used to conduct the GOR test and the well effluent is flowlined
directly from the wellhead to a production tank then the GOR test oil production
volume may be determined by using the monthly well production volume for the same
month the gas volume is determined. ((oil disposition + tank inventory change) ÷
number of hours the well was on production for the month) x GOR test duration in
hours.
5. The continuous measuring device or flow meter used to determine the GOR Factor must
meet the requirements of Section 2.
6. If the licensee is utilizing the production equals disposition methdology and a separator
cannot be used, tank inventories must be taken at the start and end of the month for
proper determination of the monthly well oil production volume as stated in the
formula in point 4. If inventories are not taken for the month for which the GOR test
was conducted, the licensees must reconduct the GOR test as soon as is reasonability
possible.
The following must be documented and be made available to ER upon request, failure to
provide this information will result in ER requiring the licensees to reconduct the GOR test:
• The meter readings, associated data (e.g. temperature and pressure), instantaneous flow
rate and cumulative test volume for each time period (e.g. 20 minutes) that the
measurements were taken for each determination of the value of gas and oil.
• The date, time, and duration of each of those periods. The maximum period duration must
be no longer than 1 hour.

• The production parameters (e.g. pressure, pump rate) during each of those periods and in
the 48 hours before each of those periods; and
• A description of the meter(s) and other equipment used during the test. At minimum the
meter make, type, and model should be included.
• Any factors used (e.g. GIS) to determine estimated volumes and the associated
documentation of the estimation methods
• If a separator cannot be used, then the oil disposition volumes and inventories must be
provided that were used in the determination of the oil volume.
12.2.4 Oil and Water Deliveries to a Treatment Facility
Liquid volumes are trucked from single-well batteries, multi-well batteries, and wells within
paper batteries to a custom treater or battery. These facilities process oil, water, and sand for
disposal from the trucked-in fluids. Typically, received products are measured using weigh
scales or inlet meters but tank gauging could also be used, see Section 10.3. The oil and water
densities from every well must be updated in accordance with Section 10.4.4 and the S&W of
the emulsion delivered to these facilities must be determined on a per-load basis, see Section
14.8.
For single point measurement uncertainties refer to Section 1.
12.2.5 Well Test Measurement with Tank Gauging or Metering
Wells in primary/secondary production of heavy oil must be tested at the same frequency stated
in Section 6.4.4 for non-heavy crude oil wells. The tests must be conducted in a consistent
manner throughout the month and a test must be conducted when there is a change in well
parameters (pump speed, work-over, reactivation, flush-by, etc.) as soon as possible.
A water cut must be determined for each test, and collecting a wellhead sample during a test is
acceptable. See Section 14.8.
Temperature correction is not required for well tests using test tanks, see Section 14.4.
Tests may be conducted by using a single isolated tank for the well. Table 12.2 may be used by
the licensee to determine the height-to-diameter ratio requirements in accordance with Section
14.7.2, with the exception that the accuracy coefficient in Table 12.2 is a suggested minimum for
test fluid volumes.
Table 12.2 Accuracy coefficients for various measurement types for test tanks
Accuracy Maximum level reporting
Level measurement technique coefficient “a” resolution (mm)
Gauge board 1.6 25.0
Manual dip of the tank 0.4 10.0
Electronic (e.g., radar) 0.4 10.0
The accuracy coefficient “a” can be used in the following equation:

V ≥ a x d2 or d ≤ (V ÷ a)0.5
where:
V = test fluid volume, m3
a = accuracy coefficient
d = tank diameter, m
On the tank being used for testing, the gauge board float, linkage, and scale must be in good
condition. The gauge board markings must be no further than 60.0 mm apart. For gauge
measurement on test tanks, one reading of the gauge board is acceptable for the start and end
of the test. Where safe work conditions permit, gauge boards should be read at eye level.
If the well emulsion is to be tested using a meter, the meter must be sized to operate within
20.0 per cent to 90.0 per cent of its flow range and installed and operated in accordance with
Sections 2.4 and 14.2.
For single point measurement uncertainty refer to Section 1.
12.3 Thermal In Situ Battery Operations (Petrinex facility subtypes: 344)
Heavy crude oil enhanced recovery typically requires the injection of steam, sometimes with
added solvent or gas.
For thermal production operations, licensees deal with a variety of measurement challenges:
1. Steam injection may be of variable quality at the wellhead, resulting in systematic
errors, and may also be present in the vapour state at production facilities, creating
further measurement issues.
2. Most thermal projects require the use of a diluent to assist in the separation of
water/oil emulsions, so production may not be directly measured at these facilities.
3. Produced fluids are at high temperatures, so all measurements must be
temperature corrected except for well testing volumes.
4. At some facilities, highly abrasive fluids are observed as a result of entrained sand,
which can damage meters and introduce systematic errors.
5. Injected solvent and gas may be difficult to fully differentiate from produced fluids,
especially since the composition of the oil can change across a scheme area and
vertically within a stratigraphic unit or zone, and can be further changed due to in
situ high-temperature reactions.
For these reasons, the measurement plan at thermal operations must be thoroughly considered.
Guideline PNG042: Measurement, Accounting, and Reporting Plan (MARP) Requirements for
Thermal Heavy Oil Recovery Projects is an integral part of developing a thermal project in
Saskatchewan. It provides information on the submission requirements of a proposed thermal
project measurement and reporting plan. A MARP, approved by ER, must be obtained by the
licensee prior to facility licencing.
Unless otherwise stated, all existing thermal in situ facilities must meet the requirements set out
in this section. For new facilities and expansions to existing facilities, the steam and water
measurement requirements are effective immediately.

12.3.1 Heavy Crude Oil, Diluent, and Diluted Heavy Crude Oil Delivery Point Measurement
Each licensee is responsible for determining the total heavy crude oil production at its scheme,
regardless of whether another party is responsible for operation of the delivery point
measurement. The delivery and receipts of diluent, diluted heavy crude oil or heavy crude oil
all affect the final determination of production of a scheme. The following are requirements for
delivery and receipt points of diluent, diluted heavy crude oil or heavy crude oil:
Receipt point measurement must meet a single point measurement uncertainty of ±0.5 per cent
and must be proved in accordance with Section 2.4 where applicable.
Density measurement must be taken on the receipt product using one of the following methods:
1. On-line densitometer or Coriolis meter
2. ASTM D4052 - Standard Test Method for Density and Relative Density of Liquids by
Digital Density Meter
3. ASTM D5002 - Standard Test Method for Density and Relative Density of Crude Oils
by Digital Density Analyzer
4. ASTM D1298/6822 - Standard Test Method for Density and Relative Density or API
Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method
Water content must be determined for delivery/receipt product using the following methods:
1. ASTM D95 - Standard Test Method for Water in Petroleum Products and Bituminous
Materials by Distillation
2. ASTM D4006 - Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oil by Distillation
3. ASTM D4377 - Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oils by Potentiometric Karl
Fischer Titration
Solids content must be determined for delivery/receipt product using the following methods:
1. ASTM D4807 – Standard Test Method for Sediment in Crude Oil by Membrane
Filtration; applicable to samples with low mineral content
2. Mineral by Centrifuge Separation; applicable to samples with high mineral content.
For static testing methods, all samples for density, solids, and water must be obtained using
proportional sampling and adhere to all requirements in Section 10.4.1.
Trucked in volumes must adhere to sampling requirements in Section 10.4.1 or 10.4.2.
Determination of shrinkage must be consistent with Section 14.3.
Sand volume is to be included as part of the S&W determination and reported as water.
All measurement methods must be conducted in a manner satisfactory to ER. Additional
requirements may apply depending on circumstances specific to each project through the MARP
approval or site-specific requests.
12.3.2 Gas Measurement
As per Sections 4.1, fuel gas volumes at thermal in-situ batteries facility subtypes 344 that are ≤
0.5 103m3/day, based on an annual average, may be determined by estimation instead of
metering. If the annual average fuel gas is > 0.5 103m3/day, then the fuel gas must be metered.

Other gas streams, including gas production, flare gas (including incineration), vent gas, and
stock tank vapours from produced oil/emulsion tanks and produced water tanks that are ≤ 2.0
103m3/day, based on an annual average, may be determined by estimation instead of metering.
If the annual average gas rate for these streams is > 2.0 103m3/day, then the gas must be
metered.
Gas production measurement from thermal wells can be problematic, particularly at high
temperatures where steam and solvent may be present with the gas and the combined flow of
gas, steam, and/or solvent would be metered together.
For multi-well proration facilities, the group gas measurement can be used to prorate back to
well gas test rates using one of the following methods:
1. If a test separator is used, the total battery gas is prorated back based on the individual
well test gas rates after subtracting any steam and lift gas volumes from the produced
gas.
2. The individual well GOR may be used in accordance with Section 12.2.2.2.
3. If test gas rates are not consistent and not used or well gas is not measured but total
well fluid production and water cut can be determined at the battery, well gas
production may be determined using a battery-level GOR. The battery-level GOR and
the application to each well can be calculated as follows and will result in a gas
proration of 1.00000:
Battery GOR = Total monthly measured produced gas at battery ÷ Total monthly
measured produced oil at battery
Well gas volume = Battery GOR x Well prorated (reported) oil volume
The battery-level GOR can only be used if these criteria are met:
a. There is common working interest ownership of all the wells in the battery;
and
b. There are no gas sales or use of the produced gas that would trigger a gas
royalty payment.
Total gas flared and total vented gas must be metered (or estimated as applicable, using sound
engineering practices) and reported.
Gas can be injected into a reservoir for a variety of different purposes over the life of a well. If
gas is injected into a reservoir other than for lift gas, it must be measured and reported. If lift
gas is used, the total lift gas volume must be measured and netted off the total produced gas
volume before prorating to the wells.
The single point measurement uncertainty for gas produced at a battery or injected at a
wellhead is ±3.0 per cent.
When injecting gas into the reservoir, licensees must have a methodology in place to determine
the resulting production of the injected gas. If a MARP already exists, an update must be
submitted for ER approval prior to commencing any gas injection.
All gas measurement devices must be calibrated, proved, or verified annually or as otherwise
stated in Section 2.

12.3.3 Steam Measurement
Direct measurement of injected steam is challenging. Licensees must contend with steam
losses, unmetered utility steam, and changes in steam quality from steam generator to
wellhead. Steam must be reported as a cold water equivalent (CWE) at 15.0°C. If it is delivered
from another facility for injection, it must be reported on Petrinex as a receipt of the product
[STEAM].
The steam injected into each well must be measured on a per-well basis and reported monthly.
When measuring wellhead injected steam, the devices used must have a single point
measurement uncertainty of ±5.0 per cent at the time of installation. Wellhead injection meters
with no internal moving parts must have the instrumentation calibrated annually, or before
every steam cycle.
At a minimum of once every two steam cycles, licensees that use cyclic steam stimulation (CSS)
as a recovery method, must visually inspect the primary element of one wellhead steam
injection meter for every five wells on a pad. At a minimum of once per year, steam assisted
gravity drainage (SAGD) or other thermal operations must visually inspect the primary element
of one wellhead steam injection meter for every five wells on a pad, see Section 12.3.11 for
exception. For example, pads that have 6 to 10 wells would require a two well sample set, 11 to
15 wells would require a three well sample set, and so forth. The well(s) chosen as a sample set
on a given pad must be representative and not have been selected in the previous five years. If
any of the inspected sample set meters are found to be compromised, the licensee must service
(clean or replace) all wellhead injection meters included on the pad within 12 months of
discovering the compromised meter. Visual evidence of the primary element condition during
the meter inspections must be kept on site and made available to ER upon request.
Radiography, optical techniques, or other nonintrusive methods may be used in lieu of physical
inspections provided that the images are of sufficient quality to discern any damage to the
primary element or the presence of scale. If any of the inspected sample set meters are found
to be compromised, the licensee must inspect (non-intrusively) all wellhead injection meters on
that pad within one month of discovering the compromised meter. The licensee must service,
clean or replace those meters that showed damage, scaling, or yielded inconclusive results
within one month. Other verification methods will be considered on a scenario-by-scenario
basis.
The wellhead steam volumes reported to Petrinex must be prorated from the total steam
volume leaving the steam plant. The monthly facility proration factor and the data used in its
calculation must be kept on site and made available to ER upon request. The volume of steam
leaving the steam plant may be determined from:
1. Total steam volume leaving the steam plant separator; or
2. Boiler feed water and boiler blowdown.
The steam injected into each well must be measured on a per-well basis and reported monthly.
Where steam chambers belonging to a single subsurface drainage area have coalesced for
projects using SAGD, licensees may measure steam injected using group measurement for the
associated wells in place of individual well measurement. In this scenario, steam injection must
continue to be reported to Petrinex for each well using its UWI and it is the licensee’s
responsibility to justify to ER how individual reported well injection volumes are determined.
A maximum single point measurement uncertainty of ±2.0 per cent is required for:

1. Steam entering or leaving the injection facility, excluding wellhead injection, for
example, steam transferred to a battery or to or from another injection facility.
2. Steam used for emissions control at the injection facility, e.g., NOx, unless the
volume is < 2.0 per cent of the injection facility’s total water out, in which case it
may be estimated using sound engineering practices.
3. Steam leaving a steam plant.
All steam measurement devices must be calibrated/proved/verified on an annual basis or as
otherwise stated in this section or in Section 2.3.
12.3.4 Water Measurement
The measurement of water at thermal in situ facilities is a key component to evaluating the
plant performance and compliance with approvals and regulations. Therefore, a higher degree
of accuracy is required than at conventional production operations.
A maximum single point measurement uncertainty of ±2.0 per cent is required for the following
water streams at injection facilities associated with thermal in situ schemes:
1. Fresh and produced water entering or leaving the injection facility;
2. Water injection/disposal;
3. Boiler feed water and boiler blowdown;
4. Water used for emissions control at the injection facility, e.g. NOx, unless the
volume is < 2.0 per cent of the injection facility’s total water OUT, in which case it
may be estimated using sound engineering practices;
5. Camp wastewater entering an injection facility, unless the volume is < 2.0 per cent
of the injection facility’s total water OUT, in which case it may be estimated using
sound engineering practices.
6. Freshwater diversion points licensed by Water Security Agency.
Upon application, ER may approve alternative methods for determination of the water stream
volumes stated in items 1-6 if it is satisfied that they can be determined with a maximum
uncertainty of ±2.0 per cent, for example, calculating produced water by subtracting measured
fresh and/or brackish water from a measured mixed water stream.
A maximum single point measurement uncertainty of 5.0 per cent is required for all other water
uses reported to Petrinex, except if the water streams are small < 2.0 per cent of the total OUT
in the facility water balance determination, in which case they may be estimated using sound
engineering practices.
All water measurement devices must be calibrated/proved/verified on an annual basis or as
otherwise stated in Sections 2.4 and 2.8.
12.3.5 Water/Steam Primary and Secondary Measurement
For produced water entering an injection facility and steam leaving a steam plant, a primary
measurement method using direct physical measurement must be in place. A secondary
measurement method, which can be physical measurement or estimates based on sound

engineering practices, must also be in place. For example, the primary measurement for steam
could be direct high pressure steam measurement or the boiler feed water (BFW) minus boiler
blowdown, and the secondary measurement could be BFW times steam quality if the blowdown
measurement fails.
Secondary measurement methodologies do not have to meet the calibration, inspection, or
proving requirements in this directive.
If both the primary and secondary measurements are on the same pipe run, the operator must
use differing measurement technologies to aid in preventing measurement failures from the
same mechanism.
If the design of the metering system includes the provision to inspect, conduct maintenance,
and repair the primary element without shutting in the stream flow, i.e. meter bypass, and
repair of the meter can be completed within two weeks of ceasing primary measurement, then
secondary measurement is not required.
12.3.6 Solvent Measurement
The addition of solvent(s) to steam injection can accelerate and improve the recovery of heavy
crude oil. Injected substances used as solvents can include, but are not limited to, ethane,
propane, butane, and carbon dioxide or some combination of these hydrocarbons.
Individual types of solvents injected into the formation must be measured prior to mixing with
steam and/or other solvents. Licensees must comply with the standards of accuracy
requirements in Section 1 and the liquid solvent injection requirements stated in Section 12.3.6.
The determination of produced solvent is key to evaluating process performance and economics
and determining production volumes. The determination of solvent production is complex and
includes, but is not limited to, volumetric measurement, sampling, and compositional analysis.
Consequently, a Guideline PNG042- MARP application must be submitted to address the details
of the solvent injection and corresponding production. If a MARP already exists, an update must
be submitted and approved by ER prior to commencing any solvent injection.
projects using SAGD, licensees may measure solvent injected on a group measurement basis for
the associated wells in place of individual well measurement. Solvent injection must continue to
be reported to Petrinex for each well using its UWI and it is the licensee’s responsibility to justify
to ER how individual reported well injection volumes are determined.
The single point measurement uncertainty for liquid solvent injection is ±2.0 per cent.
All injected solvents measured in the gaseous phase are subject to requirements in Sections
12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
All solvent injection measurement devices must be calibrated/proved/verified on an annual
basis or as otherwise stated in accordance with Section 2.
12.3.7 Production Measurement
The need for accurate production measurement for heavy crude oil, water, and gas is no
different from non-thermal facilities. However, due to the nature of the heavy crude oil in a
high temperature production environment, it is impractical to prove meters in the field in a
manner used for non-thermal heavy crude oil. Proving trucks cannot handle high temperature

fluids or the high viscosity of cooled heavy crude oil. Therefore, for thermal in situ heavy crude
oil production, annual verification of measurement devices is sufficient provided that the facility
proration factor is within the targets specified in Section 3. If targets are not being met, more
frequent verification may be required. For delivery point measurement, sales, or LACT, see
Sections 12.3.1 and 14.
Verification can be achieved using:
1. Internal diagnostics of the measurement device if present to check the structural
integrity of the primary element;
2. Bench proving; or
3. Other ER -approved methods.
The single point measurement uncertainty requirement for emulsion is ±2.0 per cent, excluding
the effects of steam and hydrocarbon vapours, as well as the effect of S&W determination.
Determination of S&W from wells faces the same challenges as the production measurement.
For this reason, it is necessary that S&W methods take into account the temperature and
pressure of the sampled emulsion. All manual S&W samples must be adequately cooled to
mitigate the flashing of components. If S&W is determined using an on-line analyzer, provisions
to take manual samples must be present to compare against the analyzer if necessary. On-line
analyzers must be calibrated annually.
12.3.8 Well Production Measurement
Well testing in enhanced thermal operations can only be performed under certain conditions
and must done using a test separation vessel. Licensees using test separation to determine well
production must comply with the following:
1. At minimum, each production well must have one valid testing hour for every 40.0
hours the well is in operation.
2. The test duration must be optimized to obtain as many representative production well
tests as possible for each month.
3. Where it has been demonstrated that steam chambers have coalesced, licensees may
commingle the production of a SAGD producer with an infill production well before
testing the wells. Production of oil, gas, and water must continue to be reported to
Petrinex for each well and licensees are permitted to use engineering estimates to
allocate tested commingled production to individual wells.
4. Sufficient time must be provided between tests to purge the test separator of the
emulsion from the previous test.
5. S&W must be determined for each test.
6. Test durations and methods must be reassessed annually to verify that current practices
are sufficient to obtain representative data, and this information must be made
available to ER upon request.
Notwithstanding the requirements above at certain points in a high-pressure cyclic steam well’s
production cycle, the process fluids cannot be tested due to high temperatures. In such
instances, engineering estimates may be used until tests can be conducted.

In lieu of using a test separation vessel, SAGD wells using mechanical lift may use either of the
following methods to determine well production:
1. Continuous unseparated well production measurement on each well (i.e., Coriolis meter
with water-cut analyzer or manual sampling)
2. Unseparated well production using periodic tests (i.e., Coriolis meter with water-cut
analyzer or manual sampling)
In both cases, the battery production must be prorated back to each well. If the periodic test
measurement approach is used, the well-testing criteria described above in this section must be
adhered to.
projects using SAGD, licensees may measure well production for the associated wells on a group
measurement basis rather than individually. Licensees must continuously monitor S&W for the
grouped wells. Production of oil, gas, and water must continue to be reported to Petrinex for
each well using its UWI and licensees must be able to justify how they are determining
individual well production to ER.
The single point measurement uncertainty for emulsion is ±2.0 per cent for individually
measured wells, excluding the effects of steam and hydrocarbon vapours, as well as the effect
of S&W determination. The single point measurement uncertainty for commingled well metered
emulsion is ±2.0 per cent, excluding the effects of steam and hydrocarbon vapours, as well as
the effect of S&W determination.
Determining well S&W faces the same challenges as measuring production. For this reason,
S&W methods must take into account the temperature and pressure of the sampled emulsion.
All manual S&W samples must be adequately cooled to mitigate the flashing of components. If
S&W is determined using an on-line analyzer, licensees must take manual samples for
comparison to the analyzer, if necessary. On-line analyzers must be calibrated annually.
Production measurement methods other than those described above must be approved by ER.
12.3.9 Proration Factors
If the proration factor targets described in Table 3.1 are not being met, ER may require an
investigation to determine why. Action required by the licensee may include, but is not limited
to:
1. Verifying S&W measurement practices.
2. Verifying related fluid measurement system performance.
3. Proving or calibration of measurement equipment.
4. Inspecting the primary element for meters with no internal moving parts.
12.3.10 Uncertainty and Proration Factor Summary
Refer to Section 1.7 for a summary of uncertainties for heavy oil and to Section 3.1.1.1 for a
summary of proration factors for heavy oil.

12.3.11 Internal Inspection Exceptions
The inspection requirements stipulated in this exception only apply to measurement devices,
including flow meters, used in thermal in situ facilities to determine volumes reported to
Petrinex. If the internal components of meters used at thermal in situ facilities have been found
to be clean and undamaged for three consecutive inspections conducted over at least three
years, licensees may extend internal inspection frequencies to once every three calendar years.
Licensees may not apply this exception if:
1. The meter is used for the measurement or calculation of delivery point measurement,
sales, or LACT volumes, including diluent measurement, or
2. The meter is used for flare measurement. For flare meter internal inspection
requirements, refer to Section 2.3.4.
Licensees applying the exception criteria must comply with the following:
1. A tag must be attached to the meter indicating that this exception is being applied and
the date of the last inspection.
2. If any individual meter fails during a scheduled or nonscheduled calibration or
verification or inspection the meter must requalify for the exception.
3. Licensees must keep records of the internal inspections associated with this exception
for at least six years and make them available to ER on request.

13 Condensate and High Vapour Pressure Liquid Measurement and Reporting

This section presents the requirements and exceptions for condensate measurement and
reporting associated with gas well production.
Condensate is a generic term used to describe various types of hydrocarbon liquid products such
as: field condensate, condensate separator liquids, condensate stabilized liquids. See Glossary
in Appendix 2 for definitions.
High vapour pressure liquids is a generic term for hydrocarbon liquids that are stored and
transported under pressure at all times in a liquid phase.
13.1 General Measurement and Reporting Requirements
13.1.1 Measurement Requirements
For measurement of condensate and high vapour pressure liquids at all accounting
measurement locations within upstream oil and gas facilities, ER will consider the measurement
system to be in compliance:
a. if the measurement requirements in Sections 1.6.3, 4.1, 4.2, the calibration and
proving requirements in Section 2, the design and installation of liquid (oil)
measurement requirements in Section 14, the sampling and analysis requirements
in Section 8, and the trucked liquid requirements in Section 10 are adhered to or
b. if the measurement requirements of Measurement Canada for high vapour
pressure liquids are adhered to.
13.1.2 Reporting Requirements
In Saskatchewan, hydrocarbon liquid with a density ≤ 780.0 kg/m3 is classified as condensate and
hydrocarbon liquid with a density > 780.0 kg/m3 is classified as crude oil. Condensate
production can be reported as a gas or liquid depending on how it is disposed while oil must
always be reported as a liquid volume. The general rules are as follows for Petrinex reporting:
1. Oil produced and separated at a gas well or at the group measurement point of gas multi-
well proration or effluent measurement batteries, must be reported as liquid OIL
irrespective of whether it is measured and recombined with the gas or trucked out for
disposition..
2. Condensate produced and separated at a gas well or at the group measurement point of
gas multi-well proration or effluent measurement batteries must be converted to a gas
equivalent volume and reported as GAS production if it is measured and recombined with
the gas and sent to a gathering system or to a gas plant for further processing.
3. Condensate produced and separated at a gas well or at the group measurement point of
gas multi-well proration or effluent measurement batteries is considered to be field
condensate and must be reported as liquid condensate at the well level if it is trucked out
for disposition or trucked to a gas plant for further processing..
4. Condensate separated at a gas gathering system group separation point and stored in a
tank for disposition is considered to be pentanes plus and must be reported in Petrinex as
a C5-MX volume.

5. Hydrocarbon liquids recovered from processing at a gas processing plant are considered
to be by-products of processing and must be reported as specific liquid volumes.
6. The receipt and disposition of load condensate injected, recovered, separated, and stored
in a tank at a gas well must be reported as COND or C5-SP volume.
7. Load condensate received from an outside source at any gas well, injected, recovered,
separated, recombined with production, and sent to a gas plant must be reported as a
receipt of COND or C5-SP at the facility level and a disposition of GAS to the gas plant. A
corresponding disposition of COND or C5-SP to SKGE and receipt of GAS from SKGE must
also be reported to balance the products at the battery.
8. Load oil received from an outside source at any gas well, injected, recovered, recombined
with production, and sent to a gas plant must report an oil receipt and oil disposition at
the facility level.
13.2 Reporting Scenarios for Gas Wells Producing Condensate
Condensate is associated with gas well production within gas facilities. If there is condensate,
the total battery liquid volume must be measured.
13.2.1 Scenario 1 – Condensate that is Effluent Metered and Tested or Proration Tested, or
Separated and Recombined
Condensate being wet metered and tested or proration tested only, or separated from other
well effluent, metered, combined with gas (single well or multi-well group batteries), and sent
to a gas plant for further processing must be converted to its GEV and added to the gas
production for reporting purposes.
Test Taps
Group
m Measurement
Effluent Meter Point
Recombined
Gas streams Gas
m processing To Gas Sales
Test Taps plant
Gas Well
Separator
m Condensate
m
Effluent Meter
Water
m
Gas
Gas Well m
Separator
Condensate
m
Wellhead
separator
Gas well
Scenario 1

13.2.2 Scenario 2 – Condensate Production Separated and Disposed of from a Well
Field condensate (COND) must be reported as liquid production at the well if separated from
well effluent, measured, and disposed of.
Gas
To gas gathering
m system / gas plant /
sales
Separator
Condensate Storage
tank at
battery m Condensate sales
Gas well
Wellhead
separator
Scenario 2
13.2.3 Scenario 3 – Condensate Production Separated and Disposed of from a Multi-well

Battery
Field condensate (COND) must be reported as a liquid production at the well level if separated
from multi-well gas proration or effluent measurement batteries, measured, and disposed of
from the battery.


Test taps
Gas
m To gas gathering system /
gas plant / sales
Gas well
Test taps
Separator
Condensate
Storage tank at
battery
m Sales
Gas well
Test taps Battery group

separator
Gas well
Scenario 3
13.2.4 Scenario 4 – Condensate Recovered from Gas Compression
Condensate from one or more batteries recovered as a result of gas compression at a gas
gathering system or a gas group battery and disposed of must be reported as C5-MX at the gas
gathering system.
Gas Gathering System
From gas Gas

wells and/or Compressor station
batteries
Liquids
Storage
tank at
compressor m C5-MX
station
Scenario 4
13.2.4.1 Scenario 5 – Condensate Separated and Disposed of by Truck for Processing

Condensate separated from well effluent, measured, and trucked to a gas plant for processing
must be reported as COND.

Gas
To gas gathering
m system / gas plant /
sales
Separator
Condensate
Storage
tank at
battery
Gas well Wellhead
separator
Gas
Product sales processing m
plant
Scenario 5

14 Hydrocarbon Liquid Measurement

14.1.1 Scope
This section presents the requirements for liquid hydrocarbons measurement related to:
1. crude oil
2. condensate
3. liquefied petroleum gases
a. propane
b. butane
4. dense phase hydrocarbons
a. ethane
b. NGLs
5. water
14.1.2 Application of API Measurement Standards
For petroleum liquids, the API MPMS provides requirements for custody transfer measurement
of hydrocarbons. For the purposes of this section, the degree of application of MPMS is
determined by the level of uncertainty as required in Section 1.
14.1.3 System Design and Installation
The meter system design must meet the overall system uncertainty requirements of Section 1.
ER considers a liquid measurement system to be compliant if the requirements in this section
are met. Any EFM system designed and installed in accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 21.2, is
considered to have met the audit trail and reporting requirements, but a performance
evaluation is still required in accordance with Section 14.10 of this Directive.
Liquid measurement systems typically consist of:
1. primary elements, such as a meter;
2. secondary elements, such as temperature and pressure transmitters;
3. in some cases, differential pressure transmitters, level transmitters, and densitometers
4. tertiary elements collectively termed electronic flow measurement (EFM), for example:
a. distributed control system (DCS)
b. supervisory control and data acquisition system (SCADA)
c. flow computers
5. in some cases, mechanical totalizers are used in place of EFM.
The meter and its associated peripheral equipment, such as strainers and air eliminators where
installed, proving valves, and piping must be designed and installed according to applicable

procedures accepted by an appropriate industry technical standards association or the

manufacturer’s recommendations.
For delivery point applications where in-line proving is to be performed, proving taps and a
double block and bleed divert valve must be installed. For positive displacement (PD) and
Coriolis meters, proving taps may be upstream or downstream of the meter if a ball prover, pipe
prover, or master meter is used. For other types of linear meters or tank provers, the proving
taps must be downstream of the meter, refer to Section 2.4 for more detail.
Components of a liquid measurement system are shown in Figure 14.1.

Figure 14.1 Typical liquid measurement system
SCADA, RTU, DCS, Flow Computer
TT
FT PT TE TW 9 AT SP
FE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13
Components Notes
1) Strainer 1) Schematic is generic in nature and therefore all elements may not be required for a specific application or in
2) Air eliminator that order. For example, for water meters, pressure and temperature transmitters for compensation to
3) Upstream straight lengths standard conditions are not normally required.
4) Meter 2) Air eliminator is mandatory for truck unloading applications but typically not required for pipeline applications.
5) Downstream straight lengths 3) Strainer required for most but not all meter types.
6) Pressure transmitter (if required) 4) Upstream and downstream meter straight length requirement varies with meter type and upstream piping
7) Temperature transmitter disturbances.
8) Check thermowell 5) Flow transmitter (FT) may be close coupled to flow sensor (FE) or remote mounted.
9) Prover valves 6) Analyzers are typically water-cut monitors or densitometers.
10) Double block and bleed prover divert valve 7) Flow control valve may be upstream of prover taps for test separator applications.
11) Analyzer (e.g., water cut, densitometer) 8) No components such as analyzer fast loops or pressure relief valves should be between meter and prover
12) Sample point (manual or on-line) taps.
13) Flow control valve 9) Pressure relief valves should be located to preclude unmeasured fluids via a leaky relief valve.
Rev. 2

14.2 Volume Measurement
14.2.1 Meter Selection
Appropriate engineering practice is required for selection of meter type and size. Specifically,
parameters such as the following must be considered:
1. Process operating conditions such as pressure, temperature, flow rate;
2. Fluid properties such as viscosity, density, contaminants, bubble point;
3. Required accuracy to meet Section 1 uncertainty requirements;
4. Meter pressure drop;
5. Required straight lengths; and
6. Required back pressure.
Parameters known to vary with operating conditions, such as fluid properties such as viscosity
and flow rate, must be considered for all operating scenarios like start-up, normal, and upset.
If meters are used for delivery point measurements, electronic temperature compensation is
required. For new construction or new installations at existing facilities, mechanical ATC and
ATG must not be used. For facilities built before April 1, 2016, all existing ATC and ATG are
granddfathered at their existing installations and must not be relocated and reused for other
installations.
For meters to be proved using a conventional displacement prover, such as a ball prover or a
captive displacer prover such as piston and shaft, pulse outputs are required. For master meter
proving, pulse outputs are recommended.
In addition to the meter selection parameters listed above in this section, some upstream
applications such as propane sales loading rack at gas plants may also have to meet
Measurement Canada requirements.
There are two broad meter types, linear and nonlinear differential producer. The output of
linear meters is proportional to flow rate. The output of differential producers is proportional to
the flow rate squared. Table 14.1 lists various meter types for volume determination.
Table 14.1 Meter types

Linear meters Nonlinear meters
Positive displacement Orifice (see Section 4.3.1)
Turbine Venturi
Vortex Flow nozzle
Coriolis Cone
Ultrasonic Wedge
Magnetic (water or conductive fluids only) Other differential devices
14.3 Shrinkage
For the purpose of this Directive, shrinkage refers to a volume reduction associated with one or
more of the following processes:
1. Blending of hydrocarbon streams of varying density such as heavy oil and
condensate to reduce the viscosity of the heavy oil for transport by pipeline; and/or

2. Loss of volatile components through vapourization such as flashing, weathering due

to a pressure reduction and/or temperature increase or to continued exposure to
atmospheric conditions like the conversion of live oil to base conditions.
3. Acid Gas removal, see Section 11
Petrinex-reported shrinkages other than Sections 11 and 14.3 and shrinkage or system
loss/gains across facilities or pipeline system are outside the scope of this Directive.
14.3.1 Live Oil Shrinkage
Until produced hydrocarbon fluids are stabilized, the oil is normally at its bubble point, also
referred to as the equilibrium vapour pressure, condition due to the presence of volatile
components. When the oil is discharged to a stock tank at atmospheric condition, the volatile
components in the oil evaporate, causing a reduction in liquid volume. When live oils are
metered in such equipment as test separators, a shrinkage factor must be applied to correct the
measured liquid volume from the metering pressure and temperature to standard conditions.
When the meter is proved to standard conditions, the shrinkage factor is incorporated into the
meter factor.
14.3.2 Hydrocarbon Blending and Flashing Shrinkages
When hydrocarbon molecules of different molecular sizes and intermolecular spacing, also
referred to as the density, are mixed, the smaller molecules fill the spaces between the larger
molecules. This results in a volume reduction from the arithmetic sum of the volumes of the
blend components. The magnitude of this volume reduction is a function of the relative density
and volumes of the hydrocarbon blend components. Calculation of shrinkage factors resulting
from hydrocarbon blending without flashing must be performed in accordance with API MPMS,
Chapter 12.3, or an equivalent procedure accepted by an appropriate industry technical
In some cases, volume reduction is a combination of the effects of loss of volatile components
and intermolecular spacing. For example, blending of condensate or diluent with heavy oil can
occur at any point in the production process. The condensate can be introduced in the flow line
from the well, at the inlet separator, at the treater, at the storage tank, or at any combination of
these ways of introducing the condensate. If condensate is blended with the oil prior to the
treater, condensate flashing may also occur.
Blending shrinkage must be determined if the density difference between the hydrocarbon
fluids exceeds 40.0 kg/m3 and must be reported if the shrinkage volume causes the delivery
point volume to shrink by more than 0.1 per cent and more than the 0.1 m3 reporting limit on
Petrinex. Flashing shrinkage must be determined if the added diluent volume is > 2.0 m3/day
and/or > 5.0 per cent of total oil production, refer to Table 5.6 for details.
The blending and flashing shrinkage is to be reported as an activity of SHR (which is a type
disposition) at the facility for the product type of the diluent volume. The flashing shrinkage is
to be convert to a GEV and reported as a REC for the product type of GAS from SK GE.
14.3.3 Shrinkage Factor Determination
Live oil shrinkage with entrained gas must be determined by any one of the following
techniques:

1. Process simulation software;

2. Manual sampling and laboratory procedure, as referred to in API MPMS, Chapter 20; or
3. Physically de-gassing the prover oil volumes during meter proving of live oils, as referred
to in Section 2.5.1.
Calculation of shrinkage volumes or factors is most often used to mitigate safety and
environmental concerns if the live oil volumes are measured at high pressures or if the live oil
contains H2S.
When the manual sampling and laboratory method is used, the shrinkage factor must be based
on analysis of a sample of the fluid taken at normal operating conditions. Shrinkage factors
must be determined at either a well or battery level. The frequency of shrinkage factor
determination must reflect changes in reservoir or operating conditions. Whenever the
operating conditions change to a degree that could affect the shrinkage factor, a new shrinkage
factor must be determined based upon analysis of a sample of the fluid taken at the new
operating conditions.
14.3.4 Shrinkage Factor Application
Shrinkage factors must be applied by being:

1. Incorporated into a meter factor by de-gassing during proving;
2. Incorporated into a meter factor by adjusting the meter factor numerically based on a
shrinkage factor determined by process simulation or sampling/analysis; or
3. Applied to metered volumes after they are adjusted by the meter factor (which does not
already have the shrinkage factor incorporated into it).
Caution is required to ensure that shrinkage is not applied more than once, such as de-gassing
during meter proving and then applying it again as a factor to measured volumes.
14.4 Temperature Measurement
Temperature effects can increase the uncertainty associated with liquid hydrocarbon and water
measurements. The magnitude of the effect of temperature measurement errors increases with
decreasing hydrocarbon density as illustrated in Table 14.2.
Table 14.2 Temperature measurement error impact

Approximate error per 1°C temperature
Fluid
measurement error (%)
Propane (510.0 kg/[email protected]°C) 0.29
Butane (600.0 kg/[email protected]°C) 0.18
Condensate (700.0 kg/[email protected]°C) 0.12
Crude oil (820.0 kg/[email protected]°C) 0.09
Crude oil (920.0 kg/[email protected]°C) 0.07
Water 0.02
Therefore, temperature compensation of measured volumes must be provided as required to

meet the uncertainty requirements detailed in Section 1 and the requirements of this section.

This applies to delivery point measurement, provers, and others such as LACT’s that require
temperature compensation for volumetric determination.
Thermowells or direct insertion temperature elements must be used for all temperature
measurements. Pipe or meter body skin temperature measurements, such as those used by
coriolis meter, are not acceptable unless proven to be within the uncertainty requirements.
Thermowells must be installed in such a manner to be representative of the fluid temperature.
Thermowells must not be installed in sections of piping where flow may not be present, for
example in dead-ended piping or in a storage tank above the normal liquid level.
With the exception of coriolis or PD meters, thermowells must be installed 5.0 to 10.0 pipe
diameters downstream of the meter. For coriolis or PD meters, thermowells must be installed
within 10 pipe diameters upstream or downstream of the meter. Valves or pipe restrictions
must not be present between the thermowell and the meter’s primary element. Meter runs
designed for trucked liquid measurement with the existing thermowell(s) within 20.0 diameters
of the meter are grandfathered for the existing location and usage. If the meter run is modified
or relocated, then these requirements must be met.
Resistance temperature devices (RTD) are the preferred temperature measurement element.
Other types of temperature measurement elements, such as thermocouples and thermistors,
are acceptable provided that uncertainty requirements are met. Dial thermometers are not
acceptable for pipeline-based delivery point measurement.
For pipeline delivery point measurements, two thermowells should be provided, one for
measurement and one for verification. For new construction or new installations at existing
facilities, mechanical ATC and ATG must not be used. For facilities built before April 1, 2016, all
existing ATC and ATG are granddfathered at their existing installations and must not be
relocated and reused for other installations
Temperature measurement type, tolerances, and calibration frequency are detailed in Table
14.3.
Table 14.3 Temperature measurement type, calibration frequency, resolution, and calibration
tolerances
Minimum Maximum
Temperature resolution calibration Verification
Application
measurement type1 frequency
(°C) tolerance (°C)
Delivery point with meter Continuous with EFM 0.1 ±0.5 Monthly2
Composite meter
Well oil (proration battery) factor or continuous 0.5 ±1.0 Annual
with EFM
Continuous or
Plant inlet or total
composite meter
battery/group condensate 0.5 ±1.0 Semiannual
factor (see Section
(gas gathering system)
14.9)
Delivery point batch
volumes into a pipeline or
One reading per load 0.1 ±0.5 Semiannual
receipt at a battery/facility
using tank gauging
1 For mechanical ATCs, see Section10.3.1.
2 Calibration frequency may be changed to bimonthly if three consecutive verification periods pass without the error
exceeding the tolerance.

14.5 Pressure Measurement
Pressure compensation of hydrocarbon liquids is required where the meter pressure is above
the standard pressure for delivery point measurement unless the meter is proved to standard
conditions. The pressure correction referred to as Correction for the effect of Pressure on
Liquids (CPL) factor must be determined in accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 11.
Continuous pressure measurements and pressure compensation must be installed where
required to meet Section 1 uncertainty requirements.
Pressure transmitters and gauges must be installed in accordance with applicable standards of
an appropriate industry technical standards association or manufacturer’s recommendations,
normally 5.0 to 10.0 pipe diameters downstream of the meter.
14.6 Density Determination
Density may be measured manually from a sample or continuously using either a densitometer
or a Coriolis meter. Where manual density is used, the manual density value may be derived
from a representative grab or composite sample and a laboratory density determination.
Whichever method is used, the derivation of the value must be documented and meet the
uncertainty requirement.
Continuous density measurements must be provided for mass measurement or if the variability
in density is such that use of a fixed density value for temperature compensation would
preclude meeting the uncertainty requirements.
On-line densitometers must be installed in accordance with applicable standards of an
appropriate industry technical standards association or manufacturer’s recommendations,
normally 5.0 to 10.0 pipe diameters downstream of linear meters. If a densitometer is used as
part of a mass measurement system, for example ethane, NGLs, it must be installed in
accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 14.6.
Laboratory density determination may be performed using either the hydrometer methods see
API MPMS, Chapter 9 or the precision densitometer method ASTM D4052 for more detail. If
practical, densitometer measurements should be made at 15.0°C to preclude the requirement
for temperature compensation. If this is not practical for such applications as viscous heavy oil
or when using a hydrometer, manual temperature compensation must be provided using the
applicable API MPMS table. Refer to Section 14.9 for more detail.
All analyses are required to be submitted to ER as per Directive PNG013.
14.7 Tank Measurement
Tanks in this section refer to storage tanks that are open to atmosphere, tanks with and without
floating roofs, and tanks with blanket gas, as well as bullets and other pressurized storage
vessels. The use of tanks open to atmosphere should be limited to liquids with a Reid Vapour
Pressure specification of < 103.0 kPa.
Volumetric measurement using storage tanks is based upon a level measurement used in
conjunction with a strapping table.
Provided that Section 1 uncertainty tolerances are met, the licensee may use storage tanks for
determination of inventory, well test, or delivery point volume measurements. The licensee
must ensure that the tank diameter, gauging equipment such as gauge tape or automatic tank

gauge, gauging procedures, and tank strapping table are appropriate for the tank and product
being gauged and are capable of achieving the required uncertainty.
Manual gauge boards and automatic tank gauges must be designed, installed, and operated in
accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations and must be maintained
in good working order.
14.7.1 Tank Strapping
Tank strapping tables convert or relate the level to indicated volume.

Depending upon the uncertainty required, tank strapping tables may be prepared using either
engineering calculations based upon approximate tank dimensions or via the tank strapping
procedures detailed in API MPMS, Chapter 2.
14.7.2 Tank Sizing
The relative error of the level measurement is determined by the absolute error of the level
measurement relative to the level measured. The level measured or change in level is in turn
determined by the diameter of the tank and transaction size. To improve uncertainty, one can
measure the level more accurately or increase the level change measured by changing the ratio
of tank height to diameter or by increasing the size of the transaction (delivery point) or test
volume compared to the overall tank height.
Tank sizing must address the intended use such as delivery point or well test, level
measurement technique such as gauge board, hand dip, radar gauge, and well test or
transaction volume.
Knowing the transaction or test volume, one can determine tank diameter as follows:
d ≤ (V ÷ a)1/2
Knowing the tank diameter, one can determine minimum transaction or test volume as follows:
V ≥ a x d2
Where:
V = test fluid volume or delivery point batch volume in m3
d = tank diameter in metres
a = accuracy coefficient
The accuracy coefficients for non-heavy crude oil applications are:
a = 0.39 for all test fluid volumes
a = 0.39 for delivery point batch volumes ≤ 100.0 m3/day
a = 0.92 for delivery point batch volumes > 100.0 m3/day
The accuracy coefficients for heavy crude oil applications are:
a = 0.39 for treatment facility receipt batch volumes
a = 0.92 for sales/delivery point batch volume
a = 0.39 for primary heavy oil test fluid volumes

14.7.3 Manual Tank Gauging
Manual tank gauging can be accomplished using tank dips or a gauge board.
Gauge boards are acceptable for test tanks and inventory measurements but not for delivery
point measurements. See Table 14.4 for marking gradations.
Gauge tapes must have a minimum resolution of 3.0 mm.
Table 14.4 Gauge board marking gradations

Gauge board application Maximum marking separation (mm)
Non-heavy oil testing 25.0
Heavy crude oil testing 60.0
Inventory 150.0
If safe work conditions permit, gauge boards are best read at eye level.
Calibration of gauge boards is not required.
On an annual basis, the licensee must ensure the gauge board is in good working order and the
strapping tables are appropriate for the type of measurement and fluid as per API MPMS,
Chapter 2.
14.7.4 Automatic/Electronic Tank Gauging
Electronic tank gauges must have a minimum resolution of 3.0 mm. One reading of the
instrument is acceptable.
Instruments must be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation. See
Section 2.10 for frequency requirement.
14.7.5 Tank Gauging Applications
14.7.5.1 Inventory Tank Gauging

For monthly inventory measurement gauging, one reading of the gauge tape, gauge board, or
automatic tank gauge is acceptable. Levels must be reported to the nearest 75.0 mm.
The tank does not need to be stabilized or isolated for inventory measurements.
14.7.5.2 Test Tank Gauging

For gauge measurement on test tanks, two readings of the gauge board or automatic tank gauge
is required, one at the start of the test and one at the end of the test.
Levels are reported to the nearest 10 mm.
14.7.5.3 Delivery Point Measurement

When tank gauging is used to determine an oil/emulsion volume, the gauging procedures must
be conducted in accordance with the following:
1. The licensee must ensure that the strapping table has been prepared in accordance
with API MPMS, Chapter 2.

2. The licensee must ensure that the tank level is not changing or is stabilized when
the gauge readings are taken. This often requires isolating or shutting in the tank
before gauging.
3. All gauge tapes and electronic level devices must have a minimum resolution of
3 mm.
4. Manual tank dips are performed in accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 3.1A. For
tanks with a nominal capacity ˃ 160.0 m3, two consecutive readings within 10.0 mm
of each other are required at both the beginning and at the end of the volume
transaction. The two readings are averaged. For tanks with a nominal capacity of ≤
160.0 m3, one reading at the beginning and at the end of the volume transaction is
acceptable.
5. Automatic tank gauging is performed in accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 3.1B.
6. Temperature measurements are performed in accordance with API MPMS, Chapter
7.
7. Gauge boards must not be used for delivery point measurement.
14.8 Sampling and Analysis for S&W and Density Determination
Sampling and analysis must be in accordance with Sections 6, 8, and 10 or other equivalent
method approved by an appropriate industry standards association.
14.8.1 Fluid Sampling Requirements for S&W and Density Determination
S&W determination procedures including the frequency of sampling must be representative of

the entire volume transaction as well as the subsequent S&W sample analysis. There are two
methods to obtain this measurement: sampling or on-line analysis using a suitable instrument
such as water-cut analyzer or product analyzer. Sampling can be categorized by two methods:
spot/grab sampling or continuous proportional sampling. It is important that the sample
location be carefully selected such that the flowing stream is adequately mixed. This can be
achieved by:
1. Installing in-line mixers;
2. Selecting a sampling point that offers the most practical location for collecting a
sample that is mixed, such as after valves, elbows, and reducers;
3. Selecting a sampling point that is downstream of a metering point because of the
piping elements associated with a meter run; or
4. Collecting samples from a number of different locations, analyzing them, and
making a selection based on the location that provides the most consistent and
reasonable analysis.
For proration oil testing, grab or spot sampling may be used if the water cut < 10.0 per cent
otherwise continuous proportional sampling or the use of a product analyzer is required.
Water-cut analyzers operate on a number of different principles and often are best suited for
specific applications. Analyzers must be installed and maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
For a single-well battery or a multi-well group battery trucking emulsion off-site, the volumes
are determined at the receiving facilities.

For single-well oil batteries with two-phase or three-phase separators delivering produced
oil/emulsions by pipeline to another battery, the sample must be taken at or near the
oil/emulsion meter using a continuous proportional sampler. An on-line product analyzer is also
acceptable for the determination of water cut. Refer to Section 15.2.2.1 for the exception to
these sample taking methods. This is a measurement-by-difference situation at the receiving
battery/facility and the oil/emulsion meter at the single well battery must be proved to standard
conditions. For more detail on measurement-by-difference refer to Section 5.5.
For an oil battery with emulsion tanks, the oil and water inventory volumes in the emulsion
tanks may be determined by one of the following methods:
1. Taking a spot sample, also referred to as a grab sample anywhere between the
wellhead or separator and the tank and applying the percentage of sediment and
water (percent S&W) to the tank inventory;
2. Using water-indicating paste on the gauge tape to determine the water/oil interface
in the tank inventory;
3. Taking the average percent S&W of the total battery production and applying that
to the tank inventory;
4. Using the average percent S&W of the trucked out volumes; or
5. Deeming the tank inventory to be entirely oil and making changes/amendments
based on delivery volumes.
14.8.2 S&W Determination
The licensee must select the most appropriate method for determining the percent S&W. There
are three static analysis methods of the sampled fluid generally considered acceptable by ER
based on the percent S&W:
1. The centrifuge or Karl Fischer method combined with separate method for sediment
determination for water cuts > 0.0 per cent and ≤ 10.0 per cent;
2. The graduated cylinder method of a larger sample for water cuts > 10.0 per cent and
≤ 80.0 per cent and centrifuging the oil emulsion portion; and
3. The graduated cylinder method of a larger sample for water cuts > 80.0 per cent and
≤ 100.0 per cent and not centrifuging the oil emulsion portion.
Recommended procedures for these three methods are shown in Appendix 3. Any alternative
methods must be supported by testing that shows representative results are achieved and these
alternative procedures must be made available to ER upon request.
In some instances, it is possible to use a computer algorithm to determine the oil and water
volumes in the emulsion based on the measured densities of the emulsion and the known
densities of the oil and water components of the emulsion. The oil and water densities at
standard conditions must be based on an analysis of the actual oil and water production being
measured and must be corrected for the temperature at which the emulsion density is
measured. Temperature correction for produced water density should be calculated in
accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 20.1 or some other recognized industry standards
organization.

14.9 Hydrocarbon Liquid Volume Calculations
Liquid volume measurements must be determined to a minimum of two decimal places and
rounded to one decimal place for monthly Petrinex reporting in cubic metres. If there is more
than one volume determination within the month at a measurement point, the volumes
determined to a minimum of two decimal places must be totaled prior to the total being
rounded to one decimal place for Petrinex reporting purposes.
Standard or base conditions for use in calculating and reporting liquid volumes are 15.0°C and
0.0 kPa gauge or the equilibrium vapour pressure at 15.0°C, whichever is higher.
The liquid volume calculations must adhere to the following:
1. Total indicated volume for the transaction period, either daily, weekly, or monthly is
measured and recorded. This applies to measurement by meter, weigh scale, or
tank gauging.
2. The volumetric meter factor for the flow meter is applied to the total indicated
volume.
3. For oil, the percentage of water in the gross volume is determined by measuring the
percent S&W of a representative sample or by continuous on-line measurement.
The result is a quantified volume of oil and of water.
4. For oil, a shrinkage factor is applied to the volume in order to determine the volume
at standard conditions. Some applications may already have the shrinkage factor
incorporated into the meter factor.
5. Where required, compensation for the effects of pressure and temperature on the
liquid must be applied.
6. Composite meter factors that include temperature correction factors (CTL) must not
be used for delivery point measurement. However, they are acceptable for other
applications, such as test meters, inlet meters, and water meters, provided that the
variability of parameters affecting meter performance such as operating
temperature, fluid viscosity, and fluid composition is such that the net effect is
within the uncertainty requirements for the application.
14.9.1 General Equations for Determining Liquid Volumes at Standard Conditions
14.9.1.1 Linear Meters

Indicated Volume
IV = closing reading – opening reading
or
IV = (closing pulses – opening pulses) ÷ KF
Gross Standard Volume

GSV = IV x CTL x CPL x MF
or
GSV = IV x CMF
or
GSV = IV x MF x DENobs ÷ DENb

or
GSV = Mass ÷ DENb
Net Standard Volume

CSW = 1 - (%S&W ÷ 100)
NSV = GSV x CSW x SF
Water Cut
DENobs,o = DENb,o x CTLo
DENobs,w = DENb,w x CTLw
Water Cut = (DENobs,e - DENobs,o) ÷ (DENobs,w - DENobs,o)
Where:
CMF – Composite Meter Factor: A meter factor that includes corrections for the effects
of any combination of temperature, pressure, or shrinkage.
CPL – Correction for the effect of Pressure on Liquid: Correction for compressibility of
liquid at normal operating conditions.
CTL – Correction for the effect of Temperature on Liquid: Correction for effect of
temperature on liquid at normal operating conditions.
CTLo – Correction for the effect of Temperature on Oil: Correction for effect of
temperature on oil at normal operating conditions.
CTLw – Correction for the effect of Temperature on Water: Correction for effect of
temperature on water at normal operating conditions.
CSW – Correction for Sediment and Water: Correction for sediment and water to adjust
the gross standard volume of the liquid..
DENb – Base Density: Liquid density in kg/m3 at standard pressure and temperature.
DENb,o – Base Density – Oil: Liquid density of oil in kg/m3 at standard pressure and
temperature.
DENb,w – Base Density – Water: Liquid density of water in kg/m3 at standard pressure
and temperature.
DENobs – Observed Density: Liquid density in kg/m3 at observed pressure and
temperature.
DENobs,o – Observed Density – Oil: Oil density in kg/m3 at observed pressure and
temperature.
DENobs,w – Observed Density – Water: Water density in kg/m3 at observed pressure and
temperature.
GSV – Gross Standard Volume: The volume at standard conditions corrected also for
the meter’s performance (MF or CMF).
IV – Indicated Volume: The change in meter reading that occurs during a receipt or
delivery.
KF – K-Factor: A term in pulses per unit volume determined during a factory or field
proving. The number of pulses generated by a linear meter divided by the k-factor will
determine the indicated volume.

MF – Meter Factor: A dimensionless term obtained by dividing the volume of a liquid

passed through a prover (corrected to standard conditions during proving) by the
indicated standard volume (ISVm) as registered by the meter.
SF - Shrinkage Factor: a factor reflecting the volume reduction of a liquid associated
with one or both of the following two processes:
Blending of hydrocarbon streams of varying density such as heavy oil and
condensate to reduce the viscosity of the heavy oil for transport by pipeline; and or
Loss of volatile components through vapourization such as flashing or weathering
due to a pressure reduction and/or temperature increase or to continued exposure
to atmospheric conditions such as conversion of live oil to standard conditions.
NSV – Net Standard Volume: The gross standard volume corrected for shrinkage and
sediment and water.
14.9.1.2 Composite Meter Factors (CMF)

A composite meter factor (CMF) is a meter factor that includes corrections for the effects of any
combination of temperature, pressure, or shrinkage.
A CMF may be used:
1. If anticipated changes in pressure and temperature parameters result in
uncertainties within those stated in Section 1;
2. For test separators at oil batteries; and
3. For separators at gas wells.
Test separators typically use CMFs to apply temperature correction where an EFM system is not
used. The CMF can also include correction for shrinkage. The licensee must ensure that
corrections included in CMFs are not being applied elsewhere, such as in a SCADA system or
field data capture system.
Note that in separator applications where the hydrocarbon liquid is at its equilibrium vapour
pressure, CPL is 1.0 and therefore is not required to be calculated as part of a CMF.
Calculation example for volumetric proving at an oil test separator:
CMFT = IVP x CTLP ÷ IVM
Where:
CMFT - CMF that includes correction for the effect of temperature (CTL)
IVP - Indicated prover volume
CTLP - CTL calculated using prover temperature during run
IVM - Indicated meter volume
If the indicated volume of the prover is recorded after de-gassing, the CMF will include
correction for shrinkage (CMFTS).
14.9.1.3 Orifice Meters

While not as common, orifice meters can be used for liquid measurement. For these
applications, either of the following equations must be used.

API MPMS 14.3.1 (AGA-3):
Qm N 1C d E v Yd 2  f P
Qb = =
b b
API MPMS 14.8 (Natural Gas Fluids Measurement – Liquefied Petroleum Gas Measurement):
P
Qb = N1C d EvYd 2 (C C )
f
tl pl
Where:
N1 Unit conversion factor (0.0000351241 when using SI units listed below)
C d - Orifice plate coefficient of discharge
Ev
- Velocity of approach factor
Y - Expansion factor
d - Orifice plate bore diameter calculated at flowing temperature (mm)
P - Orifice differential pressure (kPa)
f
- Density of the liquid at flowing conditions (kg/m3)
 b - Density of the liquid at standard conditions (kg/m3)
Qb
- Volume flow rate at standard conditions (m3/sec)
Qm
- Mass (kg)
Ctl
- Compensation factor for the effect of temperature on liquid
C pl
- Compensation factor for the effect of pressure on liquid
For other nonlinear meters, refer to the applicable standard of an appropriate industry technical
standards association or manufacturer’s documentation for determining volumes at standard
conditions.
14.9.1.4 Pressure and Temperature Compensation

CTL and CPL must be calculated in accordance with the current standards in Table 14.5 for the
applicable density and temperature range. Calculations for determining CTL or CPL not listed in
Table 14.5 are not acceptable.

Table 14.5 Pressure and temperature compensation standards*

Product and density Calculation
Standard Calculation input(s) Comments
range output(s)
API MPMS 11.1 Crude oil, refined Observed density Density @ 15.0°C Current
products, and
May 2004 Density @ 15.0°C CTL
lubricating oils
611.16–1163.85 kg/m3 Flowing temperature CPL
Flowing pressure VCF
Equilibrium vapour
pressure
API MPMS 11.2.2M Hydrocarbon liquid Density @ 15.0°C CPL Current
1986 350.0–637.0 kg/m3 Flowing temperature
Flowing pressure
Equilibrium vapour
pressure
API MPMS 11.2.4 NGL and LPG Observed density Density @ 15.0°C Current
GPA TP-27 210.0–740.0 kg/m3 Observed
temperature
Table 53E
September 2007
API MPMS 11.2.4 NGL and LPG Density @ 15.0°C CTL Current
GPA TP-27 351.7–687.8 kg/m3 Flowing temperature
Table 54E
September 2007
* Note: The printed API MPMS, Chapter 11.1, Tables 53, 53A, and 53B include correction for the thermal expansion or contraction
of a glass hydrometer. Existing computer implementations of these tables may or may not include hydrometer correction.
14.9.2 Electronic Flow Measurement for Liquid Systems
An EFM system is any flow measurement and related system that collects data and performs
flow calculations electronically. If it is part of a DCS, SCADA, or Programmable Logic Controller
system (PLC), only the EFM portion of those systems has to meet the requirements in this
section.
The following systems are not defined as an EFM:
1. Any meter with an electronic totalizer or pulse counter that does not perform flow
calculations with or without built-in temperature compensation; and
2. A remote terminal unit (RTU) that transmits any data other than flow data and does
not calculate flow.
Hardware and software requirements:
1. The EFM system data storage capability must exceed the time period used for data
transfer from the EFM system.

2. The EFM system must be provided with the capability to retain data in the event of
a power failure. Data retention options include battery backup, uninterrupted
power systems, or EPROM.
3. The system must have appropriate levels of access for security, with the highest
level of access to the system restricted to authorized personnel.
4. The EFM system must be set to alarm on out-of-range inputs, such as temperature,
pressure, differential pressure if it is applicable, flow, low power, or communication
failures.
5. Any EFM system configuration changes or forced inputs that affect measurement
computations must be documented through either electronic audit trails or paper
records.
6. The values calculated from forced data must be identified as such.
14.9.3 Performance Evaluation
If an EFM system is used to calculate net liquid volumes, the licensee must be able to verify that
it is performing within ER target limits defined in this section.
A performance evaluation test must be completed within two weeks after the EFM system is put
into service and immediately after any change to the computer algorithms that affects the flow
calculation on a per software version basis, and it must be documented for ER audit upon
request. For existing EFM systems, the licensee must conduct a performance evaluation to
ensure that they are performing adequately. A performance evaluation must be conducted and
submitted for ER audit on request. ER considers either one of the following methods acceptable
for performance evaluation.
1. A performance evaluation test conducted on the system by inputting known values
of flow parameters into the EFM system to verify the volume calculation and other
parameters. The test cases included in this section (Tables 14.6 to 14.9) are for
liquid meters each with different flow conditions.
Test cases 1 to 5 for each liquid type are for density correction from flowing
temperature to 15.0°C. The hydrometer correction is used to compensate for the
glass expansion when a hydrometer is used to measure the density.
Test cases 6 to 10 for each liquid type are for volume correction using CPL and/or
CTL factors to correct to standard conditions. Other manufacturer’s recommended
methodologies can also be used to evaluate the EFM performance, provided that
the volumes obtained from a performance evaluation test agree to within ±0.1 per
cent of those recorded on the sample test cases.
2. Evaluation of the EFM system calculation accuracy with a flow calculation checking
program that performs within the target limits for all the factors and parameters
listed in the test cases specified in Section 14.9.4. A snapshot of the instantaneous
flow parameters and factors, flow rates, and configuration information is to be
taken from the EFM system and input into the checking program. If the
instantaneous EFM system flow parameters, factors, and flow rates are not updated
simultaneously, multiple snapshots may have to be taken to provide a
representative evaluation.

The densities in test cases 1 to 5 and 11 to 15, or volumes in test cases 6 to 10 and 16 to 20,
obtained from a performance evaluation test must agree to within ±0.1 per cent of those
recorded on the sample test cases. If the ±0.1 per cent limit is exceeded, the EFM system must
be subjected to a detailed review of the calculation algorithm to resolve the deviation problem.
14.9.4 Test Cases for Verification of Oil Flow Calculation Programs
These test cases were calculated using the following standards.

Density @ 15°C CTL/CPL/CTPL: API MPMS, Chapter 11.1: Temperature and Pressure Volume
Correction Factors for Generalized Crude Oils, Refined Products, and Lubricating Oils (May
2004).
Hydrometer Correction: API MPMS, Chapter 9.3: Standard Test Method for Density, Relative
Density, and API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by
Thermohydrometer Method (November 2002).
14.9.5 Test Cases for Verification of NGL and LPG Flow Calculation Programs
These test cases were calculated using the following standards.

Density @ 15°C: API MPMS, Chapter 11.2.4 (GPA Technical Publication TP-27): Temperature
Correction for the Volume of NGL and LPG, September 2007, Table 53E.
Hydrometer Correction: API MPMS, Chapter 9.3: Standard Test Method for Density, Relative
Density, and API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by
Thermohydrometer Method (November 2002).
CPL: API MPMS, Chapter 11.2.2M Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons, October 1986.
CTL: API MPMS, Chapter 11.2.4 (GPA Technical Publication TP-27): Temperature Correction for
the Volume of NGL and LPG, September 2007, Table 54E.
Table 14.6 Oil density correction test cases—density correction to 15°C

Inputs Outputs
Oil density
corrected to 15°C
Oil density @ (kg/m3) with Oil density corrected to 15°C
observed temp. Observed hydrometer (kg/m3) without hydrometer
Test case (kg/m3) temp. (°C) correction correction
1 875.5 120.0 942.9 945.0
2 693.0 11.4 689.9 689.8
3 644.0 84.45 704.7 705.7
4 625.5 53.05 660.8 661.4
5 779.0 25.0 786.7 786.8

Table 14.7 Volume correction test cases at atmospheric pressure—volume correction to 15.0°C and 0.0 kPa(g)
Inputs Outputs
Metered Density (kg/m3) Observed Observed CTL corrected CTL & CPL corrected CTL & CPL corrected
Test case CTL CPL
volume (m3) @ 15.0°C temp. (°C) pressure (kPag) volume (m3) volume (m3) volume (m3) rounded*
6 60.0 903.5 40.5 700.0 0.98071 1.00050 58.842368 58.871812 58.9
7 15.0 779.0 3.9 400.0 1.01120 1.00034 15.167952 15.173133 15.2
8 100.0 1008.0 89.0 3700.0 0.95472 1.00255 95.472126 95.715578 95.7
9 250.0 875.5 5.0 200.0 1.00799 1.00013 251.998452 252.030396 252.0
10 150.0 640.0 75.0 1000.0 0.90802 1.00365 136.203308 136.700489 136.7
*The CPL and CTL shown are rounded to five decimal places, but they are not rounded prior to calculating the volumes. Only the final volume is rounded to one decimal place
to meet reporting requirements. The corrected volumes are shown to six decimal places for verification purposes.
Table 14.8 Other liquid hydrocarbon density correction test cases—density correction to 15.0°C
Inputs Outputs
Liquid density @ observed temperature and Observed Liquid density corrected to 15.0°C (kg/m3) Liquid density corrected to 15.0°C (kg/m3) without
Test case base pressure (kg/m3) temperature (°C) with hydrometer correction hydrometer correction
11 525 92.5 614.2 614.9
12 412.5 11.4 404.5 404.5
13 355.5 84.45 506.7 506.9
14 623.5 53.05 658.1 658.7
15 652.5 25 661.3 661.5
Table 14.9 Volume correction test cases at equilibrium vapour pressure—volume correction to 15.0°C and equilibrium vapour pressure
Inputs Outputs
Metered Density (kg/m3) Observed Equilibrium vapour CTL & CPL
Observed CTL corrected CTPL corrected volume
volume @ 15.0°C and pressure pressure (kPa) @ corrected
Test case temp. (°C) CTL CPL volume (m 3 ) (m3) rounded*
(m3) EVP (kPag) observed temp. volume (m3)
16 60.0 544.5 40.5 1645.0 738.0 0.93642 1.0054 56.184942 56.488356 56.5
17 15.0 402.0 3.9 1125.0 1125.0 1.05931 1.0000 15.889672 15.889672 15.9
18 100.0 632.0 55.0 348.0 213.0 0.93587 1.0004 93.586521 93.623473 93.6
19 250.0 512.5 5.0 1500.0 494.0 1.02732 1.0041 256.830532 257.880793 257.9
20 150.0 356.5 -14.5 4260.0 1650.0 1.20782 1.0224 181.173148 185.235683 185.2
*The CPL and CTL shown are rounded as per their respective standards. CPL is rounded to four decimal places and CTL to five decimal places. They are not rounded prior to calculating the
volumes. Only the final volume is rounded to one decimal place to meet reporting requirements. The corrected volumes are shown to six decimal places for verification purposes.

14.10 Measurement Records
For all metering equipment covered by this section, records must be kept as outlined in the
following report types and made available for examination by ER. Licensees are given flexibility
in the formatting of these reports. It is not necessary to present the information exactly as
outlined.
These records must be maintained for mechanical, electromechanical, or EFM. EFM systems
may retain this information automatically. It is advisable to save the records on a regular basis
and when metering problems occur, so they are not lost when memory is full or when the EFM
system is shut off.
The reports must be recorded using electronic/magnetic (not necessarily on the EFM system),
printed, or handwritten media and retained for a minimum of 12 months. They must be
produced upon request by ER.
14.10.1 The Daily Report
The following information must be recorded on a daily or per test basis for test meters only:
1. Test meter and well identification
2. Test period accumulated flow
3. Hours on production
14.10.2 The Monthly Report
The monthly report is for the entire system, providing data for each measurement point. It is to
contain the following at each measurement point as applicable:
1. Monthly cumulative flow
2. Indications of any change made to volumes, and supporting documentation
3. Total hours on production for production or test meters only
14.10.3 The Event Log
When any parameter that affects the flow calculation is changed, such as meter factor, fluid
densities, or transmitter range, a process is required to record the change. In an EFM system
this can be accomplished using the event log within the EFM if so equipped. These parameter
changes can also be recorded manually on paper or electronic records.
The event log must include such items as:
1. Instrumentation range changes
2. Algorithm changes
3. Meter factor or k-factor changes
4. Orifice plate changes
5. Fixed fluid density changes
6. Other manual inputs
The log must identify the person making the change and the date of the change.

14.10.4 EFM Specific Reports
The following reports are required together with those in 14.11.1 and 14.11.3 where applicable.
14.10.4.1 The Daily Report

The following information must be recorded on a daily basis:
1. Meter identification
2. Daily accumulated flow
3. Hours on production for production or test meters only
4. Production data audit trail—include at least one of the following:
a. Instantaneous values for flow rate, operating pressure (if it is applicable) and
temperature taken at the same time each day.
b. Daily volume and average daily values for operating pressure (if it is applicable)
and temperature.
c. Hourly accumulated flow rate and average hourly values for operating pressure
(if it is applicable) and temperature.
14.10.4.2 The Meter Report

The meter report is primarily required to confirm that the EFM system is operating properly. A
meter report is not required when using mechanical or electromechanical systems, where many
of these values are fixed. For these mechanical or electromechanical meters, records are
required to verify that the various factors used in the calculation are correct.
The meter report details the configuration of each meter and flow calculation information. It
must include the required parameters to demonstrate that the net standard volume is being
properly computed from the gross indicated volume. The type of EFM system device will
determine which of the following are required:
1. Instantaneous flow data
a. Gross and net flow rate or gross and net volume calculated over a time period
such that the correction factors are not changing
b. Operating pressure
c. Differential pressure if it is applicable
d. Flowing temperature
e. Flowing density
f. Sediment and water content if an on-line S&W monitor is used
g. CTL
h. CPL
i. CTPL
2. Current configuration information
a. Meter identification

b. Date and time

c. Standard Pressure
d. Standard Temperature
e. Flowing density or density at standard conditions if a fixed density is used
f. Meter factor and/or k-factor
g. Shrinkage factor where it is applicable
14.10.4.3 The Alarm Log

The alarm log includes any alarms that may have an effect on the measurement accuracy of the
system. The time of each alarm condition and the time each alarm is cleared must be recorded.
The alarm log includes such items as:
1. Master terminal unit failures
2. Remote terminal unit failures
3. Communication failures
4. Low-power warning
5. High/low volumetric flow rate
6. Overranging of end device

15 Water Measurement
This section presents the requirements for measurement and reporting of water from oil and
gas production, water source, water injection and disposal, waste processing and disposal,
storage and disposal cavern, and thermal in situ schemes.
All liquid water produced at a well or measured at a group separator is considered production
and must be reported to Petrinex. Water that is in the vapour phase under separator conditions
must not be reported as production even if it drops out later in a gas gathering system, refer to
Section 15.2.1.6 for more details. Reported water volumes must be corrected to 15.0°C when
stipulated in this Directive. All sample analyses, test data, and test date records must be
submitted to ER upon request.
For the purpose of this Directive, water types are:
1. Water
2. Freshwater
3. Brine (this is only acceptable for potash disposal wells), see Section 15.2.9
4. Water produced related to Geothermal or other minerals extracted from water.
Production of nonsaline water may require a groundwater diversion permit from the Water
Security Agency.
15.1 Base Requirements for Water Measurement, Volume Calculation, Production Data
Verification, and Audit Trail
For general liquid measurement, inventory determination, liquid volume calculation, production
data verification, audit trail, and EFM requirements, see Section 14.
For water meter proving method, see Sections 2.4 and 2.78.
The main difference between measurement of water and other hydrocarbon fluids is that the
uncertainty limits are generally less stringent for water. See Section 1.7.
15.2 Water Measurement and Accounting Requirements for Various Facility Types
15.2.1 Gas Facilities
The three methods for determining gas production for a gas well are separated gas
measurement, effluent measurement, and gas proration. The requirements for determining
water production vary among these three methods, and there are also some variations within
each method.
15.2.1.1 Gas Single-Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 351) or Gas Multi-well Group Battery
(Petrinex facility subtypes: 361)
Each gas well must have its’ own permanent separation facilities. Water production must be
determined by one of the following methods:
1. Metering at the water leg of a three-phase separator;

2. Metering at the water/condensate leg of a two-phase separator and taking a sample

of the liquid phase to determine the percent S&W and liquid hydrocarbon. Refer to
Section 14.8 for more detail;
3. Directing water production to a tank and delivering by either truck or pipeline for
disposition. The monthly production volume is then determined from the delivery
volume measured by the receiving facility and tank inventory change by gauging the
tank; or
15.2.1.2 Gas Multi-well Proration SW Saskatchewan Battery (Petrinex facility subtype 363)
Water determination and reporting are not required inside SW Saskatchewan shallow gas areas
and stratigraphic units or zones at the well level. They are only required at the battery level.
See Section 7.2 for more detail.
15.2.1.3 Gas Multi-well Proration Outside SW Saskatchewan Batteries (Petrinex facility subtype 364)
Outside SW Saskatchewan shallow gas areas and stratigraphic units or zones that satisfy the
proration requirements in Section 5.4, an individual well WGR may be used to determine water
production volume. See Section 7.3 for more detail.
15.2.1.4 Gas Multi-well Effluent Measurement Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 362)
Gas wells not configured with separation and measurement of each phase at the wellhead and
at which all of the multiphase fluid passes through the same meter are subject to effluent or wet
gas measurement. The water production volume is calculated based on the WGR obtained from
a ECF test. See Section 7.4 for ECF-WGR testing and actual well water production calculation
requirements and Section 8.4.2 for sampling and analysis requirements.
15.2.1.5 Low-Pressure Gas Systems

If all wells at a gas battery operate at a pressure < 350.0 kPa without any mechanical or other
external means of water lifting used at any of the wells in the battery, licensees may determine
water production using one of the following methods:
1. Battery level WGR, which is determined by metering the battery water production
and dividing it by the battery gas production on a monthly basis. The resulting WGR
is then applied to all wells within the battery based on the wells’ reported gas
production to determine each well’s reported water production; or
2. Engineering estimates based on the water vapour pressure at the well’s flowing
conditions, and other methods supported by good engineering practice.
15.2.1.6 Water at Gas Gathering Systems (GS) (Petrinex facility subtypes: 621)
When water is received or disposed of from a gas gathering system, the volume must be
measured and reported in accordance with the following requirements:
1. If there is no known source(s) of water coming into the gas gathering system, all
collected water must be reported as water condensation on Petrinex as:
Activity: REC
Product: WATER
From/To: SKWC receipt

2. If there is some known source of water, any delivery volume over and above the known
source of water delivered into the gas gathering system must be reported on Petrinex as
SKWC receipt. This applies when there are multiple single wells, gas group, and/or
other facilities tied into the gas gathering system with commingled water.
3. If there is only a single-well battery or one proration battery as the upstream source of
the produced water with no water measurement upstream of the disposition location,
this location may be designated as the facility group measurement point at the battery,
and all water collected can be used for reporting from the battery.
4. The gas gathering system must report receipt of water from any upstream facilities and
report disposition if water is going through the gas gathering system to other facilities
further downstream.
15.2.1.7 Gas Plants (Petrinex facility subtypes: 401 to 407)

Gas plant inlet water measurement is required at each inlet separator when the total receipt
volume is > 50.0 m3/month for the entire plant. If there is only one inlet separator and no other
source of water entering the plant, the plant water disposition plus inventory change may be
used for inlet water reporting.
15.2.2 Crude Oil Facilities
The licensee must separate the water from the oil and measure the water if the total water
production at a well or battery > 50.0 m3 per month and the water cut is > 0.5 per cent of the
total liquid production. The battery water disposition must be measured if > 50.0 m3/month.
The receiving facility is responsible for measurement and reporting of the water disposition.
The two methods for determining oil/water production for oil wells are separated measurement
and proration. The requirements for determining water production vary between these two
methods, and there are also some variations within each method. See Section 6.4.
15.2.2.1 Crude Oil Single-Well Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 311) and Heavy Crude Oil Single-Well
Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 325)
For a single-well battery trucking its emulsion off site, the water production volume is
determined by the battery disposition plus change in inventory and the measurement occurs at
the receiving facility. Refer to Section 14.8.1 for more details.
Exception to Single-Well Battery Water Production Volume

If a single-well battery with a two-phase or three-phase separator is delivering produced
oil/emulsions by pipeline to another battery and the water production ≤ 50.0 m3/month, the
water cut may be determined by taking three spot samples at intervals at least one week apart
within the month and averaging the results. Refer to Section 14.8.1 for more details on S&W
determination.
15.2.2.2 Crude Oil Multi-well Group Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 321) and Heavy Crude Oil
Multi-well Group Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 326)
Total water production from a multi-well group oil battery must be determined in the same way
as from an oil single-well battery. Refer to Section 15.2.2.1 for more details.

15.2.2.3 Crude Oil Multi-well Proration Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 322) and Heavy Crude Oil
Multi-well Proration Battery (Petrinex facility subtype: 327)
Water production from a multi-well proration oil battery is based on well testing and proration
from the battery disposition volumes plus inventory change at month end. (see Sections 6.4 and
6.6.)
15.2.2.4 Heavy Crude Oil Paper Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 313) and Crude Oil Multi-well
Swab Battery (Petrinex facility subtypes: 314 and 316)
Total water production from a heavy crude oil paper battery or a crude oil multi-well swab
battery must be determined in the same way as a heavy crude oil single-well battery. Refer to
Section 15.2.2.1 for more details.
15.2.3 Water Source Production
Water produced from water source wells or other sources, such as rivers and lakes, must be
continuously measured before commingling with water or fluids from another source. If a
source well is producing gas, the related gas production must be separated and measured or
estimated and reported.
15.2.3.1 Reporting Requirements

Reporting on Petrinex must be under the SKWS facility subtype 905 for non-ER licensed surface
water sources, such as rivers and lakes. If the water is delivered to a thermal in situ scheme, the
water receipt must be reported at the injection facility and not the battery facility of the thermal
in situ scheme.
For ER-licensed water source wells, reporting on Petrinex must be under the SKWI code and the
applicable facility subtype. If the water is produced from a fresh-water-bearing formation, the
water is considered fresh water and reported under the SKWT facility subtype of 907. If the
water is produced from a stratigraphic unit that is not fresh-water-bearing, the water is
reported under the SKWT facility subtype of 906. If the water production is delivered to a
thermal in situ scheme, the water receipt from the SKWT facility must be reported at the
injection facility and not the battery facility of the thermal in situ scheme.

Figure 15.1 Example of water source reporting setup
Test
Separator m
Thermal In-Situ Battery
BT 0000001
Oil PROD
Subtype 344
SK BT 0000001
Dibit Water DISP

Heavy Oil Diluent m Heavy Oil/
w/ Heavy Oil
Treating Recovery Unit Dilbit Sales
Oil PROD And Dibit
SK BT 0000001
Production
Emulsion
Wells m Settling
Steam REC Water DISP

SK IF 0000003 SK IF 0000002
m
Oil PROD Water REC
SK BT 0000001 SK IF 0000002
Oil Satellite Produced Disposal Facility
SK SA 0000008 Water SK IF 0000002
Subtype 347 Separation
Subtype 503
Surface Location: Water DISP
SK IF 0000003
m m
Water REC
SK BT 0000001
FSHWTR REC SKRO
Water Disposal
(surface runoff at site)
Well
Water Water INJ

FSHWTR DISP FSHWTR REC
FSHWTR PROD Storage SK IF 0000002
SK WT 0000005 SK IF 0000003 m SK WT 0000005 Freshwater
Storage
Fresh Water FSHWTR DISP FSHWTR REC
Wells SK IF 0000003 m SK WT 0000005
Water DISP Water REC
Water to SK IF 0000003 m SK IF 0000002
Treatment
FSHWTR PROD Water REC
SK WT 0000005 SK IF 0000002
m m
Fresh Water Source Water DISP
SK IF 0000003 Water Disposal
SK WT 0000005 Well
Subtype 907
m
Water
Treatment
m Steam INJ
Water DISP Water REC Water INJ SK IF 0000003
SK IF 0000006 SK WT 0000006 SK IF 0000003
m Boiler
Water Feed Water Steam Injection
Water PROD Water DISP Water REC Storage Steam Blowdown m Wells
SK WT 0000006 SK IF 0000006 SK WT 0000006 Steam
m
Formation m Generation &
Separation Steam INJ
Water Wells Total Steam SK IF 0000003
m
Generated
Water PROD Boiler Blowdown m m
SK WT 0000006
m
Thermal In-Situ Injection Facility
Formation Water Source SK IF 0000003 Steam DISP
Steam INJ
SK WT 0000006 Subtype 506 SK BT 0000001
SK IF 0000003
Subtype 906 m Measurement Point
15.2.4 Water Injection and Disposal Facility
Water injected into injection or disposal wells must be continuously metered at each wellhead
at the injection site and used for reporting to Petrinex. Water injected into injection or disposal
wells constructed prior to September 11, 2012 must be continuously metered into individual
wells but may be metered at the injection facility or a field injection header if the meter is not
located at the wellhead.
The acid gas injection/disposal measurement scenarios in Section 11.4.5.3 can also be applied to
these types of wells, but injection and disposal wells cannot be in the same injection facility
except for facility subtype 506. Each injection/disposal well may have its own injection facility
reporting code or may be part of another injection facility. If there is more than one facility
sending water to the injection facility, each receipt must be measured before commingling.
Skim oil recovered from these facilities must be ≤ 1.0 per cent of the total received volume
based on a six month rolling average basis. Licensees may be contacted to explain the origin of
the excessive skim oil. If the skim oil is > 1.0 per cent, ER inspector or auditor may direct in
writing that the licensee implement changes to improve the skim oil percentage, and these
directions will become conditions of operation for that facility. Examples of conditions are as
follows:

1. Investigate where the oil originated from.

2. Install delivery point measurement at the receipt point.
3. Inform the source licensee to ship emulsion to a proper treatment facility.
4. Report the oil receipt at the injection facility from the source facility.
15.2.5 Waste Processing and Disposal Facility
All products received at a waste processing facility must be measured, sampled, analyzed, and
reported as oil, water, and solids according to the approval conditions. The disposal facility will
auto-populate Petrinex with the source of oil and/or water including solids if the fluid is
produced from an upstream oil and gas facility, such as tank bottom fluids.
15.2.6 Storage and Disposal Cavern
Each storage and disposal cavern must be reported as a separate facility on Petrinex, have its
own inlet and outlet measurement system from the cavern washing stage onwards, and
maintain separate oil, water, and solids inventory.
Figure 15.2 Cavern measurement

From Waste Plant, Disposal (IF Subtype 503), To Waste Plant, Injection
Injection Facility, Storage (IF Subtype 506), or Facility, Custom Treater,
Battery, etc. Waste Plant (WP Subtype 702) Battery, etc.
Water m
m Oil to Treatment or
disposition
Recycle
Waste or m Water to Disposal
Storage Fluids
m
or Storage

15.2.7 Thermal In Situ Scheme (Petrinex facility subtype: 506)
Thermal in situ schemes use water to generate steam for injection into formations to produce
heavy oil. The single point measurement uncertainty requirements for the critical measurement
points have been tightened to facilitate water balancing, refer to Sections 12.3.3 through 12.3.4
for more details. The licensee must use the Petrinex subtype code 506 for an injection facility,
but a disposal facility can be a facility subtype 503 or part of the facility subtype 506. See Figure
15.1.
All steam volume is to be reported as cold water equivalent volume at 15.0oC.
15.2.8 Downhole Water Disposal or Injection
When water is separated from the gas down hole and injected into another stratigraphic unit or
zone or formation without coming to surface, the water volume must be measured if it is ˃ 50.0
m3/month or estimated if it is ≤ 50.0 m3/month.
15.2.9 Brine Measurement and Reporting (Petrinex facility subtype: 518)
This section presents the requirements for measurement and reporting of brine injection into
potash disposal wells.
The product BRINE is only reported at ER-licensed disposal wells and injection facilities related
to the potash industry.
All brine volumes injected into potash disposal wells must be reported to Petrinex. Reported
brine volumes must be corrected to 15.0°C.
Brine injected into disposal wells must be continuously metered at each wellhead at the
injection site and used for reporting to Petrinex. Brine injected into disposal wells constructed
prior to September 11, 2012 must be continuously metered into individual wells but may be
metered at the injection facility or a field injection header if the meter is not located at the
wellhead.
For general liquid measurement, liquid volume calculation, data verification, audit trail, and EFM
requirements, see Section 14.
For brine meter proving method, see Sections 2.4 and Section 2.8.
See Sections 1.7 for uncertainty limits.
15.2.10 Load Water Reporting
Current ER load water reporting requirements state that when a well is put on production
following load water injection, the water produced from the well must be reported into
Petrinex as load water recovery until the entire volume of injected load water is recovered.
After all of the load water has been recovered, the water produced from the well must be
reported as water production.
In most cases, it is unlikely that all of the injected load water during a well completion
operation will be recovered after the well is put on production; some load water will remain
in the formation. Licensees may, at their discretion, discontinue reporting load water
recovery after a well has been on production for 12 months following load water injection.
In this case, the licensee would “zero out” the load water inventory using the load fluid

inventory adjustment—LDINVADJ—activity in Petrinex. Water produced from the well after

zeroing out the load water inventory must be reported as water production.
It is the responsibility of the licensee to ensure that fluids such as flow back, load fluid, and
produced water are managed properly based on their composition (e.g., sent to an
appropriate waste management facility or injection/disposal well, or treated and reused).
Information regarding fluid management can be obtained from the Field Services Branch.
15.3 Water Gas Ratio (WGR) Testing Methodology
Well testing requirements are as follows:

1. A WGR test is required for gas multi-well proration outside SW Saskatchewan wells.
2. An ECF-WGR test is required for effluent measured wells. Refer to Section 7.4 for
more details.
3. New wells must have the required tests conducted within the first 30 days of
production and annually thereafter, unless otherwise stated or exempt, refer to
Section 5.4 for more detail. If the licensee can demonstrate that the WGR has not
stabilized, such as load water has not been fully recovered, multiple tests may have
to be conducted over the next few months to determine the stabilized production
WGR.
4. Wells that can have operation or production characteristics changed because of
such events as workovers or chemical stimulations must have a test conducted
within 30 days.
15.3.1 WGR Testing
The WGR test must be conducted using a properly sized three-phase separator with
measurement of all phases as follows:
1. The test must begin only after a stabilization period.
2. The test duration must be a minimum of 12.0 hours.
3. If the well is occasionally slugging water, the test duration must be increased to
ensure that the test is representative.
4. Consistent testing procedures must be used for consecutive tests to identify when a
5. The water volume must be measured by collecting it in a suitable container or by
using a water meter.
6. The gas and condensate volumes must be measured.
7. The condensate must be sampled during every test and analyzed for the
components to determine an updated gas equivalent factor. The sample may be
taken from the condensate leg of a three-phase separator or the liquid leg of a two-
phase separator. The water must be removed from the condensate before the
analysis.
8. The test volumes and date for each test must be recorded.

9. The WGR must be determined by dividing the water volume by the sum of the
measured gas volume and the gas equivalent volume (GEV) of the measured
condensate (if the condensate is recombined with the gas and sent to a gathering
system or gas plant for further processing). For more details refer to Section 7.3.2.
10. If a three-phase separator is not available, alternative equipment, such as a two-
phase separator with a total liquid meter and continuous water cut analyzer, is
acceptable. Other options that provide equivalent liquid volume accuracy may also
be considered on a case-by-case basis by ER.
15.3.2 WGR Calculation
WGR calculation for a gas multi-well battery is as follows:

1. Calculate the total monthly gas production volume.
Total monthly well gas volume = Well measured gas volume + GEV of well measured
condensate if recombined.
2. Calculate the WGR for each well.

The WGR is to be calculated to six decimal places and then rounded to five decimal
places, as follows:
WGR = Well test water volume ÷ (Well test gas volume + GEV of well test condensate if
recombined)
3. Calculate reported water production for each well.

Using the WGR, reported water production for the well is calculated as follows:
Reported monthly well water volume = Total monthly well gas volume x WGR
For gas multi-well proration batteries, refer to Section 7

Appendix 1 Documents Replaced Fully or Partially by Directive PNG017:

Saskatchewan
Total Replacement (rescinded on date Directive PNG017 becomes effective):
Sections 78 through 82 of The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012

Sections 84 through 87 of The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012
PNG Guideline 17: Production Testing of Gas Wells
PNG Guideline 23: Monthly Gas Measurement Exemption – Oil Wells
MRO 37/85 - Individual Well Tests in Units – March 11, 1985
All special measurement exemptions granted by Minister’s Order for certain designated
pools
Revision 5.0 Page 311 of 358

Appendix 2 Glossary
The definitions that follow are for the purposes of this Directive only.
Absolute Density – The mass per unit volume of a gas or liquid at a specific pressure and temperature.
Absolute densities are generally expressed in kg/m³ at 101.325 kPa(a) and 15.0°C.
Accuracy – The ability of a measuring instrument to indicate values closely approximating the true value
of the quantity measured.
Acid Gas – Gas separated out during the treating of sour gas that contains hydrogen sulphide (H2S),
totally reduced sulphur compounds, and/or carbon dioxide (CO2).
Allocation Factor – A factor, that is used to adjust the fluid receipt volumes (considered estimates) to
reported volumes based on inventory and disposition measurements at facilities where only fluids
received by truck are handled, such as custom treaters or terminals.
American Petroleum Institute – Is the source of many measurement standards in the oil and gas
industry. (API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards).
Analog Transmitter – Transmitters that use analog circuity to convert their sensor output to either 4.0-
20.0 milliamps or 1.0-5.0 volts.
Annually – Once every four calendar quarters (once a year).
Annual Average Daily Flow Rate – A average daily flow rate calculated based on a calendar year. For a
new well or facility the daily average flow rate is calculated based on the last 12 months. If the well or
facility does not operator for a full calendar year, then the average daily flow rate is calculated by the
average flow rate based on the number of days operating. For example: total annual volume divided by
number of days the well or facility was operating.
API – see American Petroleum Institute.
Approved – Written acceptance by ER.
Associated Gas – Gas produced in association with oil production at oil wells. Commonly known as
solution gas.
ATC – see Mechanical Automatic Temperature Compensators without Gravity selection.
ATG – see Mechanical Automatic Temperature Compensators with Gravity selection.
Atmospheric Pressure – The pressure exerted by the weight of the atmosphere at the point of
measurement.
BA ID – see Business Associate Identifier.
Base Conditions – For Gaseous fluids are 101.325 kPa at 15.0°C and for liquids are 101.325 kPa at
15.0°C. Also known as standard conditions, stock tank conditions or reference conditions.
Base Pressure – Atmospheric pressure of 101.325 kPa
Base Temperature – 15.0°C
Battery - Common storage facilities receiving production from a well or wells and includes equipment
for separating the fluid into oil, gas, water and any other substances and for measurement. (Source: The
Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012)
Bias – Any influence on a result that produces an incorrect approximation of the true value of the
variable being measured. Bias is the result of a predictable systematic error.

Biennially – Once every eight calendar quarters (once every two years).
Bimonthly – Once every two calendar months.
Boiler Blowdown – Boilers used in thermal recovery processes typically produce steam with a quality
between 75.0 per cent and 80.0 per cent. This results in 20.0 per cent to 25.0 per cent of the boiler feed
water not being vapourized. This water stream, which is separated from the steam, leaving the boiler is
called boiler blowdown and contains more concentrated total dissolved solids, typically 4.0 to 5.0 times
more, than the boiler feed water.
Brackish Water – A product type related to cross border reporting for Petrinex volumetrics reporting
only. The product Brackish Water (BRKWTR) is only used to accommodate cross border receipts from
Alberta and should not be used in any other situations. As defined in Alberta, water from a saline water
source that has total dissolved solids ≥ 4000 milligrams per litre (mg/L).
Brine – A product type related to the potash industry for Petrinex volumetrics reporting only. This
product, comprised of water saturated with salt, only reported at disposal wells and injection facilities
related to the potash industry.
Business Associate Identifier - A unique five-digit identifier assigned to each corporate entity for use in
Petrinex.
Butanes – A liquid mixture mainly of butanes that ordinarily may contain some propane or pentanes
plus. For reporting purposes there are NC4-SP, NC4-MX, IC4-SP, and IC4-MX.
Calendar Quarter – January to March, April to June, July to September, October to December.
Calibration – The process or procedure of adjusting an instrument, such as a meter, so that its indication
or registration is in satisfactory or close agreement with a reference standard. (Source: API MPMS)
Calibration Standard – A certified device used in calibration or proving that has a known value traceable
to national reference standards maintained by the National Research Council in Ottawa, Ontario.
CBM – see Coalbed Methane
CF – see Correction Factor.
CFM – see Composite Meter Factor.
CGR – see Condensate-Gas Ratio.
Clean Oil – Oil with ≤ 0.5 per cent sediment and water.
Clean Oil Terminal – Terminals that receive trucked or pipelined clean oil.
Coalbed Methane – Natural gas that is found in coals.
CMF – see Composite Meter Factor.
Cold Water Equivalent – Steam volume measurements corrected to a standard temperature of 15.0°C
and reported in cubic metres (m3).
Common Crown or Common Freehold Royalty – When all the wells in a battery are produced:
1) under Crown mineral leases and the royalty status is the same for each well;
2) under leases granted by one Freehold mineral owner and the Freehold mineral owner
receives the same royalty rate for each well; or
3) under leases granted by more than one Freehold mineral owner, and the total royalty
rate for each owner for each well is the same.

Common Ownership – All wells in a battery belong to the same working interest participant, or if there
is more than one working interest participant, each working interest participant has the same
percentage interest in each well in the battery.
Composite Meter Factor – A factor that is calculated by dividing the temperature corrected prover
volume by the indicated meter volume for a prover run. The final CMF is often averaged from the results
of multiple prover runs. The CMF includes corrections for the effects of any combination of
temperature, pressure or shrinkage.
Compressibility (apparent) – The arithmetic sum of the actual compressibility of a liquid and the volume
change per unit of volume of the confining container caused by a unit change in pressure at a constant
temperature.
Compressibility (liquid) – The change in volume per unit of volume of a liquid caused by a unit change in
pressure at constant temperature.
Compressibility factor – The ratio of the actual volume of gas at a given temperature and pressure to
the volume of gas when calculated by ideal gas law.
Compressibility – The property of a material which permits it to decrease in volume from the ideal state
when subjected to an increase in pressure at constant temperature. (Source AGA)
For liquids, see Correction for Pressure and Liquid (CPL)
For gas, compressibility factor “Z” is the deviation from the ideal Boyle’s and Charles’ law behaviour.
Compressor Station – An installation of service equipment that receives natural gas from a well, facility,
or gathering system prior to delivery to market or other disposition and is intended to maintain or
increase the flowing pressure of the gas; includes any equipment for measurement.
Condensate – A liquid hydrocarbon product with a density of ≤ 780.0 kg/m3 that:
i. existed in the reservoir in a gaseous phase at original conditions and;
ii. that is recovered from a gas stream when pressure and temperature are reduced to and not
lower than those at base conditions. (Source: The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012)
Condensate, Separator Liquids – Separator liquids are a mixture of hydrocarbon components that
remain in a liquid state under the equilibrium pressure and temperature conditions established in a two-
phase or three-phase separator. The composition and physical properties of separator liquids are highly
variable and are a function of separator inlet fluid composition and separator pressure and temperature
conditions.
Condensate, Stabilized Liquids – Stabilized liquids are a mixture of hydrocarbon components that
remain in the liquid state following single-stage flash evaporation. Stabilized condensate is expected to
have low concentrations of light ends (C1-C4) components. The composition and physical properties of
the stabilized condensate is a function of the equilibrium pressure and temperature conditions of the
stabilizer and the composition of the stabilizer feed from which it was derived.
Condensate-Gas Ratio – Is calculated by dividing the condensate volume by the gas volume of a well
test. See Table 7.1. for calculation and rounding requirements.
Condensate Proration Factor – Total battery measured daily or monthly condensate volume divided by
total battery estimated daily or monthly condensate volume. See Sections 7.3.2 and 7.4.2.
Continuous Stack Emission Monitor – A device that measures sulphur stack emissions at a sour gas
processing facility.
Continuous Measurement – Uninterrupted measurement

Correction Factor – A correction factor is any mathematical adjustment made to take into account
deviations in volume related to temperature or pressure in either the sample or the measured volume.
It must be determined in accordance with API MPMS, Chapter 11.
Crude Oil – Crude petroleum oil and any other hydrocarbon, regardless of density, that is or is capable
of being produced from a well in liquid form, but does not include condensate. (Source: The Oil and Gas
Conservation Regulations, 2012)
Crude Oil Swab Well – A well without downhole production tubing, mechanical lift and well control
equipment. Production occurs through the lifting of well liquids by a device installed on a wireline.
CSEM – see Continuous Stack Emission Monitor.
CSS – see Cyclic Steam Stimulation.
CTL – see Correction for the effect of Temperature on Liquids.
Custody Transfer Point – The point where legal and commercial transfer of production physically or is
deemed to occur. Every physical custody transfer point is always a delivery point. In Saskatchewan, this
custody transfer point is different than the Petrinex custody transfer point which generates a pipeline
split.
Custom Treater – A system or arrangement of tanks and other surface equipment receiving oil or water
emulsion exclusively by truck for separation and treating prior to delivery to market or other disposition.
CWE – see Cold Water Equivalent.
Cyclic Steam Stimulation – A thermal enhanced oil recovery process where alternate cycles of steam
injection and oil production are conducted in a reservoir through the same wellbore.
DCS – see Distributed Control System.
Dead Oil – Oil not containing any entrained or formation gas and stabilized to ambient conditions.
Dead Oil Meters – Dead oil meters are typically those used for delivery point or custody transfer point
measurement of hydrocarbon liquids that have been de-gassed to ambient conditions.
Deemed Dry Production – Applies to gas effluent measured wells that qualify for a testing exception
based on the effluent testing decision tree. This includes wells that are categorized within a
stratigraphic unit or zone-based effluent testing exception where the average liquid gas ratio results of
testing are less than 0.056 m 3/103m3.
Dehydrator – An apparatus designed and used to remove water from raw gas.
Delivery Point – The point at which the production or disposition of hydrocarbon liquid or gas from a
facility is measured. Every physical custody transfer point is always a delivery point. A delivery point is
not always a custody transfer point. See Section 1 for further information.
Delivery Point Measurement – The level of measurement uncertainty required at a delivery point.
Dew Point – The temperature at any given pressure at which liquid begins to condense from a gas or
vapour. It is specifically applied to the temperature at which water vapour starts to condense from a gas
mixture (water dew points) or at which hydrocarbons start to condense (hydrocarbon dew point).
(Source AGA Definitions).
Digital (Smart) Transmitter – A transmitter that contains a microprocessor used for digital signal
processing and calculation purposes. The calculations apply factory characterization of the sensor
calibration and dynamic compensation for other process and environmental effects to the sensor
output.

Diluent – Hydrocarbon liquid such as condensate or C5-SP blended with oil to meet pipeline viscosity and
density targets.
Dilution Gas – Natural gas added to an acid gas stream to ensure adequate heating value during the
incineration or flaring of acid gas.
Distributed Control System – A control system for a process or plant, wherein control elements are
distributed throughout the system. This is in contrast to non-distributed systems, which use a single
controller at a central location.
Dry Gas – Natural gas without free liquid as per contract conditions consists of little more than methane,
producing little condensable heavier hydrocarbon compounds such as propane and butane when
brought to the surface.
Effluent – Unseparated well production that may contain a mixture of hydrocarbon liquids and gas or
water in the stream.
Effluent Measurement – The metering of effluent without separation.
EFM – see Electronic Flow Measurement.
Electronic Flow Measurement – Any flow measurement and related system that collects data and
performs flow calculations electronically. For more information, reference API MPMS 21.1 and 21.2.
Emulsion – A combination of two immiscible liquids, or liquids that do not mix together under normal
conditions.
End Device – The device or equipment that records the various values used to calculate a volume such
as a chart recorder or EFM system. In the scenario of an EFM system, the end device may also perform
the calculations necessary to arrive at the measured and corrected gas volume.
Equilibrium Vapour Pressure (EVP) – The pressure at which a liquid and its vapour are in equilibrium at
a given temperature. When a hydrocarbon liquid has an EVP above the standard pressure (101.325 kPa
at 15.0°C), the EVP at 15.0°C is the pressure base.
Equity – See common ownership and common royalty.
Error – The difference between true and observed values. For more information, see ISO 5168 and
ASME MFC 2M.
Error (random) – An error that varies in an unpredictable manner when a large number of
measurements of the same variable are made under effectively identical conditions.
Error (spurious) – A gross error in procedure, for example, human errors or machine malfunctions
Error (systematic) – An error that in the course of a number of measurements made under the same
conditions on material having the same true value of a variable either remains constant in absolute
value and sign or varies in a predictable manner. Systematic errors result in a bias.
Estimate – The approximation of a value based on documented and traceable methodologies,
calculation, and also based on adequate knowledge of applicable facility processes, metering
technology, measurement principles and hydrocarbon and water physical properties.
Ethane – A mixture mainly of ethane that ordinarily may contain some methane or propane. Petrinex
reporting product types are C2-SP (pure ethane) and C2-MX (mixture of ethane and propane and other
products).
EVP – see Equilibrium Vapour Pressure.

Exception – Circumstances under which if specific qualifying criteria are met measurement devices or
procedures are allowed to deviate within specified limits from base measurement requirements.
Facility – Any building, structure, installation, equipment or appurtenance that is connected to or
associated with the recovery, development, production, storage, handling, processing, treatment or
disposal of oil, gas, water, products or other substances, that are produced from or injected into a well,
but does not include a pipeline. (Source: The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012)
Facility Subtype – See Directive PNG032: Volumetric, Valuation and Infrastructure Reporting in Petrinex
FDC system – see Field Data Capture system.
Field Condensate – Products obtained from natural gas or solution gas before they are delivered to a
gathering system. Typically, Field Condensate is a hydrocarbon liquid separated from raw production at
a well or a group measurement point, stabilized in a tank, and sold or otherwise disposed of without
further processing.
Field Data Capture System – A computer system that is used to collect well and facility data about
production activities including:
a. Meter readings and estimates
b. Production and test hours.
c. Calculated proration factors and metering differences.
d. Pressure and temperature readings.
e. Downtime hours and reasons.
Flare Gas - Gas that is combusted in a flare or incinerator at upstream oil and gas operations. Types of
gas, if combusted in a flare or incinerator, that must be reported as flare gas include the following:
• Acid gas (routine and non-routine);
• Blanket gas, purge gas, or sweep gas;
• Dilution and make-up gas added to a flare gas stream before flaring or incineration;
• Gas from dehydrator still columns;
• Gas produced during well completions;
• Gas produced during well unloading operations;
• Gas that is flared or incinerated as a result of equipment failures or plant upsets;
• Gas used to operate pneumatic devices (instruments, pumps and compressors starters);
• Pilot gas; and
• Waste gas
Flow Computer – A device that calculates and/or compensates the flow or volume based on the meter
flow variables. This can be integral to the metering system or completely separate. Examples include,
but not limited, are RTU, DCS, or a Net Oil Computer (NOC).
Flow Meter – A device used to measure the mass or volumetric flow rate or quantity of a liquid or a gas
moving through a pipe.

Fresh Water – “fresh-water-bearing formation” means a permanent subsurface water bearing formation
with a significant volume of recoverable water that has total dissolved solid concentration < 4 000
milligrams per litre. (Source: The Oil & Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012)
Fuel Gas – Gas that is combusted and the released energy is used in upstream oil and gas operations.
Types of gas that must be reported as fuel gas include gas combusted by the following:
• Catalytic heaters and other building heaters;
• Engines;
• Line heaters;
• Process vessel burners;
• Sulphur recovery unit reaction furnaces; and
• Thermoelectric generators.
Fugitive Emissions – Unintentional release of hydrocarbons to the atmosphere.
Gas – Natural gas, both before and after it has been subjected to absorption, purification, scrubbing or
other treatment or process, and includes all liquid hydrocarbons other than oil and condensate. (Source:
The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012)
Gas Battery – A system or arrangement of surface equipment receiving the effluent from one or more
gas wells that provides separation, measurement, dehydration, dew point control, compression, or
other gas handling functions prior to the delivery to market or other dispositions; does not include gas
processing equipment. . Gas batteries include single-well batteries, multi-well group batteries, effluent
batteries, and multi-well proration batteries.
Gas Chromatograph – An analytical instrument that separates a gas sample into its components and
then measures the amount of each separated component. This information is used to determine gas
composition for calculating energy content, relative density (specific gravity), compressibility and other
related parameters.
Gas Equivalent Factor – A factor based on the composition of a hydrocarbon liquid mixture that is used
to convert 1.0 m3 of the hydrocarbon liquid mixture to its equivalent gas volume in 103 m3. This factor
is expressed in terms of 103m3 gas/ m3 liquid, is mixture dependent and therefore not a constant for all
mixtures.
Gas Equivalent Volume – The volume of gas (103m3) that would result from converting a known volume
of liquid into a gas by applying a Gas Equivalent Factor to the liquid volume.
Gas Fractionation Plant – A gas plant that reprocesses natural gas liquids into one or more in-stream
components.
Gas Gathering System – A reporting entity that may consist of pipelines used to move gas production
from oil batteries, gas batteries, or other facilities to another facility, such as a gas plant. This may
include compressors, line heaters, dehydrators, measurement, and other equipment.
Gas in Solution – Gas dissolved in liquid under pressure.
Gas Meter – Broadly used to describe all the equipment or devices that are collectively used to arrive at
an indication of a gas volume.
Gas-Oil Ratio – The ratio of the number of cubic metres of gas produced from a given source over a
given period of time to the number of cubic metres of oil produced from that source over that period.

Gas Processing Plant (Gas Plant) – A system or arrangement of equipment used for the extraction of
hydrogen sulfide, helium, ethane, natural gas liquids, or other substances from raw gas; does not
include a wellhead separator, treater, dehydrator, or production facility that recovers < 2.0 m3/day of
hydrocarbon liquids without using a liquid extraction process (e.g., refrigeration, desiccant). In addition,
does not include an arrangement of equipment that removes small amounts of sulfur (< 0.1 tonne/day)
through the use of nonregenerative scavenging chemicals that generate no hydrogen sulfide or sulfur
dioxide. (Source: Directive PNG001: Facility Licence Requirements)
Gas Well – Means:
(i) a well that is capable of producing gas not associated with oil at the time of production;
(ii) that part of a well in which the gas-producing stratigraphic unit or zone is successfully
segregated from the oil and in which gas is produced separately from the oil;
(iii) a well from which gas is or is capable of being produced from a reservoir in association with no
more than one cubic metre of oil for every 3 500 cubic metres of gas produced from the reservoir;
or
(iv) any other well that may be classified by the Minister pursuant to clause 17(1)(l) of the Act as a
gas well for the purposes of the Act and these regulations;
(Source: The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations, 2012)
GEF – see Gas Equivalent Factor.
GEV – see Gas Equivalent Volume.
GIS – see Gas In Solution.
Good Production Practice – Production of oil or gas from a well at a rate not governed by an allowable
rate of production but limited to what can be produced on the basis of technical parameters without
adversely and significantly affecting:
(i) the ultimate recovery of oil or gas; or
(ii) the opportunity of other owners to obtain their share of production from the pool;
GOR – see Gas-Oil Ratio
GPP – see Good Production Practice.
Heavy Oil – Crude oil having a density ≥ 920.0 kg/m3 at 15.0C.
High Vapour Pressure Liquids – Any hydrocarbon and stabilized hydrocarbon mixture with a Reid
Vapour Pressure greater than 14.0 kilopascals (Source: Oil and Gas Conservation Rules)
Hydrocarbon Liquid – A fluid in the liquid state that primarily consist of one or more of the following:
oil, condensate, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, or other heavier hydrocarbon compounds.
Industry Technical Standards Association – An industry- and ER -recognized technical association that
develops and publishes upstream oil and gas measurement standards and procedures. Organizations
include
• the American Petroleum Institute,
• the American National Standards Institute,
• the American Gas Association

• the Gas Processors of America,

• the Internationals Standards Organization, and
• Measurement Canada
Initial – As it relates to sample and analysis frequency requirements, an analysis is required within the
first six months of operation only, with no subsequent updates required.
Injection/Disposal Facility – A system or arrangement of surface equipment associated with the
injection or disposal of any substance through one or more wells.
In Situ Operation – A scheme or operation ordinarily involving the use of well production operations for
the recovery of heavy crude oil from oil sands, or a scheme or operation designated by ER as an in situ
operation, but does not include a mining operation.
ISO – see International Standard Organization
Internal Inspection – A visual inspection of the condition of the internal components of a meter
including the primary measurement element. The internal components must be removed from service,
inspected, replaced or repaired if found to be damaged, and then placed back in service in accordance
with this Directive.
International Standard Organization – ISO (International Organization for Standardization) is an
independent, non-governmental membership organization and the world's largest developer of
voluntary International Standards.
KF – see K-Factor.
K-Factor – A term in pulses per unit volume determined during a factory or field proving of a meter. The
number of pulses generated by a linear meter divided by the k-factor will determine the indicated
volume.
kPa – Common multiple units of the pascal are the hectopascal (1 hPa ≡ 100.0 Pa) which is equal to 1.0
mbar, the kilopascal (1.0 kPa ≡ 1000.0 Pa), the megapascal (1 MPa ≡ 1,000,000.0 Pa), and the gigapascal
(1 GPa ≡ 1,000,000,000.0 Pa). Standard atmospheric pressure is defined as 101.325 kPa.
LACT – see Lease Automatic Custody Transfer.
Lease Automatic Custody Transfer – An arrangement of equipment that measures the net volume and
quality of liquid hydrocarbons. This system provides for the automatic measurement, sampling, and
transfer of oil from the lease location into a pipeline. A system of this type is applicable where larger
volumes of oil are being produced and must have a pipeline available in which to connect.
Legal Survey Location – Is used to identify the location of land parcels in Western Canada. The Legal
Survey Locations are based on the Dominion Land Survey (DLS) which is the method used to divide most
of Western Canada into one-square-mile (2.6 km2) sections for agricultural and other purposes.
LGR – see Liquid to Gas Ratio.
Licensee – The holder of a license according to the records of ER and includes a trustee or receiver-
manager of property of a licensee.
Light Oil – Oil with a density < 870.0 kg/m3 at 15.0°C
Liquefied Petroleum Gas – LPG consists primarily of propane (C3) and butane (C4) in a mixture or
essentially pure form, with minor components ranging from ethane (C 2) to normal hexane (C6). It is
produced either as a by-product of natural gas processing or during refining and processing operations.

Liquid to Gas Ratio – A ratio calculated by dividing the total water and/or condensate test volumes by
the measured test gas volume.
Live Oil – Oil containing mainly pentanes and heavier hydrocarbons that may also contain lighter
hydrocarbons with entrained or formation gas under pressure, and is not in a stabilized form. Live oil is
commonly measured at the wellhead or facility.
Live Oil Meters – Live oil meters are typically those used to measure volumes of oil or oil/water
emulsion that are not stabilized.
Load Fluids – Any hydrocarbon- or water-based fluids used at any stage in the life of a well including
completion, servicing, regular operation, or abandonment. It includes fluids injected into a flowline
between a well and the battery to which it produces, e.g., hot oil, dewaxing chemicals.
Load Oil – Hydrocarbon-type fluids used as load fluid, including crude oil, condensate, refined oils, and
oil-based or oil-soluble chemicals.
Load Water – Water-type fluids used as load fluid, including produced, fresh or brackish water and
water-based or water-soluble chemicals.
LPG – see Liquefied Petroleum Gas.
Makeup Gas – Raw or processed gas that is added to another gas stream in order to maintain an
adequate heating value during flaring or incineration.
MARP – see Measurement, Accounting, and Reporting Plan.
Master Meter – A meter of known accuracy that is temporarily connected in series with another meter
for the purpose of proving the accuracy of that meter and providing a meter factor.
Maximum Uncertainty of Monthly Volume – Relates to the limits applicable to equipment and/or
procedures used to determine the total monthly volume.
MbD – see Measurement by Difference
Measured Gas Source(s) – Single-phase measured gas source(s) downstream of separation and removal
of liquids and also includes the gas equivalent volume (GEV) of measured condensate if the condensate
is recombined after measurement with the gas downstream of the separator.
Measured Oil Source(s) - Oil measured using equipment and/or procedures meeting delivery point
measurement requirements and/or uncertainty limits. For emulsion, the delivery point measurement
uncertainty limits apply to the total volume determination only.
Measurement – A procedure for determining a value for a physical variable. In an oil and gas industry
context, the principal measurement technologies and procedures are:
1. Meters for determining flow volumes.
2. Calculated volumes using a proration formula based on test rates.
3. Estimates of volumes based on production facility and product characteristics.
4. Scales for trucked volumes.
5. Automatic gauges and gauge boards for tanks.
6. Instrumentation and gauges for temperature and pressure.
Measurement, Accounting, and Reporting Plan – Defined in Saskatchewan Guideline PNG042:
Measurement, Accounting and Reporting Plan (MARP) Requirement for Thermal In-Situ Recovery
Projects

Measurement by Difference – Any situation where an unmeasured volume is determined by taking the
difference between two or more measured volumes.
Measurement Canada – An agency of Industry Canada that is responsible for ensuring businesses and
consumers receive fair and accurate measure in financial transactions involving goods and services. The
agency develops and administers the laws and requirements governing measurement; evaluates,
approves and certifies measuring devices; and investigates complaints of suspected inaccurate
measurement.
Measurement Schematic – A diagram used to show the actual layout of facilities that traces the normal
flow of production from left to right as it moves from wellhead through to sales.
Measuring Standard - A device used in calibration or proving that has a known value traceable to
national reference standards maintained by the National Research Council in Ottawa, Ontario.
Medium Oil – Oil with a density ≥ 870.0 and < 920.0 kg/m3 at 15.0°C
Meter (noun) – See Flow Meter.
Meter (verb) – To measure using a flow meter.
Meter Element – There are three types of meter elements: primary, secondary, and tertiary.
1. Primary element – the internal component(s) of the meter and associated meter run that
provides an indication of flow, e.g., orifice plate, shedder bar, or venturi.
2. Secondary element – the part of the meter that senses and records the flow variables, e.g., chart
recorder or transmitter.
3. Tertiary element – flow computer that calculates the flow and volume.
Meter Factor – A dimensionless number obtained by dividing the volume of gas or liquid passed through
a prover (as measured by the prover during proving) by the corresponding meter indicated volume.
Metering Difference – Any difference that occurs between the measured inlet (receipt) volumes and the
measured outlet (disposition) volumes at a facility.
Meter Run – A flow meter installed and calibrated in a section of pipe having adequate upstream and
downstream pipe lengths to create a fully developed flow profile.
Methane – A mixture mainly of methane that ordinarily may contain some ethane, nitrogen, helium or
carbon dioxide.
MF – see Meter Factor.
Monthly – Once per calendar month.
MPMS – American Petroleum Institute’s Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards.
Multiphase Fluid – Unseparated fluid that contains liquids, gases and or solids in a single stream.
Natural Gas Liquid – Includes propane, butanes or pentanes plus, or a combination of them, obtained
from the processing of raw gas or condensate.
Net Standard Volume – The gross standard volume corrected for shrinkage and non-merchantable
quantities such as sediment and water.
NGL – see Natural Gas Liquid.
Non-Heavy Oil – Crude oil having a density of < 920.0 kg/m3 at 15.0°C.
NSV – see Net Standard Volume.

OGR – see Oil-Gas Ratio.

Oil – Crude petroleum oil and any other hydrocarbon, regardless of density, that is or is capable of being
produced from a well in liquid form, but does not include condensate.
Oil Battery – A battery for single or multiple crude oil wells where production may be separated,
treated, and measured prior to delivery to sales or other disposition. Oil batteries include single-well
batteries, multi-well group batteries, and multi-well proration batteries.
Oil-Gas Ratio – Is calculated by dividing the oil volume by the gas volume of a well test. See Table 7.1.
for calculation and rounding requirements.
Oilfield Waste – Physical waste as that term is ordinarily understood in relation to the activities of the
oil and gas industry, but does not include physical waste.
(Source: The Oil and Gas Conservation Act)
Oil Sands – All sands and rocks that: Contain a highly viscous mixture, composed mainly of hydrocarbons
heavier than pentanes, that will not normally flow, in its natural state, to a wellbore; Lie above the top
of the Devonian System; and Lie north of Township 73.
(Source: The Crown Oil and Gas Royalty Regulations, 2012)
Oil Well – Any well capable of producing oil other than a gas well.
Operator – Means: (i) : (i) a person who, as owner, licensee, lessee, sublessee or assignee, has the right
to carry on drilling, construction, operation, decommissioning or abandonment of a well or facility and
the reclamation of the well or facility site; (ii) in the case of a pipeline, operator as defined in The
Pipeline Regulations, 2000; (iii) a contractor who on behalf of the person mentioned in subclause (i) or
(ii) engages in any of the activities described in that subclause; or (iv) the person designated by the
minister as the operator of the well or facility;
P&ID – see Piping and Instrumentation Diagram.
PD Meter – see Positive Displacement Meter.
Pentanes Plus – A mixture mainly of pentanes and heavier hydrocarbons that ordinarily may contain
some butanes and that is obtained from the processing of raw gas, condensate or crude oil.
Petrinex – A centralized web based shared computer system that hosts and disseminates upstream well
and facility volumetric data for ER and industry operators of record stakeholders. Each month industry
operators of record load volumetric data for the wells and facilities they operate into Petrinex and it is
then available to ER and industry operators or record for their specific needs. Petrinex also includes the
Enhanced Production Audit Program (EPAP), Oil Valuation, and other functionality. Petrinex was
developed and is administered jointly by ER, other Western Regulators, industry operators of record and
industry licensees.
PFD – see Process Flow Diagram.
Pipeline – Means:
(i) a pipe or system of pipes for the transportation of:

a. Liquid hydrocarbons, including crude oil, multiphase fluids containing hydrocarbons, oil
and water emulsions, condensate, liquid petroleum products, natural gas liquids and
liquefied petroleum gas;
b. Gaseous hydrocarbons, including natural gas, manufactured gas and synthetic gas;
c. Water, steam or any other substance where the water, steam or other substance is
incidental to or used in the production of crude oil or natural gas; or
d. Carbon dioxide;
(ii) includes any of the following that are incidental to or used in connection with the pipeline:
a. Tanks, tank batteries, pumps, compressors and racks;
b. Storage facilities, loading facilities, terminal facilities, and other similar facilities;
(Source: The Pipelines Act, 1998)
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram – A schematic diagram showing piping, equipment, and
instrumentation connections within process units.
Pool – Means
i. An underground reservoir that:
a) Contains or appears to contain an accumulation of oil or gas; and
b) Is separated or appears to be separated from any other reservoir or accumulation in the
general structure;
ii. A portion of an underground reservoir described in subclause (i) that is determined by the
minister to be a pool for reasons of development or administration; or
iii. A group of underground reservoirs described in subclause (i) that is determined by the minister
to be a pool for reasons of development or administration;
(Source: The Oil and Gas Conservation Act)
Positive Displacement Meter – A type of flow meter that measures the volume of fluid by counting
repeatedly the filling and discharging of known fixed volumes.
Primary Measurement – Where two measurements of a process stream are required, primary
measurement is the one that is used on a preferential basis to determine the volume of the process
stream.
Primary Element – See meter element also known as primary flow element.
Process and Instrumentation Diagram – A family of functional one-line diagrams showing hull,
mechanical, and electrical systems, such as piping and cable block diagrams.
Process Flow Diagram – A diagram commonly used in chemical and process engineering to indicate to
the general flow of plant processes and equipment.
Produced Water – Water produced in conjunction with oil and natural gas production.
Propane – A mixture mainly of propane that ordinarily may contain some ethane and butanes.
Prorated Production – Total monthly battery production allocated to wells based on periodic individual
well tests and the number of hours during the month that each well was on production.
Proration – A procedure in which the total reported monthly battery production is allocated to wells
based on periodic individual well tests.
Proration Battery – A battery for which well production is determined using proration measurement
and accounting procedures.

Proration Factor – Ratio of the total reported battery production volume for a fluid divided by the sum
of the total estimated well production volumes for that fluid. Separate proration factors are calculated
for each fluid (e.g. oil, water and or gas).
Prover – A device used to determine the volume of a sample of fluid, to a known standard.
Prove (proving, proved) – The procedures or operations whereby a prover volume is compared to an
indicated meter volume and both volumes are corrected to applicable pressure and temperature
conditions. The prover volume divided by the indicated meter volume yields a meter factor. The meter
factor is subsequently applied to indicated meter volumes to determine the adjusted or corrected
volume.
Qualifying Criteria – Criteria that must be met to qualify for an exception. If the qualifying criteria have
been met and the exception is implemented, it may remain in place indefinitely, as long as the exception
qualifying criteria continue to be met.
Quarterly – Once every calendar quarter. Calendar quarters are:
a. January – March
b. April – June
c. July – September
d. October – December
Raw Gas – Natural gas production from a well before it has been subjected to dehydration, sweetening,
or other processes.
RD – see Relative Density.
Ministry of Energy and Resources – Saskatchewan’s Ministry of Energy and Resources (ER) that
regulates the upstream oil and gas industry.
Remote Terminal Unit – A microprocessor-controlled electronic device that captures and transmits
readings from the physical world, such as flow rate, temperature or pressure. Usually, an extension of a
SCADA or DCS system; communicates with a host and can operate independently and measure flow
parameters, perform calculations, digital control, PID control, etc.
Relative Density – Is the ratio of the density (mass of a unit volume) of a substance to the density air or
water at standard conditions. Specific gravity is an equivalent term.
Representative Flow – Used when stabilized flow is not achievable, such as for wells with artificial lift
systems and wells with slugging characteristics. The test volumes of gas, condensate, or water must be
representative of the well’s production capability under normal operating conditions.
Resistance Temperature Devices – Sensors used to measure temperature by correlating the electrical
resistance of the sensor with temperature.
Return Gas – Any gas coming back to the battery it was produced from, from a gas plant or other facility
after sweetening, or processing.
Royalty – For the purpose of this Directive, includes Crown royalties payable pursuant to The Crown Oil
and Gas Royalty Regulations, 2012 and freehold production taxes payable pursuant to The Freehold Oil
and Gas Production Tax Regulations, 2012 and royalties paid to freehold mineral owners. Also see
Common Crown and common Freehold Royalty
RTD – see Resistance Temperature Devices.
RTU – see Remote Terminal Unit.

S&W – see Sediment and Water.

Sales Gas – A mixture mainly of methane originating from raw gas, if necessary, through the processing
of the raw gas for the removal or partial removal of some constituents, and that meets specifications for
use as a domestic, commercial, or industrial fuel or as an industrial raw material.
Satellite – Surface equipment located between a number of wells and the main battery that is intended
to separate and measure the production from each well during the well tests, after which the fluids are
recombined and piped to the main battery for separation, treating, measurement, and storage or
delivery.
SCADA – Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System. A system for gathering and sending coded
signals over communication channels to provide control of remote equipment. Typically, the remote
equipment is an RTU – see Remote Terminal Unit. See also Electronic Flow Measurement.
Secondary Element – See Meter Element.
Secondary Measurement – An alternative measurement or calculation method used to determine a
volume which is used during repair or downtime of the primary measurement equipment.
Sediment and Water – The amount of settled solid and semi-solid components and water in oil.
Semi-annually – Once every two calendar quarters.
Separator – An unfired apparatus specifically designed and used for separating fluids produced from a
well into two or more streams, but does not include a dehydrator.
Shrinkage – Refers to a volume reduction associated with one or both of the following two processes:
1. Blending (blending shrinkage) of hydrocarbon streams of varying density such as heavy
oil and condensate.
2. Loss of volatile components through vapourization such as flashing (flashing shrinkage)
or weathering due to a pressure reduction and/or temperature increase or to continued
exposure to atmospheric conditions such as conversion of live oil to base conditions.,
and/or
3. Acid gas (acid gas shrinkage) converted to elemental sulphur at a sulphur recovery plant
Shrinkage Factor – A factor that accounts for a volume reduction due to the blending of liquid
hydrocarbons or flashing of gas in solution from a liquid.
Single Point Measurement Uncertainty – The uncertainty or accuracy of the equipment and/or
procedures used to determine a specific volume at a single measurement point.
Single-Well Battery – A licensed well that treats production exclusively from that licensed well.
Site – The area defined by the boundaries of a surface lease for an upstream oil and gas facility or well
site and the equipment related to that surface lease.
Sour Gas – Sour gas is natural gas (including solution gas) containing more than trace amounts of
hydrogen sulfide (H2S).
Southwestern Saskatchewan – Gas wells located south of Township 28 and West of the Third Meridian
in Saskatchewan with completions within the stratigraphic units from the base of the Glacial Drift to the
base of the Upper Cretaceous.

Split Load – When a truck takes on partial loads from more than one well or battery in a single trip or
when load fluids are delivered to more than one receipt point or well.
Stabilized Flow – A point at which flowing parameters of gas, condensate, or water are producing under
normal operating conditions and represent production level equal to the well’s normal average flow
rate. See Section 7.1.2 and 7.2.3.
Steam – The vapour into which water is changed when heated to its’ boiling point. For reporting to
Petrinex, the sum of all steam injection volumes of varying quality, reported as a cold water equivalent
volume.
Steam Quality – The measure of the amount of saturated steam in the vapour phase (mass fraction).
Stock Tank Vapours – Gas in a storage tank that has been released from the liquid it was entrained in.
SWB – see Single-Well Battery
Sweet Gas – Natural gas that contains little or no hydrogen sulfide.
Sweet Oil – Oil that contains little or no hydrogen sulfide.
Synthetic Crude Oil - A mixture, mainly of pentanes and heavier hydrocarbons, that may contain sulphur
compounds, that is derived from the processing of heavy oil and that is liquid at the conditions under
which its volume is metered or estimated.
Tertiary Element – See Meter Element.
Thermal (Recovery/Production) – Refers to the use of heat (generally in the form of steam) to lower the
viscosity of heavy oil in the reservoir to the point it can be made to flow out of the production well.
Treater – A fired apparatus specifically designed and used for separating gas and water from crude oil.
Triennially – Once every twelve calendar quarters (once every three years).
Uncertainty – The expected range of the true value, given a measurement. It can be expressed as a
percentage (±1.0%) or as an absolute measurement (± 1.0 Metre). Uncertainty is different from accuracy
in that the true value is not known, only the measurement. Also, it is expressed with a specific
confidence level (e.g. 95.0%).
Unique Well Identifier – Is the standard well identification that was developed for the petroleum
industry by the Geoscience Data Committee of the Canadian Petroleum Association (CPA) and has been
adopted by ER. It consists of 16 characters, which make up four basic components:
a. legal survey location
b. survey system code
c. location exception code
d. event sequence code
Together these define the approximate geographical location of the bottom of a drill hole and a specific
drilling or producing event at the drill hole.
The unique well identifier, although based on the legal survey position of a well, is primarily for
identification rather than location. The location component describes the bottomhole location of the
well, not the surface position of the well.
UWI – see Unique Well Identifier.

Vent Gas – Uncombusted gas that is released to the atmosphere at upstream oil and gas operations.
Vent gas includes:
• Blanket gas;
• Facility upsets and emergency shutdown;
• Fugitive emissions;
• Gas from compressor seals, starters, and blowdowns;
• Gas from dehydrator still columns;
• Gas from production tanks, not including methanol and chemical tanks;
• Gas produced during well completions;
• Gas produced during well unloading volumes;
• Gas released during pigging operations;
• Gas used to operate pneumatic devices; and
• Waste gas.
Verification – Procedures that establish the accuracy of the “as found” values indicated by a measuring
device as compared to the values indicated by a reference standard.
Water - For the purpose of this Directive, when the term ‘water’ is used it applies to all types of water
such as Water, Fresh Water, and Brine.
Water Cut – The ratio of the relative water to oil fractions in a liquid sample or stream. For production
determination solids are included in the water volume.
Water to Gas Ratio – A ratio calculated by dividing the water volume by the gas volume of a well test.
See Table 7.1. for calculation and rounding requirements.
Well – means
(i) any opening in the ground made within Saskatchewan from which any oil, gas, oil and gas or
other hydrocarbon is, has been or is capable of being produced from a reservoir;
(ii) any opening in the ground that is made for the purpose of:
(A) obtaining water to inject into an underground formation;
(B) injecting any substance into an underground formation;
(C) storing oil, gas or other hydrocarbons underground; or
(D) monitoring reservoir performance and obtaining geological information; or
(iii) any opening in the ground made for informational purposes pursuant to The Subsurface
Mineral Conservation Regulations;
but does not include seismic shot holes;
WGR – see Water-Gas Ratio.
Working Interest Participant - A person who owns a legal or beneficial interest in a well or facility
pursuant to an agreement that relates to the ownership of the well or facility.


Appendix 3 Water-Cut (S&W) Procedures

Water-cut procedures are divided into three categories and described on the following pages.
Different procedures are specified for the three categories to improve accuracy and consistency
of the S&W determinations. The use of mason jars with measuring tape attached is not
acceptable for determining S&W. S&W percentage must be recorded to a minimum of one
decimal place.
More information on S&W determination is in API MPMS, Chapter 10.4: Determination of Water
and/or Sediment in Crude Oil by the Centrifuge Method (Field Procedure). ER will consider any
procedure that meets API MPMS, 10.4 standards to be in compliance with this Directive. It is
the responsibility of the licensee to show that its procedure meets the above API standard.
Category 1: Water-cut > 0.0% ≤ 10.0%
Obtain a representative sample of liquid.
Shake the sample container vigorously to mix it before pouring into the centrifuge tubes.
1. For each of the two tubes, add exactly 50 ml of the sample.
2. For each of the two tubes, add the solvent solution, consisting of premixed solvent
and demulsifier to the 100 ml mark.
3. Stopper each tube tightly and invert 10 times.
4. Loosen the stoppers and immerse the tubes in a preheater. Heat the contents to
60.0°C within ±3.0°C.
5. Stopper each tube tightly and invert 10 times.
6. Place the tubes in the centrifuge machine in a balanced condition and spin for 5
minutes.
7. Immediately after the centrifuge comes to rest, use a thermometer to verify that
the sample temperature is within 9.0°C of the test temperature.
If sample temperature is within 9.0°C, go to step 8. If sample temperature is not
within 9.0°C, go back to step 4, raise the temperature, and repeat steps 5, 6, and 7.
8. Read and record the volume of water and sediment at the bottom of each tube.
9. Reheat the tubes to the initial spin temperature and return them, without agitation,
to the centrifuge machine. Spin for an additional 5.0 minutes. Repeat the
procedure until two consecutive, consistent readings are obtained.
For the test to be considered valid, a clear interface must be observed between the
oil layer and the separated water. No emulsion should be present immediately
above the oil/water interface. A test comprises two tubes of the same sample.
Compare the readings of the two tubes. If the difference is greater than one
subdivision on the centrifuge tube, the test is invalid and should be repeated.
10. Calculation and reporting:
For 200.0 ml tubes: the percentage of water and sediment is the average, to three
decimal places, of the values read directly from the two tubes.

For 100 ml tubes: read and record the volume of water and sediment in each tube.
Add the readings together and report the sum as the percentage of water and
sediment.
Example 1 (see Figure A4.1)

100.0 ml centrifuge tubes 200.0 ml centrifuge tubes
If reading from each tube is the same:
Reading from each tube = 0.50 ml Reading from each tube = 1.00 ml
Water cut = (0.50 + 0.50) ÷ 100 = 1.0% Water cut = 1.00 ÷ 100 = 1.0%
If reading from each tube is not the same:
Reading from 1st run of each tube = 0.50, Reading from 1st run of each tube = 1.00,
0.60 ml 1.05 ml
Reading from 2nd run of each tube = 0.50, Reading from 2nd run of each tube = 1.00,
0.55 ml 1.10 ml
Water cut = (0.50 + 0.60 + 0.50 + 0.55) ÷ 2 ÷ Water cut = (1.00 + 1.05 + 1.00 + 1.10) ÷ 4
100 = 1.1% ÷ 100 = 1.0%
Figure A4.1. Water-cut > 0.0% ≤ 10.0%

Obtain the maximum representative sample of liquid feasible. The representative sample must
be a minimum of 800.0 ml.
Transfer the entire sample into an adequately sized graduated cylinder. It may be necessary to
wash out the inside of the sample container with a measured volume of solvent to ensure that
all of the oil is removed. If this is done, it is necessary to account for the additional amount of
solvent added when calculating the water-cut percentage.
Place the graduated cylinder into a heat bath:
1. at or above treater temperature
or
2. at or above 60.0oC if no treater is involved
until the sample temperature and free water fallout have stabilized. A clear oil/water interface
must be visible.
Read and record the total volume, the volume of free water, and the volume of oil/emulsion in
the graduated cylinder. Calculate the free water percentage as follows:
Percentage of free water = (Volume of free water ÷ Total volume) x 100.0%
If solvent and/or demulsifier is added to the sample at any stage of this procedure, it must be
accounted for in the calculation as follows:
Percentage of free water = Volume of free water ÷ (Total volume – Volume of solvent/demulsifier) x
100.0%
Draw 100.0 ml from the oil/emulsion portion in the graduated cylinder and for each of the two
100.0 ml centrifuge tubes add the oil/emulsion to exactly the 50.0 ml mark. Add solvent to
bring the level in the tubes to exactly the 100.0 ml mark. The procedures previously outlined for
samples with 0.0 per cent to 10.0 per cent water cut are to be followed, with the exception that
the water-cut readings from both tubes are to be added together, even if they are not the same.
Note that if 200.0 ml tubes are to be used, a larger initial sample will be required, and if the
water-cut readings from both tubes are not the same, the average of both tubes is to be used as
the resultant water cut of the oil/emulsion portion.
From the spinning results, calculate the percentage of water remaining in the oil/emulsion
portion as follows:
Percentage of water remaining = Total oil/emulsion volume in cylinder x Water-cut % of
oil/emulsion ÷ Total volume
Percentage of water remaining = (Total oil/emulsion volume in cylinder x Water-cut % of
oil/emulsion) ÷ (Total volume – Volume of solvent/demulsifier)
Calculate the total water-cut percentage as follows:

Total water-cut % = % free water + % water remaining


1000.0 ml graduated cylinder
% of free water = 600.0 ml ÷ 900.0 ml x 100% = 66.7%
% of water remaining = 300.0 ml x 10%1 ÷ 900.0 ml = 3.3%
Total water-cut % = 66.7% + 3.3% = 70.0%
1 Water cut of oil portion determined by spinning samples
Oil/emulsion volume
= 300 ml
Total volume =
900 ml
Free water volume =

600 ml

Obtain the maximum representative sample of liquid feasible. The representative sample must
be a minimum of 800.0 ml.
Transfer the entire sample into an adequately sized graduated cylinder. It may be necessary to
wash out the inside of the sample container with a measured volume of solvent to ensure that
all of the oil is removed. If this is done, it is necessary to account for the additional amount of
solvent added when calculating the water-cut percentage.
Place the graduated cylinder into a heat bath
1. at or above treater temperature; or
2. at or above 60.0oC if no treater is involved.
until the sample temperature and free water fallout have stabilized. A clear oil/water interface
must be visible. A narrow-necked graduated cylinder should be used to improve accuracy in
sample measurement when the water cut is > 90.0 per cent. Refer to Figure A4.4 for an
example.
Read and record the total volume and the volume of free water in the graduated cylinder. If no
solvent or demulsifier has been added to the sample, calculate the water-cut percentage as
follows:
Water-cut % = Volume of free water ÷ Total volume x 100.0%

Water-cut % = Volume of free water ÷ (Total volume - Volume of solvent/demulsifier) x 100.0%
The water content of the oil/emulsion portion in the graduated cylinder does not have to be
determined, due to the limited amount of the oil/emulsion portion of the sample available at
these high water contents. However, if there is enough oil/emulsion volume, the licensee may
choose to use the same procedure as that described for the 10.0 per cent to 80.0 per cent S&W,
with the option to centrifuge only one sample.

1000.0 ml graduated cylinder
Water-cut % = 900.0 ml ÷ 1000.0 ml x 100%
= 90.0%
Oil/emulsion
volume = 100 ml
Total volume =
Free water volume
1000 ml
= 900 ml
Figure A4.4. Narrow-necked graduated cylinder

Appendix 4 On-site Analytical Techniques for H2S Measurement

Refer to Section 11 for related requirements.
On-site measurement of H2S in natural gas streams can be accomplished by several different
methods. The appropriate method should be selected with an understanding of the benefits
and limitations of each method.
Length of Stain Tubes (GPA Standard 2377-05)
For concentrations below 1500 ppm, the most convenient and economical choice is the use of a
length of stain tube. These devices can suffer from some interference, affecting both the
precision and the accuracy of the measurements. Nonetheless, for many purposes this
technique can provide H2S measurements of a suitable quality. The understanding is that the
measurement uncertainty is potentially less than the risk of H2S degradation if a laboratory
method were employed. If the most accurate measurements are required, a second sample can
be collected in a suitably inert container and returned to a laboratory for prompt analysis.
Tutweiler Titration (GPA Standard C-1)
This technique is the method of choice for on-site analysis when the concentration of H2S is >
1,500 ppm. The Tutweiler titration can provide accurate measurements of H2S using suitably
calibrated glassware and chemicals. Operator skill and proper recording of temperatures and
atmospheric pressure are also key elements for this technique.
Instrumental (in-lab) Analytical Techniques for H2S Measurement
Gas Chromatography with Sulphur Selective Detection (ASTM D-5504-01): Sulphur selective
detectors can be coupled with gas chromatographs to achieve a low detection limit for H 2S and
other sulphur compounds, such as mercaptans, sulphides, and disulphides. These instruments
are ideal for low concentrations ranging from sub ppm up to several thousand ppm. The
sulphur selective detectors are much less susceptible to hydrocarbon interferences and can also
identify other sulphur-containing compounds in addition to H2S. Suitable sulphur selective
detectors are sulphur chemiluminescence detectors (SCD) and pulsed flame photometric
detectors (PFPD).
Gas Chromatography with Thermal Conductivity Detection: Thermal conductivity detectors can
be coupled with gas chromatographs to analyze for intermediate to high levels of H2S. H2S can
be adequately resolved from hydrocarbon components to allow for specific detection. The
columns selected for this type of analysis must offer a good balance between high resolution
(specificity of H2S) and low adsorption of H2S. Detection limits for H2S levels as low as 300 ppm
can be achieved under the right conditions, and the method can also be calibrated for values
approaching 100.0 per cent H2S. The analytical range for these systems should not exceed the
linear range of the column and detector combination. Therefore, acceptable calibration ranges
must yield a linear calibration curve (minimum 4 points) with an R2- value ≥ 0.99.

Appendix 5 Gas Equivalent Volume Determination
Liquid Analysis Example (GPA Standard 2145-09)

Volume Mole Mass
Component Fractions Fractions Fractions
N2 0.0006 0.0019 0.0008
CO2 0.0081 0.0158 0.0109
H 2S 0 0 0
C1 0.0828 0.1617 0.0405
C2 0.1117 0.1462 0.0687
C3 0.1275 0.1533 0.1056
IC4 0.0394 0.0398 0.0362
NC4 0.0891 0.0935 0.0849
IC5 0.0483 0.0436 0.0492
NC5 0.0540 0.0493 0.0556
C6 0.0765 0.0614 0.0835
C7 0.0880 0.0678 0.1054
C8 0.0827 0.0589 0.1032
C9 0.0570 0.0368 0.0726
C10 0.0363 0.0222 0.0480
C11 0.0225 0.0131 0.0305
C12+ 0.0755 0.0347 0.1044
TOTAL 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
Properties of C5+ & C7+ portion of sample

Absolute
Density
Mol. Wt.
(AD)
Mol. Fractions Wt. Fractions Liq. Vol. Fractions (kg/kmol) (kg/m3)
C5+ 0.3878 0.6524 0.5408 107.7 739.33
C7+ 0.2335 0.4641 0.3620 127.2 785.29

A5.1 Gas Equivalent Factor by Volume Fraction Calculation

GEF = Total (Pseudo 103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)
Condensate Stream: ______________________________________________________________
103m3 Gas / m3
Vol. Fraction Liquid @ 101.325 Pseudo 103m3 Gas
Component Liquid Analysis kPa & 15.0°C / m3 Liquid
N2 x 0.68040 =
CO2 x 0.44120 =
H2S x 0.55460 =
C1 x 0.44217 =
C2 x 0.28140 =
C3 x 0.27213 =
IC4 x 0.22902 =
NC4 x 0.23768 =
IC5 x 0.20485 =
NC5 x 0.20667 =
C6 x 0.18217 =
C7 x 0.16235 =
C8 x 0.14620 =
C9 x 0.13310 =
C10 x 0.12203 =
Total =
Note: For C5+, C6+, or C7+ Sample:
Properties of C5+, C6+, or C7+ sample @ 15.0°C

AD =
Mol. Wt. =
103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid = 23.645 (m3/kmol) x AD (kg/m 3) / Mol. Wt. (kg/kmol)
= Input this factor to the table above for C5+, C6+, or C7+
GEF = Total (103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)

= (103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)

Example 1 – Gas Equivalent Factor by Volume Fraction Calculation
Condensate Stream: _____________________________________________________________
103m3 Gas / m3
Volume Fraction Liquid @ 101.325 Pseudo 103m3 Gas
Component Liquid Analysis kPa & 15.0°C / m3 Liquid
N2 0.0006 x 0.68040 = 0.0004
CO2 0.0081 x 0.44120 = 0.0036
H2S 0 x 0.55460 =
C1 0.0828 x 0.44217 = 0.0366
C2 0.1117 x 0.28140 = 0.0314
C3 0.1275 x 0.27213 = 0.0347
IC4 0.0394 x 0.22902 = 0.0090
NC4 0.0891 x 0.23768 = 0.0212
IC5 0.0483 x 0.20485 = 0.0099
NC5 0.0540 x 0.20667 = 0.0112
C6 0.0765 x 0.18217 = 0.0139
C7+ 0.3620 x 0.14598 = 0.0528
x =
1.0000 Total = 0.2247
Note: For C7+ Sample:

Properties of C7+ sample @ 15.0°C
AD = 785.29
Mol. Wt. = 127.2
103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid = 23.645 (m3/kmol) x AD (kg/m 3) / Mol. Wt. (kg/kmol) / 1000 (m3/103 m3)
= 0.14598 Input this factor to the table above for C7+
= 0.2247 (103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)

A5.2 Gas Equivalent Factor by Mole Fraction Calculation

GEF = 23.645 (m3/kmol) / Total (Pseudo m3/kmol) / 1000 (m3/103 m3)
Condensate Stream: ____________________________________________________________
103m3/kmol @
Mol. Fraction 101.325 kPa & Pseudo
Component Liquid Analysis 15.0°C 103m3/kmol
N2 x 0.034753 =
CO2 x 0.053590 =
H2S x 0.042630 =
C1 x 0.053475 =
C2 x 0.084027 =
C3 x 0.086888 =
IC4 x 0.103250 =
NC4 x 0.099482 =
IC5 x 0.115420 =
NC5 x 0.114410 =
C6 x 0.129800 =
C7 x 0.1456640 =
C8 x 0.161730 =
C9 x 0.177650 =
C10 x 0.193770 =
Total =
Note:
Properties of C5+, C6+, or C7+ Sample @ 15.0°C:
AD =
Mol. Wt. =
For C5+, C6+, or C7+ Sample:

103m3/kmol = Mol. Wt. / AD
=

Example 2: Gas Equivalent Factor by Mole Fraction Calculation
Condensate Stream: _____________________________________________________________
m3/kmol @
Mol. Fraction Liquid 101.325 kPa &
Component Analysis 15.0°C Pseudo m3/kmol
N2 0.0019 x 0.034753 = 0.0001
CO2 0.0158 x 0.053590 = 0.0008
H2S 0 x 0.042630 = 0
C1 0.1617 x 0.053475 = 0.0086
C2 0.1462 x 0.084027 = 0.0123
C3 0.1533 x 0.086888 = 0.0133
IC4 0.0398 x 0.103250 = 0.0041
NC4 0.0935 x 0.099482 = 0.0093
IC5 0.0436 x 0.115420 = 0.0050
NC5 0.0493 x 0.114410 = 0.0056
C6 0.0614 x 0.129800 = 0.0080
C7+ 0.2335 x 0.161980 = 0.0378
x =
x =
1.0000 Total = 0.1049
Note:
Properties of C7+ sample @ 15.0°C:
AD = 785.29
Mol. Wt. = 127.2
For C7+ Fraction:
m3/kmol = Mol. Wt. / AD
= 0.16198 Input this factor to the table above for C7+

= 0.2254 (103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)
A5.3 Gas Equivalent Factor by Mass Fraction Calculation

Step 1. Calculate Pseudo Volume (L) = Mass Fraction ÷ Liquid Density x 1000.0 L/m3
Step 2. Calculate Volume Fraction = Component Pseudo Volume ÷ Total Pseudo Volume
Step 3. Calculate Component Pseudo GEF = Volume Fraction x (103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)
Condensate Stream:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Mass 103m3 Gas
Fraction Liquid Pseudo /m3 Liquid @ Pseudo
Liquid Density Volume Volume 101.325 kPa 103m3 Gas
Component Analysis (kg/m3) (L) Fraction & 15.0°C / m3 Liquid
N2 ÷ 806.10 = x 0.68040 =
CO2 ÷ 821.20 = x 0.44120 =
H2S ÷ 799.40 = x 0.55460 =
C1 ÷ 300.00 = x 0.44217 =
C2 ÷ 357.85 = x 0.28140 =
C3 ÷ 507.50 = x 0.27213 =
IC4 ÷ 562.95 = x 0.22902 =
NC4 ÷ 584.25 = x 0.23768 =
IC5 ÷ 625.08 = x 0.20485 =
NC5 ÷ 630.62 = x 0.20667 =
C6 ÷ 663.92 = x 0.18217 =
C7 ÷ 688.02 = x 0.16235 =
C8 ÷ 706.30 = x 0.14620 =
C9 ÷ 721.97 = x 0.13310 =
C10 ÷ 734.30 = x 0.12203 =
Total =
Note: For C5+, C6+, or C7+ Sample:

Mol. Wt.=
AD = (kg/m3)

103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid = 23.645 x AD / Mol. Wt. / 1000.0 m3/103m3

= Input this factor to the table above for C7+


Example 3: Gas Equivalent Factor by Mass Fraction Calculation

Step 1. Calculate Pseudo Volume (L) = Mass Fraction ÷ Liquid Density x 1000.0 L/m3
Step 2. Calculate Volume Fraction = Component Pseudo Volume ÷ Total Pseudo Volume
Step 3. Calculate Component Pseudo GEF = Volume Fraction x (103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)
Condensate Stream: ________________________________________________________
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Mass 103m3 Gas / Pseudo

Fraction Liquid Pseudo m3 Liquid @ 103m3 Gas
Liquid Density Volume Volume 101.325 kPa / m3
Component Analysis (kg/m3) (L) Fraction & 15.0°C Liquid
N2 0.0008 ÷ 806.10 = 0.0010 0.0006 x 0.68040 = 0.0004
CO2 0.0109 ÷ 821.20 = 0.0133 0.0081 x 0.44120 = 0.0036
H2S 0 ÷ 799.40 = x 0.55460 =
C1 0.0405 ÷ 300.00 = 0.1350 0.0822 x 0.44217 = 0.0363
C2 0.0687 ÷ 357.85 = 0.1920 0.1169 x 0.28140 = 0.0329
C3 0.1056 ÷ 507.50 = 0.2081 0.1267 x 0.27213 = 0.0345
IC4 0.0362 ÷ 562.95 = 0.0643 0.0391 x 0.22902 = 0.0090
NC4 0.0849 ÷ 584.25 = 0.1453 0.0885 x 0.23768 = 0.0210
IC5 0.0492 ÷ 625.08 = 0.0787 0.0479 x 0.20485 = 0.0098
NC5 0.0556 ÷ 630.62 = 0.0882 0.0536 x 0.20667 = 0.0111
C6 0.0835 ÷ 663.92 = 0.1258 0.0766 x 0.18217 = 0.0140
C7+ 0.4641 ÷ 785.29 = 0.5910 0.3598 x 0.14584 = 0.0525
1.0000 1.6427 1.0000 Total = 0.2251
Note: For C7+ Sample:

Mol. Wt. = 127.2
AD of C7+ liquid = 785.29 (kg/m3)
103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid = 23.645 x AD / Mol. Wt. x 999.10 / 1000.0 (m3/103 m3)
= 0.2251 (103m3 Gas / m3 Liquid)

Appendix 6 Calculated Compositional Analysis Examples

Calculated Well Stream Compositional Analysis Example
Step 1: Collect volumetric and compositional data for both gas and liquid phases.
Gas Liquid
Gas Volume (103m3) 10000.0 Liquid Volume (m3) 200.0
Composition Mole % Composition Mole %
N2 1.00 N2 0.00
CO2 2.00 CO2 1.00
H2S 2.40 H2S 2.00
C1 80.00 C1 3.00
C2 8.00 C2 4.00
C3 3.00 C3 7.00
IC4 1.00 IC4 10.00
NC4 1.50 NC4 15.00
IC5 0.20 IC5 7.00
NC5 0.50 NC5 11.00
C6 0.30 C6 10.00
C7+ 0.10 C7+ 30.00
100.00 100.00
Step 2: Convert the condensate liquid volume to a GEV.

a. Convert liquid volume to equivalent gas volume using the condensate gas
equivalent factor.
Equation 1: GEV = Volume of condensate (m3) x GEF (m3 gas per m3 liquid)
GEV = 200.0 (m3) x 220.12 (m3 gas per m3 liquid) ÷ 1000 (103m3/m3)
= 44.024 103m3
If the gas equivalent factor is not included with the condensate
analysis report, it can be calculated.
Equation 2: GEF = Absolute Density of Condensate (kg/m3 @ 15.0°C) / Molecular
weight of the condensate (grams/mole)
b. Convert the compositional fractions to equivalent gas volumes on a component
basis.
Equation 3: Component gas volume (103m3) = [Component mole percent] x [GEV]

Example: n-pentane equivalent volume:

Volume of condensate = 200.0 m3
Gas Equivalent Factor = 220.12
Equivalent n-pentane (NC5) gas volume = [11.0%] x [44.024 103 m3]
= 4843.6 m3
Liquid Liquid
A Gas
Equivalent
Volume
Liquid Volume (m3) 200.0 (103m3) 44.024
Composition Mole % Composition 103m3 gas

N2 0.00 N2 0.00
CO2 1.00 CO2 0.44
H2S 2.00 H2S 0.88
C1 3.00 C1 1.32
C2 4.00 B C2 1.76
C3 7.00 C3 3.08
IC4 10.00 IC4 4.40
NC4 15.00 NC4 6.60
IC5 7.00 IC5 3.08
NC5 11.00 NC5 4.84
C6 10.00 C6 4.40
C7+ 30.00 C7+ 13.21
100.00 44.02
Step 3: Add the gas volumes and liquid gas equivalent volumes and normalize to mole fraction
1.0 or 100.0 per cent.

Recombined Recombined
Gas Liquid Volume Composition
Gas
Equivalent Gas Equivalent Gas Equivalent
Volume Volume Volume
Gas Volume
(103m3) 10000.0 (103m3) 44.0 (103m3) 10044.0 (103m3) 10044.0
103m3 103m3 103m3

Composition gas Composition gas Composition gas Composition Mole %
N2 100.0 N2 0.00 N2 100.0 N2 1.00
CO2 200.0 CO2 0.44 CO2 200.4 CO2 2.00
H2S 240.0 H2S 0.88 H2S 240.9 H2S 2.40
C1 8000.0 + C1 1.32 = C1 8001.3 C1 79.66
C2 800.0 C2 1.76 C2 801.8 C2 7.98
C3 300.0 C3 3.08 C3 303.1 C3 3.02
IC4 100.0 IC4 4.40 IC4 104.4 IC4 1.04
NC4 150.0 NC4 6.60 NC4 156.6 NC4 1.56
IC5 20.0 IC5 3.08 IC5 23.1 IC5 0.23
NC5 50.0 NC5 4.84 NC5 54.8 NC5 0.55
C6 30.0 C6 4.40 C6 34.4 C6 0.34
C7+ 10.0 C7+ 13.21 C7+ 23.2 C7+ 0.23
10000.0 44.00 10044.0 100.00

Calculated Group Compositional Analysis Example

Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:
Collect volumetric and compositional data for both gas and liquid phases for all streams. Mathematically recombine the fluid based on Add the recombined fluid volumes on
This information is required for all wells. volumetric and compositional data collected in Step 1 a component basis and normalize to
for each stream. 100%.
Stream 1: Gas Liquid Recombined Fluid
Gas Volume
Gas Equivalent Volume Gas Equivalent Volume
(103 m3) 10000 (103 m3) 800 (103 m3) 10800
Composition Mole % Composition Mole % Composition Mole %
N2 1.14 N2 0.12 N2 1.06
CO2 0.16 CO2 0.08 CO2 0.15
H2S 0.00 H2S 0.00 H2S 0.00
C1 85.31 C1 22.02 C1 80.62
C2 6.44 C2 6.14 C2 6.42
C3 3.77 C3 8.56 C3 4.12
IC4 0.63 IC4 2.62 IC4 0.78
NC4 1.32 NC4 7.11 NC4 1.75
IC5 0.33 IC5 3.66 IC5 0.58
NC5 0.41 NC5 5.73 NC5 0.80
C6 0.26 C6 9.73 C6 0.96
C7+ 0.23 C7+ 34.23 C7+ 2.75
100.00 100.00 100.00
Stream 2: Gas Liquid Recombined Fluid Total Recombined Fluid
Gas Volume
Gas Equivalent Volume Gas Equivalent Volume Gas Equivalent
(103 m3) 15000 (103 m3) 200 (103 m3) 15200 Volume (103 m3) 36000
Composition Mole % Composition Mole % Composition Mole % Composition Mole %
N2 1.00 N2 0.00 N2 0.99 N2 0.76
CO2 2.00 CO2 1.00 CO2 1.99 CO2 1.44
H2S 2.40 H2S 2.00 H2S 2.39 H2S 1.01
C1 80.00 C1 3.00 C1 78.99 C1 82.37
C2 8.00 C2 4.00 C2 7.95 C2 6.95
C3 3.00 C3 7.00 C3 3.05 C3 2.94
IC4 1.00 IC4 10.00 IC4 1.12 IC4 0.79
NC4 1.50 NC4 15.00 NC4 1.68 NC4 1.37
IC5 0.20 IC5 7.00 IC5 0.29 IC5 0.32
NC5 0.50 NC5 11.00 NC5 0.64 NC5 0.54
C6 0.30 C6 10.00 C6 0.43 C6 0.47
C7+ 0.10 C7+ 30.00 C7+ 0.49 C7+ 1.04

100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
Stream 3: Gas Liquid Recombined Fluid
Gas Volume
Gas Equivalent Volume Gas Equivalent
(103 m3) 10000 (103 m3) 0 Volume (103 m3) 10000
Composition Mole % Composition Mole % Composition Mole %
N2 0.10 N2 0.00 N2 0.10
CO2 2.00 CO2 0.00 CO2 2.00
H2S 0.00 H2S 0.00 H2S 0.00
C1 89.40 C1 0.00 C1 89.40
C2 6.00 C2 0.00 C2 6.00
C3 1.50 C3 0.00 C3 1.50
IC4 0.30 IC4 0.00 IC4 0.30
NC4 0.50 NC4 0.00 NC4 0.50
IC5 0.08 IC5 0.00 IC5 0.08
NC5 0.10 NC5 0.00 NC5 0.10
C6 0.01 C6 0.00 C6 0.01
C7+ 0.01 C7+ 0.00 C7+ 0.01
100.00 0.00 100.00
Calculated Single Compositional Analysis (from Two Samples)

Step 1: Collect spot samples and record the metered volumes associated with each sample.
Step 2: Calculate individual component volumes by multiplying the individual component mole
fractions or percentage values by the associated metered volumes.
Example: Gas Sample #1, Calculation of methane volume
Total Volume = 10,000.0 103m3
Methane = 80.00 mole %
Methane Volume = 10,000.0 103m3 x 0.8000 = 8,000.0 103m3
Step 3: Normalization: Individual component volumes are summed. The individual component
volumes are then be divided into the total to create a normalized (calculated) compositional value.
Example: Ethane (C 2), Calculation of Mole %
Gas Sample #1, C2 volume: 800.0 103m3
Gas Sample #2, C2 volume: 560.0 103m3
Combined, C2 volume: 1,360.0 103m3
Total gas volume: 18,000.0 103m3
Calculated C2 concentration = 1,360.0 103m3 ÷ 18,000.0 103m3 = 7.56 mole %

Gas Sample #1 Gas Sample #2 Calculated Single Compositional Analysis
Gas Volume (103 m3) = 10,000.0 Gas Volume (103 m3) = 8,000.0 Gas Volume (103 m3) = 18,000.0
103 m3 103 m3 Calculated 103 m3
Component Mole % gas Component Mole % gas Component Mole % gas
N2 1.00 100.0 N2 0.60 48.0 N2 0.82 148.0
CO2 2.00 200.0 CO2 2.00 160.0 CO2 2.00 360.0
H2S 2.40 240.0 H2S 1.50 120.0 H2S 2.00 360.0
C1 80.00 8,000.0 + C1 83.00 6,640.0 = C1 81.33 14,640.0
C2 8.00 800.0 C2 7.00 560.0 C2 7.56 1,360.0
C3 3.00 300.0 C3 2.50 200.0 C3 2.78 500.0
IC4 1.00 100.0 IC4 1.00 80.0 IC4 1.00 180.0
NC4 1.50 150.0 NC4 1.40 112.0 NC4 1.46 262.0
IC5 0.20 20.0 IC5 0.18 14.4 IC5 0.19 34.4
NC5 0.50 50.0 NC5 0.45 36.0 NC5 0.48 86.0
C6 0.30 30.0 C6 0.28 22.4 C6 0.29 52.4
C7+ 0.10 10.0 C7+ 0.09 7.2 C7+ 0.10 17.2
100.00 10,000.0 100.00 8,000.0 100.00 18,000.0

Appendix 7 Blending Shrinkage Calculation and Reporting Example

API MPMS, Chapter 12.3, Section 5.3 Equation 3
% 𝑆ℎ𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑎𝑔𝑒 = 26,900 × 𝐶 × (100 − 𝐶)0.819 × (1/𝑑𝐿 − 1/𝑑𝐻)2.28
Where:
• % Shrinkage = volumetric shrinkage expressed as a % of the total blended mixture
volume.
• C = the concentration, in liquid volume %, of the lighter component in the blended
mixture.
C = Lighter component volume ÷ (Heavier component volume + lighter
component volume) x 100.
• dL = weighted average lighter component density in m3/kg.
• dH = weighted average heavier component density in m3/kg.
• (1/dL – 1/dH) = inverse density difference of the light (dL) and heavy (dH)
components in the blended mixture.
Example Calculation:
A heavy oil proration battery receives and blends condensate with battery oil production prior
to the total blended volume being disposed of. The monthly volumes and densities are shown
below.
Condensate received and blended into the heavy crude oil Volume = 800.0 m3
Density = 700.0 kg/m3
Heavy crude oil production Volume = 2,300.0 m3 Density = 963.0 kg/m3
C = (800.0/ (800.0 + 2,300.0)) x 100 = 25.81 %

1/dL = 1/700.0 = 0.00143
1/dH = 1/963.0 = 0.00104
% Shrinkage = 26,900 x C x (100 – C)0.819 x (1/dL – 1/dH)2.28
% Shrinkage = 26,900 x 25.81 x (100-25.81)0.819 x (0.00143 – 0.00104)2.28
% Shrinkage = 0.3990
For blending 2,300.0 m3 of 963.0 kg/m3 heavy crude oil and 800.0 m3 of 700.0 kg/m3
condensate:
Shrinkage Volume = 0.3993% x (800.0 + 2,300.0) = 12.38 m3

For Petrinex reporting the shrinkage volume is applied to the lower density fluid so the reporting
at the battery would be as follows:
Receipt (REC) of condensate at the battery of 800.0 m3

Battery oil production (PROD) of 2,300.0 m3
Total production plus receipts = 3,100.0 m3
Battery oil disposition (DISP)= 3,087.62 m3 (report 3,087.6 m3)

Condensate shrinkage (SHR) = 12.38 m3 (report (12.4 m3)
Total dispositions = 3,100.0 m3
Note that, unlike process shrinkage that is calculated automatically by Petrinex at a gas plant,
blending shrinkage has to be calculated “off book” or outside of the Petrinex system and then
reported into Petrinex to balance the facility.
This example describes heavy crude oil production being blended with butane at a heavy crude
oil multi-well proration battery; however, blending of other hydrocarbon streams at different
facility sub-types can also occur.

Appendix 8 Measurement Schematic Example

The measurement schematic on the following page is an example of a measurement schematic
that is required as described in Section 1.8 and is for information purposes only. A licensee may
use other symbols, letters, or words as long as it is clear in the legend or in the schematic what
they stand for.
Example of facility subtype 311: Crude Oil Single Well Battery with injection facility
Example of facility subtype 325: Heavy Crude Oil Single Well Battery


Appendix 9 Gas Group Delineation

Case 11, 2
Subtype 361
BT 8888888
A
161.0 FG 0.4
Subtype 621 01 -13 - 006- 29W4
GS 8888000
OI = 8.2 CS 0606060
CI = 11.4 Est. 3.2 Compressor
WC = 100% Blow Down
00/06 -01-006 -29W3/00
B FG 0.5
232.2
FKO
H 14.0
L 350 HP Flare
588.7
FG
J 8.6 M 27.3
C5+ GEF = 0 .1899
02/04-03-006-29W3/00
B/Case To Gas Plant
C FG
98.6 OI = 20.0
0.3 CI = 20.0 C5+ GEF = 0.1978
17.3 N
11.7 24.6
K (WC = 100 %)
00/06 -11-006- 29W3/02
D FG
114.0
9.3
50 HP
OI = 4.6
CI = 6.7
WC = 70%
00/09-12-006- 29W3/00
BT 8888888 Gas Production = 161.0 + 232.2 + (0.1899 x 14.0) + 98.6 + 114.0 = 608.5
BT 8888888 Gas Delivered = 608.5 − (0.4 + 0.5 + 0.3 + 9.3) = 598.0
BT 8888888 Water Production = 3.2 + 8.6 + 11.7 + [(6.7 − 4.6) x 0.7] = 25.0
BT 8888888 Oil Production = [(6.7 – 4.6) x 0.3] = 0.6
GS 8888000 Receipts = 598.0
GS 8888000 Gas Delivered = 588.7 – 27.3 + (0.1978 x 17.3) – 3.2 = 561.6
GS 8888000 MD = 598.0 – 588.7 – (0.1978 x 17.3) = 5.9 (1.0%)
GS 8888000 Water Receipts = 8.6 + 11.7 = 20.3; Delivered = 24.6
WC Water Receipt = 24.6 – 20.3 = 4.3
1 All wells sweet

2 All volumes monthly

Case 21, 2
Subtype 351
A
BT 8888888 161.0 FG 0.4
Subtype 621 01-13- 006 -29W4
GS 8888000
OI = 8.2 CS 0606060
WC = 100% Blow Down
00/06-01-006- 29W/00
Subtype 351 B FG 0.5

232.2
BT 8882222 FKO
H 14.0
L 350 HP Flare
566.3
FG
C5+ GEF = 0 .1899 J 8.6 M 27.3

02/04-03-006-29W3/00
B/Case To Gas Plant
Subtype 351 C FG
98.6 OI = 20.0
BT 8883333
0.3 CI = 20.0
17.3 N C5+ GEF = 0.1978
11.7 24.6
K (WC = 100 %)
00/06-11-006-29W3/02
Subtype 351 D FG
114.0
BT 8884444
9.3
50 HP
OI = 4.6
CI = 6.7
WC = 70%
00/09-12-006-29W3/00
BT 8888888 Gas Production = 161.0; Delivered = 161.0 – 0.4 = 160.6

BT 8888888 Water Production = 3.2
BT 8882222 Gas Production = 232.2 + (14 x 0.1899) = 234.9; Delivered = 234.9 – 0.5 = 234.4
BT 8884444 Gas Production = 114.0; Delivered = 114 – 23.7 = 90.3
BT 8884444 Water Production = (6.7 – 4.6) x 0.7 = 1.5
BT 8884444 Oil Production = (6.7 – 4.6) x 0.3 = 0.6
GS 8888000 Gas Receipts = 160.6 + 234.4 + 98.3 + 90.3 = 583.6
GS 8888000 MD = 583.6 – 569.7 = 13.9 (2.4%)
GS8888000 Water Receipts = 8.6 + 11.7 = 20.3; Delivered = 24.6
WC Water Receipt = 24.6 – 20.3 = 4.3
1 All wells sweet

Case 31, 2
Subtype 351
A
BT 8888888 161.0 FG 0.4
Subtype 621 01- 13 - 006 - 29W3
GS 8888000
OI = 8.2 CS 0606060
WC = 100% Blow Down
00/06 - 01-006- 29W3/00
Subtype 361 B FG 0.5

232.2
BT 8883333 FKO
H 14.0
L 350 HP Flare
566.3
FG
C5+ GEF = 0 .1899 J 8.6 M 27.3
02/04-03-006-29W3/00
B/Case To Gas Plant
C FG
98.6 OI = 20.0
0.3 CI = 20.0
17.3 C5+ GEF = 0.1978
N
11.7 24.6
K (WC = 100 %)
00/06 -11-006- 29W3/02
D FG
114.0
23.7
150 HP
OI = 4.6
CI = 6.7
WC = 70%
00/09-12-006- 29W3/00

BT 8883333 Gas Production = 232.2 + (14 x 0.1899) + 98.6 + 114 = 447.5; Delivered = 447.5 – 24.5 = 423.0
BT 8883333 Water Production = 8.6 + 11.7 + [(6.7 – 4.6) x 0.7] = 21.8
GS 8888000 Receipts = 423.0 + 160.6 = 583.6
GS 8888000 MD = 583.6 – 569.7 = 13.9 (2.4%)
WC Water Receipt = 24.6 – 20.3 = 4.3
1 All wells sweet


Case 41, 2
Subtype 361
A
BT 8888888 161.0 FG 0.4
Subtype 621 01-13-006- 29W3
GS 8888000
OI = 8.2 CS 0606060
WC = 100% Blow Down
00/06-01-006-29W2/00
B FG 0.5
Subtype 361
232.2
BT 8883333 FKO
H 14.0
L 350 HP Flare
566.3
FG
C5+ GEF = 0 .1899 J 8.6 M 27.3

02/04-03-006 - 29W3/00
B/Case To Gas Plant
C FG
98.6 OI = 20.0
0.3 CI = 20.0
17.3 C5+ GEF = 0.1978
N
11.7 24.6
K (WC = 100 %)
00/06- 11-006- 29W3/02
Subtype 361 D FG
114.0
BT 8888888
23.7
150 HP
OI = 4.6
CI = 6.7
WC = 70%
00/09-12-006- 29W3/00
BT 8888888 Gas Production = 161.0 + 114.0 = 275.0; Delivered = 275 – 0.4 – 23.7 = 250.9
BT 8888888 Water Production = (11.4 – 8.2) + [(6.7 – 4.6) x 0.7] = 4.7
BT 8883333 Gas Production = 232.2 + (14 x 0.1899) + 98.6 = 333.5; Delivered = 333.5 – 0.5 – 0.3 = 332.7
BT 8883333 Water Production = 8.6 + 11.7 = 20.3
GS 8888000 Receipts = 250.9 + 332.7 = 583.6
GS 8888000 MD = 583.6 – 569.7 = 13.9 (2.4%)
WC Water Receipt = 24.6 – 20.3 = 4.3
1 All wells sweet


Case 51, 2
Subtype 361
A
BT 8888888 161.0 FG 0.4
Subtype 621 01-13- 006- 29W3
GS 8888000
OI = 8.2 CS 0606060
WC = 100% Blow Down
00/06 -01-006-29W3/00
B FG 0.5
232.2
FKO
H 14.0
L 350 HP Flare
566.3
FG
C5+ GEF = 0 .1899 J 8.6 M 27.3

02/04 -03-006- 29W3/00
B/Case To Gas Plant
Subtype 361 C FG
BT 8883333 98.6 OI = 20.0
0.3 CI = 20.0
17.3 N C5+ GEF = 0.1978
11.7 24.6
K (WC = 100 %)
00/06 -11-006-29W/02
D FG
114.0
23.7
150 HP
OI = 4.6
CI = 6.7
WC = 70%
00/09-12-006- 29W3/00
BT 8888888 Gas Production = 161.0 + 232.2 + (14 x 0.1899) = 395.9; Delivered = 395.9 – 0.4 – 0.5 = 395.0
BT 8888888 Water Production = (11.4 – 8.2) + 8.6 = 11.8
BT 8883333 Gas Production = 98.6 + 114 = 212.6; Delivered = 212.6 – 24 = 188.6
BT 8883333 Water Production = 11.7 + [(6.7 – 4.6) x 0.7] = 13.2
GS 8888000 Receipts = 395 + 188.6 = 583.6
GS 8888000 MD = 583.6 – 569.7 = 13.9 (2.4%)
WC Water Receipt = 24.6 – 20.3 = 4.3
1 All wells sweet


Measurement Requirements For Oil and Gas Operations: Directive PNG017

Uploaded by

Measurement Requirements For Oil and Gas Operations: Directive PNG017

Uploaded by

Measurement Requirements for Oil and Gas

Revision 5.0 Page ii

Revision 5.0 Page iii

2.6 Condensate Meters .................................................................................................... 2-17

Revision 5.0 Page iv

5.1 Site-specific Exceptions ................................................................................................ 5-1

Revision 5.0 Page v

6.8 Electronic Flow Measurement for Oil Systems .......................................................... 6-21

Revision 5.0 Page vi

Revision 5.0 Page vii

11.4.2 Determining the Concentration of H2S in Condensate ................................. 11-9

Revision 5.0 Page viii

14.1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................. 14-1

Revision 5.0 Page ix

15.3.1 WGR Testing .................................................................................................. 15-8

Revision 5.0 Page x

Section 4.3.6.2 (amended/new?) Physical Properties of Natural Gas Components: A new

Revision 5.0 Page xi

Section 12.3.5 (amended) Water/Steam Primary and Secondary Measurement: Reduction of

Intent of this Directive

Revision 5.0 Page xii

Revision 5.0 Page xiii

1.2 Applicability and Use of Uncertainties

Revision 5.0 Page 1-1

accuracy and completeness, ER considers a licensee to be in compliance without the need to

1.3 Maximum Uncertainty of Monthly Volume

ER requires production data to be reported on a calendar month basis. Maximum uncertainty of

1.4 Single Point Measurement Uncertainty

1.5 Confidence Level

1.6 Determination of Uncertainties

Revision 5.0 Page 1-2

Revision 5.0 Page 1-3

1.6.1 Example Calculation

For oil/emulsion measurement:

For gas measurement;

1.6.2 Oil Systems

1.6.2.1 Oil Systems - Total Battery/Facility Oil

Revision 5.0 Page 1-4

Figure 1.1 Total battery/facility oil - delivery point measurement

Oil Battery/Facility m Oil Pipeline

m = single point measurement uncertainty

Maximum uncertainty of monthly volume = N/A

Revision 5.0 Page 1-5

1.6.2.2 Oil Systems - Total Battery Gas

S = single point measurement uncertainty

Single point measurement uncertainty:

Revision 5.0 Page 1-6

1.6.2.3 Oil Systems - Total Battery Water

No single point measurement uncertainty requirement.

M = maximum uncertainty of monthly volume

Maximum uncertainty of monthly volume:

Revision 5.0 Page 1-7

1.6.2.4 Oil Systems - Well Oil - Proration Battery

Figure 1.4 Well oil – proration battery

To Gas Gathering System

Oil Battery Oil Sales

S = single point measurement uncertainty

Single point measurement uncertainty:

1.6.2.5 Oil Systems - Well Gas - Proration Battery

Revision 5.0 Page 1-8

Figure 1.5 Well gas – proration battery

To Gas Gathering System

Total test gas must include GIS with test oil.

S = single point measurement uncertainty

Single point measurement uncertainty:

Revision 5.0 Page 1-9

1.6.2.6 Oil Systems - Well Water - Proration Battery

Figure 1.6 Well water – proration battery

To Gas Gathering System

Oil & GIS Oil Battery Oil Sales

S = single point measurement uncertainty

Single point measurement uncertainty = ±10.0%

Revision 5.0 Page 1-10

1.6.3 Gas Systems

1.6.3.1 Gas Systems - Gas Deliveries – Sales Gas

Figure 1.7 Gas deliveries – sales gas